Ccs Led Catalog 2016

2016
What We Can Do,

Through our "lighting solutions,"
and manufacturing"
Based on the know-how and skills we have accumulated since our
illuminating distance, and illuminating angle, to provide a
Lineup
54 series and 1,090 models of LED Lights
SERVICE
13 series and 65 models of
dedicated Control Units
4 series and 34 models of lenses
315 models of optional parts
Through our extensive lineup with
a total of 1,504 models,
we provide products perfect for your needs.
Loan Products
"I want to evaluate the product before purchasing it."
To meet this kind of customer need,
we have prepared well over 18,000 loan products.
You can use them "whenever," "wherever,"
and "however many times," free-of-charge. Testing Room
Please see our products' functions,
performance, and quality for yourself. "I want to evaluate the light, but don't have
enough equipment."
In that case, use our company's testing room.
We can help you achieve the "optimal image"
using our products in an environment equipped with all
the necessary materials, such as cameras and lenses.
Of course, you can use it free-of-charge.
1
What Only We Can Do
we contribute to "development
throughout the world.
founding, CCS combines various elements, such as light wavelength,
"lighting solution" environment that is perfect for you.
Workpiece Testing
"I want to test on the workpiece,
SUPPORT
but I'm busy and don't have time."
"I tried to use a loan product for evaluation,
but it didn't go well."
If that's the case, leave it to us. We will borrow a
workpiece from you and perform the experiment for you.
We use all the knowledge, experience, and information
we've gathered in the past as well as the latest technology
to provide the "optimal image" to meet your needs.
Of course, this is free-of-charge.
Custom Orders
"The standard product doesn't have the right size."
"It's not bright enough."
If that’s the case, in addition to our standard lineup,
we also accept custom orders.
We listen to your needs and create the "optimal light" for you.
In addition to lights, we even accept custom orders for
options, such as Control Units and cables.
We provide estimates, drawings,
and specifications, free-of-charge.
Global Network
18 offices worldwide
in places such as Japan, China, Taiwan, Thailand,
Singapore, the USA, and Belgium.
2
New Products NEW RELEASE
Strobe Overdrive Control Unit POD series
Ethernet
Multi-functional and fine-tunable Overdrive
Variable-voltage Control Enabled
New Products
for various applications

Minimum
Strobe Time: 10 Scenes
1 μs Storable
Strobe lighting.
Overdrive specifications.
Variable-voltage
control
Strobe time
control
Ethernet communications
(Parallel port also available.)
Output voltage
(24 to 48 V)
Strobe time:
2 channels
1 to 1,000 μs
512 levels Lighting delay: 0 to 1,000μ s
Continuous lighting under
Fine-tuned light control Adjustable in steps of 1 μs.
PWM control For details, refer to
P.201
3
Oblique Angled Lighting Line Lights LNDG series
Better detection of bumps and subtle
vertical wrinkles in plain sheets that
disperse light
Better detection of bumps and LED color White
Emitting Width: 10 mm
New Products
subtle vertical wrinkles surface size Length: 300 to 3,000 mm (in units of 100 mm)
Inspections for vertical wrinkles in paper labels

(in the direction of material flow)
Inspecting non-woven fabric for defects
For details, refer to
P.159
Analog Control Units (constant-current) PSCC(A) series
New Functions
High-capacity Constant-current Adjust light intensity to 1,000 levels.
Analog Control Units Adjust the light intensity
separately for each Light Unit
PSCC-30048(A)
Ethernet Adjust
light intensity to circuit.
300 W capacity
1,000 (For Ethernet and EIA-485 communication)
Enabled levels
Detect
errors
· LED failure to light.
· Light Unit cooling fan stop, etc.
Capacity 300 or 600 W
Ethernet, EIA-485, and parallel

External control
communication
LNDG series, LNIS-FN series,

Applicable Light Units LNSP-FN series, and
LNSP-UV-FN series
For details, refer to

PSCC-60048(A) With key-lock function
The PSCC series have been upgraded.
600 W capacity (PSCC-60048(A) only)
P.219 More functions have been provided for
use with a wide range of applications.
4
Table of Contents INDEX
LED Lights
P.11 Ring Lights

LED Light Product Introductions to
Provides direct light from an angled emitting part
P.11
P.122
M12 Connector and Flying Leads LDR2 series
P.123 For character recognition, visual inspection, and
Light Unit Cables Are Now Available inspection for damage or stains
• Applications: Character recognition, visual inspection,
Table of Contents
inspection for damage or stains, and reading

Line Light List P.125 2-dimensional code, etc.
• 31 models
P.127 • LED colors: ●○●●
Line Light Product Introductions to
P.170
Area Specific Product Line-up P.171
P.181 Low-angle Ring Lights

Lens Product Introductions to Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled P.15
P.184 emitting part
LDR2-LA series
Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 For edge extraction, inspection for engraving, damage
or stains
• Applications: Engraving on metal surfaces,
inspection for damage or stains,
List of Control Unit Specifications P.187 and mixed foreign materials
inspection, etc.
P.189 • 24 models
Control Unit Product Introductions to
P.222
• LED colors: ●○●●
P.223
Options to Low-angle Ring Lights
P.229 Provides direct light at a low angle from an emitting part P.19
directed horizontally
Direct Lighting
Extension Cables P.230 LDR-LA1 series

Contents
For edge extraction, inspection for engraving, damage

or stains
Examples of Custom Ordered • Applications: Engraving on metal surfaces,
P.231 inspection for damage or stains,
Products and mixed foreign materials
inspection, etc.
Information about the UV Curing P.233 • 20 models
Information about the Natural Light P.235
Ring Lights
Provides direct light from the upper section
P.23
Technical Guide P.237
SQR series
For character recognition, visual inspection, and
inspection for damage or stains
Regulations, Etc. P.249 • Applications: Character recognition, visual inspection,
inspection for damage or stains, and reading
2-dimensional code, etc.
Model Index P.251 • 5 models
Discontinued Products Information P.255
Low-angle Ring Lights
Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled P.24
emitting part
Company Information P.257
SQR-TP series
For edge extraction, inspection for text or damage
Business Locations P.259 • Applications: Visual inspection of metal parts
and inspection for damage or stains, etc.
• 2 models
Service and Support P.261 • LED color: ●
Testing Room Information P.262
* LED color: Red, white, blue, green, UV, IR

* The type and model numbers for each LED Light do not include special orders. Products of some types do not support the listed properties or functions.
5
LED Lights LED Lights
Ring Lights (waterproof type) Low-angle Square Lights

Waterproof Ring Light that ensures brightness with a P.25 Provides diffused light at a low angle from four directions
P.39
convergent lens
HLDR-IP series FPQ2 series

Convergent Lighting
Diffused Lighting
For fault inspection and visual inspection For visual inspection, character recognition, and
• Applications: Fault inspection for metal parts, visual inspection for fragments or stains
inspection for rubber parts, and adhesive • Applications: Visual inspection for electronic parts,
application inspection (UV), etc. character recognition, pin and lead bending,
Table of Contents
• 3 models and inspection for stains, etc.
• LED colors: ●○● • 18 models
• LED colors: ●○●
Ring Lights Bar Lights

Achieves a uniform region with a high degree of freedom P.29 Provides direct light from an emitting part equipped with P.43
by using a unique illuminating mechanism LEDs in straight lines
HPR2 series LDL2 series

For inspection for damage or stains, visual inspection, For damage and visual inspection, and text reading
and color determining inspection • Applications: Damage inspection for metal
• Applications: High angle uniform illumination and with hairline finishing, and foreign material
inspection via feature extraction on low-angle, etc. and detection inspection, etc.
• 28 models • 61 models
• LED colors: ●○● (Full color: ●●●) • LED colors: ●○●●●

P.33 Bar Light with built-in Controller, perfect even for large P.55
Diffused illumination from a flat emitting surface workpieces
LFR series LDLB series

Direct Lighting
<Lineup with waterproof types>

For character recognition, text inspection, For inspection for mixed different models,
and color determining inspection visual inspection
• Applications: Inspection for parts mounted • Applications: Light source for robotic picking,
on circuit boards and surface inspection mixed models inspection, and visual
for metal parts, etc. inspection for large workpieces, etc.
• LED colors: ●○●● • LED colors: ●○
Diffused Lighting

P.35 Provides direct light perfect for large workpieces
P.59
Provides diffused light from an angled emitting surface
LKR series HLDL2 series

For character recognition and inspection for stains or dents For inspection for mixed different models,
• Applications: Soldering inspection, mixed models inspection visual inspection and dimension measuring
in color determination, and inspection for • Applications: Light source for robotic picking,
stains on a glossy surface, etc. visual inspection for large workpieces, and
mixed models inspection, etc.
• 12 models
• LED colors: ●○●● • 48 models
Low-angle Ring Lights Flat Lights

Provides diffused light at a low angle from an angled P.37 Diffused illumination from a flat emitting surface
P.63
emitting surface
FPR series TH series

Diffused Lighting
For edge extraction, engraving inspection, For dimension measuring, visual inspection, and foreign
and character recognition material inspection
• Applications: Edge extraction of metal parts and • Applications: Liquid surface inspection, pinhole
character recognition on electronic parts, etc. inspection, visual inspection, and burr inspection
• 12 models for metal parts, etc.

6
Flat Lights Flat-Dome Lights

Diffused illumination from a flat emitting surface
P.67 Uses original lighting technology to recreate the effect of P.79
a Coaxial and Dome Light
LFL series LFX2 series

For dimension measuring, visual inspection, and foreign For visual inspection, text inspection, mixed foreign
material inspection materials inspection, and character recognition
• Applications: Liquid surface inspection, • Applications: Visual inspection for glossy surfaces,
visual inspection, packaging tears and curved surfaces or uneven surfaces, text inspection,
Table of Contents
stain inspection, etc. mixed foreign materials inspection for food

• 43 models and medicine, etc.
Diffused Lighting
Dome Lights Coaxial Lights
Provides diffused light evenly through the dome-shaped P.71 Provides diffused light evenly from the same axis as the P.83
reflective panel camera
HPD2 series LFV3 series

For visual inspection, color determination For faults, damage or engraving inspection, and
inspection, and inspection for stains dimension measuring
• Applications: Visual inspection for glossy surfaces, • Applications: Faults or damage inspection on
curved surfaces or uneven surfaces, text inspection, glossy surfaces and mirror surfaces,
color determination inspection, engraving inspection, engraving inspection and
inspection for damage or stains, etc. dent inspection, etc.
• 30 models
• 33 models
• LED colors: ●○●● (Full color: ●●● )

P.75 Provides diffused light with high parallelism using original P.89
Provides diffused light from a cone-shaped emitting surface lighting technology
LDM2 series MSU series

Diffused Lighting
For visual inspection, color determination inspection, For damage inspection, character recognition, inspection
and text inspection for dents or stain
• Applications: Visual inspection for glossy surfaces, • Applications: Inspection for fine damage on
curved surfaces or uneven surfaces, glossy surfaces, etc.
text inspection, color determination inspection, • 13 models
soldering inspection, etc.
• 8 models
Collimated Lighting

Provides diffused light evenly using a mechanism that P.77 Provides diffused light with high parallelism using original P.91
combines a diffused lighting and a coaxial lighting lighting technology
LAV series MFU series

For character recognition, text inspection, and dimension For visual inspection and dimension measuring
measuring • Applications: Detailed visual inspection and
• Applications: Inspection for faulty plating, dimension measuring, etc.
inspection of a sealed target, and • 2 models
inspection for foreign material attached to
a glossy surface • LED color: ●
• 4 models
Dome Lights Ultraviolet Lights

Mechanism that combines a diffused lighting, coaxial P.78 UV Lights that use high output UV-LEDs
P.93
lighting, and low-angle lighting
Ultraviolet Lighting
PDM series UV2 series

For character recognition, text inspection, and dimension For fluorescent observation
measuring • Applications: Inspection for detecting seal material
• Applications: Inspection for faulty plating, inspection of a through fluorescent excitation, etc.
sealed target, and inspection for foreign material • 9 models
attached to a glossy surface
• 4 models
• LED color: ●

7
Ultraviolet Lights Micro Fiber Heads

Varied Light Unit lineup using original UV-LEDs
P.97 LED Fiber Light system that uses original converging P.115
technology (Straight)
UV series HFS series

For fluorescent observation For visual inspection, character recognition, and
• Applications: Reading invisible codes, etc. dimension measuring
• 31 models • Applications: Alignment mark imaging, etc.
●
Table of Contents
Ultraviolet Lighting
• LED color: • 1 model

• LED color: Depends on the light source color
Ultraviolet Lights
UV Line Lights that use high-output UV-LEDs
P.99
Micro Fiber Heads
LNSP-UV-FN series LED Fiber Light system that uses original converging P.116
technology (Ring type)
For fluorescent observation
• Applications: Inspection for detecting seal material through HFR series
fluorescent excitation, etc. For visual inspection, character recognition, and
• 6 models dimension measuring
• LED color: ● • Applications: Alignment mark imaging, etc.
• 3 models
• LED color: Depends on the
light source color
Infrared Lights
Varied Light Unit lineup using IR-LEDs
P.103
Infrared Lighting
IR2 series
For visual inspection and mixed foreign materials inspection Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources
• Applications: Inspection of targets through liquid, etc. Provides high output spot lighting using an original P.117
• 36 models optical design
• LED color: ● HLV2-22-NR-3W series

Spot Lighting, Etc.
Allows for easy installation and removal

・Usage: Dedicated Light Source for the Micro Fiber Head
• 4 models
Spot Lights • LED colors: ●○●●
Provides high output spot lighting using an original P.109
optical design
HLV2 series
As a light source for a telecentric lens
• Applications: Light source for dimension measuring
and light source for spot lights, etc.
• 20 models Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources
• LED colors: ●○●● Provides high-output spot lighting using an original P.118
optical design and converging technology
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Can perform stepless independent intensity control for
Spot Lights P.113
red, blue, and green light sources
Provides spot lighting using original converging technology
・Usage: Dedicated Light Source for the
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Micro Fiber Head

LV series • 1 model
As a light source for a telecentric lens • LED color: Depends on the
• Applications: Light source for dimension measuring light source color
and light source for spot lights, etc.
• 4 models
LED Light Sources
Provides light output that exceeds that of a 250 W P.119
Spot Lights P.114
metal halide light source
Provides spot lighting from an emitting surface of Φ33 mm
PFBR series
LED light source that can replace
LSP series a 250 W metal halide light source
For character recognition, visual inspection, and position inspection • Applications: Used connected to
• Applications: Light source for spot lights, etc. various light guides
• 1 model • 1 model
• LED color: ● • LED color: ○

8
LED Light Sources Line Lights

Provides light output that exceeds that of a 100 W P.121 Uses original converging technology to achieve P.138
halogen light source illumination with reduced diffusion
Convergent Lighting
Spot Lighting, Etc.
PFB2 series LN-HK series

LED light source that can replace For visual inspection and fault inspection
a 100 W halogen light source • 2 models
• Applications: Used connected to • Emitting surface: 60 mm, 200 mm
various light guides
Table of Contents
• 64 models
• LED colors: ○
• LED color: ○
Line Lights Line Lights

Uses original converging technology to achieve P.127 Provides diffused light from an emitting surface P.139
illumination with reduced diffusion equipped with LEDs in a straight line
LNSP series LNSD series

For visual inspection, scratch inspection, and alignment For fish eye, damage, or dent inspection, foreign
inspection material inspection, and stain inspection
• 180 models
• 10 models
• Emitting surface: Up to 3,000 mm
• Emitting surface: Up to 1,000 mm
in 100 mm units. in 100 mm units.
• LED color: ○ • LED colors: ●○●
LNSP Dedicated Coaxial Unit Line Lights

Used as a Coaxial Light installed to the LNSP series
P.131 Provides diffused light from an emitting surface P.143
equipped with LEDs in straight lines
CU-LNSP series LND2 series

Dedicated Coaxial Unit that is designed for For damage or dent inspection, foreign material
use with the LNSP series inspection, and dimension measuring
• Emitting surface: Up to 500 mm in 100 mm units. • Emitting surface: Up to 1,203 mm in 100 mm units.
• LED colors: ●○
Convergent Lighting
Diffused Lighting

Uses original converging technology to achieve P.133 Provides diffused light from an emitting surface P.147
illumination with reduced diffusion equipped with LEDs in a straight line
LNSP-FN series HLND series

For visual inspection, scratch inspection, and alignment For foreign material inspection and stain inspection
inspection • 108 models
• 15 models • Emitting surface: Up to 2,700 mm in 100 mm units.
• Emitting surface: Up to 1,500 mm in 100 mm units. • LED colors: ●○
• LED color: ○

Uses original converging technology to achieve P.137 Provides diffused light evenly using an original optical P.153
illumination with reduced diffusion design
LN series LT series
For visual inspection and fault inspection For fish eye inspection and scratch inspection
• Emitting surface: 60 mm, 200 mm • Emitting surface: Up to 1,800 mm in 100 mm units.
• LED colors: ●○●● • LED color: ○

9
LED Lights Control Units/Controllers
Line Coaxial Lights P.157 Digital Control Units

Provides diffused light from the same axis as the camera
PD3 series P.189
Diffused Lighting
LNV series
For fault inspection and stain inspection
• 4 models Digital Control Units
• Emitting surface: 300 mm PD2 series P.195
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Strobe Unit
STU-3000 P.198
Line Lights (Oblique angled light)

P.159 Analog Control Units
Achieves angled illumination using an original optical
design PSB series P.199
LNDG series
Vertical wrinkles or striations inspection, folding and bumps New
inspection, and moving-direction scratch inspection Strobe Overdrive Control Unit
• 28 models New POD series P.201
• Emitting surface: Up to 3,000 mm in 100 mm units.
• LED color: ○
Strobe Overdrive Control Unit
P.205
Control Units/Controllers
PTU2 series
Line Lights (bi-directional angled light)
Achieves bi-directional angled illumination using an P.163 Analog Controller
original optical design
PB-2430-1 P.207
LNIS series
Oblique Angled Lighting
Streak inspection, scratch inspection, and moving-

direction scratch inspection
Compact Controller
• 10 models
CC-ST-1024 P.209
• LED color: ○
Building Block Types
BB series P.211
Spot Light Dedicated

Line Lights (Oblique angled light) P.167 PJ series P.215
Best for finding moving-direction scratches
LNIS-FN series Spot Light Dedicated

Streak inspection, scratch inspection, and moving-
direction scratch inspection CC-PJ-0707 P.217
• 15 models
Analog Control Units
○
Renewed
• LED color:
(Constant Current)
P.219
PSCC(A) series
(Constant Voltage) P.221
PSB3-30024
Lenses Options
Telecentric Lenses P.223

P.181 Optional Parts 　 to
SE-65/SE-110 series P.229
Options
Lenses
Macro Lenses
SE-16/SE-18 series P.183 Extension Cables P.230

10
Lighting Ring Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
You can also use
CCS LDR2 Search your smartphone
LDR2 series
or cell phone.
Use a search engine.
Provides direct light from an angled emitting part

Ring Lights
LDR2-90BL2
LDR2-90-30RD2
LDR2-70RD2
LDR2-120SW2
LDR2
LDR2-50GR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR LDR2-42SW2
SQR-TP
LDR2-32RD2
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Character recognition, visual inspection, inspections for damage or stains, reading 2-dimensional code, and inspecting parts on
Applications
HPR2 boards, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Standard Ring Lights Succeeds in greatly reducing LED's heat
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Uses a flexible circuit board to achieve the functions Heat dissipation material is used between the board and
HLDL2 needed for a Ring Light. It can illuminate workpieces at the aluminum housing, absorbing heat produced by the
TH an angle and can illuminate the whole workpiece. This LEDs. This succeeds in greatly reducing the creation of
LFL alleviates the influence of slight position or inclination heat, which causes the LEDs to deteriorate.
HPD2 deviations in the workpiece and enables stable imaging.
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Cross-section image of the LDR2-120
Flexible circuit board
LAV
Aluminum housing
PDM
LFX2 High-density Heat dissipation
LED mounting material
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Bullet-shaped Mounting
LEDs circuit board
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
Radiation fin
LV
LED array form
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Aluminum housing
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Bullet-shaped LEDs
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Custom orders Example configuration

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Bend the flexible LDR2-90
LNSD E.g.: Different color Customizable items circuit board to any
LND2 shape necessary Camera
Diffused
External/internal Wavelength/
Lighting
Creating a full color (RGB)

HLND Wavelength/
Color Light Unit
diameter Color and mount LEDs
LT with high density. Heat dissipation
Increase material
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length Illuminates so
LNDG that direct light is
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LED
LNIS Illuminating Format/ concentrated in the
angle material
LNIS-FN
center.
Telecentric Lens Workpiece
Lenses
Connector Installation/
Macro Lens format mounting
Etc.
We have various Examples of Download here.

PDF DXF Instruction Imaging Custom Ordered
11 materials. Drawings Drawings 3D CAD Guides Product Fliers Samples Data Sheets
http://www.ccs-grp.com/dl/
Products
Options Examples of Custom Control Unit Selection List of Control Unit Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Lighting
Ordered Products Guide Specifications
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Electrode imaging of electronic parts
Ring Lights
Description Visual inspection
Workpiece Electronic parts
Before the proposal LED Bar Light
After the proposal LDR2-32RD2
Result Improved uniformity
Workpiece image LED Bar Light LDR2-32RD2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It's difficult to make an image of the A Ring Light can illuminate the
HPR2
Electronic part electrode part using a Bar Light. electrode part evenly and make an
Diffused Lighting
LFR
image. LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Imaging text on an intake valve FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Description Character recognition TH

LFL
Workpiece Intake valve (automobile part)
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Before the proposal LED Ring Light LDM2
LAV
After the proposal LDR2-50RD2
PDM
Result Emphasized characters LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDR2-50RD2 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
It's difficult to clearly recognize the Allows for image that makes the HLV2-NR
Intake valve text due to the inner indentation. character edges stand out. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Data: Relative irradiance graph/Uniformity (Representative example)
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
* The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LDR2-50RD2 LN/LN-HK
*1 LNSD
Relative irradiance graph
*2 LND2
(LWD Characteristics) Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
*1: Irradiance on the optical axis
LT
*2: Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece
LWD=40 mm 5 mm LWD=50 mm 5 mm LWD=60 mm 5 mm LNV/HLDN
100 100
90 LNDG
Relative irradiance (%)
Lighting
Oblique
80
Angled
70 LNIS
Output level (%)
60
50 LNIS-FN
40 50
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
30
20
Macro Lens
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
You can inquire using Requests for Requests Inquire on our website here.
Light Unit for Loan Requests for Requests for Product Other
our website. Estimates a Catalog Inquiries Inquiries http://www.ccs-grp.com/contact/ 12
Selection Products
Lighting Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
LDR2 series CCS LDR2 Search

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup * End of the model name: -WD: Wide type
Power Peak wavelength/ Recommended

Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight
consumption temperature Control Units
Ring Lights
LDR2-32RD2 Red 24 V / 1.6 W 630 nm

Diffusion plate
LDR2-32SW2 White 5,500 K Polarizing plate
30 g
Adapter
LDR2-32BL2 Blue 24 V / 1.9 W 470 nm
Lens attachment ring
LDR2-32GR2 Green 525 nm
LDR2-42RD2 Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm

Diffusion plate
LDR2-42SW2 White 5,500 K Polarizing plate
50 g
Adapter
LDR2-42BL2 Blue 24 V / 2.7 W 470 nm

PD3 CC-ST-1024
LDR2-50RD2
LDR2 Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm PSB POD*1
LDR2-50RD2-WD
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA Diffusion plate
LDR-LA1
Polarizing plate
LDR2-50SW2 White 5,500 K 50 g
Adapter
SQR
SQR-TP
LDR2-50BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm Lens attachment ring
Convergent

Lighting
HLDR-IP
LDR2-70RD2
HPR2
Red 24 V / 6.1 W 630 nm 110 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDR2-70RD2-WD
LKR Diffusion plate
LDR2-70SW2 White 5,500 K
FPR Polarizing plate
FPQ2 LDR2-70BL2 Blue 24 V / 7.6 W 470 nm 120 g
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LDR2-90RD2
TH
Red 24 V / 11 W 630 nm
LDR2-90RD2-WD
LFL Diffusion plate
PD3
HPD2 LDR2-90SW2 White 5,500 K Polarizing plate 170 g
Diffused Lighting
PSB POD*1
LDM2 Adapter
LDR2-90BL2 Blue 24 V / 14 W 470 nm
LAV
PDM LDR2-90GR2 Green 525 nm
LFX2
LDR2-90-30RD2 Red 24 V / 14 W 630 nm
LFV3
LDR2-90-30SW2 White 24 V / 18 W 5,500 K
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
- 220 g
MFU LDR2-90-30BL2 Blue 470 nm
UV2 24 V / 17 W
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LDR2-90-30GR2 Green 525 nm
LNSP-UV-FN LDR2-120RD2-WD Red 24 V / 24 W 630 nm 510 g
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 LDR2-120SW2 White 24 V / 28 W 5,500 K Diffusion plate

PD3
Polarizing plate
HLV2 LDR2-120BL2 Blue 470 nm PSB POD*1 500 g
Adapter
LV 24 V / 26 W
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
HLV2-NR
*1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LED properties
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP 100
If using a sharp-cut filter,
Relative radiant
LNSP-FN 80
intensity (%)
Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm

60 Green 525 nm please use the R60 (option).
LN/LN-HK
40
Light spectrum White 5,500 K For details about the sharp-cut filter,
LNSD 20
LND2 0 refer to P.223.

Diffused
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Lighting
HLND Wavelength (nm)
LT
■Red LED narrow type ■Red LED wide type ■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED
LNV/HLDN (End of the model name: -WD)
-30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
LNDG -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
Directional 80 80 80 80 80
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
LNIS
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°
characteristics 60 60 60 60 60
-60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60°
LNIS-FN -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70°
20 20 20 20 20
-80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80°
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0 0 0
Macro Lens
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Options
Can prevent glare, Use with a polarizing Use when installing Can directly install the Light
Ring Lights
which is a problem filter to remove a diffusion plate or Unit to the screw section
when making images the light's surface polarizing plate to the for the lens filter. Perfect for
of glossy workpieces. reflection. Light Unit. environments with narrow
installation spots.
Diffusion plate Polarizing plate Adapter Lens attachment ring

An adapter is required when installing a diffusion plate. An adapter is required when installing a polarizing plate.
Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
Model name (Common for all colors)
Model name Note (Common for all colors)
DF-LDR-32 LDR2-32 PL-LDR-32 LDR2-32 AD-LDR-32 LDR2-32 MR-LDR-32-M25 M25.5 P0.5

DF-LDR-42 LDR2-42 PL-LDR-42 LDR2-42 AD-LDR-42 LDR2-42 MR-LDR-32-M27 M27.0 P0.5 LDR2-32
DF-LDR-50 LDR2-50 PL-LDR-50 LDR2-50 AD-LDR-50 LDR2-50 MR-LDR-32-M30 M30.5 P0.5
DF-LDR-70* LDR2-70 PL-LDR2-70* LDR2-70 AD-LDR-90 LDR2-90 MR-LDR-50-M25 M25.5 P0.5
DF-LDR-90 LDR2-90 PL-LDR-90 LDR2-90 AD-LDR-120 LDR2-120 MR-LDR-50-M27 M27.0 P0.5 LDR2-50
DF-LDR-120-45 LDR2-120 PL-LDR-120-40 LDR2-120 MR-LDR-50-M30 M30.5 P0.5
P.229
* The DF-LDR-70 does not require an adapter. * The PL-LDR2-70 includes an adapter for
P.229
Directly affix it to the Light Unit. attachment.
LDR2
P.224 P.225
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Dimensions (mm)
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LDR2-32RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-42RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-50RD2/RD2-WD/SW2/BL2/GR2
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
300 300 300 LFR
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
LKR
(Ø3)
FPR
45° 45° 45°
FPQ2
8 8
Ø 10 Ø1 Ø2 LDL2
Ø42
Ø32
Lighting
Direct
Ø50
LDLB
HLDL2
16 18
16 TH
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation)
(P.C.D.20) LFL
(P.C.D.28) (P.C.D.40)
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LDR2-70RD2/RD2-WD LDR2-70SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-90RD2/RD2-WD/SW2/BL2/GR2 LAV
PDM
300 300 300 LFX2

(Ø3)
(Ø3)
LFV3
(Ø3)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
45° 45° 45°
MFU
5 Ø35 0
Ø3 Ø5
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Ø70
Ø70
Ø90
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
22 27 HLV2
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 20
LV
(P.C.D.50) (P.C.D.50) (P.C.D.70)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
LDR2-90-30RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-120RD2-WD/SW2/BL2/GR2 HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
300 300 PFBR
(Ø3)
PFB2
45° 45° (Ø3.5) LNSP

Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
0
0 Ø6 LNSP-FN
Ø3
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Ø90
Ø120
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
20 LNDG
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 5 (For installation)
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
31.5 LNIS
(P.C.D.70) (P.C.D.90)
LNIS-FN
* Cable diameter of LDR2-90-30SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø3.5. Telecentric Lens

Lenses
Macro Lens
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable. Choose between M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.123 for details.
Selection Products
Lighting Low-angle Ring Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
You can also use
CCS LDR2-LA Search your smartphone
LDR2-LA series
or cell phone.
Provides direct light at a low angle from

an angled emitting part
LDR2-132RD2-LA
LDR2-170BL2-LA
LDR2 LDR2-208SW2-LA
LDR2-100RD2-LA
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LDR2-74GR2-LA
SQR
SQR-TP LDR2-48SW2-LA
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for engraving, damage, or stains on metal surfaces, edge extraction, inspection for foreign material mixed with
Applications
HPR2 medicine, inspection for damage to glass edges, and visual inspection for O-rings, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Extraction of uneven damage or engravings Illuminates from a low-angle at a steep slope
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Providing direct light from a low angle to the center By mounting LEDs on a flexible circuit board in a steep
HLDL2 section allows for an image that emphasizes the angle, it becomes possible to converge light in the center
TH workpiece's characteristic features. section from a low position.
LFL
HPD2 Imaging example for the LDR2-100RD2-LA:
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 Exterior imaging of a coin Cross-section image of the LDR2-132-LA

LAV LED mounting angle 30°
PDM Aluminum housing
LFX2 Heat dissipation
LFV3 Illuminating distance 10 mm material
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2 LDR2-90RD2 LDR2-100RD2-LA
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Bullet-shaped
LEDs
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 Mounting circuit

board
LV
Aluminum housing
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR Bullet-shaped LEDs
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Edge extraction is difficult Illuminating from a low angle
with illumination from a allows for imaging that
PFBR
high angle. emphasizes the edges.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Using a flexible LDR2-132-LA
LNSD E.g.: Different shape Customizable items circuit board to create
LND2
External/internal Wavelength/ any angle needed.
Diffused
Create a Light Unit with a

Lighting
External/internal diameter Color Camera

HLND diameter large size Illuminates direct light
LT to the center from a
ø290 Increase
Heat dissipation
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length low angle. material
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Illuminating Format/ LED

angle material
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Text on tablets, exterior imaging

Description Text, visual inspection
Workpiece Tablet
Before the proposal Interior lamp
After the proposal LDR2-170RD2-LA
Result Emphasizes text and edge of the exterior
Workpiece image Interior lamp LDR2-170RD2-LA
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It is difficult to take an image that Possible to take an image that

HPR2
Tablet emphasizes the text or exterior. emphasizes the text or exterior.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Imaging of engraved text on a metal block (stain finishing) FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2

LFL
Workpiece Metal block
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Before the proposal LED Dome Light LDM2
LAV
After the proposal LDR2-132RD2-LA
PDM
Result Extracts only the engraved text LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED Dome Light LDR2-132RD2-LA UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
The whole thing is illuminated, Reduces effects from the stain HLV2-NR
Metal block (stain finishing) making it difficult to emphasize finishing, making it possible to HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
only the characters. emphasize the characters.
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LDR2-74RD2-LA LN/LN-HK
*1 LNSD
LND2
(LWD Characteristics)*2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
100 100
90 LNDG
80
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
70 LNIS
60
Output level (%)
50 LNIS-FN
40 50
30 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
20
10 Macro Lens
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
10
LWD (mm)
Selection Products
Direct
LDR2-LA series CCS LDR2-LA Search

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Peak wavelength/
Power Recommended
LDR2-48RD2-LA Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm
LDR2-48SW2-LA White 5,500 K
50 g
LDR2-48BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 3.1 W 470 nm
LDR2-48GR2-LA Green 525 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
LDR2-74RD2-LA Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm PSB POD*1

90 g
LDR2-74BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm
LDR2-74GR2-LA Green 525 nm
LDR2-100RD2-LA Red 24 V / 9.1 W 630 nm
170 g
LDR2-100BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 12 W 470 nm
LDR2 LDR2-100GR2-LA Green 525 nm
Diffusion plate
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LDR2-132RD2-LA Red 24 V / 13 W 630 nm

LDR-LA1
SQR 270 g
SQR-TP
LDR2-132GR2-LA Green 525 nm PD3
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP PSB POD*1

LDR2-170RD2-LA Red 24 V / 18 W 630 nm
HPR2 LDR2-170SW2-LA White 5,500 K
350 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDR2-170BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 22 W 470 nm

LKR LDR2-170GR2-LA Green 525 nm
FPR
LDR2-208RD2-LA Red 24 V / 22 W 630 nm
FPQ2
LDL2 380 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LDR2-208GR2-LA Green 525 nm
TH
LFL
*1: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LED properties
LFX2 100
LFV3 80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)

Collimated
MSU
Lighting
40
MFU Light spectrum White 5,500 K For details about the sharp-cut filter,
20
UV2 0
refer to P.223.
Ultraviolet
Lighting
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
UV Wavelength (nm)
LNSP-UV-FN
■Red LED ■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
-30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
-40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
HLV2
Directional 80 80 80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
characteristics -50°
60
+50° -50°
60
+50° -50°
60
+50° -50°
60
+50°
LV -60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60°
-70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70°
20 20 20 20
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80°

-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0 0
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP Options
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Can prevent glare,
LN/LN-HK which is a problem
LNSD when making images
LND2 of glossy workpieces.
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Diffusion plate
LT
Applicable Light Unit
LNV/HLDN Model name (Common for all colors)
LNDG DF-LDR-48LA LDR2-48-LA
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS DF-LDR-74LA LDR2-74-LA

LNIS-FN DF-LDR-100LA LDR2-100-LA
DF-LDR-132LA LDR2-132-LA
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
P.224

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)

LDR2-48RD2-LA/SW2-LA/BL2-LA/GR2-LA LDR2-74RD2-LA/SW2-LA/BL2-LA/GR2-LA LDR2-100RD2-LA/SW2-LA/BL2-LA/GR2-LA
300 300 300
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
45° 45°
2 45° 0
Ø2 Ø7
Ø48
Ø48
Ø100
Ø74
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 18.5
(P.C.D.38)
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 19 22
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation)
(P.C.D.60)
(P.C.D.84)
LDR2-132RD2-LA/SW2-LA/BL2-LA/GR2-LA LDR2-170RD2-LA/SW2-LA/BL2-LA/GR2-LA
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
300 300 LDR-LA1

(Ø3.5)
(Ø3.5)
SQR
SQR-TP
45° 45°
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
4
13
Ø
6 HPR2
Ø9
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
Ø132
FPR
Ø170
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 22
LFL
(P.C.D.116)
22 HPD2
Diffused Lighting
(P.C.D.154) LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LDR2-208RD2-LA/SW2-LA/BL2-LA/GR2-LA
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
300
MFU
22
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
45° Ø3.5
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
74
Ø1 HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Ø208
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
(P.C.D.186) HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Lighting Low-angle Ring Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
You can also use
CCS LDR-LA1 Search
Search your smartphone
LDR-LA1 series
or cell phone.
Provides direct light at a low angle from an emitting part

directed horizontally
LDR-176BL2-LA1
LDR-206SW2-LA1 LDR-146RD2-LA1
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-96GR2-LA1
LDR-LA1
SQR
LDR-75RD2-LA1
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Edge detection, inspection for engraving/damage/stains on metal surfaces, inspection for foreign material on wafers,
Applications
HPR2 inspection of bonding on shrink film, and engraved character recognition for rubber, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Illuminating closest to the workpiece LEDs mounted horizontally
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Allows for illuminating closer to the workpiece than Achieved a thin device that is 10 mm thick by mounting
HLDL2 the LDR2-LA series. Perfect for imaging of minute LEDs horizontally in one line. Helps save space because
TH unevenness, damage, or engraved characters. it can be installed near the workpiece.
LFL
HPD2 Imaging example for the LDR-206SW2-LA1: Cross-section image of the LDR-146-LA1
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 Exterior imaging of food containers

Aluminum housing
LAV
PDM
LED mounting angle Horizontal
LFX2
Illuminating
LFV3 distance 3 mm
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
LDR2-208SW2-LA LDR-206SW2-LA1 Bullet-shaped LEDs
UV2
Ultraviolet
Mounting circuit board

Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Heat dissipation material
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV Aluminum housing
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Bullet-shaped LEDs
HLV2-NR The seal and engraved Only the shrink seal clearly
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W text affect the image, and stands out.
PFBR
the shrink seal cannot be
sufficiently detected.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. LEDs are arranged LDR-146-LA1
LNSD E.g.: Changed the format to take measures Customizable items facing horizontally
LND2 against interference with the device
External/internal Wavelength/ in a ring shape.
Diffused
Lighting
diameter Color
HLND It can be used Camera
Format/ Created a Light Unit with a
LT
material shape to match the purpose extremely close to the
Increase
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length workpiece.
LNDG LED
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Illuminating Format/

angle material
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Cut to match the Connector Installation/ Workpiece

Macro Lens purpose format mounting
Etc.

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Exterior imaging of a plastic case surface

Workpiece Plastic case
Before the proposal Interior lamp
After the proposal LDR-146BL2-LA1
Result Extracting the damage
Workpiece image Interior lamp LDR-146BL2-LA1
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
The whole thing is evenly It is possible to clearly get an

HPR2
Plastic case illuminated, making it difficult to image of the outside and damage
Diffused Lighting
LFR
detect the damage. on the surface.
LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Exterior imaging of button batteries FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Description Visual inspection TH

LFL
Workpiece Button battery
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
After the proposal LDR-75RD2-LA1
PDM
Result Extracting the damage LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDR-75RD2-LA1 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
It is difficult to get an image of the It is possible to clearly get an HLV2-NR

Button battery button battery outside or damage image of the outside and damage HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
on the surface. on the surface. PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
* The data included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product.
LDR-75RD2-LA1 LN/LN-HK
*1 LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
100 100
90 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
80
70 LNIS
Output level (%)
60
50 LNIS-FN
40 50 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
30
20
Macro Lens
10
0
0 5 10 15 20
10
LWD (mm)
Selection Products
Direct
LDR-LA1 series CCS LDR-LA1 Search

Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup

LDR-75RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 2.6 W 630 nm
LDR-75SW2-LA1 White 5,500 K

55 g
LDR-75BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm
LDR-75GR2-LA1 Green 525 nm
LDR-96RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm

100 g
LDR-96BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm
LDR-146RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm 170 g

LDR2
LDR-146SW2-LA1 White 24 V / 6.0 W 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
-
LDR-LA1 PSB POD*1
LDR-146BL2-LA1 Blue 470 nm 160 g
SQR 24 V / 6.1 W
SQR-TP
Convergent
LDR-176RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 6.1 W 630 nm 210 g

Lighting
HLDR-IP

HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDR-176BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 7.6 W 470 nm 205 g

LKR
FPR
FPQ2 LDR-206RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 7.1 W 630 nm 250 g
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LDR-206BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 470 nm 220 g
TH
LFL
HPD2 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LED properties
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
100
UV2 If using a sharp-cut filter,
Relative radiant
80
Ultraviolet
intensity (%)
Lighting

UV 60 Green 525 nm please use the R60 (option).
LNSP-UV-FN Light spectrum 40
White 5,500 K For details about the sharp-cut filter,
20
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
0 refer to P.223.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
HLV2
■Red LED ■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
-40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
HFS/HFR Directional 80 80 80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°

characteristics 60 60 60 60
HLV2-NR -60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60°
-70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70°
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W -80°
20
+80° -80°
20
+80° -80°
20
+80° -80°
20
+80°
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
PFBR 0 0 0 0
PFB2 Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
LNSP The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)

LDR-75RD2-LA1/SW2-LA1/BL2-LA1/GR2-LA1 LDR-96RD2-LA1/SW2-LA1/BL2-LA1/GR2-LA1
300 300
10
(Ø3)
10
(Ø3)
45°
6 0
Ø4 Ø6
Irradiation
Ø75
Irradiation
Ø96
(P.C.D.56) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation)
(P.C.D.80)
LDR-146RD2-LA1/SW2-LA1/BL2-LA1/GR2-LA1 300
10
(Ø3)
LDR2
Direct Lighting
45° LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
0
Ø11 SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Ø146
Irradiation
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
(P.C.D.130)
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
300 LDLB
10
LDR-176RD2-LA1/SW2-LA1/BL2-LA1/GR2-LA1
(Ø3)
HLDL2
TH
45°
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
40 LDM2
Ø1
LAV
PDM
LFX2
Ø176
Irradiation
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
(P.C.D.160)
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
300 HLV2
10
(Ø3)
LV
LDR-206RD2-LA1/SW2-LA1/BL2-LA1/GR2-LA1
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
45°
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
70 PFBR
Ø1
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
Irradiation
Ø206
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
(P.C.D.190)
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Lighting Ring Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
You can also use
CCS SQR Search your smartphone
SQR series
or cell phone.
Provides direct light from the upper section

Ring Lights
SQR-56RD2
SQR-56GR2
■Red LED Narrow Type ■Red LED Wide Type
(End of the model name: -WD)
-30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
SQR-56SW2 -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40°
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50°
60 60
-60° +60° -60° +60°
40 40
-70° +70° -70° +70°
20 20
-80° +80° -80° +80°
LDR2 -90°
0
+90° -90°
0
+90°
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA ■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED

-30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
LDR-LA1 -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40°
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°
60 60 60
SQR -60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60°
40 40 40
SQR-TP SQR-56BL2 -70°

-80°
20
+70°
+80°
-70°
-80°
20
+70°
+80°
-70°
-80°
20
+70°
+80°
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Character recognition, visual inspections, inspections for damage or stains, reading 2-dimensional code, and
Applications
HPR2 inspecting parts on boards, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Characteristics
LDL2
Lighting
Rings of bullet-shaped LEDs mounted on a square case.

Direct
LDLB
We accept custom orders. • Change to format
HLDL2 LEDs are mounted on a flat circuit board to illuminate direct light on • Increase brightness
Please feel free to inquire. • Change to wavelength, etc.
TH the workpiece from above.
LFL Imaging example: Imaging
Example configuration (SQR-56) of text on a label
HPD2 LED Ring Light SQR-56SW2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Camera
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LED
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece
UV2 Workpiece: Beverage bottle Illuminated light converges in the The whole thing is evenly and brightly
Ultraviolet
center, making stable inspection illuminated, making it possible to

Lighting
UV
difficult. take an image of the label text.
LNSP-UV-FN
Lineup
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 * End of the model name: -WD: Wide type
HLV2
LV Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
SQR-56RD2
Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm
HLV2-NR SQR-56RD2-WD
Diffusion plate PD3 CC-ST-1024
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W SQR-56SW2 White 5,500 K 75 g
Polarizing plate PSB POD*
PFBR SQR-56BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm
PFB2
SQR-56GR2 Green 525 nm
LNSP
Convergent
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Options P.223 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN * For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Dimensions (mm)
Diffused
Lighting
HLND SQR-56RD2/RD2-WD SQR-56SW2/BL2/GR2

LT 9 38 18 56 9 38 22 56
LNV/HLDN
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
LNDG
Ø30 Ø30
38
38
Lighting
Oblique
56
56
Angled
LNIS
300
300
9
LNIS-FN
4-M3 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
(For installation) (For installation)

Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
You can also use
CCS SQR-TP Search your smartphone
SQR-TP series
or cell phone.
Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled emitting part

SQR-TP-34RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
■Red LED LDR2-LA
SQR-TP-28RD -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
-40°
80
+40°
LDR-LA1
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
-50° +50°
60
-60° +60°
SQR
40
-70° +70°
-80°
20
+80° SQR-TP
-90° +90°
0
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Visual inspections for metal parts, inspection for damage/stains for electronic parts, inspection for damage to resin parts,
Applications
inspection for damage to glass edges, and inspection for damage to stain finishing HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
Characteristics FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Rings of surface-mounted LEDs mounted on a square case.
Direct
We accept custom orders. • Change to format LDLB
Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled emitting part. • Increase brightness HLDL2
TH
Example configuration (SQR-TP-34RD) Imaging example: Imaging LFL
of text on a circuit board Macro lens + LED Spot Light SQR-TP-34RD HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
Macro Lens
LFX2
LFV3
LED
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece
Workpiece: circuit board It is difficult to recognize the Can make an image of the text on UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
surface status using coaxial the circuit board, the text on the
UV
illumination. chip, and the soldering plating.
LNSP-UV-FN
Lineup Lighting
Infrared
IR2
HLV2
Power Peak Recommended
Model name LED color Options Weight LV
consumption wavelength Control Units
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
SQR-TP-28RD 24 V / 0.5 W PD3 CC-ST-1024 15 g HFS/HFR
Red 638 nm -
SQR-TP-34RD 24 V / 0.9 W PSB POD* 16 g HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
PFBR
* For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Dimensions (mm) LN/LN-HK

LNSD
SQR-TP-28RD SQR-TP-34RD LND2

Diffused
Lighting
28 4 34 HLND
6.6
0 00
30 3 LT
LNV/HLDN
28
23
Ø20
28
34
LNDG
Ø11
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
4-Ø2.5/Ø4.3 countersink depth 2 4-M3x0.5 tap depth 2
2.5
(For installation) 2.5 23 3 28 LNIS-FN

(For installation)
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Lighting Ring Lights (waterproof type) Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
You can also use
CCS HLDR-IP Search your smartphone
HLDR-IP series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light converged by a lens

Ring Lights
HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365
LDR2 HLDR-IP67-100SW
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
HLDR-IP67-100RD
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Fault inspection for metal parts, visual inspection for rubber parts, visual inspection for resin parts,
Applications
HPR2 and adhesive application inspection for food containers (UV), etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Achieves convergent illumination IP67 compliant
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB The HLDR-IP series features convergent Ring Lights that It has a waterproof and rustproof structure for use in harsh
HLDL2 ensure brightness with a convergent lens. environments. Optimal for sites where manufacturing lines
TH must be cleaned, such as for food and chemicals.
LFL Comparison of illumination between
HPD2
a Ring Light and the HLDR-IP series Waterproof Ring Light HLDR-IP series
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LDR2-90SW2 HLDR-IP67-100SW
LAV
PDM
 Convergent Ring Light
Recommended illuminating
LFX2  Emitted color:

LWD=126.5 mm
LFV3
Red, white, UV (365 nm)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
distance
MFU
 IP67 compliant
UV2  Uses an M12 connector
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Uses an M12 connector

Infrared
Lighting
IR2 (mm)
-50
(mm)
-50
 Dedicated
HLV2
-40 -40 100
waterproof cable
-30 -30
Control Unit side

Output level (%)
LV -20 -20
-10 -10
(SM connector)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 0 0
10 10
HFS/HFR 20 20
Connect the cable to the Light Unit to

HLV2-NR 30 30
40 40
0
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 50 50
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 prevent water or dust from entering.
PFBR (mm) (mm)
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Convergent HLDR-IP67-100
LNSD E.g.: Changed the illuminating angle Customizable items waterproof Ring
LND2 Light that ensures Camera
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Illuminating Creating a Light Unit with a diameter color brightness with a
angle changed converging distance
LT convergent lens.
LNV/HLDN Increase
output Cable length
LNDG Lens
Lighting
Oblique
Angled

angle material
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Regarding recommended distance * The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Convergent illumination image LWD=116.5 mm
Ring Lights
Illuminance Illuminance Irradiance
Approximately 59,000 lx Approximately 138,000 lx 20.4 mW/cm2
Red White Ultraviolet
LWD 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
100
0 mm
* Bottom of
housing as
Output level (%)

reference
50
* The values for red and white are measured values. * Values are simulated for UV.
Results for individual products may vary. Actual values may vary. LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LWD=126.5 mm LDR-LA1
SQR
Illuminance Illuminance Irradiance
Approximately 53,000 lx Approximately 124,000 lx 18.6 mW/cm2 SQR-TP
Convergent
Red White Ultraviolet
Lighting
HLDR-IP
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
100 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
Output level (%)

FPR
50
FPQ2
Recommended
LDL2
distance
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
126.5 mm
±10 mm 0 HLDL2
* The values for red and white are measured values. * Values are simulated for UV. TH
116.5 mm Results for individual products may vary. Actual values may vary.
LFL
LWD=136.5 mm HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
126.5 mm Illuminance Illuminance Irradiance LAV

Approximately 47,000 lx Approximately 113,000 lx 16.8 mW/cm2 PDM
Converging range Red White Ultraviolet LFX2
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm LFV3
100
136.5 mm
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Red Approximately Ø 40 mm
Output level (%)
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
White Approximately Ø 35 mm 50 UV
Ultraviolet Approximately Ø 40 mm LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
0
HLV2
* The values for red and white are measured values. * Values are simulated for UV.
Results for individual products may vary. Actual values may vary. LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
* Converged near LWD=126.5 mm.
HLV2-NR
* If the recommended range (126.5 mm±10 mm) is exceeded,
LWD the uniformity may change and the imaging may be affected. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
* LWD is the distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece. PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Safe to use when washing manufacturing lines

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
When washing For manufacturing lines that
LNSD
manufacturing lines use water
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Food, chemicals, etc. Automotive parts, etc.
Selection Products
Direct
HLDR-IP series CCS HLDR-IP Search

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Imaging example : Fluorescent observation of adhesive on a plastic container

Ring Lights
Description Application inspection for adhesive
Workpiece Plastic container
Before the proposal LED visible light lighting
After the proposal HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365
Result Only detects the adhesive
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It was difficult to detect the Only the adhesive causes

HPR2 Plastic container
application of the adhesive using fluorescent scattering, allowing for
Diffused Lighting
LFR
visible light lighting. an image of the application status.
LKR
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2 Lineup
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 Power Peak wavelength/ Recommended
TH consumption temperature Control Units
LFL
HLDR-IP67-100RD Red 627 nm
HPD2 -
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 HLDR-IP67-100SW White 6,500 K PD3

24 V / 18 W 420 g
LAV PSB
Ultraviolet cutting filter
PDM HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365 Ultraviolet 365 nm
Ultraviolet transmission filter
LFX2
LFV3
Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
LNSP-UV-FN
UV
LED
LED properties
properties
Infrared
Lighting
100
IR2 If using a sharp-cut filter,
UV
Relative radiant
80 Red 627 nm
intensity (%)
365 nm
HLV2 60 please use the R60 (option).
White 6,500 K
40
LV Light spectrum For details about the sharp-cut filter,
20
refer to P.223.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 0
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HFS/HFR Wavelength (nm)
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Options
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Blocks light with a
wavelength of 420 nm Transmits ultraviolet
LNSD or lower, transmits light, absorbs visible
light with a longer light.
LND2 wavelength.
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Ultraviolet cutting filter Ultraviolet transmission filter
LT L42 series U340 series
LNV/HLDN
Model name Size Model name Size
LNDG
L42-25 M25.5 P0.5 U340-25 M25.5 P0.5
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
L42-27 M27.0 P0.5 U340-27 M27.0 P0.5
LNIS-FN L42-30 M30.5 P0.5 U340-30 M30.5 P0.5
Telecentric Lens L42-40 M40.5 P0.5 U340-40 M40.5 P0.5
Lenses
Macro Lens L42-46 M46.0 P0.75 U340-46 M46.0 P0.75
P.223 P.223

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
HLDR-IP67-100RD/SW/UV2-365
Ø58
Ring Lights
4 x M4 5 Ø43
(For installation)
45°
Ø100
62
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
33.5 SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
19
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2
Dedicated cable LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Model name Cable length Weight HLDL2

FCB-1-M12 1m 70 g n x 1,000 (n=1, 2, 3, 5) TH
FCB-2-M12 2m 125 g LFL
FCB-3-M12 3m 180 g
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
FCB-5-M12 5m 305 g
LDM2
LAV
PDM
(Ø6)
SM connector M12 connector LFX2

Control Unit side Light Unit side
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
* SM connectors are not waterproof. * Cable permitted bending radius: 40 mm
MFU
* The above cable permitted bending radius is a reference value. Actual value may vary.
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Regarding case materials Note LNSP-UV-FN

Infrared
Lighting IR2
LED Light (Common for all colors) Dedicated cable "IP67" indicates the level of protection against foreign
HLV2
material entering electrical instruments
Body: aluminum alloy (black anodized) Light Unit side connector: LV
Screws: SUS soft PBT The 1st numeral "6" indicates the following level of protection:
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Case LSP
Washers: SUS, elastomer (TPE) Cable: PVC
material • No dust inside the instrument. (dustproof) HFS/HFR
Connectors: PA resin Control Unit side connector:
Lens: silicone nylon The 2nd numeral "7" indicates the following level of protection: HLV2-NR
• No damage when submerged in water at the rated pressure for the rated HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
* Indicates the details for materials only regarding the external parts. time. (watertight type) PFBR
• Can be submerged in water to a depth of 1 m (for instruments with a
PFB2
height of less than 850 mm) for 30 minutes.
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
Cautionary information regarding waterproofing Cautionary information regarding UV products LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
● After cleaning manufacturing lines, be sure to wipe away any moisture ● Do not expose your eyes or skin to direct UV irradiation. LNSD
remaining on the lens. ● When using an UV illumination, be sure to wear UV blocking eye wear and LND2
Diffused
Lighting
Imaging can be affected by moisture on the lens. avoid looking at irradiating parts (emitting parts).
HLND
● Use water to wash away any cleaning agent adhered to this product. ● Do not turn on UV-LED irradiating parts (emitting parts) if they are facing
● Use water to wash away any oils or chemicals adhered to this product. someone's eyes. LT
● The Control Unit connectors (SM connectors) on dedicated cables are not ● Wear long sleeves and gloves to protect your skin from UV irradiation. LNV/HLDN
waterproof. ● Thoroughly educate all those involved near the product about the dangers of LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
UV LEDs.
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
(E.g.) UV blocking eye wear
Selection Products
Ring Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS HPR2 Search your smartphone
HPR2 series
or cell phone.
Achieves a uniform region with a high degree of freedom by

using a unique illuminating mechanism
Ring Lights
HPR2-250SW HPR2-400RD-FT
HPR2-200FC
HPR2-150RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA HPR2-100BL
LDR-LA1
HPR2-75SW
SQR
HPR2-50RD
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for damage/stains, visual/color determination inspections, character recognition, text inspection, high angle
Applications
HPR2 uniform illumination, and characteristic extraction at low angle, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Supports from low angles to high angles Provides diffused light at high output
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Provides diffused light from the LEDs without waste using It achieves uniform illumination of diffused light at high
HLDL2 a unique illuminating mechanism. Even if the distance from output using surface-mounted LEDs and a specially
TH the workpiece to the Light Unit is changed, there is little processed diffusion plate.
LFL variation in the uniform region and it can therefore be used
Achieved higher output than the conventional product
HPD2 for a wide variety of uses.
Diffused Lighting
Workpiece: Food container

LDM2
■ Output comparison with the conventional product
LAV Achieves a uniform region with
a high degree of freedom
PDM
Increased Increased
LFX2 Conventional HPR output output
LFV3 Approx. Approx.
Radiation output
New HPR2 3x x 9
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU Illuminating
UV2
distance: Use overdrive to increase output even further!
150 mm
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV New HPR2
LNSP-UV-FN
Illuminating 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900%
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 distance:
* This is a comparison between the HPR-100 and HPR2-100, using red and white colors.
100 mm * It can be combined with a Strobe Control Unit for even brighter emission than continuous emission.
HLV2 * The data included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product.
LV
Added two sizes and a full color (RGB) type

Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Illuminating
HFS/HFR
distance:
We added the HPR2-75 and HPR2-200 models. Also, we
HLV2-NR 30 mm
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
added a full color (RGB) type to the lineup as variation for
PFBR
wavelengths, increasing the applications of our products.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Uses a unique HPR2-100
LNSD E.g.: Different shape Customizable items illuminating
Camera
LND2
External/internal Wavelength/ mechanism to
Diffused
Changed the format to a

Lighting
Format/ diameter Color

HLND material semicircle to match the workpiece. illuminate diffused
LT light at high output. LED
LNV/HLDN Increase Cable length
output
LNDG
Diffusion plate
Lighting
Oblique
Angled

angle material
LNIS-FN
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of text on electronic parts
Ring Lights
Description Printing inspection
Workpiece Electronics part in embossed tape
Before the proposal LED Ring Light
After the proposal HPR2-75RD
Workpiece image LED Ring Light HPR2-75RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Stable inspection is difficult due to Surface reflection is reduced and

HPR2
Electronics part in embossed tape
Diffused Lighting
surface reflection. an image of the text can be made. LFR
LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Exterior imaging of a multi-colored workpiece FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Workpiece image TH
LFL
Workpiece Smartphone case HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Before the proposal -
LAV
After the proposal HPR2-200FC: full color (RGB) type PDM
Result Allows for color determination. LFX2

LFV3
Smartphone case
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
HPR2-200FC: full color (RGB) type
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Imaging with red illumination Imaging with blue illumination Imaging with green illumination Imaging with white illumination
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
HPR2-75SW LN/LN-HK
*1 LNSD
*2 LND2
(LWD Characteristics) Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
100 100
90 LNDG
80
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
70 LNIS
Output level (%)
60
50 LNIS-FN
40 50
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
30
20
10
Macro Lens
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 150 200 250 300
10
LWD (mm)
Selection Products
Diffused
HPR2 series CCS HPR2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Model name LED color Options Weight
consumption correlated color temperature Control Units
Ring Lights
HPR2-50RD Red 24 V / 7.6 W 635 nm

PD3 CC-ST-1024
HPR2-50SW White 6,000 K
24 V / 9.1 W PSB POD*2 46 g
HPR2-50BL Blue 470 nm
*1
HPR2-50FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
HPR2-75RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm

PD3
24 V / 16 W PSB POD*2 160 g
*1
HPR2-75FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 6.0 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
HPR2-100RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm

PD3
24 V / 23 W PSB POD*2 170 g
*1
LDR2 HPR2-100FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 11 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
Bracket
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA HPR2-150RD Red 635 nm

LDR-LA1
PD3
HPR2-150SW White 24 V / 27 W 6,000 K
SQR PSB POD*2 250 g
SQR-TP
HPR2-150FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 15 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
*1
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2-200RD Red 24 V / 34 W 635 nm
*1
HPR2 HPR2-200SW White 6,000 K PD3 POD*2
Diffused Lighting
24 V / 41 W 380 g
LFR HPR2-200BL Blue 470 nm
LKR *1
HPR2-200FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 19 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
FPR
HPR2-250RD Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm
FPQ2
*1
HPR2-250SW White 6,000 K PD3 POD*2
LDL2 24 V / 46 W 510 g
Lighting

Direct
LDLB
*1
HLDL2 HPR2-250FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 24 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
TH HPR2-400RD-FT Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm

LFL *1
HPR2-400SW-FT White 6,000 K PD3 POD*2
HPD2 24 V / 46 W - 1,050 g
Diffused Lighting
HPR2-400BL-FT Blue 470 nm

LDM2
*1
HPR2-400FC-FT Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 30 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
LAV
PDM
*1: Use a 3-channel Control Unit for a full color (RGB) type. Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
LED
LED properties
properties
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN 100
Red 622 nm If using a sharp-cut filter,
Relative radiant
80
Infrared
Lighting
intensity (%)
Red 635 nm
IR2 60 Green 525 nm please use the R60 (option).
Light spectrum 40
White 6,000 K
For details about the sharp-cut filter,
HLV2 Blue
20
470 nm
refer to P.223.
LV 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP Wavelength (nm)
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
Options
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN Combine with the Dome Light HPD2 Achieves installation using installation holes with
series to achieve imaging by light a larger gap than the Light Unit body installation
LN/LN-HK
switching and simultaneous lighting. holes, or installation on a vertical surface.
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Light joint bracket Expansion mounting bracket ● Example of the expansion mounting
bracket in use
LT Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
LNV/HLDN
BK-75-JO HPR2-75 series BK-50-CI HPR2-50 series
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN BK-200-JO HPR2-200 series BK-150-CI HPR2-150 series
Telecentric Lens BK-250-JO HPR2-250 series BK-200-CI HPR2-200 series
Lenses
Macro Lens BK-250-CI HPR2-250 series

P.227
Ring Light: Image of usage with the HPR2-200RD
P.228

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
HPR2-50RD/SW/BL/FC HPR2-75RD/SW/BL/FC
Ring Lights
18 4 x M3 x 4
26.4 4 x M4 x 5
(For installation)
(17.5) 45° (For installation)
(25.5)
Ø4 Ø8 45°
5 3
Ø18
Ø50
Illumination side Illumination side
Ø41
Ø91
2 14.5
300
300
26.4 4 x M4 x 5 LDR2
26.4 4 x M4 x 5
(For installation)
Direct Lighting
(25.5) LDR2-LA
(For installation)
(25.5) Ø1 45°
Ø1 45° 58 LDR-LA1
08
SQR
SQR-TP
Ø116
Ø116
Ø66
Ø166
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
300 300 LKR
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
26.4 HLDL2
26.4 4 x M4 x 5 4 x M4 x 5
(25.5) (For installation) TH
(For installation)
(25.5) 45° LFL
Ø 45° Ø
20 25
8 8 HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Ø216
Ø166

Ø266
Ø210
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
300 MFU
300 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
* The HPR2-250 model has a curved diffusion plate. LNSP-UV-FN
Be aware this differs from the conventional product.
Infrared
HPR2-400RD-FT/SW-FT/BL-FT/FC-FT Lighting IR2
19.2 HLV2
4 x M6 x 6
(For installation) LV
(18)
45°
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Ø LSP
41
2 HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Illumination side PFBR

Ø424
Ø330
Ø360
* The full color type (HPR2-FC, HPR2-400FC-FT) has three connectors.

Use a 3-channel Control Unit if controlling intensity separately for each color. PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
300
LNSD
LND2
* The HPR2-400-FT has a flat diffusion plate.
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Ring Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LFR Search your smartphone
LFR series
or cell phone.

Ring Lights
LFR-330RD2
LFR-200BL2
LFR-250SW2
LFR-130KSW2
LDR2
LFR-130GR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LFR-100RD2-K
SQR LFR-100RD2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for parts mounted on circuit boards, surface inspection for metal parts, inspection for faults on bottle tops,
Applications
HPR2 character recognition, text inspection, and color determination inspection, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
LEDs embedded around a circular light-guiding diffusion plate.

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 Uniformly diffused light is illuminated from a flat emitting surface.
TH
Example configuration Imaging example: Imaging for
LFL
(LFR-100) detecting contents of a tray
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Camera
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
LED
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Light-guiding Workpiece: Contents of a tray

MFU
diffusion plate
UV2 LED Ring Light LFR-250RD2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Workpiece
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
We accept custom orders.
Please feel free to inquire.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR • Change to format Illuminated light converges in the The whole thing is illuminated
HLV2-NR • Increase brightness center, making stable inspection evenly, allowing for detection of
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W • Change to wavelength, etc. difficult. present contents.
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN * The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LN/LN-HK LFR-130RD2
*1
LNSD Relative irradiance graph
LND2 (LWD Characteristics)*2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
Diffused
Lighting
HLND *1: Irradiance on the optical axis

LT *2: Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece
LWD=50 mm 10 mm LWD=80 mm 10 mm LWD=120 mm 10 mm
LNV/HLDN 100 100
90
LNDG
80
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
70
LNIS
Output level (%)
60
50
LNIS-FN 40 50
30
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
20
Macro Lens 10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
10
LWD (mm)

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup * End of the model name: -K: Type with angled emitting surface

Ring Lights
LFR-100RD2 Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm 120 g
LFR-100SW2 White 5,500 K
24 V / 4.6 W
LFR-100BL2 Blue 470 nm 170 g
LFR-100GR2 Green 24 V / 4.5 W 525 nm
LFR-100RD2-K Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm
140 g
LFR-100KSW2 White 5,500 K
24 V / 4.6 W
LFR-100BL2-K Blue 470 nm
190 g
LFR-100GR2-K Green 24 V / 4.5 W 525 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
LFR-130RD2 Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm PSB POD*1
LFR-130SW2 White 5,500 K

250 g
LFR-130BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm
LDR2
LFR-130GR2 Green 525 nm -
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LFR-130RD2-K Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm 190 g
LDR-LA1
LFR-130KSW2 White 5,500 K 200 g
SQR
LFR-130BL2-K Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm SQR-TP
190 g
LFR-130GR2-K Green 525 nm
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LFR-200RD2 Red 24 V / 8.1 W 630 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024*
HPR2
LFR-200SW2 White 5,500 K 490 g
Diffused Lighting
PSB POD*1
24 V / 11 W LFR
LFR-200BL2 Blue 470 nm *Can only use red.
LKR
LFR-250RD2 Red 24 V / 11 W 630 nm 1,080 g
PD3 FPR
LFR-250SW2 White 5,500 K 1,090 g FPQ2
24 V / 13 W PSB POD*1
LFR-250BL2 Blue 470 nm 1,080 g LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LFR-330RD2 Red 24 V / 14 W 630 nm PD3 PSB POD*1 1,500 g LDLB
HLDL2
TH
*1: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Dimensions (mm) LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFR-100RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFR-100RD2-K/KSW2/BL2-K/GR2-K LFR-130RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
300 17 300 LFX2
12 300
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
12
LFV3
(Ø3)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Ø102
Ø102
Ø125
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
3 4
Ø3
3 Ø3 Ø4
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
e)
e)
ce
ttin 103
gs 0
ac
80
ac
rfa
mi Ø8
urf
urf
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70) 4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70)

Ø
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70) Infrared

Lighting
gs
ng
ttin
(For installation) IR2

itti

mi
m
(E
(E
(E
* The emitting surface for the LFR-100SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø77. * The emitting surface for the LFR-100KSW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø78. HLV2
LV
LFR-130RD2-K/KSW2/BL2-K/GR2-K LFR-200RD2/SW2/BL2 LFR-250RD2/SW2/BL2
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
300 12 300 12 300
17 (Ø3) (Ø3.5) HFS/HFR
(Ø3)
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Ø216
Ø272
Ø123
PFBR
PFB2
44 70 LNSP
0
Ø Ø
12
e)
e)
ttin 194
ttin 101
e)
Convergent
ac
ttin 250
ac
ac
Lighting
urf
urf
CU-LNSP
urf
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70) 4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.100)

Ø
Ø
4-M4 depth 4 (P.C.D.150)

Ø
gs
gs
gs
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation) LNSP-FN

mi
mi
mi
(E
(E
(E
* The emitting surface for the LFR-130KSW2 is Ø99. * The emitting surface for the LFR-200SW2/BL2 is Ø193. * The emitting surface for the LFR-250SW2/BL2 is Ø246. LN/LN-HK
LNSD
12 300
LFR-330RD2 (Ø3.5) LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
Ø356
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
0
Angled
22 LNIS
Ø
e)
ttin 330
ac
LNIS-FN
urf
4-M4 depth 5 (P.C.D.250)

Ø
gs
(For installation) Telecentric Lens

Lenses
mi
(E
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Ring Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LKR Search your smartphone
LKR series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light from an angled emitting surface

Ring Lights
LKR-125BL2
LKR-70-8GR2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LKR-70SW2
LDR-LA1
SQR
LKR-70RD2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Soldering inspection, parts identification with color, inspection for stains on glossy surfaces,
Applications
HPR2 character recognition on metal parts, and dent inspection on metal parts, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
LEDs embedded around a circular light-guiding diffusion plate.

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 Uniformly diffused light from an emitting surface angled with respect to the workpiece.
TH
Example configuration Imaging example: Imaging of
LFL
(LKR-125) soldering at the cap of a light bulb
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 Camera
LAV
Light-guiding
PDM
diffusion plate
LFX2
LFV3 LED
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Workpiece Workpiece: Light bulb

MFU
UV2 LED Diffused Lighting LKR-125SW2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
• Change to format
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
• Increase brightness
HFS/HFR
• Change to wavelength, etc. It is difficult to evenly illuminate It is possible to evenly illuminate
HLV2-NR the whole solder. the whole solder, including the cap.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LN/LN-HK LKR-70RD2
*1
*2
LND2 (LWD Characteristics) Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
Diffused
Lighting

10 mm LWD=20 mm 10 mm 10 mm
100
LWD=10 mm LWD=30 mm
LNV/HLDN 100
90
LNDG 80
Lighting
70
Oblique
Angled
Output level (%)
LNIS 60
50
LNIS-FN 40 50
30
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
20
10
Macro Lens
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
10
LWD (mm)

Products
Options Examples of Custom Control Unit Selection Control
List of Control
Unit Product
Unit Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Diffused
Lighting
Page
P.189
P.223 P.197
P.231 P.155
P.185 P.159
P.187 P.203
P.237 P.213
P.249
▼
Lineup
Ring Lights
LKR-70RD2 Red 24 V / 2.6 W 630 nm 125 g
LKR-70SW2 White 5,500 K 130 g
LKR-70BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm

125 g
LKR-70GR2 Green 525 nm
LKR-70-8RD2 Red 24 V / 2.6 W 630 nm
LKR-70-8SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024

- 140 g
LKR-70-8BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm PSB POD*
LKR-70-8GR2 Green 525 nm
LKR-125RD2 Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm 295 g

LDR2
LKR-125SW2 White 5,500 K 300 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LKR-125BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm LDR-LA1
490 g SQR
LKR-125GR2 Green 525 nm
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LED properties
LKR
FPR
FPQ2
100
If using a sharp-cut filter, LDL2
80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
Lighting
Direct
60 Green 525 nm please use the R60 (option). LDLB
40
Light spectrum White 5,500 K For details about the sharp-cut filter, HLDL2
20
0 refer to P.223. TH
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LFL
Wavelength (nm)
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information. LDM2
LAV
PDM
Dimensions (mm)
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
LKR-70RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LKR-70-8RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
MFU
300 300 UV2
(Ø3)
18
(Ø3)
Ultraviolet
18
Lighting
36 36 UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
Ø74
Ø74
36
36
LV
0 Ø8
Ø2 ) )
Spot Lighting, Etc.
0 e 0 e LSP
Ø5 urfac Ø5 urfac
4-M3 depth 5 gs 4-M3 depth 5 gs HFS/HFR
ittin ittin
(For installation) (Em (For installation) (Em HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
* The emitting surface for the LKR-70-8SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø49.2. PFBR

PFB2
LKR-125RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
300 CU-LNSP
(Ø3)
26
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Ø125
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
25
LNIS
)
Ø
ce
in 100
rfa
LNIS-FN
su
Ø
4-M3 depth 6 (P.C.D.70)

g
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
itt
(For installation)
m
(E
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Diffused
You can also use
CCS FPR Search your smartphone
FPR series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light at a low angle

from an angled emitting surface
Ring Lights
FPR-180SW2
FPR-136BL2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR FPR-100RD2 FPR-100GR2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Edge extraction of metal parts, character recognition for electronic parts, inspection for parts on circuit boards,
Applications
HPR2 label inspections, and imaging of alignment marks, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Light from the vertically-arranged LEDs is transmitted through the light-guiding diffusion
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 plate and uniform diffused light is illuminated centrally on the workpiece from a low angle.
TH
Example configuration Imaging example:
LFL
(FPR-100) Exterior imaging for metal parts
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM Camera
LFX2
LFV3 LED
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Light-guiding Workpiece: Nut for bearings

MFU
diffusion plate
UV2 LED Ring Light FPR-136RD2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Workpiece
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR • Change to format It is difficult to evenly illuminate It is possible to evenly illuminate
HLV2-NR • Increase brightness the slanted exterior. the slanted exterior.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W • Change to wavelength, etc.
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LN/LN-HK FPR-100RD2
*1
LND2 (LWD Characteristics)*2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
Diffused
Lighting

LNV/HLDN 100 100
90
LNDG 80
Lighting
Oblique
70
Angled
LNIS
Output level (%)
60
50
LNIS-FN 40 50
30
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
20
10
Macro Lens
0
0 10 20 30
10
LWD (mm)

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup
Ring Lights
FPR-100RD2 Red 24 V / 6.1 W 630 nm
FPR-100SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024

220 g
FPR-100BL2 Blue 24 V / 7.6 W 470 nm PSB POD*1
FPR-100GR2 Green 525 nm
FPR-136RD2 Red 24 V / 9.1 W 630 nm 300 g

PD3 CC-ST-1024*
FPR-136SW2 White 5,500 K 280 g
- PSB POD*1
FPR-136BL2 Blue 24 V / 12 W 470 nm *Can only use red.
300 g
FPR-136GR2 Green 525 nm
FPR-180RD2 Red 24 V / 13 W 630 nm 400 g
FPR-180SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 380 g LDR2
Direct Lighting
PSB POD*1 LDR2-LA
FPR-180BL2 Blue 24 V / 16 W 470 nm
400 g LDR-LA1
FPR-180GR2 Green 525 nm SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
*1: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LED properties LFR
LKR
FPR
100
If using a sharp-cut filter, FPQ2
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
60
Blue 470 nm
Green 525 nm
Red 630 nm please use the R60 (option).
LDL2
Lighting
Light spectrum 40
Direct
White 5,500 K
refer to P.223. LDLB
20
0 HLDL2
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Dimensions (mm) PDM

LFX2
FPR-100RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 FPR-136RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFV3
Collimated
300 300 MSU
Lighting
MFU
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
3
Ø7 LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
Ø100
Ø136
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
e)
9
10
c
rfa
40
ng 2)
e)
HFS/HFR
9
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.84)

(Ø
ac
40
ttin 126)
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.120)

urf
HLV2-NR
itti
(For installation)
gs
(Ø
m
(For installation)
(E
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
mi
PFBR
(E
FPR-180RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
PFB2
300 LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
(Ø3)
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
3
15 LN/LN-HK
Ø
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
Ø180
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
)
LNIS
ce
ng 0)
rfa
40
itti 17
LNIS-FN
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.164)

(Ø
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
(For installation)
m
(E
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Low-angle Square Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS FPQ2 Search your smartphone
FPQ2 series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light at a low angle from four directions

FPQ2-96SW
FPQ2-120BL
FPQ2-48BL
LDR2 FPQ2-32SW
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA FPQ2-20RD
LDR-LA1
SQR
FPQ2-75RD
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Visual inspection for electronic parts, character recognition, inspection for bending, slipping, or staining of pins and leads,
Applications
HPR2 visual and pattern inspections for circuit boards, fault inspection for LCDs, and IC lead inspection, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Perfect for square workpieces Illuminates diffused light from four directions
LDL2
Lighting
The FPQ2 series is a low angle Light Unit perfect for It is a diffused lighting with a square case. Light from the
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 square workpieces. It can detect the outline of corners LEDs installed above is transmitted through the light-
TH and prevents glare, which are difficult with Ring Lights. guiding diffusion plate and diffused light is illuminated from
LFL four directions on the workpiece from a low angle.
Imaging example for the FPQ2-48RD:
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Imaging for detecting electronics parts

LDM2 Illumination image for the FPQ2-48BL
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3 Illuminating
distance 35 mm
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU Aluminum housing

UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV LED Ring Light FPQ2-48RD Light-guiding

LNSP-UV-FN
diffusion plate
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Reflective panel
HLV2
LV Cable
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
There is glare from the Film glare is removed,
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
surface film and it is difficult to making it possible to
PFBR determine if the part is there. determine if the part is there.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Light illuminated FPQ2-96
LNSD E.g.: Changed format so that the Light Unit did Customizable items from the LEDs is
LND2 　　 not overlap with the field of vision. transmitted through
Diffused
Lighting
Camera
HLND
Format Change to window
diameter color the light-guiding Camera
LT the camera diffusion plate and
window Increase
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length uniform diffused LED
LNDG Camera
window
light is illuminated
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
Light-guiding
LNIS Illuminating Format/ centrally on the diffusion plate
angle material
LNIS-FN
Emitting side
workpiece from a
Telecentric Lens
low angle.
Lenses
Connector Installation/ Workpiece

Etc.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Exterior imaging for extremely small coil

Workpiece Coil
After the proposal FPQ2-20SW
Workpiece image LED Ring Light FPQ2-20SW
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It is difficult to evenly form an It is possible to evenly form an

HPR2
Coil
Diffused Lighting
exterior image of the coil. exterior image of the coil. LFR
LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Imaging of date printed on food container FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Description Text inspection TH

LFL
Workpiece Food container
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
After the proposal FPQ2-120RD
PDM
Result Improved uniformity LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED Ring Light FPQ2-120RD UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Due to effect from the glossiness and The surface is illuminated evenly, HLV2-NR
Food container bumps on the surface, it is difficult to allowing for a clear image of the HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
get a clear image of the text. text. PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
FPQ2-48RD LN/LN-HK
*1 LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LWD=10 mm 5 mm LNV/HLDN
100 100
90 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
80
Angled
70 LNIS
60
Output level (%)
50 LNIS-FN
40 50
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
30
20
Macro Lens
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
10
LWD (mm)
Selection Products
Diffused
FPQ2 series CCS FPQ2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup

FPQ2-20RD Red 24 V / 1.5 W 630 nm
FPQ2-20SW White 24 V / 2.6 W 6,000 K 25 g
FPQ2-20BL Blue 24 V / 1.8 W 465 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
PSB POD*1
FPQ2-32RD Red 24 V / 6.1 W 630 nm
FPQ2-32SW White 24 V / 5.1 W 6,000 K 50 g
FPQ2-32BL Blue 24 V / 3.1 W 465 nm
FPQ2-48RD Red 24 V / 5.8 W 630 nm

PD3 CC-ST-1024*
FPQ2-48SW White 24 V / 11 W 6,000 K PSB POD*1 85 g
* Can only use red and blue.
FPQ2-48BL Blue 24 V / 7.1 W 465 nm
LDR2 -
FPQ2-75RD Red 24 V / 17 W 630 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
PD3 CC-ST-1024*
LDR-LA1 FPQ2-75SW White 24 V / 16 W 6,000 K 145 g
PSB POD*1
SQR
SQR-TP
FPQ2-75BL Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 465 nm * Can only use blue.
Convergent
FPQ2-96RD Red 24 V / 15 W 630 nm

Lighting
HLDR-IP
FPQ2-96SW White 24 V / 21 W 6,000 K 160 g

HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR FPQ2-96BL Blue 24 V / 13 W 465 nm PD3

LKR
FPQ2-120RD Red 24 V / 18 W 630 nm PSB POD*1
FPR
FPQ2 FPQ2-120SW White 24 V / 21 W 6,000 K 200 g
LDL2
FPQ2-120BL Blue 24 V / 11 W 465 nm
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LED
LED properties
properties
LFX2
100
LFV3
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)

please use the R60 (option).
Collimated
MSU 60
Lighting
MFU Light spectrum 40

20
UV2 0 refer to P.223.
Ultraviolet
Lighting
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
UV
Wavelength (nm)
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)

FPQ2-20RD/SW/BL FPQ2-32RD/SW/BL
20 32
5 10
7.5 11
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
300
300
32
15
10
20
14
5
11
23
8.5
30
7.5
14 □ 20 15 8.5
□ 12
6
Emitting surface 4-M3x0.5 tap depth 3
4 Emitting surface 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 3
(15)
(8)
FPQ2-48RD/SW/BL FPQ2-75RD/SW/BL LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
48 75
10 LDR-LA1
27.5 20 30 Reflective panel
Reflective panel SQR
19
SQR-TP
Convergent
(Ø3)
Lighting
HLDR-IP
300
(Ø3)
48
10
30
27.5 20
57
75
300
19
HPR2
9
Diffused Lighting
9
30 30 9 LFR
□ 36
57 9 LKR
6 4-M3x0.5 tap depth 3 6 □ 63
Emitting surface Emitting surface
FPR
(For installation) 4-M3x0.5 tap depth 3
FPQ2
(15)
(15)
(For installation)
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
* The reflective panel can be removed. * The reflective panel can be removed. LDLB
HLDL2
TH
FPQ2-96RD/SW/BL LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
96
LDM2
11 74 30 81 7.5
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
96
74
Collimated
46
78
MSU
Lighting
(Ø3)
MFU
300
25
UV2
Ultraviolet
11
Lighting
9
UV
78 9 LNSP-UV-FN
6 □ 84 Emitting surface
Infrared
4-M3x0.5 tap depth 3 Lighting IR2
(15)
(For installation)
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
FPQ2-120RD/SW/BL HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
120
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
11 98 30 105 7.5
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
102
120
70
98
LN/LN-HK
(Ø3)
LNSD
300
25
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
9
HLND
11
102 9
LT
6 □ 108 Emitting surface
LNV/HLDN
4-M3x0.5 tap depth 3
LNDG
(For installation)
Lighting
Oblique
(15)
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Lighting Bar Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Direct
You can also use
CCS LDL2 Search your smartphone
LDL2 series
or cell phone.
Provides direct light from an emitting part

equipped with LEDs in straight lines
Bar Lights
LDL2-33X8RD
LDL2-41X16SW
LDL2-80X16GR
LDL2-119X16RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR LDL2-266X30SW-WD LDL2-218X30RD LDL2-146X30BL-WD LDL2-74X30SW
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Various inspections for reading text, visual inspection for damage on long and thin workpieces, damage inspection for metal with
Applications
HPR2 hairline finishing, light source for a line sensor camera, and various inspections to detect foreign material, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Rich lineup with 61 models Bar Lights that use surface-mounted LEDs
LDL2
Lighting
We have a lineup of 61 models, such as combinations These are Bar Lights that use surface-mounted LEDs.
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 of the size and emitting width of the emitting surface, We provide the narrow type, which performs convergent
TH directional characteristics, and the emitted color. illumination for a narrow space, and the wide type ( -WD)
LFL which illuminates a wide space.
HPD2 Compatible with a wide range
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 of uses Select the directional characteristics of a narrow

LAV type or wide type
You can freely adjust the illuminating
PDM
direction and angle for use in a wide ■ Directional characteristics of the Narrow Type (White)
LFX2 Zoomed-in view of the emitting surface
range of uses.
LFV3 20 10 -10 -20
30 1 -30
40 -40
Because Bar Lights can Original lens
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
50 -50
MFU freely adjust their illuminating A B
60 0.5 -60
70 -70
UV2 direction and angle to match 80 -80
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV the workpiece, they can 1 0.5 0

0
0.5 1
Degrees
LNSP-UV-FN provide the optimal image. B Relative radiant intensity
A
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 ■ Directional characteristics of the Wide Type (White)

Illuminating image from direction A Illuminating image from direction B Zoomed-in view of the emitting surface
HLV2
20 10 -10 -20
LV 30 1 -30
40 -40
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 50 -50
60 0.5 -60
HFS/HFR 70 -70
HLV2-NR 80 -80
0 Degrees
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 1 0.5 0 0.5 1
Relative radiant intensity
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Achieved light LDL2-74X30
LNSD E.g.: Different shape Customizable items with a narrow Camera
LND2
Create a Light Unit with a External/internal Wavelength/
directionality
Diffused
Lighting
Format
HLND long size diameter color using the original Heat dissipation
LT lens located in material
face) Increase Wide Type Narrow Type
LNV/HLDN
g sur (mm) output
Cable length front of the LEDs. LED
LNDG ittin Illuminates direct
Em
0(
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS 89 Illuminating Format/ light from any

angle material Original lens
LNIS-FN
angle.
Telecentric Lens
Lenses

Etc.

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of damage in sheet metal (hairline finishing)
Bar Lights
Workpiece Aluminum sheet (hairline finishing)
LDL2-74X30RD
After the proposal Proposed the optimal illuminating
angle and illuminating direction
Result Extracts only the damage
Workpiece image LED Bar Light LDL2-74X30RD LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Aluminum sheet Due to reflection from the hairline Surface reflection is reduced and a LKR
(hairline finishing) finishing surface, it is difficult to clear image of the damage can be FPR
form an image of the damage. made. FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Imaging example : External imaging of drill tips PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Description Visual inspection MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Workpiece Drills
Lighting
UV
Before the proposal LED Ring Light LNSP-UV-FN
LDL2-41X16RD Infrared
After the proposal Proposed the optimal illuminating Lighting IR2
angle and illuminating direction
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDL2-41X16RD PFBR

PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
It is difficult to form a clear image It is possible to form a clear image LT

Drills of the drill tip. of only the blade edge of the drill. LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct
LDL2 series CCS LDL2 Search

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Imaging example : Exterior imaging of confectionery packaging

Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDL2-119X16SW
Bar Lights
Due to reflection from the surface, Surface reflection is removed and

Confectionery packaging it is difficult to form an image of the a clear image of the characters can
characters. be made.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Imaging example : Imaging of printed characters on pet bottles

Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR Description Printing inspection
FPQ2
Workpiece Pet bottles
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Before the proposal LED Ring Light
HLDL2 LDL2-146X30SW
After the proposal Proposed the optimal illuminating
TH angle and illuminating direction
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDL2-146X30SW
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
The influence of illumination projec- It prevents the illumination projec-
Pet Bottles
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
tion makes it difficult to capture the tion, allowing for the characters to
HLV2-NR
characters. be captured.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of scratches on glass bottles
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDL2-74X30RD
Bar Lights
It is difficult to form a clear image It is possible to form a clear image
Glass Bottles of the scratches due to surface of the scratches without surface
reflection. reflection.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Data: Relative irradiance graph/Uniformity graph (Representative example)
Lighting
HLDR-IP
* The graph included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LDL2-74X30SW (Narrow type) LFR
*1 LKR
*2 FPR
(LWD Characteristics) Uniformity graph (Relative irradiance)
FPQ2
*2: Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
100 100
90 HLDL2
80
Output level (%)

70 TH
60
50 LFL
40 50
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
30
20
10 LDM2
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 LAV
10
LWD (mm)
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
LDL2-74X30SW-WD (Wide type)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm MFU
LWD=50 mm LWD=100 mm LWD=150 mm
100 100
90 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
80
70 UV
Output level (%)
60
50 LNSP-UV-FN
40 50 Infrared
Lighting
30
IR2
20
10
0 HLV2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
10
LWD (mm) LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup (Standard Products) * End of the model name: -WD: Wide type
Emitting Power Peak wavelength/ Recommended

surface size consumption temperature Control Units
Bar Lights
LDL2-33X8RD*1 Red 24 V / 1.3 W 635 nm

Emitting width: 8 mm
LDL2-33X8SW*1 White 6,600 K

Diffusion plate PD3 CC-ST-1024
Polarization plate
LDL2-33X8BL*1 Blue 33×8 mm 24 V / 0.8 W 470 nm PSB POD **3 20 g
Bracket
* Can only use red, white, blue, and green.
LDL2-33X8GR*1 Green 525 nm
LDL2-33X8IR850*1*2 Infrared 24 V / 1.3 W 850 nm
LDL2-41X16RD Red 635 nm
LDL2-41X16SW White 6,600 K

LDR2
41×16 mm 24 V / 1.9 W 50 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDL2-41X16BL Blue 470 nm
LDR-LA1
SQR LDL2-41X16GR Green 525 nm
SQR-TP
Convergent
LDL2-41X16RD-WD Red 635 nm

Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2 LDL2-41X16SW-WD White 6,600 K

Diffused Lighting
LFR 41×16 mm 24 V / 1.9 W 50 g

LKR LDL2-41X16BL-WD Blue 470 nm
FPR
FPQ2 LDL2-41X16GR-WD Green 525 nm
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LDL2-80X16RD Red 635 nm

HLDL2
TH
LFL
80×16 mm 24 V / 3.8 W 75 g
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 Diffusion plate

LDL2-80X16GR Green 525 nm
LAV Polarization plate PD3 CC-ST-1024
PDM Protective panel PSB POD*3
LFX2 Bracket
LFV3
LDL2-80X16SW-WD White 6,600 K
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
80×16 mm 24 V / 3.8 W 75 g
MFU
LDL2-80X16BL-WD Blue 470 nm
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV LDL2-80X16GR-WD Green 525 nm

LNSP-UV-FN

Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 LDL2-119X16SW White 6,600 K

LV 119×16 mm 24 V / 5.7 W 95 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR LDL2-119X16GR Green 525 nm
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR LDL2-119X16RD-WD Red 635 nm
PFB2
LNSP
119×16 mm 24 V / 5.7 W 95 g
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LDL2-119X16GR-WD Green 525 nm
LNSD
LND2
Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications
Diffused
P.187
Lighting
HLND *1: All LEDs of the LDL2-33X8 have wide type directional characteristics.
*2: Please inquire if you would like to use in combination with a Strobe Control Unit (overdrive type).
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
* End of the model name: -WD: Wide type

Bar Lights

74×30 mm 24 V / 5.7 W 100 g

PD3 CC-ST-1024
PSB POD*1

74×30 mm 24 V / 5.7 W 100 g
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDL2-74X30GR-WD Green 525 nm LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LDL2-146X30RD Red 635 nm SQR

SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
146×30 mm 24 V / 12 W 170 g
LDL2-146X30BL Blue 470 nm HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LDL2-146X30GR Green 525 nm LKR
FPR
LDL2-146X30RD-WD Red 635 nm FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
146×30 mm 24 V / 12 W 170 g
HLDL2
TH
Diffusion plate LFL
Polarization plate HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Protective panel LDM2
Bracket LAV
PDM
LFX2
218×30 mm 24 V / 18 W 240 g
LDL2-218X30BL Blue 470 nm LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
LDL2-218X30GR Green 525 nm MFU
PD3
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
PSB POD*1
LDL2-218X30RD-WD Red 635 nm UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LDL2-218X30SW-WD White 6,600 K Infrared
Lighting IR2
218×30 mm 24 V / 18 W 240 g
LDL2-218X30BL-WD Blue 470 nm HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
LDL2-266X30RD Red 635 nm HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
266×30 mm 24 V / 21 W 280 g
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LDL2-266X30SW-WD White 6,600 K LND2

Diffused
Lighting
266×30 mm 24 V / 21 W 280 g HLND
LDL2-266X30BL-WD Blue 470 nm LT

LNV/HLDN
LDL2-266X30GR-WD Green 525 nm LNDG

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187 LNIS-FN
*1: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup (Special Orders) * End of the model name: -WD: Wide type

Bar Lights
LDL2-158X16RD (-WD) Red 635 nm
LDL2-158X16SW (-WD) White 6,600 K

158×16 mm 24 V / 7.6 W 120 g
LDL2-158X16BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm
LDL2-158X16GR (-WD) Green 525 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
LDL2-197X16RD (-WD) Red 635 nm PSB POD*1

197×16 mm 24 V / 9.5 W 145 g
LDL2-197X16GR (-WD) Green 525 nm
LDR2 LDL2-236X16RD (-WD) Red 635 nm

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
236×16 mm 24 V / 12 W 170 g
SQR LDL2-236X16BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDL2-275X16SW (-WD) White 6,600 K

LKR
275×16 mm 24 V / 14 W 195 g
FPR
FPQ2 LDL2-275X16GR (-WD) Green 525 nm
LDL2
Lighting

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LDL2-314X16SW (-WD) White 6,600 K
TH 314×16 mm 24 V / 16 W 220 g
LFL
Please
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDL2-314X16GR (-WD) Green 525 nm inquire

LDM2
LDL2-353X16RD (-WD) Red 635 nm for more
LAV
information.
PDM
LFX2 353×16 mm 24 V / 18 W 245 g
PD3
LFV3 LDL2-353X16BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm
1
PSB POD*
Collimated
MSU
Lighting

MFU
UV2 LDL2-392X16RD (-WD) Red 635 nm
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
392×16 mm 24 V / 19 W 270 g
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 LDL2-392X16GR (-WD) Green 525 nm

LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR LDL2-431X16SW (-WD) White 6,600 K
HLV2-NR
431×16 mm 24 V / 21 W 295 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR LDL2-431X16GR (-WD) Green 525 nm
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP LDL2-470X16SW (-WD) White 6,600 K

LNSP-FN 470×16 mm 24 V / 23 W 320 g
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND LDL2-509X16RD (-WD) Red 635 nm

LT
LNV/HLDN 509×16 mm 24 V / 25 W 345 g
LNDG LDL2-509X16BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼

Bar Lights

26×30 mm 24 V / 1.9 W 55 g

50×30 mm 24 V / 3.8 W 80 g
LDL2-50X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
LDL2-98X30RD (-WD) Red 635 nm PSB POD*1 LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
98×30 mm 24 V / 7.6 W 125 g
LDL2-98X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LDL2-122X30SW (-WD) White 6,600 K LFR
122×30 mm 24 V / 9.5 W 150 g
LKR
FPR
LDL2-122X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDL2-170X30SW (-WD) White 6,600 K HLDL2

170×30 mm 24 V / 14 W 200 g
TH
LFL
Please
LDL2-170X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm HPD2
Diffused Lighting
inquire
LDM2
LDL2-194X30RD (-WD) Red 635 nm for more
LAV
information.
PDM
194×30mm 24 V / 16 W 225 g LFX2
LDL2-194X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
LDL2-242X30RD (-WD) Red 635 nm UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
242×30mm 24 V / 19 W 275 g
LDL2-242X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm Infrared
PD3 Lighting IR2
LDL2-242X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm PSB POD*1 HLV2
LDL2-290X30RD (-WD) Red 635 nm LV

Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
LDL2-290X30SW (-WD) White 6,600 K HFS/HFR
290×30mm 24 V / 23 W 325 g
LDL2-290X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LDL2-290X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
314×30mm 24 V / 25 W 350 g LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LDL2-314X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LDL2-338X30SW (-WD) White 6,600 K LT

338×30mm 24 V / 27 W 375 g LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LDL2-338X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm LNIS

LNIS-FN
Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.


Bar Lights

362×30mm 24 V / 29 W 400 g

386×30mm 24 V / 31 W 425 g

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA 410×30mm 24 V / 33 W 450 g

LDR-LA1 LDL2-410X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm
SQR
SQR-TP

Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP Please
LDL2-434X30SW (-WD) White 6,600 K PD3
HPR2
inquire
434×30mm 24 V / 35 W PSB 475 g
for more
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDL2-434X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm

LKR information.
FPR
FPQ2 LDL2-458X30RD (-WD) Red 635 nm
LDL2
Lighting

Direct
LDLB
458×30mm 24 V / 37 W 500 g
HLDL2 LDL2-458X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm
TH
LFL
HPD2 LDL2-482X30RD (-WD) Red 635 nm
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
482×30mm 24 V / 38 W 525 g
PDM LDL2-482X30BL (-WD) Blue 470 nm
LFX2
LFV3 LDL2-482X30GR (-WD) Green 525 nm
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2 LDL2-506X30SW (-WD) White 6,600 K
Ultraviolet
506×30mm 24 V / 40 W 550 g
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR LED properties
PFB2
LNSP 100
Infrared 850 nm If using a sharp-cut filter,
Convergent
Green 525 nm
Lighting
CU-LNSP 80 Red 635 nm

Relative radiant
Blue 470 nm
intensity (%)
LNSP-FN
60 please use the R60 (option).
40 White 6,600 K
LN/LN-HK Light spectrum 20 For details about the sharp-cut filter,
0
LNSD
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
refer to P.223.
LND2 Wavelength (nm)
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Red LED Narrow Type Red LED Wide Type

(End of the model name: -WD)
LT
-30° -20°-10° 0° +10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10° +20° +30°
LNV/HLDN -40° +40° -40° +40°
LNDG
Directional -50°
80
+50° -50°
80
+50°
60 60
characteristics
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
-60° +60° -60° +60°

LNIS -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70°
20 20
-80° +80° -80° +80°
LNIS-FN
-90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
The data included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product.

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Options
Bar Lights
Can prevent glare, Use with a polariza- Protects the emitting
which is a problem tion filter to remove part of the Light Unit.
when making images the light's surface
of glossy workpieces. reflection.
* Not intended to protect against
dust or water.
Diffusion plate Polarization plate Protective panel

Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
DF-LDL2-33X8 LDL2-33X8 PL-LDL2-33X8-HO LDL2-33X8 CV-LDL2-41X16 LDL2-41X16/LDL2-41X16-WD

DF-LDL2-41X16 LDL2-41X16/LDL2-41X16-WD PL-LDL2-33X8-VE LDL2-33X8 CV-LDL2-80X16 LDL2-80X16/LDL2-80X16-WD
DF-LDL2-80X16 LDL2-80X16/LDL2-80X16-WD PL-LDL2-41X16 LDL2-41X16/LDL2-41X16-WD CV-LDL2-119X16 LDL2-119X16/LDL2-119X16-WD
DF-LDL2-119X16 LDL2-119X16/LDL2-119X16-WD PL-LDL2-41X16-VE LDL2-41X16/LDL2-41X16-WD CV-LDL2-74X30 LDL2-74X30/LDL2-74X30-WD
DF-LDL2-74X30 LDL2-74X30/LDL2-74X30-WD PL-LDL2-80X16 LDL2-80X16/LDL2-80X16-WD CV-LDL2-146X30 LDL2-146X30/LDL2-146X30-WD LDR2
Direct Lighting
DF-LDL2-146X30 LDL2-146X30/LDL2-146X30-WD PL-LDL2-80X16-VE LDL2-80X16/LDL2-80X16-WD CV-LDL2-218X30 LDL2-218X30/LDL2-218X30-WD LDR2-LA
DF-LDL2-218X30 LDL2-218X30/LDL2-218X30-WD PL-LDL2-119X16 LDL2-119X16/LDL2-119X16-WD CV-LDL2-266X30 LDL2-266X30/LDL2-266X30-WD LDR-LA1
DF-LDL2-266X30 LDL2-266X30/LDL2-266X30-WD PL-LDL2-119X16-VE LDL2-119X16/LDL2-119X16-WD P.229 SQR
PL-LDL2-74X30 LDL2-74X30/LDL2-74X30-WD SQR-TP

P.224
Convergent
PL-LDL2-74X30-VE LDL2-74X30/LDL2-74X30-WD
Lighting
HLDR-IP
PL-LDL2-146X30 LDL2-146X30/LDL2-146X30-WD
PL-LDL2-146X30-VE LDL2-146X30/LDL2-146X30-WD HPR2
Diffused Lighting
PL-LDL2-218X30 LDL2-218X30/LDL2-218X30-WD LFR
PL-LDL2-218X30-VE LDL2-218X30/LDL2-218X30-WD LKR
PL-LDL2-266X30 LDL2-266X30/LDL2-266X30-WD FPR
PL-LDL2-266X30-VE LDL2-266X30/LDL2-266X30-WD FPQ2

LDL2
P.225
Lighting
Direct
* There are two kinds of polarization plates: the HO and the VE. For details, refer to P. 225. LDLB
HLDL2
TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
You can freely adjust the illuminating You can freely adjust the illuminating You can freely adjust the illuminating
angle when affixing the Light Unit. angle when affixing the Light Unit. angle when affixing the Light Unit. PDM
Various kinds of illumination are Various kinds of illumination are Various kinds of illumination are LFX2
possible depending on the affixing possible depending on the affixing possible depending on the affixing
method, such as illumination from method, such as illumination from method, such as illumination from LFV3
two or four directions. two or four directions. two or four directions.
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Bracket Bracket Bracket MFU
Model name Note Model name Note Model name Note UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Bracket that can install four of the UV
Angle adjustment bracket common Bracket that can install four of the BK-LDQ2-41X16
BK-LDL2 BK-LDQ2-33X8 LDL2-41X16
for the LDL2 series (x2) LDL2-33X8 LNSP-UV-FN
P.227 P.227 Bracket that can install four of the
BK-LDQ2-80X16 Infrared
LDL2-80X16 Lighting IR2
Bracket that can install four of the
BK-LDQ2-119X16 LDL2-119X16 HLV2
Bracket that can install four of the LV
BK-LDQ2-74X30 LDL2-74X30
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
BK-LDQ2-146X30 HFS/HFR
LDL2-146X30
Bracket that can install four of the HLV2-NR
BK-LDQ2-218X30 LDL2-218X30
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
BK-LDQ2-266X30 PFBR
LDL2-266X30
PFB2
P.227
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
LED properties
Dimensions (mm)
For the LDL2-33X8RD/SW/BL/GR/IR850

Bar Lights
33
5.5 (Emitting surface) 2-M2 (For installing options)
8 (Emitting surface)
6
1.2
2.2
2 40 10.4
44 5.2
2×M2 depth 4
(Same for opposite side)
13
8
(For installation)
5
LDR2
300
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 12 20
SQR
5.2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
For the LDL2-nnnX16RD/SW/BL/GR nnn = B (Emitting surface)
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB A
HLDL2
5 9
TH 6 B (Emitting surface)
LFL
2×2-M3 depth 5
HPD2 (Same for opposite side)
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
20
LAV A
10
PDM
2
LFX2
3-M3 nut slots
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
300 10
MFU
UV2 16 Detail A
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
2.5
4.7
LNSP-UV-FN
20
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
1.2
HLV2 3.5
LV 5.5
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR Standard product Special order
HLV2-NR
Model name A B Model name A B
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LDL2-41X16RD/SW/BL/GR 53 41 LDL2-158X16RD/SW/BL/GR 170 158
PFBR
PFB2 LDL2-80X16RD/SW/BL/GR 92 80 LDL2-197X16RD/SW/BL/GR 209 197
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LDL2-275X16RD/SW/BL/GR 287 275
LN/LN-HK LDL2-314X16RD/SW/BL/GR 326 314
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
LDL2-392X16RD/SW/BL/GR
Lighting
HLND
404 392
LT LDL2-431X16RD/SW/BL/GR 443 431
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique

Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN The Wide Type ( -WD) is the same size.
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
For the LDL2-nnnX30RD/SW/BL/GR nnn = B (Emitting surface)
Bar Lights
A
6 B (Emitting surface)
5 9
2×4-M3 depth 5
7
34
7
17
(10)
2
A LDR2
Direct Lighting
5-M3 nut slots LDR2-LA
10 LDR-LA1
16 SQR
SQR-TP
20
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Detail A
2.5
4.7
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
1.2
FPR
3.5
FPQ2
5.5 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Standard product Special order TH
Model name A B Model name A B LFL

HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDL2-74X30RD/SW/BL/GR 86 74 38 26
LDM2
LDL2-146X30RD/SW/BL/GR 158 146 LDL2-50X30RD/SW/BL/GR 62 50 LAV
LDL2-218X30RD/SW/BL/GR 230 218 LDL2-98X30RD/SW/BL/GR 110 98 PDM

LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
LDL2-194X30RD/SW/BL/GR 206 194 MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LDL2-290X30RD/SW/BL/GR 302 290 LNSP-UV-FN
LDL2-314X30RD/SW/BL/GR 326 314 Lighting

Infrared
IR2

HLV2
LDL2-362X30RD/SW/BL/GR 374 362 LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
398 386 LSP

HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
LDL2-434X30RD/SW/BL/GR 446 434 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LDL2-482X30RD/SW/BL/GR 494 482 LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
The Wide Type ( -WD) is the same size.
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct
You can also use
CCS LDLB Search your smartphone
LDLB series
or cell phone.
Bar Light with built-in Controller

and lineup with waterproof types
Bar Lights
Overdrive
Specifications
LDLB-300SW-N IP67 compliant
LDLB-IP-300SW-N
(waterproof type)
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LDLB-300RD-N
SQR
SQR-TP LDLB-IP-300RD-N
(waterproof type)
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Light source for robotic picking, visual inspection for beverage packages, mixed models inspection for various parts,
HPR2
Applications inspection for missing mounted parts, and visual inspection for large workpieces, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Overdrive can illuminate even 3 m away Can be connected in a daisy-chain
LDL2
Just one Light Unit provides both constant lighting and
Lighting
• Connect up to three units

Direct
LDLB
overdrive lighting.
HLDL2 • Centrally control the chain externally
LED Light Unit from another company LDLB-series Light Unit
TH
• Allows for illumination with a high degree of freedom
Constant lighting
LFL
Overdrive lighting
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV l
o
l c o n tr
PDM C e n tr a
1m Expand the size by
LFX2
linking three units
LFV3
• 24 VDC input
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
• External signal input

MFU
UV2
Can illuminate
Ultraviolet
2 m away
Lighting
Example connection 1 Example connection 2

LNSP-UV-FN
UV
2m Simultaneous illumination with 2 units Simultaneous illumination
Plus with 3 units
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Overdrive can

illuminate even
HLV2
3 m away
LV
* Comparison with light intensity of 100% in constant 3m
lighting mode
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Built-in Controller, 24 VDC input specifications For robot picking
PFBR The Controller is built-in, so you don't need a Control Unit for * This is a conceptual image.
PFB2 light control. You can set intensity values and switch modes by
LNSP panel operations.
Convergent
Example configuration
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Bar Light with built-in LDLB series
LNSD Operating panel Input connector
Light intensity setting
(24 VDC/External signal) Controller. Allows for long-
LND2
distance illumination perfect Camera
Diffused
Lighting
HLND +: Increases the light intensity.
LT
-: Decreases the light intensity.
for large workpieces. Switch
You can set the light intensity to any of 100 levels.
LNV/HLDN or to overdrive for even brighter
Constant lighting Overdrive mode This product
LNDG Mode switching
mode illumination.
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Lenses
Macro Lens Hold down two buttons to change the operating mode
between constant lighting and overdrive lighting.

Products
Options Examples of Custom Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Lighting
Ordered Products
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.237 P.249
▼
Applications
Inspections in automotive industry Inspections in packaging industry
Bar Lights
Surfaces of transmission Bottle cap appearance and tightening
parts
• Oil pump rotors
• Gears
• Shafts and others
LDLB-SW
Camera
LDR2
Presence of engine parts
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Workpiece: Bottle cap
• Mounting screws for head covers LDR-LA1
• Oil caps SQR
• Oil filters and others SQR-TP
Inspections in foodstuff industry
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Size of fruit
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Positions of holes LDLB-RD
LKR
on door parts (2 Units)
Camera FPR
• Mounting holes for door locks
FPQ2
• Mounting holes for door knobs
LDL2
• Mounting holes for side mirrors and others
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Workpiece: LAV
Grapefruit
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Data: Relative irradiance graph/Uniformity (Representative example) UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
* The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. LNSP-UV-FN
LDLB-300RD-N (Red) Infrared
*1 Lighting IR2
(LWD Characteristics)
*2
Uniformity (Relative irradiance) HLV2
*1: Irradiance on the optical axis LV

Spot Lighting, Etc.
100 mm LWD=1,000 mm 100 mm 100 mm LSP

LWD=500 mm LWD=2,000 mm
100 100
HFS/HFR
90
80 HLV2-NR
Output level (%)
70
60 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
50 50
40 PFBR
30
20 PFB2
10 10
0 LNSP
0 250 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000
Convergent
Lighting
LWD (mm) CU-LNSP

LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LDLB-300SW-N (White) LNSD
LND2
100 mm LWD=1,000 mm 100 mm 100 mm
Diffused
Lighting
100 100 HLND

90
80 LT
Output level (%)
70
60 LNV/HLDN
50 50
40 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
30
20 LNIS
10 10
0
LNIS-FN
0 250 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
LWD (mm)
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct
LDLB series CCS LDLB Search

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
System configuration example

Example: Daisy-chaining three Light Units
Power (24 VDC)

Bar Lights
supply LDLB series
* You can adjust the Externa

light intensity with a equipment
(External control)
half fixed variable such as a PLC Input cable Linking cables x2
(FECB-n-M12-5F) (FECB-0.6-M12-5M-5F)
resistor.
Connection example * Refer to the Instruction Guide for details.
External control of light intensity

External Circuit LDLB Light Unit Setting the Light Intensity with an Analog Input
LDR2 99
Direct Lighting
24 VDC
LDR2-LA 79
Light intensity
LDR-LA1 59
Pin 5
SQR Variable power supply* 40
(0 to 10 VDC)
SQR-TP 20
* You can adjust the light intensity
Convergent
with a variable power supply or a Pin 3

Lighting
0 2 4 6 8 10
HLDR-IP variable resistor. Voltage (V) between Pin 5 and 3
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR ON/OFF Inputs With these Light Units, you can use a sinking input (NPN) or a sourcing input (PNP).
LKR
FPR Pin 4 Open Pin 4 High Voltage Pin 2 Open Pin 2 Low Voltage
FPQ2 External Circuit LDLB Light Unit External Circuit LDLB Light Unit External Circuit LDLB Light Unit External Circuit LDLB Light Unit
LDL2 Pin 4 Pin 4 Transistor (PNP)

Lighting
Transistor (PNP)
Direct
open collector open collector

LDLB 24 VDC
Pin 4 Pin 4
HLDL2 5 VDC 5 VDC 24 VDC 5 VDC 24 VDC 5 VDC
TH Transistor (NPN) Transistor (NPN)

open collector open collector
LFL Pin 2 Pin 2 Pin 2 Pin 2
HPD2 Pin 3 Pin 3 Pin 3 Pin 3

Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Logic Table Logic Table
PDM
Logic switching Pin 4 Open High voltage Logic switching Pin 2 Open Low voltage
LFX2 Signal input Pin 4 (PNP) Open High voltage Open High voltage
Signal input Pin 2 (NPN) Open Low voltage Open Low voltage
LFV3 Operating Constant Lighting Mode Lit. Not lit. Not lit. Lit. Operating Constant Lighting Mode Lit. Not lit. Not lit. Lit.
mode Overdrive Mode Not lit. Lit. Lit. Not lit. mode Overdrive Mode Not lit. Lit. Lit. Not lit.
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Refer to the following table for the low and high voltages. Refer to the following table for the low and high voltages.
MFU
Pin Signal input status Range Pin Signal input status Range
UV2 Pin 2 (NPN) Low voltage 0 to 1.1 VDC Pin 2 Low voltage 0 to 1.1 VDC
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Pin 4 High voltage 20.7 to 26.4 VDC Pin 4 (PNP) High voltage 20.7 to 26.4 VDC
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
Lineup
LV
Protective Power Input voltage Input voltage Peak wavelength/ Input/output
Model name LED color correlated color Weight
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
structure consumption (rated) (range) temperature connectors
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR LDLB-300RD-N Red 24 W 630 nm
—
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDLB-300SW-N White 31 W 6,100 K
M12
PFBR 24 VDC 22.8 to 26.4 VDC 500 g
connector
LDLB-IP-300RD-N Red 24 W 630 nm
PFB2 IP67 compliant
(JIS C 0920)
LNSP LDLB-IP-300SW-N White 31 W 6,100 K
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Common specifications
LND2
Diffused
100
Lighting
HLND 80
Relative radiant
White 6,100 K
intensity (%)
LT 60
Red 630 nm
40
LNV/HLDN Light spectrum 20 For details about the sharp-cut filter,
LNDG 0
refer to P.223.
Lighting
Oblique
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
Angled
LNIS Wavelength (nm)
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Options Examples of Custom Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Lighting
Ordered Products
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
Top view 5 Pin
No. Signal
4 3 1 24 VDC
ON/OFF input
2
Bar Lights
(NPN)
1 2 3 COMMON GND
Operating panel Output connector Input connector 4 ON/OFF input
(PNP)
5 Analog input
(0 to 10 V)
Side view Bottom view Sealing Cap: PROT-M12 (PHOENIX CONTACT)

(For LDLB-IP Series)
320
32
10 300 (Emitting surface)
54
70
63
LDR2
3.5
11
3.5 313
8
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
8 (0.6)
LDR-LA1
Rear view 4 x Ø4.5
(For installation) SQR
8 304 SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Optional cables LKR

FPR
(mm) FPQ2
Input cable (n=1, 2, 3, 5)
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
Model name Length Weight 44 n x 1000 50 LDLB
FECB-1-M12-5F 1m 55 g HLDL2
FECB-2-M12-5F 2m 90 g
Ø14.8
TH
FECB-3-M12-5F 3m 130 g
LFL
(Ø5.1)
FECB-5-M12-5F 5m 210 g (Flying leads)

HPD2
Diffused Lighting
This cable supplies power to the Light Unit and Cable permitted bending radius: 25.5 mm
inputs signals for light intensity control or to turn LDM2
the light ON and OFF. LAV
44 600 46.8 PDM

Link cable LFX2
Ø14.8
Ø14.8
Model name Length Weight LFV3
Collimated
FECB-0.6-M12-5M-5F 0.6 m 50 g MSU
(Ø5.1)
Lighting
Cable permitted bending radius: 25.5 mm MFU
This cable is used to daisy-chain Light Units.
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary. UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Maximum length of optional cables Lighting
Infrared
IR2
Number of Light Units connected in HLV2

Constant Lighting Mode LV
1 2 3 1 The table gives the maximum length of the Input Cable.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
10 m 7m 4.5 m
Number of HFS/HFR
Number of Light Units connected Light Units HLV2-NR
in Overdrive Mode
The table gives the maximum total length of the Input Cable and Link HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
1 2 3 2 or 3
Cables. PFBR
Cannot be
3m 1m
used. PFB2
LNSP
The wire diameter is AWG 22 for the optional cables. If the maximum length given above is exceeded, shorten the Input Cable or contact CCS. For details, refer to the
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
"Instruction Guide".
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Cautionary information regarding waterproofing Note LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
• Handle the Light Unit and connectors with care. Do not deform or damage the connectors. "IP67" indicates the level of protection against LT
• Connect the cables correctly to the Light Units.
foreign material entering electrical instruments LNV/HLDN
• Connect a Sealing Cap to any output connectors to which a cable is not
connected to maintain water resistance. The Sealing Cap is connected to the The 1st numeral “6” indicates the following level of protection: LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
output connector when the Light Unit is shipped.

Angled
• No dust inside the instrument. (dustproof) LNIS

• If the Light Unit is not used for a long period of time with the cable disconnected,
attach the Cap to the connector. The 2nd numeral “7” indicates the following level of protection: LNIS-FN
• No damage when submerged in water at the rated pressure for the rated Telecentric Lens
Lenses
• After cleaning manufacturing lines, be sure to wipe away any moisture remaining on
the emitting surface. Imaging can be affected by moisture on the emitting surface. time. (watertight type) Macro Lens
• Use water to wash away any cleaning agent adhered to this product. • Can be submerged in water to a depth of 1 m (for instruments with a
• Use water to wash away any oils or chemicals adhered to this product. height of less than 850 mm) for 30 minutes.
Selection Products
Direct
You can also use
CCS HLDL2 Search your smartphone
HLDL2 series
or cell phone.
Provides direct light perfect for large workpieces

Bar Lights
Wide Type Narrow Type Narrow Type
Narrow Type
LDR2 Wide Type

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Wide Type
SQR
HLDL2-RD (Red) HLDL2-SW (White) HLDL2-IR (Infrared)
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Light source for robotic picking, inspection for parts identification, inspection for missing parts, visual inspection for
Applications
HPR2 large workpieces, and measuring stamp dimensions for press products, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Bar Lights that are perfect for large workpieces Allows for long-distance illumination for 2,000 mm
LDL2
Lighting
By using lenses, we provide the narrow type, which allows The narrow type, which allows for long-distance
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 for convergent illumination, and the wide type, which uses illumination, can illuminate even 2,000 mm away.
TH diffused illumination over a wide area. We also provide the wide type, which uses diffused
LFL illumination over a wide area.
Emitting surface length
HPD2 Image of the illumination of the HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 From 150 mm to 1,200 mm Can be made in units of 150 mm (Narrow type)
LAV
LED color Graph of relative irradiance by type (Red)
PDM
LFX2 For emitted LED color, we have a lineup consisting of:
100
LFV3 Red, White, and Infrared
80
Collimated
MSU We support a wide range, from visible light to infrared, depending

Lighting
60
MFU on the contents of the inspection.
UV2 500 mm 40
Selectable directional characteristics

Ultraviolet
Lighting
20
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Narrow Type Wide Type 0
Relative radiant Relative radiant
0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 (mm)
intensity distribution intensity distribution
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 100 (%) 100 (%) 1,000 mm

Narrow Type Wide Type
80 80
HLV2
Narrow Type: HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N
LV 60 60
Wide Type: HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-W
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 40 40
Measuring distance
HFS/HFR
20 20 2,000 mm
HLV2-NR
Light Unit Measurement of
0 0
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W irradiance
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60
PFBR Degrees (°) Degrees (°) The illumination is a conceptual image. Measurement conditions: Intensity 100%
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Supports various HLDL2 series
LNSD E.g.: Improved protection of emitting surface Customizable items applications with its Camera
LND2
perfect size. It's a
Diffused
Lighting
Format/
HLND
material
diameter color high output Bar Light This product
Uses reinforced glass (Narrow Type)
LT that can illuminate
Increase
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length even 2,000 mm
This product
LNDG away.
Lighting
Oblique
(Wide Type)
Angled

angle material
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Applications
Picking work performed by robots Reading text on cardboard
Bar Lights
Picking site Large packaging material
HLDL2-IR (Infrared)
HLDL2-SW (White)
Infrared illumination removes the LDR2

printed pattern to read only the
Direct Lighting
text on the surface. LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Inspection detecting the application of seal material (FIPG) Reading vehicle model numbers
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Automotive parts Zoomed-in view Metal parts HPR2

Seal material (FIPG)
Diffused Lighting
LFR
HLDL2-RD (Red)
LKR
HLDL2-SW (White)
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Forms an image of the seal HLDL2
material (FIPG) with good
contrast. TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Data: Relative irradiance graph/Uniformity (Representative example) UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N (Narrow Type) Infrared
*1 Lighting IR2
(LWD Characteristics)*2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) HLV2
*1: Irradiation strength on the optical axis LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
100 mm LWD=1,000 mm 100 mm 100 mm LSP

100 100
HFS/HFR
90
80 HLV2-NR
Output level (%)
70
60 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
50 50
40 PFBR
30
20 PFB2
10 10
0 LNSP
0 250 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000
Convergent
Lighting
LWD (mm) CU-LNSP

LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-W (Wide Type) LNSD
LND2
100 mm LWD=1,000 mm 100 mm
Diffused
LWD=500 mm
Lighting
100 100 HLND

90
80 LT
Output level (%)
70
60 LNV/HLDN
50 50
40 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
30
20 LNIS
10 10
0
LNIS-FN
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
LWD (mm)
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Direct
HLDL2 series CCS HLDL2 Search

You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup * End of the model name: -N: Narrow type, -W: Wide type

Model name LED color correlated color Connector Weight
Bar Lights
HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-N 390 g
Red 24 V / 14 W 640 nm
HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-W 300 g
HLDL2-150X45SW-DF-N 390 g
White 24 V / 16 W 5,600 K PD3
HLDL2-150X45SW-DF-W 300 g
PSB
HLDL2-150X45IR-DF-N 390 g
Infrared 24 V / 12 W 860 nm
HLDL2-150X45IR-DF-W 300 g
HLDL2-300X45RD-DF-N 770 g
Red 24 V / 28 W 640 nm
HLDL2-300X45SW-DF-N 770 g
SM
White 24 V / 31 W 5,600 K PD3
Connector
LDR2
HLDL2-300X45IR-DF-N 770 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA PD3
LDR-LA1 PSB
SQR
HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N 1,160 g
SQR-TP
Red 24 V / 42 W 640 nm
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HLDL2-450X45SW-DF-N 1,160 g
HPR2 White 24 V / 46 W 5,600 K PD3
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR HLDL2-450X45IR-DF-N 1,160 g
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Red 24 V / 56 W 640 nm
Lighting
Direct
LDLB HLDL2-600X45RD-DF-W 1,170 g

HLDL2
TH White 24 V / 61 W 5,600 K
LFL
HLDL2-600X45SW-DF-W 1,170 g
HPD2 HLDL2-600X45IR-DF-N 1,540 g
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
HLDL2-600X45IR-DF-W 1,170 g
LAV
PDM
Red 24 V / 70 W 640 nm
LFX2 HLDL2-750X45RD-DF-W 1,460 g
LFV3 PD3
Collimated
MSU White 24 V / 76 W 5,600 K

Lighting
PSB3-30024
MFU HLDL2-750X45SW-DF-W 1,460 g
UV2 HLDL2-750X45IR-DF-N 1,930 g
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Infrared 24 V / 60 W 860 nm
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Red 24 V / 84 W 640 nm

HLDL2-900X45RD-DF-W 1,750 g
HLV2
EL
LV White 24 V / 91 W 5,600 K
Connector
HLDL2-900X45SW-DF-W 1,750 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR HLDL2-900X45IR-DF-N 2,310 g
HLV2-NR Infrared 24 V / 72 W 860 nm
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-N 2,700 g
Red 24 V / 98 W 640 nm
PFB2 HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-W 2,040 g
LNSP PSB3-30024
HLDL2-1050X45SW-DF-N 2,700 g
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP White 24 V / 106 W 5,600 K

LNSP-FN HLDL2-1050X45SW-DF-W 2,040 g
LN/LN-HK HLDL2-1050X45IR-DF-N PD3 2,700 g
LNSD Infrared 24 V / 84 W 860 nm
HLDL2-1050X45IR-DF-W PSB3-30024 2,040 g
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-N 3,080 g

Red 24 V / 111 W 640 nm
LT HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-W 2,330 g
LNV/HLDN
HLDL2-1200X45SW-DF-N 3,080 g
LNDG White 24 V / 121 W 5,600 K PSB3-30024
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS HLDL2-1200X45SW-DF-W 2,330 g

LNIS-FN HLDL2-1200X45IR-DF-N 3,080 g
Telecentric Lens Infrared 24 V / 96 W 860 nm
Lenses
HLDL2-1200X45IR-DF-W 2,330 g
Macro Lens
* Please inquire if you would like to use in
combination with a Strobe Control Unit Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
(overdrive type).

Products
Lighting
Direct
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
LED properties
Common specifications
100
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Infrared 860 nm
60 White 5,600 K
Red 640 nm please use the R60 (option).
Bar Lights
Light spectrum 40
20
0
refer to P.223.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
Wavelength (nm)
Dimensions (mm)
Narrow Type
LDR2
Emitting surface: size of 150 to 450 mm Emitting surface: size of 600 to 1,200 mm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
(C) (C) LDR-LA1
45
45
B B SQR
6 A (Emitting surface) 6 A (Emitting surface) SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
62
62
42
42
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
8.5
8.5
LKR
SM connector EL connector
2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots 2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots FPR
(For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation) (For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation) FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
42
42
19
19
8.5
8.5
HLDL2
9.5
6
6
2 x 2-M3 nut slots 9.5 2 x 2-M3 nut slots TH
43 43
(For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation, same for opposite side) LFL
18 26 18 26
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Wide Type LAV

PDM
Emitting surface: size of 150 to 450 mm Emitting surface: size of 600 to 1,200 mm
LFX2
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
LFV3
(C) (C)
45
Collimated
45
B B MSU
Lighting
6 6
A (Emitting surface) A (Emitting surface) MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
62
62
LNSP-UV-FN
42
42
Infrared
Lighting IR2
8.5
8.5
SM connector EL connector HLV2

2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots 2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots
(For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation) LV
(For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
17.5
17.5
26
26
HFS/HFR
9.5 9.5 HLV2-NR

8.5
6
6
8.5
2 x 1-M3 nut slot 43 2 x 1-M3 nut slot 43

HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
(For installation, same for opposite side) 18 26 (For installation, same for opposite side) 18 26
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Model name (Narrow Type) A B C Model name (Wide Type) A B C

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 150 162 165.6 HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 150 162 165.6
LN/LN-HK
HLDL2-300X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 300 312 315.6 HLDL2-300X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 300 312 315.6 LNSD
HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 450 462 465.6 HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 450 462 465.6 LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
HLDL2-900X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 900 912 915.6 HLDL2-900X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 900 912 915.6 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 1,050 1,062 1,065.6 HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 1,050 1,062 1,065.6 LNIS
LNIS-FN
HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 1,200 1,212 1,215.6 HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 1,200 1,212 1,215.6
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Flat Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS TH Search your smartphone
TH series
or cell phone.

Flat Lights
TH-100X100RD
TH-63X60BL
TH-43X35SW
TH-27X27RD TH-51X51BL
TH-83X75RD
TH-140X105RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
TH-224X170BL TH-211X200RD TH-200X150BL TH-160X120SW
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Dimension measuring, visual inspection, foreign material inspections, liquid level inspection,
Applications
HPR2 pinhole inspection, and burr inspection for metal parts, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Rich variety of sizes with 11 types Flat Lights with high output
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Rich variety of sizes This is a Flat Light with surface-mounted LEDs mounted densely.
HLDL2 It illuminates diffused light evenly at high output.
TH
The lineup consists of 33 models, with 11 sizes of emitting
LFL
surfaces from 27 x 27 mm to 211 x 200 mm in each color. Achieved significantly higher output than the conventional product
Conventional Flat Light (Red) TH series (Red)
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2
LAV Install freely to match your environment
PDM
Uses installation method by frame structure. Tapped holes
LFX2
for installation are included not only on the unit side but
LFV3
also on the bottom.
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Nut insertion port
Ultraviolet
Shutter speed: 1/10,000 Shutter speed: 1/10,000

Lighting
UV Amount of light: 100% intensity Amount of light: 100% intensity

LNSP-UV-FN
Frame structure ■ Output comparison with the conventional product
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Conventional Flat Light

Increased
output by
HLV2
TH series (Red) approx.
Radiation output
LV Increased
output by 7x
TH series (Blue)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP approx.
HFS/HFR Tapped hole for installation Increased

4x
TH series (White)
output by
HLV2-NR M3 screw, nut approx.

2.6x
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W (Not included.) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700%
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Achieved high TH-140X105
LNSD E.g.: Changed the shape as a replacement Customizable items output with a
　　 for a large fluorescent light
LND2
External/internal Wavelength/ flat shape. Light
Diffused
Lighting
Create a Light Unit with a

HLND
Format
large size
diameter color
from the LEDs
Camera
LT
ce) 400
is transmitted
s urfa (Em Increase
LNV/HLDN
ittin g
ittin output
Cable length through the Workpiece
0 0 (Em g su
LNDG 3 rfac diffusion panel
e)
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
Diffusion plate
LNIS Illuminating
angle
Format/
material
and illuminated
LNIS-FN
on the rear of the LED
Telecentric Lens
workpiece.
Lenses
(mm) Etc.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of an element of a glass tube fuse
Flat Lights
Workpiece Glass tube fuse
After the proposal TH-63X60RD
Result Emphasized the silhouette
Workpiece image LED Bar Light TH-63X60RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Due to reflection from the glass surface, Reflection from the glass surface is
HPR2
Glass tube fuse it is difficult to form an image of the reduced making it possible to form
Diffused Lighting
LFR
element inside the fuse. an image of the element. LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Imaging of text engraved on a glass bottle FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2

LFL
Workpiece Glass bottle
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
Before the proposal LED Bar Light LDM2

LAV
After the proposal TH-83X75BL
PDM
Result Extracts only the engraved text LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED Bar Light TH-83X75BL UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Text cannot be recognized and Contrast is good and the text can HLV2-NR
Glass bottle imaging is difficult. be clearly imaged. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Data : Uniformity (Representative example)
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
*The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
TH-63X60 LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Uniformity (Relative radiance) LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
63 mm 63 mm 63 mm LT
100
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Output level (%)
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
LNIS
50
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
10 Macro Lens
TH-63X60RD(Red) TH-63X60SW(White) TH-63X60BL(Blue)
Selection Products
Diffused
TH series CCS TH Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Flat Lights
TH-27X27RD Red 24 V / 1.9 W 635 nm

TH-27X27SW White 6,600 K 30 g
24 V / 2.2 W
TH-27X27BL Blue 470 nm
TH-43X35RD Red 24 V / 3.8 W 635 nm
24 V / 3.0 W
TH-43X35BL Blue 470 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
TH-51X51RD Red 24 V / 5.1 W 635 nm PSB POD*

24 V / 5.2 W
TH-63X60RD Red 24 V / 8.1 W 635 nm
LDR2 TH-63X60SW White 6,600 K 100 g
24 V / 7.9 W
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
TH-83X75RD Red 24 V / 11 W 635 nm
SQR-TP TH-83X75SW White 6,600 K 140 g
24 V / 12 W
Convergent

Lighting
HLDR-IP
TH-100X100RD Red 24 V / 19 W 635 nm
HPR2
Light control film
Diffused Lighting
LFR TH-100X100SW White 6,600 K 200 g

24 V / 18 W Bracket
LKR TH-100X100BL Blue 470 nm PD3
FPR
TH-140X105RD Red 24 V / 25 W 635 nm PSB POD*
FPQ2
TH-140X105SW White 6,600 K 260 g
LDL2 24 V / 24 W
Lighting

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 TH-160X120RD Red 24 V / 28 W 635 nm
TH
TH-160X120SW White 6,600 K 310 g
LFL 24 V / 30 W
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2 TH-200X150RD Red 24 V / 38 W 635 nm
LAV TH-200X150SW White 6,600 K 440 g
PDM 24 V / 37 W
LFX2
LFV3
TH-224X170RD Red 635 nm
TH-224X170SW White 24 V / 41 W 6,600 K PD3 POD* 540 g
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU TH-224X170BL Blue 470 nm

UV2
Ultraviolet
TH-211X200RD Red 635 nm

Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN TH-211X200SW White 24 V / 45 W 6,600 K 580 g
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR Options
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
This is a dedicated bracket
PFBR This is a plastic film which lines up fine louvers with
for affixing the TH series Light
PFB2 an extremely narrow gap between them.
It reduces light diffusion in a certain direction and Units. The TH series can be
LNSP affixed in four points.
increases parallelism.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Light control film Bracket
LN/LN-HK Model name (Common for all colors)
LNSD LC-TH-27X27-HO LC-TH-83X75-HO LC-TH-200X150-HO Installation bracket common

TH-27X27 TH-83X75 TH-200X150 BK-TH-LE12
LC-TH-27X27-VE LC-TH-83X75-VE LC-TH-200X150-VE for each TH series ( x4)
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LC-TH-43X35-HO LC-TH-100X100-HO LC-TH-224X170-HO P.227
TH-43X35 TH-100X100 TH-224X170
LC-TH-43X35-VE LC-TH-100X100-VE LC-TH-224X170-VE
LT
LC-TH-51X51-HO LC-TH-140X105-HO LC-TH-211X200-HO
LNV/HLDN TH-51X51 TH-140X105 TH-211X200
LC-TH-51X51-VE LC-TH-140X105-VE LC-TH-211X200-VE
LNDG LC-TH-63X60-HO LC-TH-160X120-HO
TH-63X60
Lighting
Oblique
TH-160X120
Angled
LNIS LC-TH-63X60-VE LC-TH-160X120-VE

For HO For VE
LNIS-FN P.226
Louver direction
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Louver direction
Macro Lens * There are two types of the light control film: the HO and the VE. For details, refer to P. 226.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
TH-27X27RD/SW/BL TH-43X35RD/SW/BL TH-51X51RD/SW/BL
4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
(For an option) (For installation) (For an option) (For installation) (For an option) (For installation)
Flat Lights
29 27 45 43 53 51
35
27
51
1 (Emitting surface) 20 4.5 1 (Emitting surface) 18 13.5 1 (Emitting surface)
26 13.5
15 15 15
47
2 35
33
39
41
43
63
57
59
6
3
6
12 300
2
300
3
6
8.5 7.5 30
6.5 40 300
2-surface-M3 nut slots 2-surface-M3 nut slots
(Same for opposite side) (Same for opposite side) 2-surface-M3 nut slots
7.5
7.5
8 (Same for opposite side)
7.5
10.5 8 8
TH-63X60RD/SW/BL TH-83X75RD/SW/BL TH-100X100RD/SW/BL

4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4
(Emitting surface)
(For an option) (For installation) (For an option) (For installation) (For an option) (For installation)
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
75 95 112 100
100
83 LDR2
75
Direct Lighting
(Emitting surface) 106 3
60
6 89 3 15
LDR2-LA
69 3 15
15 LDR-LA1
SQR
112
80
90
87
70
50
72
60
40
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
18.5
6
8.5
16
11
6
16
6
HLDR-IP
2 71 300 2 91 300 2 108 300
4-surface-M3 nut slots 4-surface-M3 nut slots 4-surface-M3 nut slots HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
TH-140X105RD/SW/BL TH-160X120RD/SW/BL
FPR
4-M2 depth 4 (For an option) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 4-M2 depth 4 (For an option) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation)
(Emitting surface)
FPQ2
152 172 LDL2
105
140
Lighting
15 146 3 160 15
Direct
6 (Emitting surface) 166 3 LDLB
HLDL2
TH
117
80
80
LFL
132
120
100
100
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
18.5
18.5
6
LDM2
2 148 300
16
16
LAV
4-surface-M3 nut slots 2 168 300
PDM
4-surface-M3 nut slots
LFX2
LFV3
TH-200X150RD/SW/BL TH-224X170RD/SW/BL
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
6-M2 depth 4 (For an option) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 6-M2 depth 4 (For an option) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) MFU
212 15 206 3 236 15 230 3 UV2
Ultraviolet
200
Lighting
(Emitting surface) 6 224 (Emitting surface) UV
6
LNSP-UV-FN
(Emitting surface)
P70×2=140
Infrared
Lighting
P80×2=160
IR2
162
150
120
170
182
140
HLV2
LV
11
Spot Lighting, Etc.

21
LSP
300
11
21
6
2 208 HFS/HFR
2 232 300
HLV2-NR
4-surface-M3 nut slots 4-surface-M3 nut slots
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
TH-211X200RD/SW/BL PFB2
6-M2 depth 4 (For an option) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation)
LNSP
223
Convergent
Lighting
15 217 3 CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Nut slot detailed figure
LN/LN-HK
4.2
LNSD
P80×2=160
3.5
LND2
212
Diffused
Lighting
160
HLND
5.5
LT
(7.5)
LNV/HLDN
26
26
LNDG
6
2.5 1.2
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
2 219 LNIS
300
4-surface-M3 nut slots LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Flat Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LFL Search your smartphone
LFL series
or cell phone.

Flat Lights
LFL-200SW2
LFL-360RD2
LFL-100GR2
LFL-50RD2
LFL-180BL2
LDR2 LFL-4012GR2 LFL-3212BL2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LFL-1012SW2-P
LDR-LA1 LFL-1012SW2
SQR LFL-612RD2-P
SQR-TP LFL-612RD2
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Dimension measuring, visual inspection, foreign material inspections, liquid level inspection, burr inspection for
Applications
HPR2 metal parts, and inspection for tears / stains on packaging, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Rich lineup with 43 models Uses a unique method of light guidance
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Rich lineup LEDs are placed around the light-guiding diffusion plate.
HLDL2 The special pattern finishing achieves illumination with
The lineup consists of 35 models, with 9 sizes of emitting
TH even greater diffusion.
LFL
surfaces from 25 x 25 mm to 360 x 250 mm in each color.
The rich lineup has a total of 43 models, including Cross-section image of the LFL-100
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2
the LFL-612-P and LFL-1012-P, which add a plate for
LAV
installation to the housing.
PDM Diffusion cover
LFX2
LFV3
Energy-saving type that is light-weight and thin
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
The Light Unit's thin design, with a minimum thickness of Diffusion sheet
UV2
6 mm, allows for space-saving installation.
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Light-guiding
LNSP-UV-FN diffusion plate
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Minimum thickness

Special pattern
HLV2
6 mm finishing
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP Reflective sheet

HFS/HFR Model name LFL-612RD2
HLV2-NR Aluminum housing
Power consumption 24 V / 0.6 W
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Weight 25 g
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. LEDs embedded LFL-100
LNSD E.g.: Different shape Customizable items around the outside of
LND2
Allows you to create a Light External/internal Wavelength/ a square light-guiding
Diffused
Lighting
diameter color
HLND
Format Unit with a hole in it and pass diffusion plate. Camera
LT things through the center Diffused illumination
Increase
LNV/HLDN Can also be used as output
Cable length from a flat emitting Workpiece
a camera window
LNDG surface. Light-guiding
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Illuminating Format/ diffusion plate

angle material
LNIS-FN
LED
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of the level of liquid inside a glass container
Flat Lights
Description Liquid volume inspection
Workpiece Glass container
After the proposal LFL-180SW2
Result Emphasizes the level of the liquid
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFL-180SW2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It is difficult to form an image of the It is possible to form an image of the

HPR2
Glass container liquid level due to surface reflection. liquid level without surface reflection.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Imaging of the level of liquid inside a plastic container FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Description Liquid volume inspection TH

LFL
Workpiece Plastic container
Diffused Lighting
HPD2

LAV
After the proposal LFL-180SW2
PDM
Result Emphasizes the level of the liquid LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFL-180SW2 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
It is difficult to form an image of the It is possible to form an image of the HLV2-NR
Plastic container liquid level due to surface reflection. liquid level without surface reflection. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Data : Uniformity (Representative example)
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
*The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LFL-100 LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Uniformity (Relative radiance) LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
100 mm 100 mm 100 mm LT
100
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Output level (%)
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
80 mm
80 mm
80 mm
LNIS
50
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
10 Macro Lens
LFL-100RD2 (Red) LFL-100BL2 (Blue) LFL-100GR2 (Green)
Selection Products
Diffused
LFL series CCS LFL Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup * End of the model name: -P: Type with an affixing plate

Flat Lights
LFL-612RD2 Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm 25 g

LFL-612SW2 White 5,500 K 20 g
LFL-612BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm
25 g
LFL-612GR2 Green 525 nm PD3
*1
CC-ST-1024
LFL-612RD2-P Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm PSB POD*2
LFL-612SW2-P White 5,500 K
25 g
LFL-612BL2-P Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm
LFL-612GR2-P Green 525 nm
LFL-1012RD2 Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm 35 g
LFL-1012BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.8 W 470 nm
LDR2 35 g
LFL-1012GR2 Green 525 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LFL-1012RD2-P Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm 35 g
SQR LFL-1012SW2-P White 5,500 K 30 g
SQR-TP -
LFL-1012BL2-P Blue 24 V / 0.8 W 470 nm
35 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP LFL-1012GR2-P Green 525 nm
HPR2 LFL-3212RD2 Red 24 V / 1.6 W 630 nm

Diffused Lighting
LFR LFL-3212SW2 White 5,500 K

80 g
LKR LFL-3212BL2 Blue 24 V / 2.3 W 470 nm
FPR
FPQ2
LFL-4012RD2 Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm 105 g
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LFL-4012SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024 110 g

HLDL2 LFL-4012BL2 Blue 24 V / 2.7 W 470 nm PSB POD*2
TH
105 g
LFL
LFL-50RD2 Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2
LFL-50SW2 White 24 V / 3.1 W 5,500 K
50 g
LAV LFL-50BL2 Blue 470 nm
24 V / 3.0 W
PDM LFL-50GR2 Green 525 nm
LFX2
LFL-100RD2 Red 24 V / 5.1 W 630 nm 215 g
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
LFL-100BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.3 W 470 nm
215 g
UV2 LFL-100GR2 Green 525 nm
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV LFL-180RD2 Red 24 V / 7.1 W 630 nm 375 g

LNSP-UV-FN
Light control film
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 LFL-180BL2 Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 470 nm

375 g
HLV2 LFL-180GR2 Green 525 nm
LV LFL-200RD2 Red 630 nm
500 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP LFL-200SW2 White 5,500 K PD3

HFS/HFR 24 V / 12 W 2
LFL-200BL2 Blue 470 nm PSB POD*
HLV2-NR 495 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR LFL-360RD2 Red 24 V / 30 W 630 nm 2,360 g
PD3
PFB2 LFL-360SW2 White 24 V / 37 W 5,500 K - PSB* POD* 2
2,320 g
LNSP LFL-360BL2 Blue 24 V / 38 W 470 nm *Can only use red.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
LN/LN-HK
*1: The red Light cannot be used with the Digital Control Unit PD3-5024-4/10024-8 series.
LNSD *2: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
Options
LNV/HLDN
LNDG This is a plastic film which Light control film
Lighting
Oblique
lines up fine louvers with

Angled
LNIS Applicable Light Unit

an extremely narrow gap Model name (Common for all colors)
LNIS-FN between them. It reduces
light diffusion in a certain LC-LFL-100 LFL-100
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
direction and increases LC-LFL-180 LFL-180

Macro Lens parallelism. LC-LFL-200 LFL-200
P.226

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
LFL-612RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-612RD2-P/SW2-P/BL2-P/GR2-P LFL-1012RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
Flat Lights
5.5 15 2-Ø3.5 (1) (6)
(6) (For installation)
(Ø3) (Ø3)
300
(42)
(45)
(38)
(38)
(Emitting
(Emitting
(43)
(Emitting
(0.5) surface)
(0.5) surface)
surface)
(Ø3)
25
25
300
300
30
(6)
(0.5)
41
(0.5) (Emitting surface)
(0.5) 25 (Emitting surface) (0.5) 25 (Emitting surface)
(42)
(26) (26)
Only red light Only red light
LDR2
LFL-1012RD2-P/SW2-P/BL2-P/GR2-P LFL-3212RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-4012RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
6 30 2-Ø3.5 (0.8) 30 2-Ø3.5 (0.8) 2-Ø3.5 SQR
0 300
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation)
SQR-TP
60 (95) (0.8)
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
Convergent
4
Lighting
60 HLDR-IP
300
(53)
(Emitting
48
HPR2
(0.5) surface)
(43)
(66)
(Emitting
(Ø3)
surface)
(58)
Diffused Lighting
4
30
LFR
45
(Emitting
surface)
(74)
70 LKR
(66)
41
53
(Emitting (7) 56 (Emitting
(7) FPR
(0.5) surface) (Emitting surface)
surface) FPQ2
(42)
(81) (7) LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
LFL-50RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-100RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-180RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
LFL
Diffused Lighting
300 300 300 HPD2
214
132 LDM2
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
(72) 17 180 LAV

15.9 100
(Ø3)
56 PDM
LFX2
(Emitting
surface)
LFV3
135
(Emitting surface)
Collimated
MSU
(Emitting
Lighting
surface)
177
166
80
50
MFU
(72)
120
110
56
180 UV2
50 100
Ultraviolet
(Emitting surface)
Lighting
(Emitting surface) (Emitting surface) UV
LNSP-UV-FN
8
5.5
(6) Infrared
8 Lighting
5
4-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 3.5 IR2

4-Ø3/Ø4.8 countersink depth 2.8 4-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 3
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation)
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
LFL-200RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-360RD2/SW2/BL2
HFS/HFR
300 300 HLV2-NR
410
234 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
(Ø3)
25 180 180
17 200 PFBR
(Ø3)
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
310
298
222
212
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
360 (Emitting surface) HLND
200 (Emitting surface) LT

LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
6
8
5
6-Ø4.5/Ø8 countersink depth 6 16 LNIS

4-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 3.5
(For installation) (For installation) LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Dome Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS HPD2 Search your smartphone
HPD2 series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light evenly through the dome-shaped

reflective panel
Dome Lights
HPD2-250IR860
HPD2-200FC
HPD2-400RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 HPD2-150BL
SQR HPD2-100SW
SQR-TP
HPD2-75RD
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Visual/text/color determination inspections on glossy surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces, inspection for engraving/damage/
Applications
HPR2 stains on stain finishing, visual inspection for metal with hairline finishing, and inspection for parts on circuit boards, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Supports applications for a wide variety of industries Illuminates diffused light at high output
LDL2
Lighting
It is bright and even if the distance from the workpiece Light from the surface-mounted LEDs is diffused inside
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 to the Light Unit is changed, there is little change in the the dome-shaped reflective panel. The diffused light from
TH uniform region. Therefore, it can be used in a wide range the wide uniform region is illuminated evenly.
LFL of industries.
Achieved higher output than the conventional product
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
Semiconductor industry (Circuit board) Electronic parts industry (Condenser)
LDM2 ■ Output comparison with the conventional product
LAV
PDM
Increased Increased
Conventional HPD output output
LFX2
Approx. Approx.
3x 9x
LFV3
Radiation output
New HPD2
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Use overdrive to increase output even further!
UV2
Ultraviolet
HPD2
Lighting
UV HPD2-100SW (White) HPD2-150SW (White) New

LNSP-UV-FN
0 100 200 300 400 600 700 800 900%
Food industry (Chocolate) Packaging industry (Top of a drink container) 500
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 * This is a comparison between the HPD-100 and HPD2-100, using red and white colors.
* It can be combined with a Strobe Control Unit for even brighter emission than continuous emission.
HLV2
LV
Added two sizes and an infrared and full color (RGB) type
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR We added the HPD2-75 and HPD2-200 models. Also,
HLV2-NR we added infrared (860 nm) and full color (RGB) types
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W to the lineup as variation for wavelengths, increasing the
PFBR HPD2-250SW (White) HPD2-150SW (White) applications of our products.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Uses a unique HPD2-150
LNSD E.g.: Different shape Customizable items illuminating
LND2
Changed the camera aperture External/internal Wavelength/ mechanism to
Diffused
Lighting
Format/
HLND material to a rectangle diameter color
illuminate diffused Camera
LT light at high output.
LNV/HLDN Increase Cable length
output Reflective panel
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Illuminating Format/ LED

angle material
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses

Etc.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of foreign materials mixed in food
Dome Lights
Description Mixed foreign materials inspection
Workpiece Macaroni
Before the proposal HPD2-200SW
After the proposal HPD2-200IR860: Infrared type
Result Emphasizes the foreign material
Workpiece image HPD2-200SW HPD2-200IR860
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It is difficult to form an image of the It is possible to form an image of the

HPR2
Macaroni foreign material using white light. foreign material using infrared light.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
* This workpiece was processed by CCS for sample imaging.
LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Exterior imaging using color determination of a multi-colored workpiece FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Workpiece image TH
LFL
Workpiece Chocolate
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2
Before the proposal -
LAV
After the proposal HPD2-200FC: Full color (RGB) type PDM
Result Allows for multi-color determination LFX2

LFV3
Chocolate
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
HPD2-200FC: Full color (RGB) type
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Imaging with red illumination Imaging with blue illumination Imaging with green illumination Imaging with white illumination
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
HPD2-200SW LN/LN-HK
*1 LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
100 100
90 LNDG
80
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
70 LNIS
Output level (%)
60
50 LNIS-FN
40 50
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
30
20
Macro Lens
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
Selection Products
Diffused
HPD2 series CCS HPD2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
consumption correlated color temperature Control Units
Dome Lights
HPD2-75RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm

HPD2-75SW White 6,500 K PD3
24 V / 16 W
HPD2-75BL Blue 470 nm PSB POD*2 140 g
HPD2-75IR860 Infrared 24 V / 12 W 860 nm
*1
HPD2-75FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 6.0 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
HPD2-100RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm

HPD2-100SW White 6,500 K PD3
24 V / 23 W
HPD2-100BL Blue 470 nm PSB POD*2 160 g
HPD2-100FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 11 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
*1
HPD2-150RD Red 635 nm
LDR2 HPD2-150SW White 24 V / 27 W 6,500 K PD3
HPD2-150BL Blue 470 nm Bracket POD*2 285 g

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA PSB*
LDR-LA1 HPD2-150IR860 Infrared 24 V / 35 W 860 nm *Cannot use infrared.
*1
SQR HPD2-150FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 15 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
SQR-TP
HPD2-200RD Red 24 V / 34 W 635 nm
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP HPD2-200SW White 6,500 K

24 V / 41 W PD3 POD*2
HPD2-200BL Blue 470 nm 460 g
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
*1
LKR HPD2-200FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 19 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
FPR HPD2-250RD Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm

FPQ2 HPD2-250SW White 6,500 K
24 V / 46 W PD3 POD*2
LDL2 HPD2-250BL Blue 470 nm 650 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB HPD2-250IR860 Infrared 24 V / 46 W 860 nm

HLDL2 *1
HPD2-250FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 24 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
TH
HPD2-400RD Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm
LFL
HPD2-400SW White 6,500 K
Diffused Lighting
HPD2 24 V / 46 W PD3 POD*2

LDM2
HPD2-400BL Blue 470 nm - 1,300 g
LAV HPD2-400IR860 Infrared 24 V / 46 W 860 nm
*1
PDM HPD2-400FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 30 W 622 nm/525 nm/470 nm PD3
LFX2
LFV3 *1: Use a 3-channel Control Unit for a full color (RGB) type.
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
LED
LED properties
properties
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
100
IR2 Red 622 nm If using a sharp-cut filter,
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Red 635 nm
60 Green 525 nm
Infrared 860 nm
HLV2
Light spectrum 40
White 6,500 K
LV 20 Blue
470 nm refer to P.223.
0
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
HFS/HFR Wavelength (nm)
PFBR
Options
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN Combine with Combine with a Coaxial Achieves installation using
LN/LN-HK a Ring Light to Light to solve uneven installation holes with a larger
achieve imaging by illumination and achieve gap than the Light Unit body
LNSD
light switching and uniform illumination from installation holes, or installation
LND2 simultaneous lighting. all directions. on a vertical surface.
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Light joint bracket Coaxial Light joint bracket Expansion mounting bracket ● Example of the expansion
LT mounting bracket in use
LNV/HLDN Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
Model name (Common for all colors) Model name (Common for all colors)
LNDG
BK-75-JO HPD2-75 series BK-HPD2-75-LFV HPD2-75 series BK-75-CI HPD2-75 series
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
BK-100-JO HPD2-100 series BK-HPD2-100-LFV HPD2-100 series BK-100-CI HPD2-100 series
LNIS-FN BK-150-JO HPD2-150 series BK-HPD2-150-LFV HPD2-150 series BK-150-CI HPD2-150 series
Telecentric Lens BK-200-JO HPD2-200 series BK-HPD2-200-LFV HPD2-200 series BK-200-CI HPD2-200 series
Lenses
Macro Lens BK-250-JO HPD2-250 series BK-HPD2-250-LFV HPD2-250 series BK-250-CI HPD2-250 series
Dome Light: Image of usage with the
P.227 P.228 P.228 HPD2-250SW

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm) * M4 and M6 installation holes are tapped and perforated holes.
HPD2-75RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860 HPD2-100RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860
Dome Lights
(45.1) 4 x M4 (57.4) 4 x M4
12 12
Ø8 45° 45°
3 Ø1
08
Ø91
Ø20
Ø41
Ø116
Ø25
Ø66
5)
3 7. 0)
SR R5
( 300 (S 300
(81.9) 4 x M4 4 x M4
(107)
(For installation) (For installation) LDR2
13 13
Direct Lighting
Ø2 45° LDR2-LA
Ø1 45° 08
58 LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Ø166
Ø116
Ø166
Ø216
Ø35
Ø40
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
5) 00
) HPR2
R7 R1
(S
Diffused Lighting
(S LFR
LKR
300
300 FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
(131.5) (205)
4 x M6 TH
4 x M4 17
16.5 (For installation)
(For installation) (13) LFL
(13) 45°
Ø4
Diffused Lighting
45° HPD2
Ø 12
25
8 LDM2
LAV
PDM
Ø360
Ø424
LFX2
Ø80
Ø266
Ø210
Ø50
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
) )
1 25 200 MFU
(SR (SR
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
300
300 LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
● The camera aperture can be changed to a square. ● Special order HFS/HFR

HLV2-NR
A Model Dimension A Dimension B * The full color type (HPD2-FC, HPD2-400FC-FT) has three
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
HPD2-75□-SQ20 45.1 20
connectors.
Use a 3-channel Control Unit if controlling intensity separately
HPD2-100□-SQ30
PFBR
56.7 30
for each color.
HPD2-150□-SQ40
PFB2
81.3 40
HPD2-200□-SQ50 105.8 50 LNSP
□B
Convergent
HPD2-250□-SQ60
Lighting
130.3 60 CU-LNSP
HPD2-400□-SQ80 205 80 LNSP-FN

* □ is a placeholder for letters that indicate the color of the emitted light. LN/LN-HK
* Dimensions are subject to change.
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Dome Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LDM2 Search your smartphone
LDM2 series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light from a cone-shaped emitting surface

Dome Lights
LDM2-90GR2
LDM2-90BL2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LDM2-50SW2
SQR
LDM2-50RD2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for the visual/text/color determination on glossy surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces, soldering inspection,
Applications
HPR2 surface inspection for metal parts, text inspection for can bottoms, and character recognition for glossy workpieces, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Light illuminated from the LEDs is transmitted through the light-guiding diffusion plate, and
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 diffused light is illuminated evenly from a wide emitting surface to surround the whole workpiece.
TH
Example configuration Imaging example: Imaging of
LFL
(LDM2-90) text on an aluminum bottle can
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2
LAV Camera
PDM
Heat dissipation
LFX2 material
LFV3
LED
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Light-guiding Workpiece: Aluminum bottle can

MFU
diffusion plate
UV2 LED Bar Light LDM2-90RD2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Workpiece
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR • Change to format It is difficult to form an image of It is possible to illuminate the
HLV2-NR • Increase brightness the text due to the influence of whole thing evenly to form an
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W • Change to wavelength, etc. uneven illumination. image of the text.
PFBR
PFB2

LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LN/LN-HK LDM2-50RD2
*1
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LNV/HLDN 100 100
90
LNDG
80
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
70
LNIS
Output level (%)
60
LNIS-FN 50
40 50
Telecentric Lens 30
Lenses
20
Macro Lens 10
0
0 5 10 15 20
10
LWD (mm)

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup
consumption Control Units
Dome Lights
temperature
LDM2-50RD2 Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm
LDM2-50SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024

100 g
LDM2-50BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.0 W 470 nm PSB POD*
LDM2-50GR2 Green 525 nm

-
LDM2-90RD2 Red 24 V / 14 W 630 nm
LDM2-90SW2 White 5,500 K PD3

500 g
LDM2-90BL2 Blue 24 V / 18 W 470 nm PSB POD*
LDM2-90GR2 Green 525 nm
Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187 LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
LED properties
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
100
If using a sharp-cut filter, HPR2
Relative radiant
80
Diffused Lighting
intensity (%)
Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm LFR

Light spectrum 40 LKR
20
FPR
0 refer to P.223.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 FPQ2
Wavelength (nm)
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information. LDLB
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. HLDL2
TH
LFL
Dimensions (mm)
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2
LAV
LDM2-50RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 PDM
300 LFX2
(Ø3)
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Ø50
UV
1 LNSP-UV-FN
Ø1 c e)
fa Infrared
sur Lighting IR2
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.30) 40 g
in
itt
(For installation) m HLV2
(E
47 LV
Ø
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
LDM2-90RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
4-M4 depth 5 (P.C.D.76)
PFBR
(For installation)
300 PFB2
(Ø3)
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
16
LNSP-FN
Ø
LN/LN-HK
30°
LNSD
30°
Ø94
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
30°
30°
HLND
LT
)
ce
LNV/HLDN
rfa
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.68) 70 LNDG

g
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
in
(For installation) LNIS

itt
m
(E
LNIS-FN
88
Ø
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Dome Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LAV Search your smartphone
LAV series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light evenly using a mechanism that

combines a diffused lighting and a coaxial lighting
Dome Lights
LAV-80GR2
LAV-80BL2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LAV-80SW2
LDR-LA1
SQR
LAV-80RD2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Faulty plating inspection, inspection of a sealed target, inspection for foreign material attached to a glossy surface,
Applications
HPR2 character recognition and text inspection for glossy surfaces, and dimension measuring for electronic parts, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
This Light Unit combines diffused lighting and a coaxial lighting.

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 It can evenly perform uniform illumination for glossy, curved workpieces. • Increase brightness
TH Example configuration (LAV-80) Imaging example: Exterior
LFL imaging of a connector pin LED Ring Light LAV-80RD2
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2 Camera
LAV
Beam splitter
PDM
LFX2 Light-guiding
diffusion plate
LFV3
LED
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU Workpiece: Connector pin It is difficult to illuminate the It is possible to illuminate the
Workpiece
UV2 whole thing evenly to form whole thing evenly to form
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV an image of the exterior. an image of the exterior.

LNSP-UV-FN
Lineup
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV consumption temperature Control Units
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
LAV-80RD2 Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm
HFS/HFR
LAV-80SW2 White 5,500 K
HLV2-NR - PD3 POD*1 190 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LAV-80BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.0 W 470 nm
PFBR LAV-80GR2 Green 525 nm
PFB2
LNSP * Use a 2-channel Control Unit.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Dimensions (mm)
LND2 LAV-80RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 Illumination part Power consumption
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
40 28 300
LT Red: 1.0 W
Coaxial illumination part
LNV/HLDN
(Ø3) White/Blue/Green: 1.6 W
Red: 2.6 W
LNDG Diffused illumination part
White/Blue/Green: 3.4 W
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
Ø80
40
If adjusting the intensity for each part separately, use a 2-channel Control Unit.
LNIS-FN
4 )
Telecentric Lens Ø1 6 rface
Lenses
Ø5 su
4-M4 depth 8 ng
itti
Macro Lens
m
(For installation) (E You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable. Choose
* The emitting surface for the LAV-80SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø54. between M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.123 for details.

Products
Dome Lights
Diffused
Lighting
You can also use
CCS PDM Search your smartphone
PDM series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light evenly using a mechanism

that combines a diffused lighting, coaxial lighting,
Dome Lights
and low-angle lighting
PDM-150-15GR2
PDM-150-15BL2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
PDM-150-15SW2
SQR
PDM-150-15RD2 SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Faulty plating inspection, inspection of a sealed target, inspection for foreign material attached to a glossy surface,
Applications character recognition and text inspection for glossy surfaces, and dimension measuring for electronic parts, etc. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
This Light Unit combines the three types: dome lighting, low-angle lighting,
Direct
and coaxial lighting. It illuminates the workpiece with uniform diffused light. • Increase brightness HLDL2
TH
Example configuration (PDM-150-15) Imaging example: LFL
2-D code imaging LED Ring Light PDM-150-15RD2
Diffused Lighting
Camera HPD2
LDM2
Half mirror
LAV
LED PDM
Light-guiding LFX2
diffusion plate LFV3
Collimated
LED MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece
Workpiece: It is difficult to determine the It is possible to determine UV2
Ultraviolet
Contact lens package
Lighting
2-D code due to the glossy the 2-D code by evenly UV
and wavy surface. illuminating the surface. LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
Lineup
IR2
HLV2
Peak wavelength/ LV
Power Recommended
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
consumption temperature Control Unit
HFS/HFR
PDM-150-15RD2 Red 24 V / 18 W 630 nm 1,140 g
HLV2-NR
PDM-150-15SW2 White 5,500 K 1,170 g HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
- PD3
PDM-150-15BL2 Blue 24 V / 22 W 470 nm PFBR
1,140 g
PDM-150-15GR2 Green 525 nm PFB2
* Use a 3-channel Control Unit. LNSP

Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Dimensions (mm) LN/LN-HK

LNSD
PDM-150-15RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LND2
Illumination part Power consumption
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
4 equal parts - M4x0.7 tap depth 10 (1.7) 120 Red: 3.1 W, White: 2.2 W, LT
Coaxial illumination part
(P.C.D.120) (For installation) 83 Blue/Green: 2.7 W LNV/HLDN
45° Red: 10.2 W, White: 14 W,
Dome illumination part LNDG
Blue/Green: 13 W
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
Red: 4.6 W,
Low-angle illumination part LNIS-FN
White/Blue/Green: 6.1 W
Ø156
Ø82
44
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
If adjusting the intensity for each part separately, use a 3-channel Control Unit.
8
Ø2 Macro Lens
30 (For installation)
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable. Choose
between M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.123 for details.
Selection Products
Flat-Dome Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LFX2 Search your smartphone
LFX2 series
or cell phone.
Uses original lighting technology to recreate the effect of a

Flat Dome Lights
Coaxial and Dome Light
LFX2-150IR850
LFX2-200SW
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LFX2-100RD
SQR LFX2-75RD
LFX2-50RD
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for the exterior/text on metal surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces, mixed foreign materials inspection
Applications
HPR2 for food and medicine, character recognition for packaging, and inspection for text on can surfaces, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Recreates the effect of Dome Light and Coaxial Light Illuminates uniform diffused light using original technology
LDL2
Lighting
The Flat-Dome Light can, with one device, recreate the The dot pattern on the surface of the light-guiding diffusion
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 effects of Dome Light and Coaxial Light. plate controls the diffusion and transmission of the
TH illuminated light. It can illuminate uniform diffused light
LFL Imaging example: Imaging of packaging film onto the workpiece.
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
Coaxial Lights Flat-Dome Lights Cross-section image of the LFX2-100
LDM2 LFV3-70RD LFX2-50RD Dot printing on
LAV the surface of
Camera side the light-guiding
PDM
diffusion plate
LFX2 (Conceptual
LFV3 image)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU Workpiece: Food

UV2
(Candy) Surface
The packaging film can be imaged. The packaging film can be imaged.
Ultraviolet
protective plate
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Imaging example: Imaging of printed text Light-guiding
diffusion plate
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Dome Lights Flat-Dome Lights

PDM-150-15RD2 LFX2-100RD
HLV2 Heat dissipation
LV sheet
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Aluminum housing
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR Illumination side
Surface-mounted LED
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR * Bright points may occur due to foreign material contained in the light-guiding diffusion plate. However, this is within our
The printed text can be imaged. The printed text can be imaged. company's inspection standards and is not a product defect.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. The dot pattern LFX2-100
LNSD E.g.: Increase the size of a Light Unit in a Customizable items on the surface of
narrow space
LND2
the light-guiding
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Create a Light Unit with a diameter color diffusion plate Camera
Format
rectangular shape
LT
rface)
controls the diffusion Light-guiding
itting su Increase diffusion plate
LNV/HLDN
50 (Em 200
(Em output
Cable length and transmission
itting
LNDG surfa
ce)
of the illuminated
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LED
LNIS Illuminating Format/ light. Can illuminate
angle material
LNIS-FN
uniform diffused
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
light onto the
Lenses
workpiece.
(mm) Etc.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Supports a wide variety of applications from low angles to high angles
Flat Dome Lights

Comparison of images
of the top of the can
Changing the distance
between the Light Unit and the
workpiece (LWD) allows for
imaging to fit your purpose.
295 mm
85 mm
10 mm
Workpiece image
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Canned food SQR

With illumination from LWD With illumination from LWD With illumination from LWD SQR-TP
10 mm, flat imaging that evenly 85 mm, imaging that emphasizes 295 mm, imaging that
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
illuminates the whole thing is only the unevenness of the pull emphasizes the surface
possible. tab is possible. unevenness is possible. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
* Imaging environment: LFX2-100RD, f25 lens, WD 365 mm, field of vision: 69 mm LKR
FPR
Light-weight and compact, it achieves a space-saving installation with its thin design FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Coaxial Light (LFV3-100) Flat-Dome Light (LFX2-100) Dome Light (PDM-150-15) Flat-Dome Light (LFX2-200) HLDL2
TH
12 mm
LFL
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LDM2
110 mm
LAV
12 mm
120 mm
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Imaging example : Imaging of foreign materials mixed in instant noodles
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
Description Mixed foreign materials inspection HLV2

LV
Workpiece Instant noodles
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Before the proposal LED Ring Light HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
After the proposal LFX2-200IR850: Infrared type
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Result Emphasizes the foreign material PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFX2-200IR850 LNSP-FN

LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
Due to effect from the unevenness Effect from the unevenness and LNIS-FN
Instant noodles and small bumps on the surface, small bumps on the surface is Telecentric Lens
Lenses
it is difficult to get an image of the reduced, allowing for an image of Macro Lens
foreign material. the foreign material.

* This workpiece was processed by CCS for
sample imaging.
Selection Products
Diffused
LFX2 series CCS LFX2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.

Flat Dome Lights
LFX2-100SW
*1
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)

60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
LDR2 Lineup
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 Power Peak wavelength/ Recommended
SQR consumption temperature Control Units
SQR-TP
LFX2-50RD Red 24 V / 11 W 635 nm
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP PD3 CC-ST-1024

LFX2-50SW White 24 V / 6.1 W 6,600 K 180 g
PSB POD*1
HPR2
LFX2-50IR850 Infrared 24 V / 6.6 W 850 nm
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR LFX2-75RD Red 24 V / 11 W 635 nm
PD3 CC-ST-1024*
FPR
LFX2-75SW White 24 V / 9.1 W 6,600 K PSB POD*1 270 g
FPQ2
*Can only use white.
LDL2 LFX2-75IR850 Infrared 24 V / 14 W 850 nm
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LFX2-100RD Red 24 V / 16 W 635 nm

HLDL2
TH
LFX2-100SW White 24 V / 13 W 6,600 K - 350 g
LFL LFX2-100IR850 Infrared 24 V / 14 W 850 nm PD3
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
PSB POD*1
LFX2-150RD Red 24 V / 21 W 635 nm
LDM2
LAV LFX2-150SW White 24 V / 19 W 6,600 K 570 g
PDM
LFX2-150IR850 Infrared 24 V / 20 W 850 nm
LFX2
LFV3 LFX2-200RD Red 24 V / 31 W 635 nm
PD3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
LFX2-200SW White 24 V / 25 W 6,600 K PSB* POD*1 920 g

MFU
*Can only use white and infrared.
UV2 LFX2-200IR850 Infrared 24 V / 27 W 850 nm
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
LED
LED properties
properties
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR 100 If using a sharp-cut filter,
HLV2-NR
Relative radiant
80 Infrared 850 nm
intensity (%)
60
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W White 6,600 K Red 635 nm
Light spectrum 40 For details about the sharp-cut filter,
PFBR 20
refer to P.223.
PFB2 0
400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
LNSP Wavelength (nm)
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Precautions for use
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN Imaging may be affected by dirt or dust becoming attached to the Light Unit's surface
LNDG Method for preventing effects from dirt and dust
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
• Be careful when handling the Light Unit and do not let dirt, dust, or fingerprints get on the Light Unit.
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens • Do not touch dirt or dust by hand. Remove by blowing air.
Lenses
Macro Lens
• If finger prints get on the Light Unit, wipe them off using a fine soft cloth.
• If the Light Unit is very dirty, use a diluted neutral cleaner to lightly wipe it down.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
To achieve a perfect image
Flat Dome Lights

Uneven imaging may occur due to the dot pattern on the emitting surface
Method for reducing the image unevenness caused by the dots
1) Open the lens somewhat wider than normal. 4) Adjust the Light Unit intensity (prevent reflection and glare).
2) Match the focus to the target workpiece. 5) If there is too much light, increase the camera's shutter speed.
3) Adjust the position of the Light Unit (set outside of the depth of field).
1) 2) 3) 4)
Workpiece: Medicine
(Blister pack)
Ambient light may reflect off the Light Unit surface or workpiece surface, affecting the imaging
Method for preventing effects from ambient light LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
• Prevent ambient light from entering with a hood or the like. • Increase the camera's shutter speed.
LDR-LA1
• If using red light, equip a sharp-cut filter to the lens. (Increase the Light Unit intensity somewhat.)
SQR
SQR-TP
Dimensions (mm)
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LFX2-50RD/SW/IR850 LFX2-75RD/SW/IR850
HPR2
4-M4x0.7 Tapped perforation 4-M4x0.7 Tapped perforation
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Ø6 countersink depth 4 (From rear side) Ø6 countersink depth 4 (From rear side)
Camera side 93 Camera side 118 LKR
50 12 75 12 FPR
21.5 (Emitting surface) 21.5 (Emitting surface)
FPQ2
Illumination side Illumination side LDL2

(Emitting surface)
Lighting
(Emitting surface)
Direct
LDLB
300
HLDL2
104
118
93
50
79
300
75
20
35
TH
36.5
LFL
41.5
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
7
7
21.5
7 79 LDM2
21.5
7 7 104
7
4x2-M4x0.7 4x2-M4x0.7 LAV
Tap depth 6 (For installation, same on 4 sides) Tap depth 6 (For installation, same on 4 sides) PDM
LFX2
LFX2-100RD/SW/IR850 LFX2-150RD/SW/IR850
LFV3
4-M4x0.7 Tapped perforation 4-M4x0.7 Tapped perforation
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Camera side Ø6 countersink depth 4 (From rear side) Camera side Ø6 countersink depth 4 (From rear side) MFU
143 193
100 12 UV2
12
Ultraviolet
21.5 (Emitting surface) 21.5 150 (Emitting surface)
Lighting
Illumination side Illumination side UV
LNSP-UV-FN
(Emitting surface)
21.5 150 (Emitting surface)
Infrared
Lighting IR2
143
129
100
60
HLV2
300
179
193
100
LV
41.5
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
300
HFS/HFR
21.5
46.5
7
7 129 7
HLV2-NR
4x2-M4x0.7
7 179 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
7
Tap depth 6 (For installation,same on 4 sides) 7

4x2-M4x0.7 PFBR
Tap depth 6 (For installation, same on 4 sides) PFB2
LFX2-200RD/SW/IR850
4-M5 x 0.8 Tapped perforation LNSP
247
Convergent
Lighting
Ø8 countersink depth 4 (From rear side) CU-LNSP

Camera side 23.5 200 (Emitting surface)
(For installation) 12 LNSP-FN
Illumination side LN/LN-HK

LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
247
233
160
LT
4x3-M4x0.7
LNV/HLDN
Tap depth 6 (For installation, same on 4 sides)
300
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
43.5
LNIS
LNIS-FN
23.5
7 233
7
7
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Coaxial Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LFV3 Search your smartphone
LFV3 series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light evenly from

Coaxial Lights
the same axis as the camera
LFV3-200RD
LFV3-100SW LFV3-130BL
LFV3-40SW
LDR2 LFV3-CP-18SW
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LFV3-CP-13RD LFV3-34BL LFV3-35RD LFV3-50SW LFV3-50X100BL LFV3-70RD
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for fault, damage, scratches, or dents on glossy surfaces or mirrors, pattern inspection on printed circuit boards,
Applications
HPR2 dimension measuring for glass, and inspection for damage and dents on resin molded products, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Freely customize the diffusion Coaxial Light that supports high-resolution cameras
LDL2
Lighting
Customize the diffusion

Direct
LDLB Highly-accurate optical glass is used for the camera

HLDL2
Diffusion plate status Result window and the half-mirror. This allows for stable imaging
TH
Change the transmittance rate from (high) to (low) Increased uniformity when using high-resolution cameras.
LFL
Change the installation position to the LED side Emphasized directionality
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LFV3 series, a Coaxial Light with improved quality
LDM2 Transmittance rate (High)
LAV
1) Prepared two types of diffusion plates Uses optical glass
For the camera window and Camera window
PDM
with different transmittance rate. LED half-mirror, we used optical glass
side
LFX2 Replace the diffusion which is also used for interference
tests for laser sources.
LFV3 plate to change the *
Its optical glass with a profile
Transmittance rate (Low) irregularity of 0.3 μm.
transmittance rate.
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
* In our evaluation
MFU Move to LED side
Expanded area for
UV2 2) The installation position of the the camera window
Ultraviolet
Lighting
LED
UV diffusion plate can be adjusted. side
By making the camera
window wider, we ensured
LNSP-UV-FN Change the position to achieve a larger field of vision.
various imaging effects.
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Default position Used an aluminum body

Used aluminum alloy to
HLV2 LFV3-CP series improve heat dissipation and
LV achieve a durable body.
Replacing the half-mirror with a Half mirror
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
beam splitter increased accuracy. Increased Light Unit installation holes Can be installed to
HFS/HFR
It is perfect for tiny workpieces We increased the number of installation the cable surface
HLV2-NR holes for the Light Unit.
and environments with limited Various installation directions are supported.
The cable can be bent flat in
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W relation to the installation surface.
installation space.
PFBR LFV3-CP-13SW
* This description excludes the LFV3-CP-13 series and the LFV3-CP-18 series.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK E.g.: Different shape E.g.: Different color External/ By using the half LFV3-100
internal Wavelength/
LNSD Created a Light Unit Creating a full diameter color
mirror, diffused light
Format/ Wavelength/
LND2
material
that changed the color color (RGB) from the LED is Camera
Diffused
Lighting
illuminating port from Light Unit Increase Cable

HLND
output length illuminated on the
vertical to horizontal Half mirror
LT
Camera
same axis as the
LNV/HLDN window Illuminating Format/
material
camera axis. LED
angle
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Heat dissipation

Connector Installation/ material
LNIS-FN format mounting
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc. Workpiece
Illuminating
Macro Lens Please contact your CCS
port
sales representative.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of engraved text on a metal connector hood
Coaxial Lights
Description Character recognition
Workpiece Connector hood
After the proposal LFV3-50RD
Result Emphasizes the engraved text
Workpiece image LED Bar Light LFV3-50RD
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It is difficult to read the text Effect from the surface unevenness

HPR2
Metal connector hood engraved on the surface. is reduced and a clear image of the
Diffused Lighting
LFR
engraved text can be made. LKR
FPR
Imaging example : Imaging for circuit board through holes FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Description Visual inspection TH

LFL
Workpiece Circuit board
Diffused Lighting
HPD2

LAV
After the proposal LFV3-100RD
PDM
Result Improved uniformity LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFV3-100RD UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
With a Ring Light, it is difficult to It is possible to form a clear image HLV2-NR
Circuit board form an image of the difference of the difference between the HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
between the foundation and the foundation and the through hole. PFBR
through hole. PFB2
LNSP

Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LFV3-35RD LNSD
*1
Relative irradiance graph LND2
(LWD Characteristics)*2
Diffused
Uniformity (Relative radiance)

Lighting
HLND
*1: Irradiance on the optical axis LT
5 mm 5 mm LNV/HLDN
100
LWD=10 mm LWD=100 mm
100
LNDG
90
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
80 LNIS
70
Output level (%)
60 LNIS-FN
50
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
40 50
30
20 Macro Lens
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
Selection Products
Diffused
LFV3 series CCS LFV3 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.

LFV3-100SW
Coaxial Lights
*1
(LWD Characteristics)*2 Uniformity (Relative radiance)
LWD=50 mm 10 mm LWD=150 mm 10 mm
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)

60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
10
LWD (mm)
LDR2
Lineup
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP LFV3-34RD Red 24 V / 3.7 W 635 nm

HPR2 LFV3-34SW White 6,000 K - 80 g
24 V / 3.2 W
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LFV3-34BL Blue 470 nm
LKR
LFV3-35RD Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm Diffusion plate
FPR PD3 CC-ST-1024
FPQ2 LFV3-35SW White 24 V / 3.7 W 6,500 K Polarizing plate 175 g
PSB POD*1
Light control film
LDL2 LFV3-35BL Blue 24 V / 3.1 W 460 nm
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LFV3-40RD Red 635 nm
HLDL2
LFV3-40SW White 24 V / 4.6 W 6,000 K - 100 g
TH
LFL LFV3-40BL Blue 470 nm
Diffused Lighting
HPD2 LFV3-50RD Red 24 V / 8.1 W 630 nm

LDM2 PD3 CC-ST-1024*
LFV3-50SW White 24 V / 11 W 6,500 K 335 g
LAV PSB POD*1
PDM
LFV3-50BL Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 460 nm * Can only use red and blue.
LFX2 LFV3-50X100RD Red 24 V / 17 W 630 nm

LFV3 LFV3-50X100SW White 24 V / 20 W 6,500 K 530 g
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
LFV3-50X100BL Blue 24 V / 17 W 460 nm

MFU
UV2
LFV3-70RD Red 24 V / 13 W 630 nm
Ultraviolet
PD3
Lighting
UV LFV3-70SW White 24 V / 19 W 6,500 K 620 g

PSB POD*1
LNSP-UV-FN Diffusion plate
LFV3-70BL Blue 24 V / 16 W 460 nm
Polarizing plate
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 LFV3-100RD Red 24 V / 22 W 630 nm

Light control film
HLV2 LFV3-100SW White 6,500 K 1,060 g
24 V / 27 W
LV LFV3-100BL Blue 460 nm
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
LFV3-130RD Red 24 V / 31 W 630 nm
HFS/HFR
LFV3-130SW White 24 V / 46 W 6,500 K PD3 POD*1 1,750 g
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LFV3-130BL Blue 24 V / 38 W 460 nm
PFBR LFV3-200RD Red 24 V / 43 W 630 nm
PFB2
LFV3-200SW White 24 V / 64 W 6,500 K PD3 POD **1 4,350 g
LNSP
*Cannot use white.
LFV3-200BL Blue 24 V / 53 W 460 nm
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN LFV3-CP-13RD Red 24 V / 2.1 W 635 nm
LN/LN-HK LFV3-CP-13SW White 24 V / 2.3 W 6,000 K 37 g
LNSD
LFV3-CP-13BL Blue 24 V / 1.3 W 470 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
LND2 -
PSB POD*1
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LFV3-CP-18RD Red 24 V / 3.3 W 635 nm
LT LFV3-CP-18SW White 24 V / 4.1 W 6,000 K 70 g
LNV/HLDN LFV3-CP-18BL Blue 24 V / 3.4 W 470 nm
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
For details about determining the field of vision for the Coaxial Light, refer to "Determining the field of view of coaxial
lighting" on P. 239 in the Technical Guide.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Options
Diffusion plate (Light color) Diffusion plate (Deep color) Replace the default Use with a polarizing This is a plastic
film which lines up
Coaxial Lights
diffusion plate to change the filter to remove
transmittance rate. the light's surface fine louvers with an
extremely narrow
reflection.
gap between them. It
* When selecting, be aware that reduces light diffusion in
Transmittance rate: High Transmittance rate: Low
the default diffusion plate varies a certain direction and
(End of the model name: -UF) based on the emitted color. increases parallelism.
Diffusion plate Polarizing plate Light control film
DF-LFV3-35 LFV3-35 DF-LFV3-35-UF LFV3-35 PL-LFV3-35 LFV3-35 LC-LFV3-35 LFV3-35

DF-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100 DF-LFV3-50X100-UF LFV3-50X100 PL-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100 LC-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100
LDR2
P.224 P.225 P.226
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Regarding changing the diffusion plate and adjusting the position
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Models that support replacing the Position adjustment slit HPR2

diffusion plate
Diffused Lighting
LFR
For the LFV3-50/50X100/70
LKR
Model (Common for all colors) 3 slits Camera side
FPR
LFV3-35/50/50X100/70/100/130/200 LED side
Half mirror side LED side FPQ2
* The LFV3-34/40/CP-13/CP-18 does not support this feature. LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Models that support adjusting the Slits HLDL2
Slit for installing a polarizing plate
position of the diffusion plate or light control film
Diffusion plate TH
For the LFV3-100/130/200 LFL

Model (Common for all colors)
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
LFV3-50/50X100/70/100/130/200 5 slits
LDM2
* The LFV3-34/35/40/CP-13/CP-18 does not support this
Half mirror side LED side Half mirror side
Slits LAV
feature.
Illumination side PDM
LFX2
Regarding the default diffusion plate
Slit for installing a polarizing plate * Conceptual image LFV3
LFV3-35/50/50X100/70/100/130/200 or light control film
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Red light, white light Blue light MFU
UV2
Diffusion plate (Light color) Diffusion plate (Deep color)
Ultraviolet
Lighting
is default is default For details about replacing the diffusion plate or adjusting the position, refer to UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Transmittance rate: Low the "Instruction Guide" included with the product.
Transmittance rate: High
(End of the model name: -UF) Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
LED
LED properties
properties
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Supported model(s): LFV3-35/50/50X100/70/100/130/200
100 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Relative radiant
80
PFBR
intensity (%)

60 please use the R60 (option). PFB2
40
20
White 6,500 K For details about the sharp-cut filter, LNSP
Convergent
0
refer to P.223.
Lighting
CU-LNSP
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm) LNSP-FN
Light spectrum LN/LN-HK
Supported model(s): LFV3-34/40/CP-13/CP-18 LNSD
100
LND2
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Diffused
Lighting

60 HLND
40
White 6,000 K LT
20
0 LNV/HLDN
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LNDG
Wavelength (nm)
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information. LNIS-FN
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Diffused
LFV3 series CCS LFV3 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Dimensions (mm)
LFV3-34RD/SW/BL LFV3-35RD/SW/BL 300
Coaxial Lights
48
26 30
0
46
37
46
28
40
26
3
3 30
4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 4 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 5 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 5
(For installation)
(Emitting surface)
(For installation) 75 (For installation)

34
2x2-M3xP0.5 (Perforated)
15 15
20
20
3 40
39
(Same for opposite side, for installation)
1
7
30
7
8 30
20
38
40
7
4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 6 3 34 4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5

LDR2
35
(Emitting surface)
(For installation)
Direct Lighting
(Emitting surface)
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
38
20
42
34
SQR
SQR-TP
13
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2 LFV3-40RD/SW/BL LFV3-50RD/SW/BL

Diffused Lighting
LFR 300
54
LKR 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 4
32 30
(For installation) 0
FPR
FPQ2
51
60
LDL2
36
46
52
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
32
HLDL2 6 30 4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
3
4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5

TH (For installation) (For installation)
94
2x2-M3xP0.5 (Perforated)
LFL
(Emitting surface)
(Same for opposite side, for installation)

Diffused Lighting
HPD2
3 46 15 20
57
32
32
52
LDM2
(Emitting surface)
LAV
11
11
7 26
44
40
PDM 40 10
10 40
57
7
LFX2
LFV3 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 6 3 49 4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5
41
(Emitting surface)
(For installation)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
(Emitting surface)
MFU
56
34
52
40
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
2
13
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 LFV3-50X100RD/SW/BL LFV3-70RD/SW/BL

300 300
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
101
110
84
75
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR 50
16 32 4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
PFB2
6-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 (For installation) 120 (For installation)
LNSP 94 (For installation)
(For installation)
(Emitting surface)
Convergent
(Emitting surface)
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
50
78
73
50
57
52
11 32
32
LN/LN-HK
15
15
LNSD
11
35 35 20 60 12
20 35 35 12 60
LND2 77
Diffused
57
Lighting
HLND 4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5

3 49 3 69
LT
(Emitting surface)
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
80
76
57
102
106
57
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
2
13.5

26.5
Telecentric Lens
2
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
LFV3-100RD/SW/BL 300
LFV3-130RD/SW/BL
300
101
110
142
133
Coaxial Lights
76 100
4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 6-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 6-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
(For installation) (For installation) 182 (For installation)
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
50
50 50
105
100
135
130
70
70
50
16
16
20 70 20
16
70
16
21 100 100 21
105 135
3 97 4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
55
106
57
102
134
138
LDR2
55
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
26.5
16
2
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
300
LFV3-200RD/SW/BL
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
226
217
LFR
LKR
FPR
150 FPQ2
9-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 9-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
(For installation) 272 (For installation) LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
(Emitting surface)
HLDL2
80
80
TH
207
202
LFL
80
80
Diffused Lighting
HPD2
90 90 23
20
20
23 90 90 LDM2
207
LAV
PDM
(Emitting surface)
LFX2
80
LFV3
222
218
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
80
MFU
UV2
33
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LFV3-CP-13RD/SW/BL LFV3-CP-18RD/SW/BL Infrared
Lighting IR2
14 14
4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 6 10 11 HLV2
4
(For installation)
3
LV
12
14
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
24
18
2-M3xP0.5 tap depth 4 27 HFS/HFR

(For installation) 18 HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
20
24
PFB2
LNSP
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
Convergent
Workpiece side
Lighting
Workpiece side CU-LNSP

15
20
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
14 18
LNSD
300
LND2
0
30
20
Diffused
Lighting
30
HLND
(Emitting surface)
36 LT
(Emitting surface)
41
LNV/HLDN
15
20
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Collimated
Lighting Coaxial Lights Refer to our website for product details.
CCS MSU Search
You can also use
your smartphone
MSU series
or cell phone.
Provides light with high parallelism using original

Coaxial Lights
lighting technology
LDR2
MSU-130RD2
MSU-100SW2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 MSU-30BL2
MSU-30X20RD2
SQR
MSU-10SW2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Applications Inspection for fine damage on glossy surfaces and character recognition on glossy surfaces, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Provides collimated lighting created using a special lens. It is perfect

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 for extracting tiny scratches, damage, or dents on mirror surfaces. • Increase brightness
TH The included lens can be used for convergent light.
LFL
HPD2
Example configuration (MSU-10) Imaging example:
Diffused Lighting
Exterior imaging of
LDM2
button batteries LED Coaxial Light MSU-30X20RD2
LAV Camera
PDM
LFX2 Light source
LFV3
part (LV-27)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Half mirror
MFU
UV2
Workpiece
Ultraviolet
Workpiece: Button battery

Lighting
UV
With the Coaxial Light, it is Not only is the image of the
LNSP-UV-FN
possible to reduce surface engraved text more clear than
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 reflection and form an with the Coaxial Light, fine

image of the engraved text. differences in the surface can
HLV2
also be imaged.
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR Collimated light optical unit MSU series Extracts damage, scratches, and dents on mirror workpieces
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Light illuminated from a normal light source moves in a This optical unit is effective for inspections that were
PFBR straight line while radially diffusing. Collimated light refers difficult using conventional image processing, such as
PFB2 to light where one point of light illuminated from a source extracting shallow and tiny scratches, damage and dents,
LNSP at infinitely far distance, such as the sun, hits any surface and reading barcodes on mirror workpieces.
Convergent
from the same angle. The MSU series is an optical unit

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN developed by applying the principle of collimated light. Imaging of 2-dimensional code
LN/LN-HK Using an LED Light allows
LNSD Sunlight Bulb light for high performance, stable,
LND2 and low-cost imaging. This
Diffused
Lighting
HLND is an applied product that

LT melds lighting technology
LNV/HLDN design with optical design.
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens For details about the procedure for usage, refer to the material "How to Use the MSU Series" on our website.
You can download this information from the product website page.

Products
Collimated
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup
Coaxial Lights
MSU-10RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm
MSU-10SW2 White 24 V / 0.4 W 5,500 K 275 g
PD3 CC-ST-1024
MSU-10BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm
PSB POD*3
MSU-30RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm
2,000 g
MSU-30BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm
MSU-30X20RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm
*1
MSU-30X20SW2 White 24 V / 0.5 W 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
-
540 g
MSU-30X20BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.5 W 470 nm PSB POD*3
MSU-30X20GR2 Green 24 V / 0.5 W 525 nm

MSU-100RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm
PD3 CC-ST-1024 9,920 g LDR2
MSU-100SW2 White 24 V / 0.4 W 5,500 K
Direct Lighting
PSB POD*3 LDR2-LA
MSU-130RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm 12,700 g LDR-LA1
*2
24 V / 0.4 W PD3 SQR
MSU-130SW2-CL White 5,500 K 13,000 g
24 V / 4.5 W PSB
*2
POD* 3
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
*1: Cannot be used with the Digital Control Unit PD3-5024-4/10024-8 series.
*2: The MSU-130SW2-CL is equipped with two Light Units. Use a 2-channel Control Unit. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
Dimensions (mm) FPR

FPQ2
MSU-10RD2/SW2/BL2 MSU-30RD2/BL2 LDL2
Lighting
Macro lens f40 76 116
Direct
Shading plate LV-27 LDLB
C mount 0 C mount HLDL2
30
LV-27 TH
Hand screws
LFL
67
Hand screw CCTV lens f50 mm

115
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
44
39
LDM2
20
351
LAV
2x2-M3 depth 8
7
(1)
3 40
LWD=20 to 80 mm
58 8
70
(For installation) PDM
4-M3 depth 6 74 (Same for opposite side) LFX2
(For installation)
80
LFV3
Light source F-Stop adapter: Ø1 mm
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Light source F-Stop adapter: Ø2, Ø3, Ø4 mm included Center of the 4-M6
44 70 23 (For installation) MFU
27 light axis
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
MSU-30X20RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 MSU-100RD2/SW2 UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Macro lens f25 259.2 180
Intensity trimmer Infrared
66 C mounted ring 156 4-Ø11 Lighting IR2
20
Hand screw HLV2

Hand screw
LV
67
(126.5)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
125
HFS/HFR
54
49
30
500
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
680
2x2-M3 depth 8
7
(1)
3 60 46 26
4-M3 depth 8 (For installation) PFBR
(For installation) 65 15 (Same for opposite side) PFB2
LNSP
MSU-130RD2/SW2-CL
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
160
467 180
LNSP-FN
211 256 160 4-Ø11
LN/LN-HK
20
LNSD
Reference chart for the field of vision (Estimate) LND2

Diffused
Lighting
Using a 1/3 inch sensor camera

HLND
Model name Field of vision WD
250
LT
MSU-10 7.5 mm 58 mm
LNV/HLDN
481
MSU-30 18.7 mm 50 mm
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
MSU-30X20 15 mm 24 mm
Angled
LNIS
MSU-100 60 mm 50 mm
LNIS-FN
210
* Regarding reference field of vision

Telecentric Lens
Lenses
This is an estimate to help you select a Light Unit, and

individual units may vary from the data listed above depending
on your imaging conditions. Macro Lens
Selection Products
Collimated
Lighting Coaxial Lights Refer to our website for product details.
CCS MFU Search
You can also use
your smartphone
MFU series
or cell phone.
Provides light with high parallelism using original

Coaxial Lights
lighting technology
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 MFU-34X30-BL MFU-54X40-BL
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Applications Dimension measuring, dimension measuring for cylindrical objects, and inspection for fine burrs, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
We achieved collimated lighting through unique lighting technology.

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 It allows for highly-accurate imaging that prevents light from wrapping around • Increase brightness
TH the workpiece. It allows for convergence to match the imaging-side lens in use.
LFL
Example configuration (MFU-34×30) Imaging example:
HPD2
Exterior imaging of
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Camera
a screw LED Flat Light MFU-34X30-BL
LAV
PDM Workpiece
LFX2
Full reflection mirror
LFV3
Light source part
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Workpiece: Knurled screw
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV With a Flat Light, the illuminated It prevents the illuminated

LNSP-UV-FN
light wraps around the light from wrapping around,
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 workpieces, making it difficult to allowing for the edges to

emphasize the edges. be emphasized.
HLV2
LV
Comparison of imaging with a Flat Light and Collimated Light
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Imaging example: Exterior imaging of a push pin
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Workpiece image LED Flat Light MFU-34X30-BL
PFBR When the user looks at a clear resin
PFB2 push pin with diffused light from
LNSP a Flat Light illuminated from the
Convergent
rear, the clear part appears clear.

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN However, with collimated light, the
LN/LN-HK light is refracted by the clear resin,
Push pin
LNSD and the whole pin appears black.
LND2
Diffused
Imaging example: Imaging of the exterior and dimensions of a condenser

Lighting
HLND
LT
Workpiece image LED Flat Light MFU-34X30-BL
LNV/HLDN If you view it with diffused light of
LNDG Flat Light illuminated from the rear,
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS the light wraps around the side of

LNIS-FN
the condenser body. However, with
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
collimated light, that wrap around is

Macro Lens
prevented and the thickness of the
Condenser
wires is also imaged evenly.

Products
Collimated
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup
Coaxial Lights
MFU-34X30-BL Blue 12 V / 0.3 W 470 nm PD2* 185 g

-
PSB* PTU2*
MFU-54X40-BL Blue 12 V / 0.3 W 470 nm 350 g
* Because the MFU series is for 12 V input, please
select a Control Unit with a 12 V output. Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
LED properties
100
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Blue 470 nm
60
Light spectrum 40
20 LDR2
0
Direct Lighting
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LDR2-LA
Wavelength (nm) LDR-LA1
SQR
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Dimensions (mm) LKR

FPR
FPQ2
MFU-34X30-BL MFU-54X40-BL
5 30 LDL2
5 40
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
Ø20
Ø20
66
54
46
34
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
90 16 LDM2
130 16
LAV
PDM
2X2-M3 LFX2
2X2-M3
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
28
Lighting
38
38
48
0
MFU
0
30
30
UV2
10
Ultraviolet
Lighting
10
3 40 3 15 60 15 3 60 3 15 100 15 UV
4-M3 depth 6 4-M3 depth 6 LNSP-UV-FN

Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Regarding the procedure for usage HLV2-NR

HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
1) Set the item to be inspected and determine the imaging range. PFBR
PFB2
2) Set this product and determine the distance between the lens and the camera (LWD). LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
3) Align this product's light axis with the center of the imaging field of vision.
LNSP-FN
4) Adjust intensity. LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
For details about the procedure for usage, refer to the material "How to Use the MFU Series" on our website.
LT
You can download this information from the product website page. LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Ultraviolet
Lighting Ultraviolet Lights Refer to our website for product details.
CCS UV2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
UV2 series
or cell phone.
UV Lights that use high output UV-LEDs

Ultraviolet Lights
HLV2-24UV2-365
LN-128UV2-365
(Convergent type)
LDR2 LDR2-100UV2-365-W LDL-138X12UV2-365
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
LDR2-60UV2-365-W
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for detecting seal material through fluorescent excitation, reading invisible code, inspections using
Applications
HPR2 differences in spectral reflectivity, and inspections using differences in scattering rates, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 For fluorescent observation and observation using scattering rates Using high output UV-LEDs
LDL2
Lighting
Using high output UV-LEDs, we significantly increased

Direct
LDLB The high output UV illumination allows for stable fluorescent

HLDL2 output compared to conventional products. observation. Ring, bar, and spot formats are available.
TH
LFL Comparison of imaging with conventional product Image comparing output of UV Lights by application
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Imaging Adhesive application Fluorescent observation Curing application

LDM2
example inspection
LAV
Workpiece Circuit board x 150
x Several
PDM hundred
LFX2
x 25 Output
LFV3 x1 Increase
Ultraviolet Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Conventional product UV series UV2 series LNSP-UV series HLUV series
(LDR2-90UV365) LDR2-100UV2-365-W (Bar type) (Bar type) (Our Line Light) (Our UV curing product)
UV2
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Comparison of output between a high output UV Light and a black light
Infrared
Lighting
100
IR2 90
LDR2-100UV2-365-W
80
70
HLV2
60
LV 50
40
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 30
HFS/HFR
20 General black light (Reference)
10
HLV2-NR 0
The conventional product The increased output of the 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
LWD (mm)
90 100 110 120 130 140 150
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
lacks output and fluorescent high output UV Light allows
PFBR
observation is difficult. for fluorescent observation. * The data included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Ring Lights that LDR2-100UV2-365-W
LNSD
E.g.: Different shape Customizable items use high output UV-
LND2
External/internal Wavelength/ LEDs. Bar types and
Diffused
Lighting
Camera
HLND Format/
material
Created a format to match diameter color
spot types are also
the needs
LT available. Select your
Increase
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length format to match your
LED
LNDG needs.
Lighting
Oblique
Angled

angle material
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Ultraviolet
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging of the application of coating material on a circuit board
Ultraviolet Lights
Workpiece Circuit board
Before the proposal LED Ultraviolet Light
After the proposal LDR2-100UV2-365-W
Result Fluorescent excitation via ultraviolet lighting
Workpiece image General fluorescent lamp LDR2-100UV2-365-W
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
With a general fluorescent lamp, With a high output UV Light,
Convergent
Lighting
Circuit board fluorescent observation is difficult. fluorescent observation is possible.
HLDR-IP
* This workpiece was processed by CCS for sample imaging. * Use an optional filter for imaging with HPR2
Diffused Lighting
increased contrast. LFR
LKR
Imaging example : Imaging of grease application on a bearing FPR

FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
Workpiece Bearing LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
After the proposal LDR2-100UV2-365-W
LAV
Result Fluorescent excitation via ultraviolet lighting PDM

LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LDR2-100UV2-365-W
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
With white light, it is difficult to With a high output UV Light,
HFS/HFR
Bearing capture the application of the grease. fluorescent observation is possible.
HLV2-NR
* Use an optional filter for imaging with
* This workpiece was processed by CCS for HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
increased contrast.
sample imaging.
PFBR
PFB2

* The data included is for reference only. Actual
values may vary. LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LDR2-60UV2-365-W LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Relative irradiance graph *1 LNSD
(LWD Characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) LND2

Diffused
Lighting
HLND
*2: Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece LT
100 100 LNV/HLDN
90
LNDG
80
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
70
60 LNIS
Output level (%)
50
40 LNIS-FN
50
30
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
20
10
Macro Lens
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
Selection Products
Ultraviolet
UV2 series CCS UV2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Data: Relative irradiance graph/Uniformity (Representative example) * The data included is for reference only. Actual
values may vary.
Ultraviolet Lights
LDL-205X12UV2-365
Relative irradiance graph *1
(LWD Characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
100 100
90
80
70
60
Output level (%)

50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
LN-195UV2-365 (Convergent type)

LDR2
Relative irradiance graph *1
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 (LWD Characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
SQR *1: Irradiance on the optical axis
*2: Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
SQR-TP 100
LWD=50 mm LWD=100 mm LWD=150 mm
100
90
Convergent
Lighting
80
HLDR-IP
70
Output level (%)

60
HPR2 50
40
Diffused Lighting
50
LFR 30
20
LKR 10
0
FPR 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
10
LWD (mm)
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Cautionary information regarding UV products Options
TH Blocks light with a Transmits light with
LFL ● Do not expose your eyes or skin to direct UV irradiation. wavelength of 420 nm wavelength range
● When using an UV illumination, be sure to wear UV blocking eye or lower, transmits of approx. 280 nm
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
light with a longer to 380 nm, centered

wear and avoid looking at irradiating parts (emitting parts). wavelength. around 340 nm.
LDM2
● Do not turn on UV-LED irradiating parts (emitting parts) if they are
LAV Ultraviolet cutting filter Ultraviolet transmission filter
facing someone's eyes.
PDM L42 series U340 series
● Wear long sleeves and gloves to protect your
LFX2
skin from UV irradiation. Model name Size Model name Size
LFV3 ● Thoroughly educate all those involved near the L42-25 M25.5 P0.5 U340-25 M25.5 P0.5
MSU product about the dangers of UV LEDs. L42-27 M27.0 P0.5 U340-27 M27.0 P0.5
Lighting
MFU L42-30 M30.5 P0.5 U340-30 M30.5 P0.5

UV2 L42-40 M40.5 P0.5 U340-40 M40.5 P0.5
Lighting
UV
L42-46 M46.0 P0.75 U340-46 M46.0 P0.75
LNSP-UV-FN P.223 P.223

Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
Lineup
LV
Power Recommended
Series Model name LED color Peak wavelength Options Weight
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
consumption Control Units
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR LDR2-60UV2-365-W 24 V / 7.6 W PD3 CC-ST-1024* 170 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDR2 Ultraviolet 365 nm PSB
PFBR LDR2-100UV2-365-W 24 V / 23 W * Can only use the 60 size.
250 g
PFB2
LNSP LDL-71X12UV2-365 24 V / 7.6 W 300 g
PD3 CC-ST-1024*
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP LDL LDL-138X12UV2-365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 16 W 365 nm 500 g

PSB
LNSP-FN
LDL-205X12UV2-365 24 V / 23 W Ultraviolet cutting filter * Can only use the 71 x 12 size. 700 g
LN/LN-HK
Ultraviolet transmission filter
LNSD LN-61UV2-365 24 V / 7.6 W 450 g
PD3 CC-ST-1024*
LND2 LN LN-128UV2-365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 16 W 365 nm 750 g
PSB
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LN-195UV2-365 24 V / 23 W * Can only use the 61 size. 1,050 g
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG HLV2 HLV2-24UV2-365 Ultraviolet 0.7 A / 3.2 W 365 nm PD3 PJ 50 g
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
* Please inquire if you would like to use in combination with a Strobe Control Unit (overdrive type).

Products
Ultraviolet
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
Ultraviolet Lights
Ring Lights
LDR2-60UV2-365-W LDR2-100UV2-365-W
300 15
(Ø3.5)
(Ø3.5)
300 30
45° 4-M3 4
45°
(For installation)
4-M3 4 Ø7
Ø5 0
Ø30
0
Ø60
Ø3
Ø100
Bar Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
(Common drawing) C LDR2-LA
6 B (Emitting surface) LDR-LA1

12 (Emitting surface) SQR
Surface A SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
(45.6) HLDR-IP
15
42 HPR2
Surface A
Same as surface A
Diffused Lighting
LFR
9
LKR
(Ø3.5)
28
FPR
6
4-M3 6 FPQ2
10-M3 6 300 20 (For installation)
11 LDL2
(For installation)
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
24
Model name B C D E
TH
LDL-71X12UV2-365 71 91 P30x2=60 10
9
LFL
LDL-138X12UV2-365 138 158 P30x4=120 10
E 30
D HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDL-205X12UV2-365 205 225 P30x6=180 20
LDM2
Convergent type (Common drawing) LAV
C PDM
LFX2
11 B (Emitting surface)
LFV3
Surface A
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
(47.6)
14
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
44
UV
Surface A LNSP-UV-FN
Same as surface A Infrared
Lighting IR2
47.5
9
(Ø3.5)
HLV2
6
4-M3 6 LV
14-M3 6
300 12 20 For installation
(For installation)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
24
Model name B C D E
LN-61UV2-365 61 91 P30x2=60 10 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LN-128UV2-365 128 158 P30x4=120 10 PFBR

10
E 30
D LN-195UV2-365 195 225 P30x6=180 20 PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Spot Lights
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
HLV2-24UV2-365 54 LN/LN-HK
13.2 (34) 2-M3 (For installation) LNSD

LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Ø28
Ø24
18
LT
Ø18
(Emitting surface) LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
(Ø4.5)
LNIS
300
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable (except for the HLV2-24UV2-365). Choose between M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.123 for details.
Selection Products
Ultraviolet
Lighting Ultraviolet Lights Refer to our website for product details.
CCS UV Search
You can also use
your smartphone
UV series
or cell phone.
Varied Light Unit lineup using original UV-LEDs

Ultraviolet Lights
LDR2-90UV365
LN-200UV365
LDR2-100UV365-LA
LDQ-100UV365
LDR2 LSP-41UV365
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LDL-42X15UV365
LDR-75UV365-LA-1
SQR
LDL-82X15UV365
SQR-TP SQR-56UV365
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for detecting seal material through fluorescent excitation, reading invisible code, inspections using
Applications
HPR2 differences in spectral reflectivity, and inspections using differences in scattering rates, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Uses original UV-LEDs Peak wavelength of 365 nm and directional characteristics of ±20°
LDL2
Lighting
Uses LEDs with Light spectrum of the UV-LED Directional characteristics of the UV-LED
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 our unique spark 100
-30° -20° -10° 0° +10° +20° +30°
prevention
Relative radiant intensity (%)
TH 80
80
80
mechanism
-40° +40°
Irradiating angle
LFL
60 60
60
HPD2 -50° +50°
Diffused Lighting
40 40
40
-60° +60°
LDM2
-70° 20
20 +70°
LAV Because they have a steel alloy cap, many ultraviolet LEDs 20
-80° +80°
PDM are susceptible to static electricity or impact. In particular, 0

325 345 365 385 405
-90°
0
+90°
LFX2 dead LEDs due to sparks occurring from contact with metal Wavelength (nm) Relative radiant intensity (%)
Our original ultraviolet LEDs have a peak wavelength of 365 nm and directional
LFV3
shards have been a major issue. Our company's original
characteristics of ±20°. Using the mono-wavelength, a characteristic of
ultraviolet LEDs successfully solved this problem through
MSU LEDs, allows for stable imaging over a long period of time that captures
Lighting
our unique spark prevention mechanism. Compared to the workpiece's characteristics more accurately than using a black light.
MFU
the conventional products, we significantly increased our Furthermore, our rich lineup provides optimal Light Units depending on the
UV2
"safety" and "reliability." inspected object, inspecting environment, and optical system.
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Lineup
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 Power consumption *1

Peak Recommended
Series Model name LED color Earlier than After Options Weight Dimensions
LV wavelength Control Units
July 2014 July 2014
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR LDR2-32UV365 24 V / 0.4 W 24 V / 0.3 W 30 g
HLV2-NR LDR2-42UV365 24 V / 0.8 W 24 V / 0.6 W 50 g 1
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDR2-50UV365 24 V / 1.2 W 24 V / 0.9 W 50 g
PFBR LDR2 LDR2-70UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 365 nm 130 g 2
PFB2
LDR2-90UV365 24 V / 3.8 W 24 V / 2.8 W 170 g
LNSP 1
LDR2-90-30UV365 24 V / 6.1 W 24 V / 4.5 W 220 g
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LDR2-120UV365 24 V / 9.5 W 24 V / 7.0 W Ultraviolet cutting filter 510 g 3
LNSP-FN
LDR2-74UV365-LA 24 V / 1.9 W 24 V / 1.4 W Ultraviolet transmission filter 90 g 4
LN/LN-HK PD3 CC-ST-1024*
LNSD LDR2-100UV365-LA 24 V / 4.6 W 24 V / 3.4 W 170 g
PSB POD*2
LND2 LDR2-LA LDR2-132UV365-LA Ultraviolet 24 V / 6.9 W 24 V / 5.0 W 365 nm 270 g
* Cannot be used with the 5
Diffused
Lighting
HLND LDR2-170UV365-LA 24 V / 9.9 W 24 V / 7.3 W LDR2-208UV365-LA that was 350 g

manufactured before July
LT LDR2-208UV365-LA 24 V / 12 W 24 V / 8.4 W 2014. 380 g
LNV/HLDN LDR-75UV365-LA-1 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W 70 g 6
LNDG
LDR-96UV365-LA-1 Ultraviolet 24 V / 2.3 W 24 V / 1.7 W 100 g
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LDR-LA-1 LDR-146UV365-LA-1 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 365 nm 160 g
LNIS-FN 7
LDR-176UV365-LA-1 24 V / 3.8 W 24 V / 2.8 W 200 g
Telecentric Lens Ultraviolet
Lenses
Macro Lens
LDR-206UV365-LA-1 24 V / 4.6 W 24 V / 3.4 W 220 g
*1 The power consumption varies according to the production date.
Refer to the power consumption given by the label tag of the product. Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187

Products
Ultraviolet
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Power consumption *1
Peak Recommended
Series Model name LED color Earlier than After Options Weight Dimensions
wavelength Control Units
July 2014 July 2014
Ultraviolet Lights
SQR SQR-56UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W 365 nm 80 g 8
LDL-34X8UV365 24 V / 0.4 W 24 V / 0.3 W 15 g 9
LDL-42X15UV365 24 V / 0.8 W 24 V / 0.6 W 30 g 10
LDL-74X27UV365 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 95 g 11
LDL Ultraviolet 365 nm
LDL-82X15UV365 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W 45 g
Ultraviolet cutting filter PD3 CC-ST-1024
LDL-130X15UV365 24 V / 2.3 W 24 V / 1.7 W 85 g 12
Ultraviolet transmission filter PSB POD*2
LDL-180X16UV365 24 V / 3.8 W 24 V / 2.8 W 110 g
LDQ-60-25UV365 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W 60 g 13
LDQ-78UV365 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W 100 g 14
LDQ LDQ-100UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 365 nm 330 g 15
LDQ-150UV365 24 V / 6.1 W 24 V / 4.5 W 490 g 16
LDQ-200UV365 24 V / 9.1 W 24 V / 6.7 W 790 g 17
LN LN-200UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 1.9 W 24 V / 1.4 W 365 nm 400 g 18
LSP LSP-41UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 1.2 W 24 V / 0.9 W 365 nm 115 g 19 LDR2
Direct Lighting
*1: The power consumption varies according to the production date. LDR2-LA
Refer to the power consumption given by the label tag of the product.
LDR-LA1
SQR
Dimensions (mm)
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
30 HLDR-IP
4-M3 depth 4 30 0
1 30 Model name A B C D 2 45° 0 3 45°
D 0 4-M3 depth 5
45° LDR2-32UV365 Ø32 Ø10 16 P.C.D.20 HPR2
4-M3 depth 5 P.C.D.90
Diffused Lighting
LDR2-42UV365 Ø42 Ø18 18 P.C.D.28 P.C.D.50 LFR
Ø120
Ø60
LDR2-50UV365 Ø50 Ø28 16
Ø70
P.C.D.40 Ø35 LKR
A
B
LDR2-90UV365 Ø90 Ø50 20 P.C.D.70 FPR

C LDR2-90-30UV365 Ø90 Ø30 20 P.C.D.70 FPQ2
22 31.5
4 5 6 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
4-M3 depth 5 4-M3 depth 5 30 4-M3 depth 4 12 LDLB
30 0
P.C.D.60 0 D 45° Model name A B C D HLDL2
45°
LDR2-100UV365-LA Ø100 Ø70 22 P.C.D.84 TH
LDR2-132UV365-LA Ø132 Ø96 22 P.C.D.116
Ø75
Ø56
Ø46
Ø55
LFL
LDR2-170UV365-LA Ø170 Ø134 22 P.C.D.154 HPD2

Ø74
Ø48
Diffused Lighting
A
B
LDR2-208UV365-LA Ø208 Ø174 22 P.C.D.186 LDM2
30 LAV
19 C 0
PDM
7 8 9 44 LFX2
4-M3 depth 4 56
38 34 10.4
45° 12 8.4 LFV3
Model name A B C 5 (Emitting part) 5 (Emitting part)
Collimated
300 MSU
Lighting
LDR-96UV365-LA-1 Ø96 Ø80 Ø60
5
300
15
2-M2 depth 5 MFU

56
38
LDR-146UV365-LA-1 Ø146 Ø130 Ø110 UV2
Ultraviolet
30
A
Lighting
B
LDR-176UV365-LA-1 Ø176 Ø160 Ø140 4-M3 depth 4 0

Ø30 UV
LDR-206UV365-LA-1 Ø206 Ø190 Ø170 12 20 12 2-M3 depth 4
LNSP-UV-FN
18
Infrared
Lighting IR2
10 11 12
52 74 (Emitting part) 27.2 (Emitting part) A Model name A B C D E HLV2
15
17
(Emitting part) LDL-82X15UV365 92 82 17 20 15 LV

C
18
E
42 (Emitting part)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
B (Emitting part) (Emitting part) LDL-130X15UV365 140 130 17 21 15 LSP

86
7
LDL-180X16UV365 191.4 181.4 18 21 16 HFS/HFR

20
4 9
D
0
28.8
HLV2-NR
30
10 10
0 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
30 2X2-M2 depth 5 50 2-M3 depth 4
300 2X2-M2 depth 5
PFBR
(Emitting
13 14 15 16 4-M4 30.2 PFB2

148
part)
108 30.2
8.4
110
12
15 (Emitting part)
70 LNSP
4-M4
17
90
Convergent
58
Lighting
CU-LNSP
90
30 78
°
44
100
30
25 4-M3 LNSP-FN
(Emitting
60
34
148
110
part)
108
42
70
36 (Emitting 60 100 LN/LN-HK

30
5 part) 5
300
30
78
42
30
42 LNSD
36
0
58
30
25
30
3.2
10
82 (Emitting part) 3.2 LND2

4-M2.6 depth 3
Diffused
Lighting
46 15 (Emitting part)
HLND
LT
(Emittingsurface)
8-M4 depth 4 205

17 200 31.2 18 19 LNV/HLDN
(51.5)
24.5
Ø33
100
15
40 (11.5) LNDG
15 (Emitting part)
90
(Emitting surface)
Lighting
Oblique
200 (Emitting part)

Angled
4-M2 depth 4
°
300
12 LNIS
210
150
2-M3 (Mounting screws) 205 LNIS-FN

16
0
200
175
100
Ø41
30
26
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
20
45.6
150 2X2-M3 depth 7

10
8 Macro Lens
25 2-M4 mounting screws
100 30 2 36 2
(8)
130 (Emitting part) 3.2 0
Selection Products
Ultraviolet
Lighting Ultraviolet Line Lights Refer to our website for product details.
CCS LNSP-UV-FN Search
You can also use
your smartphone
LNSP-UV-FN series
or cell phone.
UV Line Lights that use high-output UV-LEDs

Ultraviolet Lights
LNSP-UV365-FN
LDR2 (Narrow Type)
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LNSP-UV365-FNNR
SQR (Wide Type)
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for detecting seal material through fluorescent excitation, inspections using differences in spectral reflectivity, and
Applications
HPR2 inspections using differences in scattering rates, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Narrow type that can achieve convergent illumination Wide type that can achieve diffused illumination
LDL2
Lighting
By using a rod lens, the Light Unit concentrates illumination The illuminated range is wide, allowing for a broad range
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 in a narrow range. There is little loss of radiation output, to be illuminated.
TH allowing for convergent illumination.
LFL
Characteristics of the narrow type Characteristics of the wide type
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Output comparison
Output comparison
Conventional product Conventional product

LDM2 (LDL-74x27UV365)
(LDL-74x27UV365)
Approx. 40x
LAV
PDM Uniformity graph LNSP-UV365-FN Approx. 150x Uniformity graph
LNSP-UV365-FNNR
LFX2 * Camera output varies based on the camera's

* Camera output varies based on the camera's * spectral sensitivity.
LFV3 * spectral sensitivity.
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Imaging Imaging Imaging of foreign material
UV2 Imaging of invisible code
example example on paper
Lighting
UV
Workpiece Plastic plate Workpiece White paper (Tissue)
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
White Bar Light LNSP-300UV365-FN White Bar Light LNSP-300UV365-FNNR
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Fluorescent observation is Fluorescent observation for Fluorescent observation is Fluorescent observation for foreign
PFBR difficult with white light. the invisible code is possible. difficult with white light. material, such as dust, is possible.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. By using a rod LNSP-UV365-FN (Narrow type)
LNSD E.g.: Different wavelength Customizable items lens, the Light Camera
LND2
External/internal Wavelength/ Unit concentrates
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Wavelength Equipped with 385 nm LEDs

diameter color
illumination in a Fan
LT narrow range.
Increase
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length High output UV LED
LNDG Line Light perfect
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
Rod lens
LNIS Illuminating
angle
Format/
material
for UV excitation.
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Options Examples of Custom PSCC(A) Series Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Ultraviolet
Ordered Products Control Unit Product Page
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.219 P.237 P.249
▼
Imaging example : Imaging to detect contact lenses inside packaging
Ultraviolet Lights
Description Detection inspection
Workpiece Contact lenses
After the proposal LNSP-300UV365-FNNR
Result Fluorescent excitation via ultraviolet lighting
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LNSP-300UV365-FNNR
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
With visible light lighting, it is Depending on the type of contact
Contact lenses difficult to detect the contact lens, they absorb the ultraviolet HPR2
Diffused Lighting
lenses. wavelength, allowing for the inside LFR
of the pack to be imaged. LKR

FPR
Imaging example : Imaging of alignment of clear film FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
LFL
Workpiece Clear film HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
After the proposal LNSP-300UV365-FN PDM
Result Fluorescent excitation via ultraviolet lighting LFX2

LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LNSP-300UV365-FN UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Only the clear film causes HLV2-NR

With visible light lighting, it is
Clear plate (bottom) and film (top) difficult to form an image of the scattering, emphasizing the edge. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
clear film.
PFB2

LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
* The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. LNSP-FN
Narrow Type LN/LN-HK

*1
Relative irradiance graph LNSD
(LWD Characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) LND2

Diffused
Lighting
HLND
*2: Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece LT
100
LWD=30 mm (mm) LWD=50 mm (mm) LWD=100 mm (mm)
50 50 50 100 LNV/HLDN
90 40 40 40
LNDG
80
30 30 30
Lighting
Oblique
70
Angled
20 20 20
Output level (%)
60 LNIS
10 10 10
50
40 0 0 0 LNIS-FN
30 -10 -10 -10
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
20 -20 -20 -20

10 -30 -30 -30
Macro Lens
0 -40 -40 -40
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-50 -50 -50 0
LWD (mm) -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200
Selection Products
Ultraviolet
LNSP-UV-FN series CCS LNSP-UV-FN Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.

Ultraviolet Lights
Wide Type
*1
100
LWD=30 mm (mm) LWD=50 mm (mm) LWD=100 mm (mm)
50 50 50 100
90 40 40 40
80
30 30 30
70
Output level (%)

20 20 20
60
10 10 10
50
40 0 0 0
30 -10 -10 -10
20 -20 -20 -20
10 -30 -30 -30
0 -40 -40 -40
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-50 -50 -50 0
LWD (mm) -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200
LDR2 Lineup * End of the model name: -FN: Narrow type, -FNNR: Wide type
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 Power Recommended
Model name LED color Peak wavelength Options Weight
SQR consumption Control Units
SQR-TP
LNSP-100UV365-FN 31 W 1,000 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LNSP-200UV365-FN 61 W 1,400 g
HPR2
LNSP-300UV365-FN 92 W 1,800 g
Diffused Lighting
Ultraviolet cutting filter PSCC-30048(A)

LFR Ultraviolet 365 nm
Ultraviolet transmission filter PSCC-60048(A)
LKR LNSP-100UV365-FNNR 31 W 800 g
FPR
LNSP-200UV365-FNNR 61 W 1,100 g
FPQ2
LDL2 LNSP-300UV365-FNNR 92 W 1,400 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
PSCC(A) Series Product Page P.219
TH
LED
LED properties
properties
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
100
LAV
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
UV 365 nm
PDM 60
LFX2 Light spectrum 40

20
LFV3 0
340 345 350 355 360 365 370 375 380 385 390 395 400
MSU
Lighting
Wavelength (nm)
MFU
UV2 Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
Cautionary information regarding UV products
HLV2
LV
● Do not expose your eyes or skin to direct UV irradiation.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP ● When using an UV illumination, be sure to wear UV blocking eye wear and avoid looking at irradiating
HFS/HFR parts (emitting parts).
HLV2-NR ● Do not turn on UV-LED irradiation parts (emitting parts) if they are facing someone's eyes.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W ● Wear long sleeves and gloves to protect your skin from UV irradiation.
PFBR ● Carefully inform all persons in the area around this product of the dangers of UV-LED.
PFB2
LNSP
Options
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Blocks light with a Transmits light with
LN/LN-HK wavelength of 420 nm wavelength range
LNSD
or lower, transmits of approx. 280 nm
light with a longer to 380 nm, centered
LND2 wavelength. around 340 nm.
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Ultraviolet cutting filter Ultraviolet transmission filter
LT
L42 series U340 series
LNV/HLDN
Model name Size Model name Size
LNDG
L42-25 M25.5 P0.5 U340-25 M25.5 P0.5
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
L42-27 M27.0 P0.5 U340-27 M27.0 P0.5
LNIS-FN
L42-30 M30.5 P0.5 U340-30 M30.5 P0.5
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
L42-40 M40.5 P0.5 U340-40 M40.5 P0.5

Macro Lens L42-46 M46.0 P0.75 U340-46 M46.0 P0.75
P.223 P.223

Products
Options Examples of Custom PSCC(A) Series Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Ultraviolet
Ordered Products Control Unit Product Page
Lighting
P.223 P.231 P.219 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
Ultraviolet Lights
LNSP-UV365-FN (Narrow type)
(Radiating surface)
n+39: Full length
(6.7) 34 n: Radiating surface
9.4
For installation
62
4-nut slots
→ Detailed figure A
25.8
19.5
4
0
30
1.5
35
(79.8)
16
(Ø13.6)
12
6
Fan air inlets
2xM3 (For FG line installation, same for opposite side) Detailed figure A LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Number of LDR-LA1
Model name n cooling fans SQR
LNSP-100UV365-FN 100 1 SQR-TP
LNSP-200UV365-FN 200 2
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LNSP-300UV365-FN 300 3
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LNSP-UV365-FNNR (Wide type) LFR
LKR
(Radiating surface)
n+36.3: Full length

FPR
30
(6.7) 34 n: Radiating surface FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
For installation
62
HLDL2
4-nut slots
TH
→ Detailed figure A
15.5
LFL
14.3
4 HPD2
Diffused Lighting
0
1.5
30
LDM2
LAV
(74.6)
27.3
16
(Ø13.6)
PDM
12
6
LFX2
Fan air inlets LFV3
Collimated
2xM3 (For FG line installation, same for opposite side) Detailed figure A MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Number of
Model name n UV
cooling fans
LNSP-UV-FN
LNSP-100UV365-FNNR 100 1
Infrared
LNSP-200UV365-FNNR 200 2 Lighting IR2
LNSP-300UV365-FNNR 300 3
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Extension Cables * Necessary when connecting the Light Unit to the recommended Control Unit, the PSCC(A) series. HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
QCBM (mm)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Applicable Cable length PFBR
Model name Cable length Weight
Control Unit
(Ø12.6)
PFB2
QCBM-2 2m 800 g
LNSP
QCBM-3 3m 1,000 g
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
QCBM-5 5m 1,500 g PSCC-30048(A)
LNSP-FN
QCBM-10 10 m 2,700 g
LN/LN-HK
QCBM-20 20 m 5,000 g Cable permitted bending radius: 75.6 mm
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
QCB LT
Applicable Cable length
Model name Cable length Weight LNV/HLDN
Ø16.5
Control Unit
LNDG
QCB-2 2m 1,100 g
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
QCB-3 3m 1,500 g
LNIS-FN
QCB-5 5m 2,400 g PSCC-60048(A)
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
QCB-10 10 m 4,600 g
Cable permitted bending radius: 99 mm
QCB-20 20 m 8,900 g Macro Lens
PSCC(A) Series Product Page P.219 * The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary.
Selection Products
Lighting Infrared Lights
Infrared
You can also use
CCS IR2 Search your smartphone
IR2 series
or cell phone.
Varied Light Unit lineup using IR-LEDs

Infrared Lights
LFV3-CP18IR2-860/-950
LFV3-50IR2-850/-940
LDR2-74IR2-850-LA/-940-LA
LDR2-50IR2-850/-940
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LFL-100IR2-850/-940
LDR-LA1 LDL-82X15IR2-850/-940
SQR
SQR-TP LDQ-78IR2-850/-940
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Visual inspection that cancels the surface pattern, inspection penetrating liquid for foreign material inside, inspections using
Applications
HPR2 differences in spectral reflectivity, and inspection for the inside of packaged food, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 What is Infrared Light? Merits
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Infrared light is light that has a wavelength longer than Irradiation of the Infrared LED includes only the energy of
HLDL2 that of visible red light and cannot be seen by the human specific region of wavelength, so that the irradiation heat
TH eye. Compared to visible red light, infrared light has a low is extremely low compared to the halogen lights and gives
LFL scattering rate and high transmittance rate, and therefore is less damage on the workpiece.
HPD2 used in imaging which penetrates printed patterns or liquids.
Diffused Lighting
Infrared LED Regular halogen light

LDM2
Imaging example using visible and infrared light Irradiation heat Extremely low Heat-generating
LAV
Visible light Imaging with infrared light Influence on
Features (1) Small heat damage Huge heat damage
PDM the workpiece
LFX2 Penetration
LFV3 Visible light Near- Mid- Far-
infrared infrared infrared
Collimated
MSU Region of Infrared LED

Lighting
Infrared wavelength spectrum

MFU 100
850 nm
□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□ 80
Relative radiant
UV2
intensity (%)
Ultraviolet
Infrared irradiation penetrates Supported by CCS’s 860 nm

Lighting
60
UV □□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□
the liquid to make inside visible. standard products 940 nm
40
LNSP-UV-FN □□□□□□□□□□□□□□ 20 950 nm
Features (2) Visible light Imaging with infrared light
Lighting
Infrared
IR2 0
Cancellation 400 500 600 700 800
Wavelength (nm)
900 1000 1100
HLV2 Region of regular halogen light
LV
100
80
Relative radiant
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
intensity (%)
60
HFS/HFR Infrared irradiation cancels out the 40 Halogen light
HLV2-NR printing to image the surface evenly.
20
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 0
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
PFBR Wavelength (nm)
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Ring Lights that use LDR2-90IR2-850/940
LNSD E.g.: Different wavelength Customizable items infrared LEDs. Bar
LND2
Equipped with LEDs that are External/internal Wavelength/
types and coaxial Camera
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Wavelength
1,000 nm and higher
diameter color types are also
LT available. Select your Heat dissipation
Increase material
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length format to match your
LNDG needs. LED
Lighting
Oblique
Angled

angle material
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Etc.

Products
Lighting
Infrared
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Extensive lineup of Infrared Lights
Infrared Lights
Ring Lights Size (mm)
(Outer diameter)
LDR2 series
(850/940 nm)
Ø50 Ø70 Ø90
LDR2-LA series
(850/940 nm) Ø74 Ø132
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Bar Lights Size (mm)

(Emitting surface length)
LDL2-33X8IR850
(850 nm)
Product page P.43 33
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDL series LDR2-LA
(850/940 nm) 42 74 82 130 180
LDR-LA1
SQR
LDQ series SQR-TP
(850/940 nm) 34x34 82x82
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HLDL2 series
(860 nm) HPR2
Diffused Lighting
150 300 450 600 750 900 LFR
Wide type Product page P.59 1,050 1,200
Narrow type
LKR
50 100 150 300 450 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,200 FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Dome Lights/Flat-Dome Lights
Lighting
Size (mm)
Direct
LDLB
(Outer diameter)
HLDL2
HPD2 series TH
(860 nm) Product page P.71 Ø91 Ø116 Ø166 Ø216 Ø266 Ø424
LFL
(Emitting surface length) HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LFX2 series LDM2
(850 nm) Product page P.79 50x50 75x75 100x100 150x150 200x200
LAV
50 60 70 80 90 100 150 200 250 300 400
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Flat Lights Size (mm) Coaxial Lights Size (mm)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
(Emitting surface length) (Emitting surface)
MFU
LDL series 60x60 100x100 LFV3-CP series 20x20 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
(850/940 nm) (860/950 nm)
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LFL series LFV3 series 38x34
Lighting
Infrared
(850/940 nm) 100x80 (850/940 nm) 52x52 IR2
50 100 * The LFV3-CP series and LFV3 series have different wavelengths. 10 20 30 40 50
HLV2
Custom products with a wavelength of 1,000 nm or more are available, LV

Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
please contact your CCS sales representative for details. HFS/HFR

HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Near-infrared cameras in the testing rooms PFBR

PFB2
LNSP
Ready for the test with infrared light over 1,000 nm wavelength
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
CCS is deploying infrared-sensitive CCD cameras in the testing rooms where you can perform workpiece tests directly for yourself
LN/LN-HK
using our LED Lights. Please feel free to make an appointment. We are looking forward to helping you.
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
Specifications HLND
Near-infrared CCD camera
BOBCAT-320 (manufactured by Xenics) LT
InGaAs sensor LNV/HLDN
Wavelength: 0.9 to 1.7 μm LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
320 × 256 pixels LNIS

Uncooled
LNIS-FN
C mount
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Our personalized staff will be happy to suggest the

Optimal for infrared imaging Macro Lens
lighting solution for getting optimal images.
Selection Products
Lighting
Infrared
IR2 series CCS IR2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Imaging example : Imaging the foreign materials in disinfectant product

Infrared Lights
Description Foreign materials inspection
Workpiece Disinfectant product
After the proposal LFL-100IR2-940
Result Infrared lighting penetrates the liquid
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LFL-100IR2-940
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
It is difficult to check the inside with Imaging with infrared light

HPR2
Disinfectant product visible light imaging. penetrates the liquid and captures
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
the foreign materials.
* This workpiece was processed by CCS for sample imaging.
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
Imaging example : Imaging the appearance of leatherware

LDLB
HLDL2
TH
LFL
HPD2 Description Visual inspection
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Workpiece Leatherware
LAV
PDM Before the proposal LED visible light lighting
LFX2
After the proposal LDR2-132IR2-850-LA
LFV3
Infrared lighting penetrates the dye
Result
Collimated
MSU on the threads

Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LDR2-132IR2-850-LA
Lighting
Infrared
IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
The leather and the threads are of Infrared light penetrates the dye to
PFB2
Leatherware the same color, so that it is highlight the threads and captures
LNSP
difficult to capture the stitching. the stitching.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Cautionary information regarding infrared products
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND ● This product uses infrared LEDs. You cannot visually sense the brightness, but infrared radiation comes out of the LEDs when they are on.
LT
● The peak wavelength range corresponds to IR-A (780 to 1,400 nm).
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
● Infrared radiation in the IR-A range can damage your eyes. Never look at the infrared radiation directly.
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS ● Inform all persons in the area around this product of the dangers of infrared LED.
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Infrared
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup
Series Model name LED color Options Weight
Infrared Lights
LDR2-50IR2-850 850 nm
24 V / 3.8 W 50 g
LDR2-50IR2-940 940 nm
LDR2-70IR2-850 850 nm
LDR2 Infrared 24 V / 7.6 W 130 g
LDR2-70IR2-940 940 nm
LDR2-90IR2-850 850 nm
24 V / 14 W 170 g
LDR2-90IR2-940 940 nm
LDR2-74IR2-850-LA 850 nm
24 V / 6.9 W 90 g
LDR2-74IR2-940-LA 940 nm
LDR2-LA Infrared
LDR2-132IR2-850-LA 850 nm
24 V / 16 W 270 g
LDR2-132IR2-940-LA 940 nm PD3
2
LDL-42X15IR2-850 850 nm PSB POD*
24 V / 2.3 W 40 g LDR2
LDL-42X15IR2-940 940 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDL-74X27IR2-850 850 nm LDR-LA1
24 V / 6.9 W 80 g
LDL-74X27IR2-940 940 nm SQR
LDL-82X15IR2-850 850 nm SQR-TP

LDL Infrared 24 V / 3.8 W 60 g
Convergent
Lighting
LDL-82X15IR2-940 940 nm HLDR-IP
LDL-130X15IR2-850 850 nm
24 V / 6.1 W 90 g HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LDL-130X15IR2-940 940 nm LFR
LDL-180X15IR2-850 850 nm LKR
24 V / 8.4 W 110 g
LDL-180X15IR2-940 940 nm FPR
— FPQ2
LDQ-78IR2-850 850 nm
24 V / 6.1 W 110 g LDL2
LDQ-78IR2-940 940 nm PD3* 1
Lighting
Direct
LDQ Infrared LDLB
LDQ-150IR2-850 850 nm PSB*1 POD*2
HLDL2
24 V / 16 W 530 g
LDQ-150IR2-940 940 nm TH
LFL
LDL-60X60IR2-850 850 nm
24 V / 7.6 W 140 g HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDL-60X60IR2-940 940 nm LDM2
LDL Infrared LAV
LDL-100X100IR2-850 850 nm
PDM
24 V / 21 W 650 g
LDL-100X100IR2-940 940 nm LFX2
LFV3
LFL-100IR2-850 850 nm
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
LFL Infrared 24 V / 7.6 W 220 g
LFL-100IR2-940 940 nm MFU
PD3
UV2
Ultraviolet
2
PSB POD*
Lighting
LFV3-CP18IR2-860 860 nm UV
LFV3-CP Infrared 24 V / 2.6 W 70 g
LNSP-UV-FN
LFV3-CP18IR2-950 950 nm
Lighting
Infrared
IR2
LFV3-35IR2-850 850 nm
24 V / 3.1 W 175 g HLV2
LFV3-35IR2-940 940 nm
LV
LFV3 Infrared
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LFV3-50IR2-850 850 nm LSP

24 V / 9.1 W 335 g HFS/HFR
LFV3-50IR2-940 940 nm HLV2-NR
*1: The LDQ series is equipped with four Light Units. If you HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
would like to control the light intensity individually, use a Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
PFBR
4-channel Control Unit.
*2: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LED properties LN/LN-HK
LNSD
100
LND2
IR 940 nm
Diffused
Relative radiant
Lighting
80
intensity (%)
IR 850 nm HLND
60
40 IR 950 nm LT
Light spectrum IR 860 nm
20
LNV/HLDN
0
700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Wavelength (nm)
Angled
LNIS
Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and observe cautionary information. LNIS-FN
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Lighting
Infrared
IR2 series CCS IR2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Dimensions (mm)
Infrared Lights
LDR2-50IR2-850/-940 LDR2-70IR2-850/-940
300
0
30
45°
45°
8
Ø2
5
Ø3
Ø50
Ø70
Ø4
0 Ø50
16
4 x M3 x 4
(For installation)
4 x M3 x 5 22
(For installation)
300
LDR2-90IR2-850/-940 LDR2-74IR2-850-LA/-940-LA 300
LDR2 45°
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
4 x M3 x 4 45°
0
LDR-LA1 (For installation) Ø5 8
Ø4
SQR
Ø90
SQR-TP
Ø74
Convergent
Ø70
Lighting
HLDR-IP Ø60
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR 20
4 x M3 x 5 19
LKR (For installation)
FPR
FPQ2
300
LDL2 LDR2-132IR2-850-LA/-940-LA LDL-42X15IR2-850/-940
(1) 15.2 (Emitting surface)

Lighting
Direct
LDLB
45°
HLDL2 52
TH
Ø11
6
17.2
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
8.6 2 x M2 x 5
Ø132
LDM2 Same as Surface A (For installation)

6
LAV Ø9
20
4.2 9
PDM
LFX2
300 Surface A
LFV3
Collimated
MSU 4 x M3 x 5 22 LDL-82X15IR2-850/-940
Lighting
(For installation)
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV 92
LDL-74X27IR2-850/-940 18 50
LNSP-UV-FN
14.4
Lighting
Infrared
IR2
17.2
2 x M3 x 4
(For installation)
0.8 27.2 (Emitting surface)
HLV2 2xM2x5
8.6
18
Same as Surface A (For installation)

LV
86
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
20
300
HFS/HFR
4.2
28.8
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDL-180X15IR2-850/-940 300 Surface A
PFBR
LDL-130X15IR2-850/-940
PFB2
LNSP 190
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP 140 5.2 179.6 (Emitting surface)

LNSP-FN 5.2 129.6 (Emitting surface)
17.2
LN/LN-HK
17.2
LNSD 2xM2x4
(For installation) 2xM2x4
2xM2x5 2 x M2 x 5
LND2 (For installation)
Diffused
Lighting
(21.7)
HLND
(21.7)
9
LT
9
8.6 8.6
9
4.2
4.2
LNV/HLDN 8.6 8.6

4.2
4.2
300
LNDG
300
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Lighting
Infrared
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
LDQ-78IR2-850/-940 LDQ-150IR2-850/-940
Infrared Lights
148
78 3.2
19 110
18 42
4 x M3 21 36 4xM4 (For installation)
(For installation)
39
100
300
148
110
78
42
36
39
8.4 (Emitting surface) 100

21
18
17
300
19
15.2(Emitting surface)
82 (Emitting surface) LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LDL-60X60IR2-850/-940 LDL-100X100IR2-850/-940 SQR
72
112 SQR-TP
Convergent
300 38 38
Lighting
300 HLDR-IP
Diffusion plate
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
16 100(Emitting surface)
LKR
92
82
FPR
72
132
122
112
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
10
Direct
5
5
LDLB
4xØ5
Diffusion plate 12 48 (For installation) HLDL2
10
16 80 4xØ5 5 5 TH
(For installation)
LFL
LFL-100IR2-850/-940 HPD2
Diffused Lighting
132 LDM2
4xØ3.5/Ø6 3 8 LFV3-CP18IR2-860/-950
16.1 100 (Emitting surface) LAV
(For installation) 30
24 18 PDM
18
4xM3x6 LFX2
(For installation) LFV3
20.1 80(Emitting surface)
18
18
41
29.5
29.5
Collimated
MSU
11 10
Lighting
120
110
MFU
24 3 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
30
0 LNSP-UV-FN
16 100
5
Lighting
Infrared
300 IR2
HLV2
LV
LFV3-35IR2-850/-940 LFV3-50IR2-850/-940 300
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
4.5
300
HFS/HFR
4.5
HLV2-NR
51
60
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
46
37
PFBR
16 32
10 26 PFB2
94 4 x M4 x 5 LNSP
75 4xM3x5
Convergent
32 (62) (For installation)

Lighting
23 (52) (For installation) CU-LNSP

LNSP-FN
57.1
LN/LN-HK
39
1 11 32
1 11 32
1 7 20
1 7 20
4xM3x5 LNSD
(For installation) Emitting surface 30 8 4xM4x5
8 30 LND2
(38x34) 10 40 (For installation) Emitting surface 40 10
Diffused
Lighting
(52 x 52) HLND

40 57
3 34 4 x M2 x 5 3 49 M2x5 LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
20
42
34
56
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
13
LNIS-FN
2
13
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Lighting Spot Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Spot
You can also use
CCS HLV2 Search your smartphone
HLV2 series
or cell phone.
Provides high output spot lighting using an original

optical design
Spot Lights
HLV2-22 HLV2-22-1220-3W
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP HLV2-14/HLV2-14-HU HLV2-22-3W
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
As a light source for a telecentric lens, light source for alignment of LCDs or circuit boards, light source for dimension measuring,
Applications
HPR2 and light source for spot illumination, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Lineup with selection to match your needs Spot Lights that achieve high output
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB The HLV2 series provides a selection to match your usage The lightweight and compact Spot Light achieved high
HLDL2 environment and application. The LED color has a lineup of output through its unique optical design.
TH red, white, blue, and green.
LFL
HPD2
HLV-14 series, with a lightweight and compact design HLV2-22-3W series, a high output model
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Compact model Example connection with the lens Standard model High output model
LAV
The HLV2-14 series is HLV2-22 series The HLV2-22-3W series
PDM
LFX2
perfect for saving space, with is a Spot Light with the
LFV3
its lightweight and compact highest output of all
design. series.
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Weighs just
UV2
18g
Ultraviolet
HLV2-22SW HLV2-22SW-3W
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
Amount of light: 35% intensity Amount of light: 35% intensity
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR 0 35% 100% 0 35% 100%
Shutter speed: 1/20,000 sec Shutter speed: 1/20,000 sec
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
* Brightness varies based on the camera's spectral sensitivity.
PFBR * The data included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Please contact your CCS sales representative. Revised the HLV2 series
LNSD
E.g.: Changed the LED emitted Customizable items optical system
wavelength to infrared Camera
LND2 to increase
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Created an diameter color the emitting HLV2-14
LT Wavelength Infrared Light efficiency for Lens Dedicated
Increase
LNV/HLDN
output
Cable length this high output HLV2-22
Control
Unit
LNDG Spot Light.
Lighting
Oblique
Angled

angle material HLV2-22-3W
LNIS-FN
Lenses
Connector Installation/ HLV2-22-1220-3W

Etc.

Products
Lighting
Spot
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup offering a selection to match your needs
HLV2 series evaluation chart HLV2 series evaluation graph
Spot Lights
Flexibility Brightness
Lightweight Compact for Energy
Brightness Uniformity
design design installation savings
Good Good Very Very Good Very

[Standard type] Good Good Good
[Standard
Very Very Very Very Lightweight
OK Good type]
[Uniform type] Good Good Good Good design Flexibility for
Compact installation
Good Good Good Good Good Good design
(Comparison criterion)
Energy savings
Very Good OK OK Very Good
Good Good
[Uniform
type]
Very Good OK OK Very Good
Good Good Uniformity
* Comparison using CCS products LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
Imaging example: Imaging of 2-dimensional code SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Description Code reading
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Workpiece 2-dimensional code LKR
FPR
After the proposal HLV2-22RD-3W
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
HLV2-22RD-3W LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
2-dimensional code
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
Imaging example : Imaging of an alignment mark HLV2

LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Description Positioning
HLV2-NR
Workpiece Alignment mark HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
Light Unit in use HLV2-22SW-3W
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
HLV2-22SW-3W LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Alignment mark
Selection Products
HLV2 series
Spot
You can also use
CCS HLV2 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
Comparison of data for the HLV2-14 series

Brightness comparison between the HLV2-14 and HLV2-14-HU Emitting surface of Emitting surface of
the HLV2-14 the HLV2-14-HU
Spot Lights
For red For red

HLV2-14RD HLV2-14RD-HU
Amount of light: 20% intensity Amount of light: 100% intensity
0 20% 50% 100% 0 50% 100%

The HLV2-14-HU is a Spot Light with
Shutter speed: 1/2,000 sec Shutter speed: 1/2,000 sec a highly uniform emitting surface.
* Comparison using CCS products
* This data is for reference only.
LDR2 Actual values may vary.
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR Lineup
SQR-TP

Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight

HPR2
HLV2-14RD Red 645 nm
Diffused Lighting
LFR
HLV2-14SW White 5,300 K
LKR
0.9 W 18 g
FPR HLV2-14BL Blue 465 nm
FPQ2
HLV2-14GR Green 520 nm
LDL2 -
Lighting
HLV2-14RD-HU Red 645 nm

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 HLV2-14SW-HU White 4,700 K
TH 0.9 W 18 g
HLV2-14BL-HU Blue 465 nm
LFL
HPD2 HLV2-14GR-HU Green 520 nm
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
HLV2-22RD Red 645 nm
LAV
PDM
HLV2-22SW White 5,300 K PD3* CC-PJ-0707
1.4 W 37 g
LFX2 HLV2-22BL Blue 465 nm PJ
LFV3
HLV2-22GR Green 520 nm
Collimated
MSU Convergent lens

Lighting
MFU HLV2-22RD-3W Red 645 nm

UV2 HLV2-22SW-3W White 5,300 K
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV 2.8 W 41g
HLV2-22BL-3W Blue 465 nm
LNSP-UV-FN
HLV2-22GR-3W Green 520 nm
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2-22RD-1220-3W Red 645 nm
HLV2
LV HLV2-22SW-1220-3W White 5,300 K
2.8 W - 42 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP HLV2-22BL-1220-3W Blue 465 nm

HFS/HFR
HLV2-22GR-1220-3W Green 520 nm
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
PFBR
* The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to these products.
PFB2
LNSP
• The length of the extension cable must be 5 m or less. If you would like to use longer than 5 m, please contact your CCS sales representative.
Convergent
Caution
Lighting
CU-LNSP
• Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable).
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2 LED properties
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
100
LT Blue 465 nm Green 520 nm
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
LNV/HLDN Red 645 nm

60 please use the R60 (option).
LNDG Light spectrum 40
White 5,300 K
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
20 refer to P.223.
0
LNIS-FN 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
Telecentric Lens
Lenses

Products
Lighting
Spot
P.223 P.231 P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)
HLV2-14RD/SW/BL/GR/RD-HU/SW-HU/BL-HU/GR-HU HLV2-22RD/SW/BL/GR
Spot Lights
28
) Ø 50
ce 7
a 20 (E
urf m
gs itt
20 ittin 12
in
g
(Em su
rfa
12 8
Ø7
-0.1
-0.2
ce
Ø14 -0.1
)
0
-0.1
-0.2
Ø8
30
Ø14 -0.1
14
0
0
7
Ø22
Ø8
13
300
(8.5)
HLV2-22RD-3W/SW-3W/BL-3W/GR-3W
LDR2
Ø
7 62
Direct Lighting
(E LDR2-LA
m
itt
in LDR-LA1
g 12 8 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 3
su 14
rfa SQR
ce For installation
)
-0.1
-0.2
SQR-TP
-0.1
0
Ø14
Ø22
Ø8
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
300
LFR
LKR
(20.5)
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
HLV2-22RD-1220-3W/SW-1220-3W/BL-1220-3W/GR-1220-3W
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Ø
7 62 TH
(E
m
itt
in LFL
g 20
su 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 3 14
rfa HPD2
Diffused Lighting
ce For installation
) LDM2
-0.05
-0.10
Ø12
Ø22
LAV
PDM
LFX2
300
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
(20.5)
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Options UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
HLV2-22 series dedicated ■Illuminated range of the HL-30/HL-24-21 IR2
convergent lens HL-30/HL-24-21 HLV2

HL-30 LV
Ø14 Ø31 Ø46 Ø60 Ø76 Ø90
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Ø20 Ø37 Ø60 Ø83 Ø108 Ø128
HFS/HFR
HL-24-21 HLV2-NR
Ø10 Ø12 Ø22 Ø35 Ø45 Ø60 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Ø27 Ø36 Ø45 Ø55 Ø65 Ø77
Upper: Center circle
PFBR
WD (mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Lower: Outer circle PFB2
LNSP
* Cannot be used with the HLV2-14/HLV2-22-1220-3W/HLV2-22-NR-3W series. * This data is actual measurement values. Results for individual products may vary.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
■Installation with the HLV2-22 series Dimensions (mm)
LNSD
HL-30 HL-24-21 LND2

Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Lens 55 58
HL-30 Lens
15 2-set screws 22 18
LT
Supported model(s) M22.5 P0.5 7
(M3-4 mm, black) M22.5 P0.5
HLV2-22 series LNV/HLDN
9 11
Ø24
Ø24
LNDG
18
Ø14
Ø14
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
HL-24-21 LNIS
Ø16
Ø16
HLV2-22-3W series 2-M3 depth 5 LNIS-FN

3.5 2-M3 depth 5 10
(For installation) Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
12
12
Selection Products
Lighting Spot Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Spot
You can also use
CCS LV Search your smartphone
LV series
or cell phone.
Provides spot lighting using original converging technology

Spot Lights
LV-27SW2
LV-27BL2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LV-27GR2
LDR-LA1
SQR LV-27RD2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
As a light source for a telecentric lens, light source for inspecting alignment of LCDs or circuit boards, light source for dimension
Applications
HPR2 measuring, and light source for spot illumination, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Spot Light with tip radius of Ø8 mm and emitting surface of Ø6 mm.

Direct
LDLB • Change to format

HLDL2 Can be used embedded into the coaxial illuminating section of a • Increase brightness
TH telecentric lens or macro lens.
LFL
HPD2
Example configuration (LV-27) Lightweight, compact design Spot Light with low power consumption
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 With its lightweight and The LV series consumes 0.8 W

Camera
LAV compact design, it doesn't (for red) of power, and can be
PDM
take up much room and is used for saving energy.
LFX2 Lens
perfect for saving space.
LFV3
LV-27
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Lineup
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV consumption temperature Control Units
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
LV-27RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm
HFS/HFR
LV-27SW2 White 24 V / 0.4 W 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
HLV2-NR
- 40 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LV-27BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm PSB POD*
PFBR LV-27GR2 Green 24 V / 0.6 W 525 nm

PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Dimensions (mm)
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
LV-27RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
50
LT
8 30
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
0
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
30
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable.

Ø27
Ø14
LNIS
Ø8
ce)
LNIS-FN Ø6 surfa Choose between M12 connectors and flying leads.
g
ittin Refer to P.123 for details.
Telecentric Lens (Em
Lenses
Macro Lens
• Use as a Spot Light for directly illuminating the workpiece.
Note • In addition to Light Units with a tip radius of Ø8 mm, we also offer Ø10 mm and Ø12 mm as custom orders.

Products
Spot Lights
Lighting
Spot
You can also use
CCS LSP Search your smartphone
LSP series
or cell phone.
Super-Uniform Spotlight for wide variety of applications
Spot Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LSP-41RD
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Character recognition, visual inspection for electronic parts, visual and position inspections for circuit boards,
Applications
and light source for spot lights, etc. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
High luminance Spot Lights LSP Series is suited for limited and long
Direct
LDLB
working distance from 300 mm to 500 mm, with a compact design— • Change to length, etc. HLDL2
Ø41 mm diameter housing. TH
LFL
Example configuration (LSP-41RD) Examples of Light Images HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Camera LAV
PDM
LFX2
LED LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Workpiece Reading bar code Reading QR code Inspecting dot-marked UV2
Ultraviolet
Light used: LSP-41RD Light used: LSP-41RD characters on pipe
Lighting
UV
Light used: LSP-41RD
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
Lineup IR2
HLV2
Power Peak wavelength/ Recommended LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
PD2
LSP-41RD Red 12V / 20 W 660 nm Polarizing plate 115 g HLV2-NR
PSB PTU2
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Options P.223 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Dimensions (mm) LED properties LN/LN-HK

LNSD
LSP-41RD 100 LND2
(51.5)
Diffused
Lighting
80 HLND
Relative radiant
Red 660 nm
intensity (%)
40 (11.5) 60
12 LT
Light 40
(Emitting surface)
spectrum 20 LNV/HLDN
0 LNDG
Ø41
Ø33
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
26
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
0
LNIS
30
Wavelength (nm)
LNIS-FN
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Diffuser 2-M4 screw bolt use and observe cautionary information. The data included is for
reference only. Actual values may vary. Macro Lens
Selection Products
Products Micro Fiber Heads Refer to our website for product details.
Other
You can also use
CCS HFS Search your smartphone
HFS series
or cell phone.
LED Fiber Light (straight) that uses original converging technology

Micro Fiber Heads
Model name HFS-14-500

Fiber material Multicomponent glass
Case material Aluminum alloy
Flexible tube material SUS
Strand diameter (μm) 50
Fiber arrangement Random
LDR2
Numerical aperture (NA) 0.56
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
HFS-14-500 Receiving angle (°) 68
LDR-LA1
SQR Transmitted wavelength (nm) 300 to 1,300
SQR-TP Minimum bending radius (mm) 50
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
As a light source for a telecentric lens, visual inspection for chips, and alignment mark imaging, etc.
Applications
HPR2 Common for the HFS and HFR series
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
This is a unique Light Unit system that melds the strengths of both LEDs and fibers.
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 The HFS series, a straight type, is lightweight, compact, and easy to manage, and • Change to length, etc.
TH therefore can be used in a variety of applications.
LFL
HPD2
Example configuration (HFS-14-500) It can be used in a variety of situations
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV Camera
PDM Lens
LFX2
HFS-14-500
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Dedicated light source
UV2 (HLV2-22-NR-3W series)
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Workpiece
LNSP-UV-FN Dedicated Light Source (HLV2-22-NR-3W series) Product Page P.117
▼
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 Dimensions (mm)

LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP HFS-14-500
35 500 39 2-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 6
HFS/HFR
6
HLV2-NR rØ 8 8 25
ete 12 23
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W diam 14
PFBR n dle
Bu
Ø14 -0.1
-0.1
0
PFB2
Ø8
18
27
LNSP
Ø10
Ø14 -0.1
Ø8 -0.1
Convergent
0
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
23 16 AD-HF (Accessory)
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Common specifications for the HFS/HFR series
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG Model name Operating temperature and humidity Storage temperature and humidity Weight
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
HFR-25-10
LNIS-FN 60 g
HFR-25-30 Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Temperature: -10 to 60°C,
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Humidity: 20% to 70%RH Humidity: 20% to 70%RH

Macro Lens HFR-40-20 (with no condensation) (with no condensation) 250 g
HFS-14-500 115 g

Products
Micro Fiber Heads
Products
Other
You can also use
CCS HFR Search your smartphone
HFR series
or cell phone.
HFR-25-10/30
LED Fiber Light (ring type) that uses

Model name
HFR-40-20
Micro Fiber Heads

Fiber material Plastic
original converging technology

Case material Aluminum alloy
Flexible tube material SUS
Strand diameter (μm) 500
Fiber arrangement -
Numerical aperture (NA) 0.5
Receiving angle (°) 60
Transmitted wavelength (nm) 400 to 700
Minimum bending radius (mm) 30
HFR-40-20*
HFR-25-10
* Three dedicated light sources are required for use. Graph of change in irradiance in each LWD for the HFR series
Dedicated Light Source (HLV2-22-NR-3W series) 100
Product Page P.117
▼ 90
HFR-25-30
HFR-40-20
80

HFR-25-10
70
■HFR-25-10 ■HFR-25-30 ■HFR-40-20 HFR-25-30 LDR2
60 100 W halogen +
Direct Lighting
50 Ø20 Ring Light guide LDR2-LA
Ø25
40 LDR-LA1
Ø25 Ø40
30
SQR
20
SQR-TP
10
30
20
Convergent
10 0
Lighting
Ø5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 HLDR-IP
Ø10 Ø10
LWD (mm)
Light Unit in use: HLV2-22SW-NR-3W HPR2
Ø5 mm near LWD 10 mm Ø10 mm near LWD 30 mm Ø10 mm near LWD 20 mm * This data is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Diffused Lighting
convergent illumination convergent illumination convergent illumination LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
The HFR series, a ring type, does not illuminate a broad range like
Direct
a halogen fiber light, but can perform convergent illumination for the • Increase brightness HLDL2
required field of vision. TH
LFL
Example configuration (HFR-25-10) Imaging using the HPD2
Diffused Lighting
HFR-25-10 (White) 100 W halogen + Ring Light guide: LDM2
LWD 20 mm HFR-25-10 (White): LWD 10 mm
Camera LAV
Lens PDM
HFR-25-10 LFX2
LFV3
Mounting holder
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
(Option)
Dedicated light source MFU
(HLV2-22-NR-3W series) UV2
HFR-25-10
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Workpiece UV
Intensity: 100% Intensity: 100%
Shutter speed: 1/4,000 sec Shutter speed: 1/4,000 sec LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
Dimensions (mm) HLV2

LV
19
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFR-25-10/30 2-M3 depth 3

HFR-40-20 2-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 6 LSP
15
HFS/HFR
2-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 6
4-M3 depth 4 38 500 28 25 HLV2-NR
13
25 P.C.D.30 12 8 8 14
16 12 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
P.
C
Ø14
14
.D
45
PFBR
.2
Ø16 +0.1
Ø14
0
18
27
30
0
Ø6.1 PFB2
27
18
Ø13 2-M3 depth 4

50 LNSP
0 +3
Convergent
88 0 0
Light source receiving parts (x 3)
20 7
Lighting
CU-LNSP
9 18
AD-HF (Accessory)
27
15
9
20
Ø16
LNSP-FN
8 Ø13 LN/LN-HK
Ø25
LNSD
21.5
15
23
LND2
Options
Diffused
Lighting
LWD=20
HLND
Ø40
LT
Mounting holder for the HFR-25-10/-30 LNV/HLDN
Light Units can be easily installed and mounted in the position for the most LNDG
Lighting
efficient convergence.
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Dedicated Light Source (HLV2-22-NR-3W series) Product Page P.117
▼
Example Example
HD-HFR-25-1640 HD-HFR-25-1618 of usage of usage
Selection Products
Products Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources Refer to our website for product details.
Other
You can also use
CCS HLV2-22-NR-3W Search your smartphone
HLV2-22-NR-3W series
or cell phone.
Provides high output spot lighting using an original optical design

Dedicated Light Sources
Micro Fiber Head
HLV2-22SW-NR-3W
Example connection with the HFS-14-500
HLV2-22RD-NR-3W
LDR2
Example connection with the HFR-25-30
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HLV2-22BL-NR-3W
Convergent
HLV2-22GR-NR-3W
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
The micro fiber head dedicated light source allows for easy installation
Direct

and removal. Select the perfect emitted color for workpiece imaging to We accept custom orders.
HLDL2 • Increase brightness
achieve accurate characteristic extraction. Please feel free to inquire. • Change to wavelength, etc.
TH
LFL
HPD2
For the light source of a micro fiber head For the light source of a full color blending unit
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
HFS/HFR accessory: Connection adapter (AD-HF) Micro Fiber Head Product Page P.115 Full Color Blending Unit Product Page P.118
▼
▼
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Lineup
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2

HLV2 Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight
LV
HLV2-22RD-NR-3W Red 645 nm
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR HLV2-22SW-NR-3W White 5,300 K PD3* CC-PJ-0707
HLV2-NR
2.8 W - 37 g
HLV2-22BL-NR-3W Blue 465 nm PJ
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
HLV2-22GR-NR-3W Green 520 nm
PFBR
PFB2 LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
LNSP * The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to these products.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN Caution • Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable).
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2 Dimensions (mm)
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT HLV2-22RD-NR-3W/SW-NR-3W/BL-NR-3W/GR-NR-3W
LNV/HLDN (E
m Ø
itt 10 45
in
LNDG g
su
Lighting
Oblique
rfa 6 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 3 14

Angled
LNIS ce
) For installation
Ø14 0-0.1
LNIS-FN
Ø22
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
300
(20.5)

Products
Products
Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources Refer to our website for product details.
Other
You can also use
CCS HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Search your smartphone
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
or cell phone.
A full color light source that achieves the illumination color
Dedicated Light Sources

Micro Fiber Head
perfect for your workpiece
Example connection with the HFS-14-500
LDR2
Example connection with the HFR-25-30
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
The red, blue, and green light illuminated from the dedicated light sources is
Direct
• Change to format LDLB
blended inside this unit, achieving the illumination color perfect for the workpiece. • Increase brightness HLDL2
Combine with a micro fiber head to support a wide variety of applications. TH
LFL
Example configuration (HLV2-3M-RGB-3W) Imaging example: Imaging of liquid-crystal color filter
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Light source: HLV2-22RD-NR-3W Red illumination Blue illumination Green illumination Blend of blue and green illumination
HLV2-22GR-NR-3W LDM2
HLV2-22BL-NR-3W LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Blending unit
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Use the HLV2-22-NR-3W series to create illumination with a highly accurate blended color.
Independently adjust the intensity for each color to create exactly the color you want and help improve inspection accuracy. MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Micro Fiber Head Product Page P.115 HLV2-22-NR-3W series Product Page P.117
▼
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Lineup Lighting
Infrared
IR2
Power Recommended HLV2

Model name LED color Peak wavelength Options Weight
consumption Control Units LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Red 645 nm LSP

PD3* HFS/HFR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Green 8.4 W 520 nm - 232 g
PJ HLV2-NR
Blue 465 nm
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187 PFBR
* The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to these products. PFB2
LNSP
Caution
Convergent
Lighting
• Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable). CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Dimensions (mm)
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 27.5 27.5 14 HLV2-22RD-NR-3W
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
HLV2-22GR-NR-3W
Ø22 LT
HLV2-22BL-NR-3W
LNV/HLDN
2-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 6
39
LNDG
(For installation)
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
37
20
Ø14
31
11
30 26.5 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 5 LNIS-FN

10
7
(For installation)
e)
12 83 13 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
14
g s 0 0.1
fac

ttin Ø8 +
ur
26 (1.2) (For installation) Macro Lens

4 18
mi
(E
77 3
Selection Products
Products LED Light Sources Refer to our website for product details.
Other
You can also use
CCS PFBR Search your smartphone
PFBR series
or cell phone.
Provides light output that exceeds that of a 250 W

LED Light Sources
metal halide light source

We accept custom orders for red, blue, and green light.
Contact your CCS sales representative for details.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 The supplied AC cord is for use with 100 to 120 VAC.
If you would like to use the Light Source Unit with 200 to 240
SQR VAC, you must procure another appropriate AC power cord.
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
This product emits high-intensity visible light. Materials that absorb light may convert that
HPR2
Applications Connect to light guides and use as a light source Caution light into heat and be damaged. Check the instructions in the “Instruction Guide” and use
this product in a safe manner.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR * Actual measurement values with a bundle of Ø10 mm, a straight light guide
FPQ2 Achieves the highest level in the industry with 2 million lx with a total length of 1,080 mm installed, and at a position 50 mm away from
the fiber output edge. Results for individual products may vary.
* Current as of our in-house inspection in January 2015.
LDL2
Lighting
LED light source unit that exceeds a 250 W metal halide light source Optical design is optimized for all types of fiber to provide high output
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 6,000,000 9,000,000
TH 8,000,000
5,000,000
7,000,000 Fiber bundle dia.
LFL 250 W metal halide light source
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
4,000,000 6,000,000 Ø12

HPD2
Diffused Lighting
5,000,000 Ø10
3,000,000
LDM2 4,000,000 Ø8
LAV 2,000,000 PFBR-150SW 3,000,000

2,000,000
PDM 1,000,000
1,000,000
LFX2
0 0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
LFV3
Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
* Actual measurement values with intensity of 100%, bundle of Ø8 mm, a straight light * Actual measurement values with intensity of 100%, bundles of Ø8, 10, and 12 mm, a straight
guide with a total length of 1,100 mm installed, and at positions at each illuminating light guide with a total length of 1,080 mm installed, and at positions at each illuminating
MFU distance away from the fiber output edge. Results for individual products may vary. distance away from the fiber output edge. Results for individual products may vary.
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
1,024-step intensity. Linear characteristics with reproducibility Equipped with a light output stabilization (feedback) function
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
Our unique correction function is a standard function.
HLV2 Provides linearity with reproducibility Stable light output even in severe operating environments
100
100 45
LV 90
90 Stabilization function ON ±2.6% 40
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 80
80
Ambient temperature (°C)
35
Relative light output (%)
70 Correction function: No
70
HFS/HFR 60
30
60
25
HLV2-NR 50
50
40
Correction function: Yes 40 Stabilization function OFF ±5.4%
20
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 60 15
60
PFBR 20 20 Ambient temperature 10
10 10 5
PFB2 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,023 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
LNSP Intensity value Time (min.)
Convergent
* Actual measurement values using our measurement conditions.

Lighting
CU-LNSP * Actual measurement values using our measurement conditions. Results for individual
Results for individual products may vary.
The correction function of this product is always set to "Yes". products may vary. Stabilization function is set to OFF when shipped from the factory.
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
■Intensity value can be adjusted in steps
• 1,024-step intensity (10-bit) • 256-step intensity (8-bit)
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Standard compatibility with three types of light guides External control by use of a large variety of communication methods
LT
LNV/HLDN
Check the dimensions of the light guide to be used before Digital communication control: Compatible with sink and
LNDG
selecting an adapter. source types
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
Analog communication control: Intensity control from 0 to 5 V
LNIS-FN * For details, refer to the Light Guide Adapter Dimensions Chart on P. 120.
Serial communication control: RS-232C
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
* Be careful as plastic fiber cannot be used.

Ethernet communication control: TCP/IP and UDP/IP protocols
Macro Lens * A light guide adapter is not provided with the LED Light Source. Order one separately.

Products
Examples of Custom Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Products
Ordered Products
Other
P.231 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup
LED Light Sources

Correlated Power
Model name LED color Options External control cables Weight
color temperature consumption
AD-PFBR-150-MO Parallel communication cable
PFBR-150SW-MN White 6,500 K 200 VA AD-PFBR-150-HY 3,900 g
AD-PFBR-150-SU Serial communication cable
Dimensions of the light guide adapters (mm) Select a light guide adapter when you evaluate the
LED Light Source.
・ Be careful as plastic fiber
Options
cannot be used.
Model name: AD-PFBR-150-MO Model name: AD-PFBR-150-HY Model name: AD-PFBR-150-SU ・ Please be aware that the light
Caution
guide adapter must be installed
Ø20
Ø13
Ø15
after purchase by the customer.

Ø15
Ø25 to 40
Ø25 to 32
Inquire with the CCS sales
Ø25
15 representative regarding sizes
37 20 30
PFBR PFBR PFBR
not listed here. LDR2
37 30 30
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Dimensions (mm) Specifications
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Applicable fiber bundle
Diffused Lighting
Front Top Ø8 to Ø14 mm LFR
diameter
Light distribution angle Total angle of 30° LKR
Drive method Constant-current system FPR
Intensity control method Variable-current control FPQ2
205
No. of channels 1 channel LDL2
Lighting
Input power supply 100 to 240 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz
Direct
LDLB
Power consumption (typ.) 200 VA
91
*2
Exhaust holes HLDL2
15 A at 100 VAC, 30 A at 200 VAC
Inrush current (typ.) TH
* From a cold start
*1
150 Light guide adapter LFL
Ground leakage current 3.5 mA max. (264 VAC, 60 Hz, with no load)
Insulation withstand 1,500 VAC 1-min. cutoff current 10 mA HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Side Bottom voltage (Input-FG) 500 VDC 20 MΩ
LDM2
Temperature: 5 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Operating environment LAV
Altitude: 2,000 m max., Transient overcurrent: Category II, Pollution level: 2
Temperature: −15 to 60°C PDM
Storage environment
127
Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)

LFX2
Fan air inlets Cooling method Forced air cooling
LFV3
Safety standard: EN61010-1 compliant,
CE marking
Collimated
EMC standard: Complies with EN61000-6-2 and EN61000-6-4 MSU
Lighting
157 Environmental regulations RoHS compliant MFU
Material, coating, surface Aluminum alloy (black alumite) UV2
Ultraviolet
180 processing
Lighting
UV
Accessories Instruction Guide x 1, 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1
LNSP-UV-FN
*1 A light guide adapter is not provided with the LED Light Source. Order one separately.
Infrared
The shape of the light guide adapter depends on the details of the order. Lighting IR2
*2 Installation method: Do not place any objects within 100 mm of the exhaust holes on the top panel.
LED properties HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
100 LSP
CCS will provide custom order products.
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
HFS/HFR
Please feel free to consult with us. 60
Light 40 HLV2-NR
White 6,500 K
spectrum 20 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
• Change to wavelength (Red, blue, and green) 0
• Change to light distribution angle, etc. 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
PFBR
Wavelength (nm) PFB2
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before LNSP
Convergent
use and observe cautionary information. The data included is for

Lighting
CU-LNSP
reference only. Actual values may vary. LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Options LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
External control cable: EXCB2-25M-3 External control cable: EXCB2-9M-9F-3-CR LT
Parallel communication cable (Compatible with digital and analog intensity) Serial communication cable (RS-232C)
LNV/HLDN
3,000 LNDG
#4-40UNC #4-40UNC
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
(42) LNIS
3,000
(Ø10.1)
(Cross cable) LNIS-FN

(32.2)
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
(54)
Ø6.2
Macro Lens
(41)
Cut off on one end
D-sub 25-pin plug D-sub 9-pin plug D-sub 9-pin socket
M2.6
Selection Products
Products LED Light Sources Refer to our website for product details.
Other
You can also use
CCS PFB2 Search your smartphone
PFB2 series
or cell phone.
Provides light output that exceeds that of a 100 W

LED Light Sources
halogen light source
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP (Without external control) (With external control)
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Applications Connect to light guides and use as a light source
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Compact size that can be installed anywhere Select a power supply to match your actual environment
LDL2
Lighting
70 mm wide, 150 mm deep, and 100 mm tall, this compact The terminal block on the unit rear supports 24 VDC input.
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 design helps save space. With an optional AC adapter, it can also support 100 to 240
TH VAC input. You can make a selection to match your actual
LFL environment.
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
DC supply
LDM2 m
m
0
LAV 15
PDM
LFX2
LFV3 GND
100 mm
24 VDC
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU Halogen light source

Use the terminal block on the rear of this unit for 24 VDC input.
* Image of a standard 100 W
UV2
70 mm
Ultraviolet
halogen light source.

Lighting
UV AC supply
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 Supports major light guide manufacturers

LV
AC Adapter
Supports major light guide manufacturers
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR (5 Japanese companies, 6 international companies). Use the optional AC adapter for 100 to 240 VAC input.
HLV2-NR (Model name: ADP2460-PFB-JTLV6)
* For details, refer to the Light Guide Adapter Dimensions Chart on P. 122.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Selectable external control
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
The lineup includes a model where intensity can only be manually adjusted, and models that allow for external control. There are three
LNSP-FN
types of external control: serial, parallel, and analog. ON/OFF control and intensity control are possible by each control type.
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG External control External control External control
connector connector connector
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
(D-sub 9-pin) (D-sub 15-pin) (D-sub 15-pin)

LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens Standard type Serial type Parallel type Analog type
Lenses
PFB2-20SW-F-JT series PFB2-20SW-F-SJT series PFB2-20SW-F-PJT series PFB2-20SW-F-AJT series

Macro Lens Manual Without external Manual With external Manual With external Manual With external
intensity control control intensity control control intensity control control intensity control control

Products
Examples of Custom Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Products
Ordered Products
Other
P.231 P.237 P.249
▼
Lineup
LED Light Sources

* Inquire with your light guide manufacturer for details about the light guide.
Power
Model name LED color Options Weight * Installation method: Do not place anything within 50 mm of the fan
consumption
exhaust outlet on the rear, the air inlets on the left and right sides, and
the top of the PFB2 unit.
PFB2-20SW-F-JT- AC Adapter
AC Adapter How to read light guide adapter dimensions chart

PFB2-20SW-F-SJT- External control cable
White 15 W (Serial type) 1,200 g
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT- AC Adapter
This indicates the model name. Light guide adapter type
External control cable
PFB2-20SW-F-AJT- (Parallel, Analog type) JT/SJT/AJT/PJT
PFB2 unit
Adapter
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242
How to read the lineup selection chart Light guide
Ø15
Ø25
Model name This indicates the light guide adapter type.
37
-MO/-NP/-MI/-HY/-SU/-VL/-TF/-TE/-SH1/-SH2/
-DJ1/-DJ2/-DJ3/-DJ4/-CS1/-IT 22.8
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Dimensions (mm) LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Rear view of the Rear view of the Rear view of the Rear view of the
Lighting
PFB2-20SW-F-JT series PFB2-20SW-F-SJT series PFB2-20SW-F-PJT series PFB2-20SW-F-AJT series HLDR-IP
Light guide (Standard type) (Serial type) (Parallel type) (Analog type)
35
Power lamp (Blue) adapter (socket) HPR2
Diffused Lighting
External control External control External control LFR
Error lamp (Red) Ø40 connector connector connector
LKR
(D-sub 9-pin) (D-sub 15-pin) (D-sub 15-pin)
100
FPR
61
Light source unit

29
Intensity knob FPQ2

Control Unit
switch IN 24 VDC IN 24 VDC IN 24 VDC IN 24 VDC LDL2
8
70 (Terminal block) (Terminal block) (Terminal block) (Terminal block)

5.8 to 22.8* (16)
Lighting
150
Direct
LDLB
IN 24 VDC (DC jack) IN 24 VDC (DC jack) IN 24 VDC (DC jack) IN 24 VDC (DC jack)
HLDL2
62
TH
4-M4 tap depth 6 (For installation) LFL
37.5 85
4
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
* The dimensions of the connection adapter (socket) vary based on the light guide in use. For details, refer to our website or inquire with your CCS sales representative.
* Refer to the PFB2 series' Dimensions for each dimension. LDM2
LAV
Options PDM
LFX2
AC adapter: ADP2460-PFB-JTLV6 External control cable: EXCB2-9-9-3-ST External control cable: EXCB2-B3 LFV3
(Serial type) (Parallel, analog type) 1 (Black)
Collimated
2 (White) MSU
Lighting
S&E
3 (Red)
EIA-232 compliant 4 (Green) MFU
AC adapter unit AC cord connector 5 (Yellow)
INPUT: 100 to 240 VAC 130 VA 50/60 Hz IEC 60320 C6 D-sub 9-pin D-sub 9-pin CN1 CN2 UV2
6 (Brown)
Ultraviolet
(Socket) (Socket) 3,000
Lighting
OUTPUT: 22.8 to 25.4 VDC 2.7 A 7 (Blue)
3,000 UV
8 (Purple)
Ø8.1
9 (Gray)
LNSP-UV-FN
52
(40.5)
Center plus 10 (Pink)

11 (White/black) Infrared
Lighting
Ø5.5
12 (Red/black) IR2
Ø2.1
2x#4-40UNC 2x#4-40UNC SCIC-0.18-16 13 (Green/black)
D-sub 15P 14 (Yellow/black)
10
(Inch screws) (Inch screws)

33
Frame Frame 15 (Brown/black) HLV2

Cut off on one end
Unconnected (Blue/black)
1,530 121 LV
Shielded ground
Accessory: AC cord
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
(U.S. DoE CEC Level VI External Power Supply Efficiency Standards compliant)
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Light guide adapter dimensions chart (mm)

HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
* Common for the series PFB2
PFB2-20SW-F--MO PFB2-20SW-F--NP PFB2-20SW-F--MI PFB2-20SW-F--HY
LNSP
Ø15
Ø15
Ø15
Ø15
Ø25 to 35
Ø20 to 31
Ø25 to 40
Ø25 to 32
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
37 31 21 20 LNSP-FN
22.8 16.8 6.8 5.8
LN/LN-HK
PFB2-20SW-F--SU PFB2-20SW-F--VL PFB2-20SW-F--TF PFB2-20SW-F--TE
Ø15.87
Ø20
Ø13
LNSD
Ø15
Ø15
Ø25 to 30
Ø25
Ø18
Ø18
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
15 22.2 30 12.7
30 15.8 8 15.8 11.8 HLND
LT
Ø18.24
Ø15.9
Ø18.2
Ø14.27
PFB2-20SW-F--SH1 PFB2-20SW-F--SH2 PFB2-20SW-F--DJ1 PFB2-20SW-F--DJ2

Ø7.92
LNV/HLDN
Ø10.72
Ø15.6
Ø22.1
Ø22
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
6.4 25 12.7 12.7

18.3 11.5 10.8 11.8 11.8 LNIS
LNIS-FN
Ø15.875
PFB2-20SW-F--DJ3 PFB2-20SW-F--DJ4 PFB2-20SW-F--CS1 PFB2-20SW-F--IT

Ø11.13
Ø4.72
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Ø8
Ø15.86
Ø6.35
Ø14
Macro Lens
12.7 12 31.65
11.8 12.7 * Only for use with the CCS Micro
11.8 Fiber Head HFS/HFR series. 17.8 17.45
Selection Products
M12 Connector and Flying Leads Light Unit Cables
Are Now Available
M12 Connector and Flying Leads
Light Unit Cables
SM connectors are used for

the Light Unit cables of CCS's
standard Light Unit.
Now You can choose

4-pin M12 Socket Connectors Flying Leads
*These specifications are provided for custom production.

Please order with the model name notation given below.
Specification
4-pin M12 Socket Connectors

Model Standard model name + “ -M12 ”
Cable Length 300 mm
1: (+ 24 VDC)
2: No Connection
Polarity & Signal
3: (- GND)
4: No Connection
Flying Leads
Model Standard model name + “ -FL ”
Cable Length 2,000 mm
Anode(+)Brown /
Polarity & Signal
Cathode(-)Blue
For example, to order the LDR2-32RD2 with an M12 connector attached,

specify the model name as “LDR2-32RD2-M12”.
123
Applicable Products
M12 Connector and Flying Leads

These specifications are applicable for the standard products shown below.
Light Unit Cables

P.11 P.43 P.83
Ring Lights Bar Lights Coaxial Lights
LDR2 LDL2 LFV3
P.15 P.59 P.89

Low-angle Ring Lights Bar Lights Coaxial Lights
LDR2-LA HLDL2 MSU
P.19 P.63 P.93

Low-angle Ring Lights Flat Lights Ultraviolet Lights
LDR-LA1 TH UV2 / UV
P.23 P.24 P.67 P.103

Ring Lights / Low-angle Ring Lights Flat Lights Infrared Lights
SQR / SQR-TP LFL IR2
P.29 P.71 P.113

Ring Lights Dome Lights Spot Lights
HPR2 HPD2 LV
P.33 P.75 P.114

Ring Lights Dome Lights Spot Lights
LFR LDM2 LSP
P.35 P.77 P.138

Ring Lights Dome Lights Line Lights
LKR LAV LN / LN-HK
P.37 P.78 P.143

Low-angle Ring Lights Dome Lights Line Lights
FPR PDM LND2
P.39 P.79 P.157

Low-angle Square Lights Flat-Dome Lights Line Coaxial Lights
FPQ2 LFX2 LNV
124
Line Light List INDEX
(By brightness)
LNSP-FN series LNSP series LN-HK series LNSD series

(High luminance type)
Series name
Applicable Control Unit: Applicable Control Unit: Recommended Control Units: Recommended Control Units:
PSCC(A) series PSB3-30024 PD3/PSB series PD3-10024-8/PSB3-30024
Line Light List
Refer to: P.133 Refer to: P.127 Refer to: P.138 Refer to: P.139
Brightness
900,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm) 400,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm) 170,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm) 101,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm)
Emitting width (Short side): 23 mm Emitting width (Short side): 21 mm Emitting width (Short side): 16.5 mm Emitting width (Short side): 15 mm
Illum. Cooling
method method
Forced air (Fan) Natural air Natural air Natural air
Convergent Convergent Convergent Diffused

Relative radiance distribution
100 100 1,200,000 100 600,000 100 200,000

90 90 90 90
80 80 1,000,000 500,000
80 80
Relative radiance (%)


70 150,000
70 70 70
Illuminance (lx)
400,000
Illuminance (lx)
800,000
Illuminance (lx)
60 60 60 60
50 50 600,000 50 300,000 50 100,000
40 40 40 40
30 400,000 200,000
30 30 30
20 50,000
20 20 100,000 20
200,000
10 10 10 10
0 0 0 0 0
0 0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -500 -2520 0 40
25 5060 7580100 100
125 120
150 175140 160 180 200-100 -75 -50 0 -2520 40 0 6025 80 50100 120
75 140
100 160 180 200 -200 -150 -1000 -5020 0 40 5060 10080 150
100 200
120 140 160 180 200
Long side position (mm) Illuminating
Long side position (mm) distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm) Long side position (mm)
Graph of the change in illuminance
100 1,200,000 100 600,000 200,000 300,000

90 90
80 1,000,000 500,000 250,000
(on the optical axis)
80
70 150,000
70
Illuminance (lx)
800,000
Illuminance (lx)
400,000
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
60
200,000
60
50 600,000 50 300,000 100,000 150,000
40 40
400,000 200,000
30 30 100,000
50,000
20 200,000 20 100,000
10 10 50,000
0 0 0 0 0
200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -250 0 20 25 4050 60 80 125100150 120
75 100 175 140 160 180-100
200 -75 -50 -250 200 40 25 60 5080 100
75 120100140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
Long side position (mm) Illuminating
Long side position (mm) distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
(By brightness)
LNIS-FN series LNIS series LNDG series

Series name
Applicable Control Unit: PSCC(A) series Applicable Control Unit: Applicable Control Unit: PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024
Refer to: P.167 Refer to: P.163 Refer to: P.159

Brightness
678,000 lx (LWD = 50mm) 310,000 lx (LWD = 50mm) 80,000 lx (LWD = 50mm)

Emitting width (Short side): 23mm Emitting width (Short side): 21mm Emitting width (Short side): 10mm
Illum. Cooling
method method
Forced air (Fan) Natural air Natural air
Oblique angled (bi-directional) Oblique angled (bi-directional) Oblique angled (mono-directional)

Relative irradiance distribution
Relative radiance distribution
LWD = 50 mm LWD = 50 mm 100

100 100 90
90 Right Left 90 Right 80
Left 70
80 80
70 70 60
Right Left 60 60 50
50 50 40
40 40 30
30 30 20
20 20 10
10 10 0
0 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Long side position (mm)
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm)
Graph of the change in illuminance
1000,000 500,000
120,000
900,000
800,000 400,000 100,000
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
700,000
Illuminance (lx)
600,000 300,000 80,000

500,000
60,000
400,000 200,000
300,000 40,000
200,000 100,000
100,000 20,000
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
* The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. * LWD is the distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece.
125
125
Line Light PSB3-30024 PSCC(A) Series List of Control Unit Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Product Page Control Unit Product Page Control Unit Product Page Specifications (Line Sensor)
P.127 P.221 P.219 P.187 P.243 P.249
▼
(To bottom left)
LNSD series LT series HLND(-TT) series LND2 series

(High uniformity type)
Recommended Control Units: Applicable Control Unit: Applicable Control Unit: Recommended Control Units:
PD3-10024-8/PSB3-30024 PSB3-30024 PSB3-30024 PD3/PSB series, PSB3-30024
Line Light List

Refer to: P.139 Refer to: P.153 Refer to: P.147 Refer to: P.143
56,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm) 50,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm) 48,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm) 25,000 lx (LWD = 50 mm)
Emitting width (Short side): 15 mm Emitting width (Short side): 2.8 mm Emitting width (Short side): 7.6 mm Emitting width (Short side): 18.2 mm
Natural air Natural air Natural air Natural air
Diffused Diffused Diffused Diffused
100 100 100 250,000 100 150,000 100,000

90 90 90 90
80 80 80 200,000 125,000
80
Relative radiance (%) 80,000
Illuminance (lx)
70 70 70 70
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
100,000
60 60 60 150,000 60 60,000
50 50 50 50 75,000
40 40 40 100,000 40 40,000
30 30 30 30 50,000
20 20 20 50,000 20 20,000
25,000
10 10 10 10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 -75
-175 -150 -125 -100 20 -5040 -2560 0 8025 100
50 120 140125
75 100 160150180
175200 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100
0 -5020 0 4050 100
60 15080200 100
250 300
120 140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) Illuminating
Long side position distance
(mm) (mm) Long side position (mm)
Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating
100 200,000 100 250,000 100 150,000 100,000

90 90 90
80 80 200,000 80 125,000
80,000
150,000
Illuminance (lx)
70 70 70
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
100,000
60 60 150,000 60 60,000
50 100,000 50 50 75,000
40 40 100,000 40 40,000
30 30 50,000
30
50,000
20 20 50,000 20 20,000
25,000
10 10 10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 -25
-175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 20 040 2560 50 8075 100
100 120 140 175
125 150 160 180-175 200
-150 -125 -100 -75 0-50 20
-25 040 25 6050 80
75 100
100 125 150140
120 175 160 -300 -250
180 200 -200 -150 -1000 -50 200 5040 100 60150 200
80 250
100300 120 140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Illuminating
Long side position (mm) distance (mm) Long side position (mm)
Illuminating distance (mm) Long side positionIlluminating
(mm) distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
(By listing)
Series name Cooling method Illuminating method Refer to: Recommended Control Units

LDL2 series
(Constant current)
PSCC(A) series
Natural air Direct P.43
P.219
Recommended Control Units:
PD3/PSB series Analog Control Unit
(Constant Voltage)
LDLB series PSB3-30024
P.221
Digital Control Units
Power supply: 24 VDC input PD3 series
P.189
HLDL2 series
PSB series
Recommended Control Units: P.199
PD3/PSB series, PSB3-30024
LN series
Natural air Convergent P.137

PD3/PSB series
LNV series
Diffused
Natural air (Coaxial P.157
illumination)
PD3/PSB series
* The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. * LWD is the distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece. 126
Convergent
Lighting Line Lights Refer to our website for product details.
CCS LNSP Search
You can also use
your smartphone
LNSP series
or cell phone.
Uses original converging technology to achieve illumination

with reduced diffusion
Line Lights
LED color
Custom orders accepted
Size
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LNSP-600SW
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for parts mounted on circuit boards, inspection for scratches on clear film, inspecting alignment for label seals,
Applications
HPR2 visual inspection of cans, and inspection for unevenness in sheet metal, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Illuminance of 400,000 lx* with a natural air cooling type Unique illuminating mechanism with little light diffusion
LDL2
* At the LWD of 50 mm
Lighting
By controlling light diffusion through the unique illuminating

Direct
LDLB
Achieving both high output and compact space
HLDL2 mechanism, there is little change in the brightness due to
TH Achieved a more compact design compared to LED Lights distance, so you can flexibly set the distance between the
LFL for general high output line sensors. workpiece and the Light Unit. Uses constant-voltage control.
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
m
m
Uniformity graph for illuminating distance of
LDM2 42 Size of a general line sensor Short side
LED Light the LNSP-300SW Long side
70 mm
LAV
PDM Long side direction Short side direction
(%) (%)
LFX2 Weight
120 120
100 100
LFV3
1,090 g 80
60
80
60
Collimated
MSU For the

Lighting
40 40
LNSP-300SW
20 20
MFU LWD:
0
0
50 mm 0 100 200 300 400 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
UV2 (mm) (mm)
Ultraviolet
Saving space for your inspection environment

Lighting
UV (%) (%)
120 120
LNSP-UV-FN By making the Light Saves space 100 100
80 80
Unit more compact,
Infrared
Lighting
LWD: 60 60
IR2 100 mm
we contribute to
40 40
LNSP series 20 20
HLV2
saving space in your Camera
0
0 100 200 300 400
(mm)
0
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
(mm)
LV
inspection environment
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
or equipment Enables short LWD:
(%)
120
(%)
120
150 mm
HFS/HFR
environment.
100 100
distance illumination 80 80
HLV2-NR 60 60
* LWD is the 40 40
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W distance from 20 20
the Light Unit to 0 0

PFBR 0 100 200 300 400 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
the workpiece. (mm) (mm)
PFB2
*The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNSP
Convergent
Applications Example configuration

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Visual inspection for circuit boards mounted with Achieves high output LNSP series
LNSD
electronic parts illumination with
Camera
LND2 controlled diffusion
Diffused
Lighting
HLND due to this unique

LT illuminating mechanism. LED
LNV/HLDN Because light does not
LNDG easily diffuse, there is Rod lens
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
little loss for the amount
LNIS-FN
of light, allowing for Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
illumination over
Lenses
Macro Lens
long distances.

Products
Convergent
Line Light Line Light Custom PSB3-30024 Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Lighting
List Product Page Control Unit Product Page (Line Sensor)
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
Data (Representative example) *The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNSP-300SW
Line Lights
Relative irradiance distribution Relative radiance distribution
100 100
90 90
80 80

70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
-150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm)

LDR2
Direct Lighting
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in 100 mm illuminating distance. * The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. LDR2-LA
Results for individual products may vary. LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Change in illuminance Output characteristics
Convergent
600,000 100
Lighting
HLDR-IP
90
500,000
80 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Radiation amount (%)
70 LFR
400,000
Illuminance (lx)
60 LKR
300,000 50 18 to 24 V
18V～24V
FPR
40
FPQ2
200,000
30 15 to 24 V
15V～24V LDL2
Lighting
20
Direct
100,000 LDLB
12 to 24 V
12V～24V
10
HLDL2
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 75 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235 255 TH
Intensity scales (Steps)
Illuminating distance (mm) LFL
* Actual measurement values using the Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024.
Results for individual products may vary. HPD2
Diffused Lighting
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance. * Measured in each voltage range because the Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024 has a switching
LDM2
Results for individual products may vary. function for the lower limit of the output voltage.
LAV
PDM
LFX2
Custom orders LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Please contact your CCS sales representative.
Lighting
MFU
Example 1: Slit specifications (Install a slit plate on the emitting surface)
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Result: Uses the edge of the emitting surface, effective Emitting surface profile UV
for inspections for dents and fish eyes where the A A' LNSP-UV-FN
A
change in the surface shape is slight. Lighting
Infrared
IR2
Slit part HLV2

Install the slit plate Slit plate
A’ * Conceptual image
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Sharpens the line between light and dark for the Light Unit, allowing for inspection using
HFS/HFR
the emitting surface's edge.
HLV2-NR
Example 2: Full color (RGB) specifications
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Result: Because each emitted color (red, green, blue) can PFBR
Illumination image
be controlled separately, this is effective for sheet Red Green Blue PFB2
inspections of different models on the same line. (R) (G) (B) Red LED (R)
LNSP
Convergent
Green LED (G)

Lighting
CU-LNSP
Blue LED (B)
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Example 3: High uniformity specifications LND2
Diffused
Lighting
Result: Achieved higher uniformity than a standard product by replacing the diffusion sheet. HLND
LT
Diffusion sheet * Conceptual image
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Standard Emitting surface profile Weak diffusion Emitting surface profile Strong diffusion Emitting surface profile Macro Lens
product specifications specifications
Selection Products
Convergent
LNSP series CCS LNSP Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Power Correlated color Recommended
Model name LED color Extension cables Weight
Line Lights
LNSP-100SW 24 V / 21 W 430 g
LNSP-200SW 24 V / 41 W 760 g
LNSP-300SW 24 V / 61 W 1,090 g
Standard products
LNSP-400SW 24 V / 81 W 1,420 g
LNSP-500SW 24 V / 101 W FCB-1.25SQ-ME7 1,740 g
White 5,800 K PSB3-30024
LNSP-600SW 24 V / 121 W FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 2,070 g
LNSP-700SW 24 V / 142 W 2,400 g
LNSP-800SW 24 V / 162 W 2,730 g
LNSP-900SW 24 V / 182 W 3,050 g
LNSP-1000SW 24 V / 202 W 3,380 g
LNSP-1100SW 24 V / 222 W 3,700 g
LDR2 LNSP-1200SW 24 V / 242 W 4,000 g
FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LNSP-1300SW 24 V / 263 W PSB3-30024 4,300 g

LDR-LA1 FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7
LNSP-1400SW 24 V / 283 W 4,600 g
SQR
LNSP-1500SW 24 V / 299 W 4,900 g
SQR-TP
LNSP-1600SW 24 V / 324 W 5,300 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LNSP-1700SW 24 V / 344 W 5,700 g
HPR2 LNSP-1800SW 24 V / 364 W 6,100 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR LNSP-1900SW 24 V / 384 W 6,500 g

Special orders
LKR
LNSP-2000SW 24 V / 404 W 6,900 g
FPR White 5,800 K
LNSP-2100SW 24 V / 424 W 7,300 g
FPQ2
LNSP-2200SW 24 V / 444 W FCB-1.25SQ-ME7 7,700 g
LDL2 PSB3-30024
Lighting
LNSP-2300SW 24 V / 464 W 8,100 g

Direct
LDLB FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 x2*

HLDL2 LNSP-2400SW 24 V / 484 W x2*
8,500 g
TH LNSP-2500SW 24 V / 505 W 8,900 g
LFL LNSP-2600SW 24 V / 526 W 9,300 g
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LNSP-2700SW 24 V / 541 W 9,700 g

LDM2
LNSP-2800SW 24 V / 562 W 10,100 g
LAV
PDM
LNSP-2900SW 24 V / 582 W 10,500 g
LFX2 LNSP-3000SW 24 V / 598 W 10,900 g

LFV3 * For sizes 1,600 mm (emitting surface) or longer, a cable comes out of each end of the Light Unit. PSB3-30024 Product Page P.221
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2 The emitting surface is available in sizes of 100 mm units. For details about other sizes, inquire with your CCS sales representative.
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (red/blue/IR, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
LED
LED properties
properties
HLV2
LV 100
80
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Relative radiant
White 5,800 K
intensity (%)
60
HFS/HFR
40
Light spectrum
HLV2-NR 20
0
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
PFBR Wavelength (nm)
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD LED properties
Options
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Model name Applicable Light Unit
LT
CU-LNSP-100-GL LNSP-100SW
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN CU-LNSP-500-GL LNSP-500SW CU-LNSP Product Page P.131
Telecentric Lens Coaxial Unit
Lenses
Macro Lens
Allows for imaging with illumination on the same axis as the camera.

Products
Convergent
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
Extension cables * Necessary when connecting the Light Unit to the recommended Control Unit, the PSB3-30024.
FCB-1.25SQ-ME7 （mm）
Cable length
Line Lights
FCB-2-1.25SQ-ME7 2m 430 g
Ø10.6
FCB-3-1.25SQ-ME7 3m 580 g
FCB-5-1.25SQ-ME7 5m 1,000 g
FCB-10-1.25SQ-ME7 10 m 2,000 g
Cable permitted bending radius: 63.6 mm
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 20,000
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 20 m 5,000 g
Ø10.6
Ø10.6
Ø11.7
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary.
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Dimensions (mm) HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
B (Full length) (Not including the cable) 7.5 FPR
1.5 4.2 FPQ2

8 *1 A (Emitting surface) (18)
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
5.4
8 HLDL2
42
TH
Detailed figure C LFL
10.5
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
*1: 18 mm for 1,600 mm (emitting surface) or longer.
LDM2
LAV
5 32 PDM
LFX2
LFV3
42
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
(Ø6.9)
24
70
MFU
55
UV2
25
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
For installation LNSP-UV-FN
300
4-M5 nut slots Infrared
→ Detailed figure C Lighting IR2
* For sizes 1,600 mm (emitting surface) or longer, a cable comes out of each end of the Light Unit. HLV2
* For sizes 1,100 mm (emitting surface) or longer, the cable radius is thick (Ø9.7). LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
LNSP-100SW 100 126 LNSP-1600SW 1,600 1,636
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LNSP-200SW 200 226 LNSP-1700SW 1,700 1,736
PFBR
LNSP-300SW 300 326 LNSP-1800SW 1,800 1,836 PFB2
Standard products
LNSP-400SW 400 426 LNSP-1900SW 1,900 1,936 LNSP

Convergent
Lighting
LNSP-500SW 500 526 LNSP-2000SW 2,000 2,036 CU-LNSP

LNSP-FN
LNSP-600SW 600 626 LNSP-2100SW 2,100 2,136
Special orders
LN/LN-HK
LNSP-700SW 700 726 LNSP-2200SW 2,200 2,236
LNSD
LNSP-800SW 800 826 LNSP-2300SW 2,300 2,336
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
LNSP-900SW 900 926 LNSP-2400SW 2,400 2,436 HLND

LNSP-1000SW 1,000 1,026 LNSP-2500SW 2,500 2,536 LT
LNSP-1100SW 1,100 1,126 LNSP-2600SW 2,600 2,636 LNV/HLDN

Special orders
LNSP-1200SW 1,200 1,226 LNSP-2700SW 2,700 2,736 LNDG

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNSP-1300SW 1,300 1,326 LNSP-2800SW 2,800 2,836
LNIS-FN
LNSP-1400SW 1,400 1,426 LNSP-2900SW 2,900 2,936
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
LNSP-1500SW 1,500 1,526 LNSP-3000SW 3,000 3,036

Macro Lens
Selection Products
Coaxial Units
Options Refer to our website for product details.
LNSP series dedicated You can also use
CCS CU-LNSP Search your smartphone
CU-LNSP series
or cell phone.
Achieves high output with coaxial illumination

Coaxial Units
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR CU-LNSP-200-GL
* The Light Unit is sold separately.
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for electronic parts on circuit boards, visual inspection for secondary battery separators,
HPR2
Applications and inspection for damage and dents on touch panels, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB When imaging with V-shaped reflection: Only the LNSP Light Unit
HLDL2
LNSP
TH
LFL
Camera's Illuminating
Conveyor direction
HPD2 capturing angle

Diffused Lighting
angle
LDM2
15° 15°
LAV
PDM Circuit board
LFX2
LFV3
Because the camera is diagonal with There is a shadow in the Electronic parts
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
respect to the line sensor viewpoint, when space between electronic

In the camera's blind spot
MFU capturing objects with protrusions, such as parts, preventing visual
Conveyor direction
electronic parts on circuit boards, some inspection.
UV2
Ultraviolet
parts enter the camera's blind spot, limiting

Lighting
UV the inspected areas.

LNSP-UV-FN
When imaging with coaxial illumination: CU-LNSP mounted
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
CU-LNSP
HLV2
LNSP
Conveyor direction
LV Camera's Illuminating
capturing angle
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
angle
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Circuit board
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2 Because the camera is directly vertical There is no shadow in Electronic parts
with respect to the line sensor viewpoint, it the space between
LNSP Not in the camera's blind spot
is not affected by protrusions and can electronic parts, allowing Conveyor direction
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP capture the image. for visual inspection.

LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Information about custom ordered products
LNSD
LND2 The following products can support coaxial illumination via a custom product. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
■ LT series P.153 ■ LNSP-FN series P.133 ■ LN-HK-STK series P.138
▼
LT * Custom products with an emitting surface that is

LNV/HLDN 10 mm wide are also available.
LNDG Achieve both high uniformity High output type of the A cylindrical lens allows for
and high brightness through LNSP series. Forced air illuminating with a convergent
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS this unique optical system. It cooling (fan cooling). line of light. By changing the
LNIS-FN can perform highly-accurate Achieved a brightness position of the lens unit on
inspections and also supports of 900,000 lx (at LWD = the tip, you can freely set the
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
high-speed scan rates. 50 mm). converging length or the

Macro Lens converging width for the
illuminated light.

Products
Line Light Line Light Custom LNSP Product Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Options
List Product Page Page (Line Sensor)
P.125 P.158 P.127 P.243 P.249
▼
Lineup
Model name Weight (max.) Applicable Light Unit
Coaxial Units
CU-LNSP-100-GL 250 g LNSP-100SW
LNSP Series Product Page
P.127
▼
Dimensions (mm)
(Light source center 18 mm)

*A: (Full length) 51
LDR2
Direct Lighting
(Light source LDR2-LA
13.5 *B: (Camera window size) center 18 mm)
LDR-LA1
SQR
16 10
SQR-TP
Convergent
36
Lighting
→ HLDR-IP
Coaxial illumination direction
↑ HPR2
90
Diffused Lighting
Light source Half-mirror LFR
side mirror surface
4-Ø5.5/Ø10 countersink depth 7 LKR
40
24
37
(For Light Unit installation) 2 (37) FPR

FPQ2
6.9
LDL2
Light Unit mounting
Lighting
*C: (Installation pitch) (13)
Direct
13 12 guide groove LDLB
HLDL2
26 26
TH
LFL
* Four M5 screws and nuts are included for installing this product on the Light Unit. HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Model name Dimensions *A Dimensions *B Dimensions *C PDM
LFX2
CU-LNSP-100-GL 112 85 86
LFV3
CU-LNSP-200-GL 212 185 186
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
CU-LNSP-300-GL 312 285 286 MFU
CU-LNSP-400-GL 412 385 386 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
CU-LNSP-500-GL 512 485 486 UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
Dimensions when the Light Unit is mounted (mm) IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
A+14: (Light size) Weight when the Light Unit is HFS/HFR
54 mounted (max.)
(Including the Light Unit) HLV2-NR
*A: (Full length) (12) CU-LNSP-100-GL
+ 680 g HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
2 13.5 *B: (Camera window size) 51 LNSP-100SW PFBR
CU-LNSP-200-GL PFB2
+ 1,110 g
LNSP-200SW LNSP
10
Convergent
(Including the Light Unit)
Lighting
CU-LNSP
(38)
→
16
CU-LNSP-300-GL
Coaxial + 1,540 g LNSP-FN
illumination LNSP-300SW
90
direction LN/LN-HK
108
42
CU-LNSP-400-GL LNSD
40
40
24
+ 1,970 g
LNSP-400SW LND2
6.9
Diffused
Lighting
(25)
HLND
CU-LNSP-500-GL
+ 2,390 g LT
13 (*C) (13) 12 LNSP-500SW
LNV/HLDN
26 26 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
* Light Units are sold separately.

Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Convergent
CCS LNSP-FN Search
You can also use
your smartphone
LNSP-FN series
or cell phone.
Uses original converging technology to achieve illumination with

reduced diffusion
Line Lights
High output Line Lights with forced air cooling (fan cooling)
LED color
Size
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR LNSP-400SW-FN
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for parts mounted on circuit boards, inspection for scratches on clear film, inspecting sheet alignment,
HPR2
Applications inspection of unevenness in sheet metal, and visual inspection for plastic products, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Avoid trouble with error detection Illuminance of 900,000 lx with forced air cooling (fan cooling)
LDL2
Lighting
1) Error detection for cooling fans Perfect for applications that demand high-speed image
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 processing. Also allows for even imaging with a high
An error is detected should a fault occur, such as
TH degree of uniformity.
insufficient speed or a stop in the cooling fans.
LFL
Checks the speeds Comparison of illuminance for the LNSP and LNSP-FN
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Comparison of imaging of paper (Japanese paper)

LDM2
LAV LNSP LNSP-FN
Perfect for
PDM applications that
• All fans are monitored.
demand high-speed
LFX2
2) Error detection for the LEDs image processing.
LFV3
Detects dead LEDs due to an open in the Light Unit More than
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU circuit or a shorted LED. doubled

brightness
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Error Quickly avoid trouble! * Brightness varies based on the camera's spectral sensitivity.
LNSP-UV-FN
! Stopped cooling fan
detected! 1,200,000
! LED not lighting up

Infrared
Lighting
1,000,000
IR2
Illuminance (lx)
PSCC-60048
Transmits 800,000
the error LNSP-FN
HLV2 600,000
LNSP
LV 400,000
Warning light lights up
Error displayed on
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP * Conceptual image

200,000
the digital screen
* When connected to send the error
HFS/HFR LED Light Control 0
signal to the warning light and light 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
HLV2-NR Unit PSCC(A) series it up. LWD (mm)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W * Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance.

* Error detection is a function included with the PSCC(A) series, Results for individual products may vary.
PFBR
the recommended Control Units. * LWD is the distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Glass damage inspection High-output Line LNSP-FN series
LNSD Lights with forced Camera
LND2 air cooling (fan
Diffused
Lighting
HLND cooling). Because Fan

LT light does not easily
LNV/HLDN diffuse, there is little LED
LNDG loss for the amount
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
Rod lens
LNIS
of light, allowing for
LNIS-FN
illumination over Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
long distances.
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Convergent
Line Light Line Light Custom PSCC(A) Series Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.219 P.243 P.249
▼
LNSP-400SW-FN
Line Lights
100 100
90 90
80 80

70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in 100 mm illuminating distance. * Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in 100 mm illuminating distance.
Results for individual products may vary. Results for individual products may vary. LDR-LA1
SQR
LNSP-1500SW-FN SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
Change in illuminance Output characteristics HLDR-IP
1,200,000 100
HPR2
90
Diffused Lighting
1,000,000 LFR
80
LKR
70
800,000
FPR
Illuminance (lx)
60
FPQ2
600,000 50
LDL2
40
Lighting
Direct
400,000 LDLB
30
20 HLDL2
200,000
10 TH
0 0 LFL
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 50 100 150 200 255
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Illuminating distance (mm) Intensity scales (Steps) LDM2
LAV
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance. * Actual measurement values using the Analog Control Unit PSCC-60048(A).
Results for individual products may vary. Results for individual products may vary. PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Custom orders
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
Please contact your CCS sales representative. UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Example 1: Changes specifications for the rod lens diameter
LNSP-UV-FN
Result: Increased irradiance during Irradiance Irradiance Infrared
Lighting
long-distance illumination. Comparison with Comparison with IR2
standard product standard product HLV2
Approx. 1.6x when LWD = 200 mm Approx. 1.7x when LWD = 300 mm LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
200 mm 300 mm
Lighting
CU-LNSP
* LWD is the distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece. LNSP-FN
Example 2: Changes specifications to match application LN/LN-HK
Allows for customization including light source part LNSD

LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Lens part
LT
E.g.: Diffusion
plate LNV/HLDN
Light source part Blue LED
LNDG
Red
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
Green LNIS
UV LNIS-FN
Infrared Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Cooling fan
Changed wavelength No cooling fan Diffused lighting Convergent lighting type Light-guiding method Macro Lens
(From 365 to 940 nm) (Natural air cooling) type (Long-distance illumination) Slit type
Selection Products
Convergent
LNSP-FN series CCS LNSP-FN Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Power consumption Correlated color Recommended
(Including the fan) temperature Control Units
Line Lights
LNSP-100SW-FN 41 W 900 g
LNSP-200SW-FN 81 W 1,400 g
LNSP-300SW-FN 117 W 1,900 g

PSCC-30048(A)
LNSP-400SW-FN 157 W 2,400 g
PSCC-60048(A)
LNSP-500SW-FN 192 W 2,900 g
LNSP-600SW-FN 233 W 3,400 g

Standard products
LNSP-700SW-FN 268 W 3,900 g

QCBM
LNSP-800SW-FN White 309 W 5,800 K 4,400 g
QCB
LNSP-900SW-FN 345 W 4,900 g
LDR2
LNSP-1000SW-FN 384 W 5,500 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LNSP-1100SW-FN 425 W 6,000 g
PSCC-60048(A)
SQR
LNSP-1200SW-FN 460 W 6,500 g
SQR-TP
LNSP-1300SW-FN 501 W 7,000 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LNSP-1400SW-FN 536 W 7,500 g
HPR2
LNSP-1500SW-FN 576 W 8,000 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR LNSP-1600SW-FN 613 W 8,800 g
FPR
LNSP-1700SW-FN 652 W 9,300 g
FPQ2
LDL2 LNSP-1800SW-FN 689 W 9,800 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LNSP-1900SW-FN 728 W 10,300 g
HLDL2
TH LNSP-2000SW-FN 764 W 10,900 g
LFL
LNSP-2100SW-FN 804 W 11,400 g
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Special orders
LDM2 LNSP-2200SW-FN 844 W 11,900 g

LAV LNSP-2300SW-FN White 881 W 5,800 K QCB PSCC-60048(A) 12,400 g
PDM
x2* x2*
LFX2
LNSP-2400SW-FN 920 W 12,900 g
LFV3 LNSP-2500SW-FN 956 W 13,400 g
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
LNSP-2600SW-FN 996 W 13,900 g

MFU
UV2 LNSP-2700SW-FN 1,032 W 14,400 g
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-2800SW-FN 1,071 W 14,900 g
LNSP-UV-FN
LNSP-2900SW-FN 1,108 W 15,400 g
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
LNSP-3000SW-FN 1,148 W 15,900 g
HLV2
LV * For sizes 1,600 mm (emitting surface) or longer, a cable comes out of each end of the Light Unit. PSCC(A) Series Product Page P.219
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR The emitting surface is available in sizes of 100 mm units. For details about other sizes, inquire with your CCS sales representative.
PFB2 In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (red/blue/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2 LED
LED properties
properties
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
100
LT
80
Relative radiant
White 5,800 K
intensity (%)
LNV/HLDN 60
LNDG 40
Light spectrum
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
20
LNIS
0
LNIS-FN 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
Telecentric Lens
Lenses

Products
Convergent
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.219 P.243 P.249
▼
Extension cables * Necessary when connecting the Light Unit to the recommended Control Unit, the PSCC(A) series.
QCBM （mm）
Line Lights
Control Unit
(Ø12.6)
QCBM-2 2m 800 g
QCBM-3 3m 1,000 g
QCBM-5 5m 1,500 g PSCC-30048(A)
QCBM-10 10 m 2,700 g
QCB
Applicable
Control Unit Cable length
QCB-2 2m 1,100 g
Ø16.5
QCB-3 3m 1,500 g
QCB-5 5m 2,400 g PSCC-60048(A)
QCB-10 10 m 4,600 g LDR2
Cable permitted bending radius: 99 mm
Direct Lighting
QCB-20 20 m 8,900 g LDR2-LA
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary. LDR-LA1
SQR
Dimensions (mm) SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
B (Full length) (Not including the cable) 4
Diffused Lighting
23 (Emitting surface) LFR
1.5
LKR
(6.7) 34 A (Emitting surface)
FPR
FPQ2
12
6
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
62
HLDL2
Detailed figure C
19
TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
14.5 32 LAV
PDM
LFX2
41
0
56.5
LFV3
30
(101.3)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
16
(Ø13.6)
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Fan air inlets For installation LNSP-UV-FN
4-nut slots Infrared
2xM3 (For FG line installation, same for opposite side) → Detailed figure C Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
* For sizes 1,600 mm (emitting surface) or longer, a cable comes out of each end of the Light Unit.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LNSP-100SW-FN 100 144 LNSP-1600SW-FN 1,600 1,668 PFBR
LNSP-200SW-FN 200 244 LNSP-1700SW-FN 1,700 1,768 PFB2
LNSP-300SW-FN 300 344 LNSP-1800SW-FN 1,800 1,868 LNSP

Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-400SW-FN 400 444 LNSP-1900SW-FN 1,900 1,968
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Standard products
LNSD
Special orders
LNSP-700SW-FN 700 744 LNSP-2200SW-FN 2,200 2,268 LND2

Diffused
Lighting
LNSP-800SW-FN 800 844 LNSP-2300SW-FN 2,300 2,368 HLND
LNSP-900SW-FN 900 944 LNSP-2400SW-FN 2,400 2,468 LT
LNSP-1000SW-FN 1,000 1,044 LNSP-2500SW-FN 2,500 2,568 LNV/HLDN

LNDG
LNSP-1100SW-FN 1,100 1,144 LNSP-2600SW-FN 2,600 2,668
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
LNSP-1400SW-FN 1,400 1,444 LNSP-2900SW-FN 2,900 2,968 Macro Lens

Selection Products
Convergent
CCS LN Search
You can also use
your smartphone
LN series
or cell phone.
Provides converged line lighting

Line Lights
LED color
Size
Custom orders accepted LN-200RD2
LN-200SW2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LN-60GR2
SQR LN-60BL2
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Visual inspection for film circuit boards, inspection for faults in non-woven fabrics, inspection for parts mounted on
Applications
HPR2 circuit boards, visual inspection for printed objects, and visual inspection for plastic products, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Transmits light illuminated from the LEDs through the cylindrical lens
Direct

HLDL2 on the tip for converged line lighting. • Increase brightness
TH Example configuration (LN-60)
Imaging the side of a coin Imaging for measuring width of a connector pin Imaging of damage on glass
LFL
LED
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV Cylindrical lens
PDM
LFX2 Workpiece
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2 Lineup
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
LN-60RD2 Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm
HLV2 LN-60SW2 White 5,500 K PD3* CC-ST-1024
LV
130 g
LN-60BL2 Blue 24 V / 1.0 W 470 nm PSB POD*1
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
LN-60GR2 Green 525 nm * Custom products with a PWM
HFS/HFR - frequency of 500 kHz are
LN-200RD2 Red 630 nm available for Digital Control Unit
HLV2-NR
PD3 series. Please contact your
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LN-200SW2 White 5,500 K CCS sales representative for
24 V / 3.1 W details.
500 g
PFBR LN-200BL2 Blue 470 nm
PFB2 LN-200GR2 Green 525 nm
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Dimensions (mm)
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND LN-60RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LN-200RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2

(Emitting
(Emitting
surface)
surface)
210
13.5
LT 2.5 65
16

19.5
LNV/HLDN
15
4.75
13
60
24.5
LNDG
3.25
(Emitting 2x2-M3 depth 6

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS 5 surface) Same for opposite side 2.5 205

4.25
4-M2 depth 4 4-M2x0.4 tap depth 4

LNIS-FN For installation
70 (For installation) 2.5 205 For installation You can change the connectors of
Telecentric Lens
the Light Unit cable.
Lenses
20
50
2x2-M3x0.5 tap depth 4

45.5
10
Choose between M12 connectors

25
19
Macro Lens Same for opposite side, for installation

9.75
2.5 65
55 100 and flying leads.
(8)
30 2xM3 set screws 25

(Ø3)
Refer to P.123 for details.

(Ø3)
0 Same for opposite side 2-M3 set screws 300

(For mounting) (For mounting)

Products
Convergent
Line Lights
Lighting
You can also use
CCS LN-HK Search your smartphone
LN-HK series
or cell phone.
Provides converged line lighting (High output type)
Line Lights
LED color
Size
Custom orders accepted LN-200SW2-HK-STK
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LN-60SW2-HK-STK SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Visual inspection for film circuit boards, inspection for faults in non-woven fabrics, inspection for parts mounted on
Applications
circuit boards, visual inspection for printed objects, and visual inspection for plastic products, etc. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Transmits light illuminated from the LEDs through the cylindrical lens
Direct
on the tip for converged line lighting. • Increase brightness HLDL2
Example configuration (LN-60SW2-HK-STK) Applications TH
Visual inspection for film circuit boards Inspection for faults in non-woven fabrics LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Camera
LDM2
LAV
LED
PDM
Cylindrical lens LFX2
LFV3
Workpiece
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
Lineup Infrared
LNSP-UV-FN
Lighting IR2
Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight HLV2
LV
LN-60SW2-HK-STK White 24 V / 6.1W 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024* 250 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
- PSB HFS/HFR
LN-200SW2-HK-STK White 24 V / 22 W 5,500 K * Cannot be used with the 750 g HLV2-NR

LN-200SW2-HK-STK.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187 PFBR
* Custom products with a PWM frequency of 500 kHz are available for Digital Control Unit PD3 series. Please contact your CCS sales representative for details. PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
Dimensions (mm) LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LN-60SW2-HK-STK LN-200SW2-HK-STK
LNSD
2.5 65 2.5 205
(Emitting
(Emitting
surface)
surface)
60 (Emitting surface) LND2

16.5
16.5
5 200 2x2-M2x0.4 tap depth 4

Diffused
Lighting
2x2-M2x0.4 tap depth 4 (Emitting surface) (For installation) HLND

15
15
24.5
(For installation) LT
24.5
300
300
4.75
LNV/HLDN
4
2x2-M3x0.5 tap depth 6

4.75
4
70 (For installation) 2x2-M3x0.5 tap depth 6

210 LNDG
2.5 65 (For installation,
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
Same for opposite side 2.5 205 LNIS

same for opposite side) You can change the connectors of
20
45.5
82 to 97
LNIS-FN
45.5
20
the Light Unit cable.

82 to 97
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Adjusting screws Choose between M12 connectors

Adjusting screws Macro Lens
24.2 24.2 and flying leads.
12.25
12.25

15 40 2-M4 tap depth 8 (For installation) 45 120 2-M4 tap depth 8 (For installation)
Selection Products
Line Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LNSD Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
LNSD series
Highly-versatile Line Lights with a variety of uses

Line Lights
LED color
Size
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LNSD-400SW LNSD-400SW-HU LNSD-600RD LNSD-800BL
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for dents/foreign-material/fish-eye-holes on clear film, inspection for blots/unevenness/scratches on metallic foil,
HPR2
Applications inspection for oil-sots/holes/edge-breaking on paper, inspection for blots/mixing-of-hairs/crude-density on non-woven fabric, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Easy-to-setup, compact, and lightweight Optimum for replacing your fluorescent lights
LDL2
Lighting
The wide and uniform emitting surface facilitates the positioning Excellent brightness and the same uniformity as a fluorescent light
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 of the camera. You can improve the efficiency of the setting work. High luminance type High uniformity type Fluorescent lamp
TH Conceptual image
Positioning
LFL Emitting Uniformity of the high uniformity type
surface (Short side)
HPD2 width: Short side
Diffused Lighting
100
LDM2 15 mm Camera
90
80
70
Some 60
LAV leeway 50
is allowed. 40
PDM 30
20
10
LFX2 0
-7.5 -5 -2.5 0 2.5 5 7.5
LED
Measuring condition: 100% intensity, short side
Position (mm)
LFV3 Light unit
Collimated
MSU Great for replacing fluorescent Life time comparison

Lighting
MFU Compact and lights due to the equal size

32.5 mm
Lightweight
UV2 lightweight LNSD Expected life time 50,000 hours
200 g
Ultraviolet
LNSD (White)
Lighting
Fluorescent light
UV
for a 100-mm
model Fluorescent
LNSP-UV-FN light
LNSD-100SW Easy to
30 mm 0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 replace! Ø40 (Hours)
* Light intensity: 70%, Operation temperature: 50°C,

Stable quality even in a harsh environment Fluorescent Calculated value where the light output drops to 50%
Actual values may vary.
HLV2 light
* The life time of the fluorescent light is estimated as
LV Operation temp. Heat resistant design for a high 10,000 hours according to CCS’s research.
50
temperature environment Supports 1,600 to 2,400 mm length as with the fluorescent light
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR • Optimized case design for heat dissipation Typical length of the fluorescent light: 1,600 to 2,400 mm
• Heat resistant cable and diffusion plate
HLV2-NR
allowed • Other components for thorough heat resistance
Fluorescent
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W light
Available length of the LNSD: 100 to 3,000 mm
PFBR * Also make sure the operating temperature of the Control Unit and the optional accessories.
LNSD
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Foreign material inspection for clear film Light from the chip LNSD series
LNSD Camera
LEDs on the flat
LND2
boards passes
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
Workpiece
LT through a diffusion
LNV/HLDN plate to produce
LNDG a band of diffused
Lighting
Oblique
Diffusion plate
Angled
LNIS
illumination.
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Line Light Line Light Custom List of Control Unit Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Diffused
Lighting
List Product Page Specifications (Line Sensor)
P.125 P.158 P.187 P.243 P.249
▼
Comparing performance of the LNSD with other CCS Line Lights
Comparison between the luminance and the uniformity Comparison between the illuminance and the uniformity
(Conceptual image) (Conceptual image)
Line Lights
LT LNSD
Illuminance
Luminance

Product page P.153
LNSD LND2
Product page P.143
LNSD-HU LNSD-HU
(High uniformity type) HLND-TT (High uniformity type)
Product page P.147
HLND-TT LND2
LT
Product page P.143
Product page P.147 Product page P.153

LDR2
Direct Lighting
Uniformity Uniformity LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
Data (Representative example) *The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Brightness Change in illuminance HPR2
Diffused Lighting
300,000 LFR
Series name Luminance Illuminance
LKR
Illuminance (lx) (on the optical axis)
250,000
LNSD-400SW FPR
265,000 cd/m2 101,000 lx LWD=50 mm
(High luminance type) 200,000 LNSD-400SW FPQ2
LDL2
150,000
Lighting
LNSD-400SW-HU
Direct
125,000 cd/m2 56,000 lx LWD=50 mm LDLB
100,000 LNSD-400SW-HU HLDL2
TH
50,000
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
LDM2
LNSD-400SW Illuminating distance (mm) LAV
Relative radiance distribution * Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance. PDM
LFX2
High luminance type LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Long side Short side MFU
100 100 UV2
Ultraviolet
90
Lighting
90
UV
80 80
70 70 LNSP-UV-FN
60 60 Infrared
50 50 Lighting IR2
40 40
HLV2
30 30
20 20 LV
10 10
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
0 0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -7.5 -5 -2.5 0 2.5 5 7.5 HFS/HFR
Position (mm) Position (mm) HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
LNSD-400SW-HU PFB2
Relative radiance distribution LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
High uniformity type LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Long side Short side LNSD

100 100
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
90 90
HLND
80 80
70 70 LT
60 60 LNV/HLDN
50 50
LNDG
40 40
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
30 LNIS
30
20 20 LNIS-FN
10 10 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
0 0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -7.5 -5 -2.5 0 2.5 5 7.5 Macro Lens
Position (mm) Position (mm)
Selection Products
Diffused
LNSD series CCS LNSD Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
LNSD-400SW/LNSD-400SW-HU Output characteristics

Using Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024 Using Digital Control Unit PD3-10024-8
Line Lights
(By intensity range)

100 100
Relative radiation amount (%)
Relative radiation amount (%)

90 90
80 80
70 70
18 to 24 V
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 12 to 24 V 30
20 15 to 24 V 20
10 10
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 255 0 50 100 150 200 255
Intensity scales (Steps) Intensity scales (Steps)
* Actual measurement values using the Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024. * Actual measurement values using the Digital Control Unit PD3-10024-8.
Results for individual products may vary. Results for individual products may vary.
* Custom products with a PWM frequency of 500 kHz are available for Digital Control Unit
PD3 series. Please contact your CCS sales representative for details.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 Lineup Model name: High luminance type
(Emitting surface length) (LED color)

High uniformity type
(Emitting surface length) (LED color)
SQR
Peak wavelength
SQR-TP Model name LED color Power consumption /Correlated temp.
Extension cable Recommended Control Units Weight
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP LNSD-100SW/RD/BL 24 V / 11 W 200 g
HPR2 LNSD-200SW/RD/BL 24 V / 21 W 320 g

Diffused Lighting
LFR LNSD-300SW/RD/BL 24 V / 31 W 460 g

LKR
LNSD-400SW/RD/BL 24 V / 41 W PSB3-30024 590 g
FPR
LNSD-500SW/RD/BL 24 V / 51 W PD3-10024-8 *2 720 g
FPQ2
LDL2
LNSD-600SW/RD/BL 24 V / 61 W 860 g
FCB-EL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LNSD-700SW/RD/BL 24 V / 71 W 990 g

High luminance type / High uniformity type (Add ”-HU” at the end of the model name. )
HLDL2 LNSD-800SW/RD/BL 24 V / 81 W 1,120 g

TH
LNSD-900SW/RD/BL 24 V / 91 W 1,240 g
LFL
LNSD-1000SW/RD/BL 24 V / 101 W 1,370 g
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 LNSD-1100SW/RD/BL 24 V / 111 W 1,500 g

LAV LNSD-1200SW/RD/BL 24 V / 121 W 1,640 g
PDM White: 131 W /
LNSD-1300SW/RD/BL Red: 132 W / Blue: 131 W
1,770 g
LFX2
LFV3 White: 141 W /
1,910 g
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
White White: 151 W /

MFU LNSD-1500SW/RD/BL Red: 152 W / Blue: 151 W
2,040 g
(SW)
UV2
White: 6,600 K
White: 161 W /
Ultraviolet
LNSD-1600SW/RD/BL 2,170 g
Lighting
Red Red: 162 W / Blue: 161 W

UV Red: 634 nm
(RD)
LNSP-UV-FN White: 171 W /
LNSD-1700SW/RD/BL Red: 172 W / Blue: 171 W Blue: 470 nm 2,300 g
Blue
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 (BL) White: 181 W /

2,440 g
HLV2
LNSD-1900SW/RD/BL 24 V / 192 W 2,570 g
LV
LNSD-2000SW/RD/BL 24 V / 202 W FCB-EL2 PSB3-30024 2,700 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR LNSD-2100SW/RD/BL 24 V / 212 W x 2 *1 2,830 g
HLV2-NR LNSD-2200SW/RD/BL 24 V / 222 W 2,960 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LNSD-2300SW/RD/BL 24 V / 232 W 3,090 g
PFBR
LNSD-2400SW/RD/BL 24 V / 242 W 3,220 g
PFB2
White: 230 W /
LNSP LNSD-2500SW/RD/BL Red: 227 W / Blue: 230 W
3,350 g
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
White: 239 W /
3,480 g
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK White: 248 W /
3,610 g
LNSD
White: 257 W /
LND2 LNSD-2800SW/RD/BL Red: 255 W / Blue: 257 W
3,740 g
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
White: 267 W /
LT
3,870 g
LNV/HLDN White: 276 W /
4,000 g
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
LNIS-FN *1 There are two input connectors for the Light Unit whose length of the emitting surface is more than 1,200 mm. To install the Light Unit, use two Extension cables of the same length. Using the cables of
different length may cause uneven emission due to a difference in voltage drop by DC resistance of the cables.
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
*2 Custom products with a PWM frequency of 500 kHz are available for Digital Control Unit PD3 series. Please contact your CCS sales representative for details.
Macro Lens
The emitting surface is available in sizes of 100 mm units. For details about other sizes, inquire with your CCS sales representative.
In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (green/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.187 P.243 P.249
▼
LED properties
100
80 Blue 470 nm
Relative radiant
Red 634 nm
intensity (%)
Line Lights
60 White 6,600 K
Light spectrum 40
20
0 refer to P.223.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
Extension cables
FCB-EL2
Model name Cable length Model name Cable length Cable length （mm）
LDR2
Direct Lighting
FCB-1-EL2 1m FCB-5-EL2 5m
Ø7.4
LDR2-LA
FCB-2-EL2 2m FCB-10-EL2 10 m LDR-LA1
FCB-3-EL2 3m FCB-15-EL2 15 m SQR

EL connector EL connector
SQR-TP
Extension Cables Page P.230
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
* The above cable permitted bending radius is a reference value. Actual value may vary. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
Dimensions (mm) FPR
FPQ2
B (Full length) (Not including the cable)
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
A (Emitting surface) LDLB
15
HLDL2
300 *1
TH
3.5
5.7
1.5 3.3
6.3
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
4.5 1.2 2.5
30
LDM2
7.5
7.2 4.2
LAV
Detailed figure C Detailed figure D
PDM
300
LFX2
34 LFV3
A (Emitting surface) / 2
(30)
Collimated
2 MSU
Lighting
2xM3 nut slots MFU
*2 (For installation) UV2
32.5
Ultraviolet
Lighting
C
UV
18
LNSP-UV-FN
15 Infrared
Lighting IR2
*1 M4 nut slot *1
(For installation)
HLV2
*1 There are two connectors only for the Light Unit whose length of the emitting surface is more than 1,200 mm. LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
*2 There are reinforcing metal fittings only for the Light Unit whose length of the emitting surface is more than 1,600 mm. LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
LNSD-100SW/RD/BL 100 130 LNSD-1600SW/RD/BL 1,600 1,630
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
(Add ”-HU” at the end of the model name. )
(Add ”-HU” at the end of the model name. )
CU-LNSP
High luminance type / High uniformity type
High luminance type / High uniformity type
LNSD-400SW/RD/BL 400 430 LNSD-1900SW/RD/BL 1,900 1,930 LNSP-FN
LNSD-500SW/RD/BL 500 530 LNSD-2000SW/RD/BL 2,000 2,030 LN/LN-HK
LNSD-600SW/RD/BL 600 630 LNSD-2100SW/RD/BL 2,100 2,130 LNSD

LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNSD-1000SW/RD/BL 1,000 1,030 LNSD-2500SW/RD/BL 2,500 2,530 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNSD-1100SW/RD/BL 1,100 1,130 LNSD-2600SW/RD/BL 2,600 2,630 LNIS
LNSD-1200SW/RD/BL 1,200 1,230 LNSD-2700SW/RD/BL 2,700 2,730 LNIS-FN

Telecentric Lens
Lenses
LNSD-1300SW/RD/BL 1,300 1,330 LNSD-2800SW/RD/BL 2,800 2,830

Macro Lens
Selection Products
Line Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LND2 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
LND2 series Use a search engine.
Provides diffused light from an emitting surface equipped with

LEDs in straight lines
Line Lights
LED color
Size
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LND2-900SW
LDR-LA1 LND2-1200RD
SQR
LND2-600SW
SQR-TP LND2-300RD
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for damage or dents in metal cylindrical parts, inspection for damage or dents in motor shafts, inspection for foreign
Applications
HPR2 material on clear film, dimension measuring for resin molded parts, and dimension measuring for sheet steel, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Suitable for all types of line sensor inspections Also perfect for replacing fluorescent lamps
LDL2
Lighting
This Line Light achieves brightness equivalent to a LEDs have a long service life, so the bulbs don't burn
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 fluorescent lamp while keeping the price down. out like fluorescent lamps, thus reducing costs for lamp
TH replacement and work hours.
Emitting surface length
LFL Comparison of service life between the LND2 (red)
HPD2 You can select from 101 mm, 201 mm, 301 mm, 401 mm, 501 mm, and a fluorescent lamp
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
603 mm, 703 mm, 803 mm, 903 mm, 1003 mm, 1103 mm and 1,203 mm.
LAV
LND2
PDM Emitting surface length
LFX2 Fluorescent
lamp
LFV3
0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 (Hours)
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU For a custom order, we can create an emitting * Calculated values with an intensity of 100%, ambient temperature
of 25ºC and a light output drop of up to 50%.
UV2 surface with a length with a 100 mm pitch.
Ultraviolet

Lighting
UV * Assuming the service life of a fluorescent lamp is 1,500 hours.

LNSP-UV-FN
Change in the amount of light from the LEDs and
work hours for replacing fluorescent lamps
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 LED color

1 10 20 (No. of fluorescent
100
HLV2
For emitted LED color, we have a lineup consisting of: lamp replacements)
80
LV Red and White 60
Time to replace
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Select your Light Unit based on the details of your inspections. 40 the fluorescent lamp LED
HFS/HFR 20 Fluorescent lamp
HLV2-NR
For a custom order, we can create LEDs that emit 0
0 10,000 20,000 30,000
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
blue, green, IR, or UV.
* Imaging comparing the change in LED light and a fluorescent
PFBR
lamp that is replaced every 1,500 hours.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Foreign material inspection for clear film Provides diffused LND2 series
LNSD light with a Camera
LND2 high degree of
Diffused
Lighting
HLND uniformity by
LED
LT mounting LEDs
LNV/HLDN with high density. Diffusion
LNDG plate
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.187 P.243 P.249
▼
LND2-600SW LND2-300SW
Line Lights
Relative radiance distribution Output characteristics
Intensity characteristics (Digital Control Unit)
100 100
90 90
80 80

70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
-300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 255
Long side position (mm) Intensity scales (Steps) LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
* The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. * Actual measurement values using the Digital Control Unit PD3 series.
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
LND2-300SW LND2-900SW
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Change in illuminance Output characteristics HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Intensity characteristics (Analog Control Unit) (By intensity range) LFR
100,000 100
LKR
90
FPR
80,000 80 15 to 24 V
FPQ2
70
LDL2
Illuminance (lx)
60,000 60 18 to 24 V
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
50
HLDL2
40,000 40 12 to 24 V
TH
30
20,000 20 LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
10
0 0 LDM2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 50 100 150 200 255
LAV
Illuminating distance (mm) Intensity scales (Steps) PDM
LFX2
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance. * Actual measurement values using the Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024.
Results for individual products may vary. Results for individual products may vary. LFV3
* Measured in each voltage range because the Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
has a switching function for the lower limit of output voltage.
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
Custom order HLV2

LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
E.g.: Slit specifications (Install a slit plate on the emitting surface)
HLV2-NR
Result: Uses the edge of the emitting surface, effective for inspections for dents and fish eyes where the change in the HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
surface shape is slight. PFBR
PFB2
A
LNSP
Convergent
Emitting surface profile

Lighting
CU-LNSP
A A'
LNSP-FN
Install the slit plate LN/LN-HK

LNSD
LND2
Slit part
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
A’
LT
Slit plate LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
* Conceptual image LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Sharpens the line between light and dark for the Light Unit, allowing for inspection using the emitting surface's edge. Macro Lens
Selection Products
Diffused
LND2 series CCS LND2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Model name LED color correlated color Connector Weight
Line Lights
LND2-100SW 24 V / 5.8 W 140 g

LND2-200SW 24 V / 12 W 170 g
LND2-300SW 24 V / 18 W SM 200 g
PD3* POD*1
LND2-400SW 24 V / 24 W Connector 250 g
LND2-500SW 24 V / 29 W 300 g
LND2-600SW 24 V / 35 W 360 g
White 5,500 K
LND2-700SW 24 V / 41 W 405 g
LND2-800SW 24 V / 47 W 455 g
PD3-10024-8*
LND2-900SW 24 V / 53 W EL 505 g
PSB3-30024
LND2-1000SW 24 V / 58 W Connector 560 g
LDR2 LND2-1100SW 24 V / 64 W 615 g

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LND2-1200SW 24 V / 70 W 670 g

LDR-LA1 LND2-100RD 24 V / 7.6 W 140 g
SQR
LND2-200RD 24 V / 16 W 170 g
SQR-TP
LND2-300RD 24 V / 23 W SM 200 g
Convergent
PD3* POD*1
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LND2-400RD 24 V / 31 W Connector 250 g
HPR2 LND2-500RD 24 V / 38 W 300 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LND2-600RD 24 V / 46 W 360 g
LKR Red 630 nm
LND2-700RD 24 V / 53 W 405 g
FPR
FPQ2 LND2-800RD 24 V / 61 W 455 g
LDL2 LND2-900RD 24 V / 69 W EL PD3-10024-8* 505 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LND2-1000RD 24 V / 76 W Connector PSB3-30024 560 g

HLDL2
LND2-1100RD 24 V / 84 W 615 g
TH
LFL
LND2-1200RD 24 V / 91 W 670 g
HPD2 * Custom products with a PWM frequency of 500 kHz are
Diffused Lighting
available for Digital Control Unit PD3 series. Please contact

LDM2 your CCS sales representative for details.
LAV *1: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
PDM
LFX2
LFV3 The emitting surface is available in sizes of 100 mm units. For details about other sizes, inquire with your CCS sales representative.
In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (blue/green/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
LED
LED properties
properties
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
100
LNSP-FN 80
Relative radiant
White 5,500 K Red 630 nm

intensity (%)
LN/LN-HK 60
40
LNSD Light spectrum
20
LND2 0
Diffused
Lighting
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HLND
Wavelength (nm)
LT
LNV/HLDN Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.187 P.243 P.249
▼
Extension cables
SM connector type (mm)
Line Lights
Model name Cable length Cable length
FCB-1 1m
Ø4.8
FCB-2 2m
FCB-3 3m
FCB-5 5m SM connector SM connector
Extension Cables Page P.230 Cable permitted bending radius: 28.8 mm
EL connector type
Model name Cable length (mm)
Cable length
LDR2
FCB-1-EL2 1m
Direct Lighting
Ø7.4 LDR2-LA
FCB-2-EL2 2m LDR-LA1
FCB-3-EL2 3m SQR
FCB-5-EL2 5m EL connector EL connector SQR-TP
Convergent
FCB-10-EL2 10 m
Lighting
Cable permitted bending radius: 29.6 mm HLDR-IP
FCB-15-EL2 15 m
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Extension Cables Page P.230 LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Dimensions (mm)
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH
Model name LFL
B (Full length): A+31
SM connector type EL connector type HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LND2-100
15.5 A (Emitting surface) LDM2
SM connector type
LND2-200
LAV
(Emitting surface)
LND2-300
300
15
PDM
18.2
LND2-400
300
LFX2
LND2-500 LFV3
4.5
6.1
Collimated
LND2-600 2x2-Ø4.5/Ø8 countersink depth 4.5 MSU
Lighting
LND2-700 (For installation) MFU
7 A+17 UV2
EL connector type
LND2-800
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LND2-900
27.2 LNSP-UV-FN
LND2-1000 Infrared
Lighting
11
IR2
LND2-1100
18
LND2-1200 HLV2
13.6 2xM5
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LND2-100SW 101 132 LND2-100RD 101 132 PFBR

PFB2
LND2-200SW 201 232 LND2-200RD 201 232
LNSP
LND2-300SW 301 332 LND2-300RD 301 332
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LND2-400SW 401 432 LND2-400RD 401 432
LNSP-FN
LND2-500SW 503 534 LND2-500RD 503 534 LN/LN-HK
LND2-600SW 603 634 LND2-600RD 603 634 LNSD
White
Red
LND2-700SW 703 734 LND2-700RD 703 734 LND2

Diffused
Lighting
LND2-800SW 803 834 LND2-800RD 803 834 HLND

LT
LND2-900SW 903 934 LND2-900RD 903 934
LNV/HLDN
LND2-1000SW 1,003 1,034 LND2-1000RD 1,003 1,034
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
LND2-1100SW 1,103 1,134 LND2-1100RD 1,103 1,134

Angled
LNIS
LND2-1200SW 1,203 1,234 LND2-1200RD 1,203 1,234 LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Line Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS HLND Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
HLND series
Provides diffused light from an emitting surface equipped with

LEDs in a straight line
Line Lights
LED color
Size
HLND-300RD-RR
HLND-200SW2-TT HLND-500RD-RR
LDR2
HLND-500SW2-TT
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Mixed foreign materials inspection for rice, foreign material inspection for clear film, stain inspection for sheet steel,
Applications
HPR2 inspection for surface printing on paper, and dimension measuring for sheet steel, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Can create up to a maximum of 2,700 mm Uses a unique illumination mechanism
LDL2
Lighting
Provides a Light Unit with the optimal length to meet your We used surface-mounted LEDs and a unique illumination
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 needs. mechanism to achieve a high output Line Light. Two types
TH of diffusion plates to be equipped are available. Select one
LFL
Emitting surface length to match your needs.
HPD2 From 100 mm to 2,700 mm Can be made in units of 100 mm
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Illumination comparison for the HLND series
LAV LED color 300,000
PDM
For emitted LED color, we have a lineup consisting of: 270,000 HLND-500SW2-RR (Reflection type)
LFX2
LFV3 Red and White 240,000
HLND-500RD-RR (Reflection type)

Collimated
MSU 210,000
Select your Light Unit based on the details of your inspections.
Lighting
Illuminance (lx)
MFU
180,000
UV2 Two types, with different diffusion plate
Ultraviolet
HLND-500SW2-TT (Transmission type)

Lighting
150,000
UV transmittance rate, are available
LNSP-UV-FN 120,000
You can select from a uniform type perfect as transmission
HLND-500RD-TT (Transmission type)
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 lighting, and a high output type perfect as reflection lighting. 90,000
Transmission type Reflection type 60,000

HLV2
(End of the model name: -TT) (End of the model name: -RR)
LV 30,000
White White
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
0
HFS/HFR 0 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
LWD (mm)
HLV2-NR Red Red
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
distance. Results for individual products may vary.
PFBR * LWD is the distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece.
PFB2
* The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Foreign material inspection for clear film LEDs are mounted HLND series
LNSD
(Transmission type) on a flat circuit
Camera
LND2 board. The light is
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Visual inspection for color transmitted through

LT sheet steel (Reflection type) the diffusion plate LED
LNV/HLDN and diffused light is
LNDG illuminated in a line Diffusion plate
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
shape.
LNIS-FN
The emitting surface Workpiece
Telecentric Lens
can be made up to
Lenses
Macro Lens
2,700 mm long.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
HLND-300SW2-TT (Transmission type)
Line Lights
100 100
90 90
80 80

70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
-150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in 100 mm illuminating distance. * The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
150,000
Lighting
100
HLDR-IP
90
125,000 HPR2
80
Diffused Lighting
70 LFR
100,000
Illuminance (lx)
60 LKR
75,000 50 FPR
40 FPQ2
50,000
30 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
25,000 20 LDLB
10 HLDL2
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 75 85 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235 255 TH
LFL
Illuminating distance (mm) Intensity scales (Steps)
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance. Results for individual products may vary. LDM2
Results for individual products may vary. * Data obtained when output voltage range is 12 to 24 V.
LAV
HLND-300SW2-RR (Reflection type) PDM

LFX2
Relative irradiance distribution Relative radiance distribution LFV3
100 100
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
90 90
MFU
80 80
UV2
Ultraviolet
70 70
Lighting
UV
60 60
LNSP-UV-FN
50 50
Infrared
40 40 Lighting IR2
30 30
HLV2
20 20
10 10 LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
0 0 LSP
-150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 HFS/HFR
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in 100 mm illuminating distance. * Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in 100 mm illuminating distance.
Results for individual products may vary. Results for individual products may vary. PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
300,000 100
LNSP-FN
90
250,000 LN/LN-HK
80
70 LNSD
200,000
Illuminance (lx)
60 LND2
Diffused
Lighting
150,000 50 HLND
40 LT
100,000
30 LNV/HLDN
20 LNDG
50,000
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
10 LNIS
0 0 LNIS-FN
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 75 85 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235 255
Telecentric Lens
Lenses

Macro Lens
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance. Results for individual products may vary.
Results for individual products may vary. * Data obtained when output voltage range is 12 to 24 V.
Selection Products
Diffused
HLND series CCS HLND Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Custom order
E.g.: Usable area expansion (Special optical design on both sides of the housing)
Line Lights
Result: Keeps weakening on both sides of the Light Unit housing to a minimum, expanding the effective emitting length.
Expanded the effective emitting length
Special optical design
Image of wave length capturing with a line sensor

Standard product High uniformity specifications
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Usable area Usable area
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Unusable area Unusable area Unusable area Unusable area

Lighting
HLDR-IP
Light is weakened at both ends, and the effective Weakening at both ends can be reduced, expanding
HPR2 emitting length for the camera is short. the effective emitting length with respective to the
Diffused Lighting
LFR Light Unit emitting length.

LKR
FPR
FPQ2
Lineup
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Peak wavelength/

Power Recommended
HLDL2 Model name LED color correlated color Extension cables Weight
TH
HLND-100SW2-TT 10 W 520 g
LFL
HPD2
HLND-200SW2-TT 20 W 840 g
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 HLND-300SW2-TT 30 W 1,160 g

LAV HLND-400SW2-TT 40 W 1,480 g
PDM HLND-500SW2-TT 50 W 1,800 g
LFX2
HLND-600SW2-TT 60 W 2,120 g
LFV3
HLND-700SW2-TT 71 W 2,440 g
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
HLND-800SW2-TT 81 W 2,760 g
MFU
UV2 HLND-900SW2-TT 91 W 3,080 g
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV HLND-1000SW2-TT 89 W 3,400 g
LNSP-UV-FN HLND-1100SW2-TT 98 W 3,720 g
Infrared
Lighting
HLND-1200SW2-TT 107 W 4,040 g

Transmission type
IR2
HLND-1300SW2-TT 115 W 4,360 g
HLV2 FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
HLND-1400SW2-TT White 124 W 6,500 K PSB3-30024 4,680 g
LV FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7
HLND-1500SW2-TT 133 W 5,000 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR HLND-1600SW2-TT 142 W 5,320 g
HLV2-NR HLND-1700SW2-TT 151 W 5,640 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W HLND-1800SW2-TT 160 W 5,960 g
PFBR
HLND-1900SW2-TT 169 W 6,280 g
PFB2
HLND-2000SW2-TT 178 W 6,600 g
LNSP
HLND-2100SW2-TT 186 W 6,920 g
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
HLND-2200SW2-TT 195 W 7,240 g
LN/LN-HK HLND-2300SW2-TT 204 W 7,560 g
LNSD HLND-2400SW2-TT 213 W 7,880 g
LND2 HLND-2500SW2-TT 222 W 8,200 g
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
HLND-2600SW2-TT 231 W 8,520 g
LT
HLND-2700SW2-TT 240 W 8,840 g
LNV/HLDN
LNDG PSB3-30024 Product Page P.221
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (blue/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
Lineup
Model name LED color correlated color Extension cables Weight
Line Lights
HLND-100RD-TT 4.8 W 520 g
HLND-200RD-TT 9.6 W 840 g
HLND-300RD-TT 14 W 1,160 g
HLND-400RD-TT 19 W 1,480 g
HLND-500RD-TT 24 W 1,800 g
HLND-600RD-TT 29 W 2,120 g
HLND-700RD-TT 34 W 2,440 g
HLND-800RD-TT 38 W 2,760 g
HLND-900RD-TT 43 W 3,080 g
HLND-1000RD-TT 48 W 3,400 g
HLND-1100RD-TT 53 W 3,720 g
HLND-1200RD-TT 58 W 4,040 g
Transmission type
LDR2
Direct Lighting
HLND-1300RD-TT 62 W 4,360 g LDR2-LA
FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
HLND-1400RD-TT Red 67 W 624 nm PSB3-30024 4,680 g LDR-LA1
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 SQR
HLND-1500RD-TT 72 W 5,000 g
SQR-TP
HLND-1600RD-TT 77 W 5,320 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLND-1700RD-TT 82 W 5,640 g HLDR-IP
HLND-1800RD-TT 86 W 5,960 g HPR2
Diffused Lighting
HLND-1900RD-TT 91 W 6,280 g LFR
HLND-2000RD-TT 96 W 6,600 g LKR

FPR
HLND-2100RD-TT 101 W 6,920 g
FPQ2
HLND-2200RD-TT 106 W 7,240 g
LDL2
HLND-2300RD-TT 110 W 7,560 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLND-2400RD-TT 115 W 7,880 g HLDL2
HLND-2500RD-TT 120 W 8,200 g TH
HLND-2600RD-TT 125 W 8,520 g LFL
HLND-2700RD-TT 130 W 8,840 g HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
HLND-100SW2-RR 10 W 520 g
LAV
HLND-200SW2-RR 20 W 840 g
PDM
HLND-300SW2-RR 30 W 1,160 g
LFX2
HLND-400SW2-RR 40 W 1,480 g LFV3
HLND-500SW2-RR 50 W 1,800 g
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
HLND-600SW2-RR 60 W 2,120 g MFU
HLND-700SW2-RR 71 W 2,440 g UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
HLND-800SW2-RR 81 W 2,760 g
LNSP-UV-FN
HLND-900SW2-RR 91 W 3,080 g Infrared
HLND-1000SW2-RR 89 W 3,400 g Lighting IR2
HLND-1100SW2-RR 98 W 3,720 g HLV2

HLND-1200SW2-RR 107 W 4,040 g LV
Reflection type
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HLND-1300SW2-RR 115 W 4,360 g LSP

FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
HFS/HFR
HLND-1400SW2-RR White 124 W 6,500 K PSB3-30024 4,680 g
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 HLV2-NR
HLND-1500SW2-RR 133 W 5,000 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
HLND-1600SW2-RR 142 W 5,320 g
PFBR
HLND-1700SW2-RR 151 W 5,640 g PFB2
HLND-1800SW2-RR 160 W 5,960 g LNSP
Convergent
HLND-1900SW2-RR 169 W 6,280 g

Lighting
CU-LNSP
HLND-2000SW2-RR 178 W 6,600 g LNSP-FN

LN/LN-HK
HLND-2100SW2-RR 186 W 6,920 g
LNSD
HLND-2200SW2-RR 195 W 7,240 g
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND-2300SW2-RR 204 W 7,560 g

HLND
HLND-2400SW2-RR 213 W 7,880 g LT
HLND-2500SW2-RR 222 W 8,200 g LNV/HLDN
HLND-2600SW2-RR 231 W 8,520 g LNDG

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
HLND-2700SW2-RR 240 W 8,840 g LNIS

LNIS-FN
PSB3-30024 Product Page P.221 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (blue/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
Selection Products
Diffused
HLND series CCS HLND Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Model name LED color correlated color Extension cables Weight
Line Lights
HLND-100RD-RR 4.8 W 520 g

HLND-200RD-RR 9.6 W 840 g
HLND-300RD-RR 14 W 1,160 g
HLND-400RD-RR 19 W 1,480 g
HLND-500RD-RR 24 W 1,800 g
HLND-600RD-RR 29 W 2,120 g
HLND-700RD-RR 34 W 2,440 g
HLND-800RD-RR 38 W 2,760 g
HLND-900RD-RR 43 W 3,080 g
HLND-1000RD-RR 48 W 3,400 g
HLND-1100RD-RR 53 W 3,720 g
LDR2 HLND-1200RD-RR 58 W 4,040 g
Reflection type
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA HLND-1300RD-RR 62 W 4,360 g

LDR-LA1 FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
HLND-1400RD-RR Red 67 W 624 nm PSB3-30024 4,680 g
SQR FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7
HLND-1500RD-RR 72 W 5,000 g
SQR-TP
HLND-1600RD-RR 77 W 5,320 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HLND-1700RD-RR 82 W 5,640 g
HPR2 HLND-1800RD-RR 86 W 5,960 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR HLND-1900RD-RR 91 W 6,280 g

LKR
HLND-2000RD-RR 96 W 6,600 g
FPR
HLND-2100RD-RR 101 W 6,920 g
FPQ2
HLND-2200RD-RR 106 W 7,240 g
LDL2
Lighting
HLND-2300RD-RR 110 W 7,560 g

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 HLND-2400RD-RR 115 W 7,880 g
TH HLND-2500RD-RR 120 W 8,200 g
LFL HLND-2600RD-RR 125 W 8,520 g
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
HLND-2700RD-RR 130 W 8,840 g

LDM2
LAV PSB3-30024 Product Page P.221
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU The emitting surface is available in sizes of 100 mm units. For details about other sizes, inquire with your CCS sales representative.
Lighting
MFU In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (blue/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LED
LED properties
properties
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
100
LV 80
Relative radiant
White 6,500 K Red 624 nm

intensity (%)
60
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
40
HFS/HFR Light spectrum
20
HLV2-NR 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Wavelength (nm)
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
FCB-1.25SQ-ME7 Cable length （mm）
Line Lights
Ø10.6
FCB-2-1.25SQ-ME7 2m 430 g
FCB-3-1.25SQ-ME7 3m 580 g
FCB-5-1.25SQ-ME7 5m 1,000 g
FCB-10-1.25SQ-ME7 10 m 2,000 g Cable permitted bending radius: 63.6 mm
20,000
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7
Ø10.6
Ø10.6
Ø11.7
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 20 m 5,000 g
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Cable permitted bending radius: 63.6 mm LDR-LA1
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary. SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
Dimensions (mm)
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
(Emitting surface)
LFR
LKR
7.6
A (Emitting surface) FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
35 HLDL2
TH
B (Full length) LFL

HPD2
Diffused Lighting
22 22 31
LDM2
LAV
4.5
PDM
LFX2
54
LFV3
21
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
P100 MFU
2 x n-M5 tap depth 5 UV2
Ultraviolet
72 C
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
5 67 C 67 Infrared
Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
29
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
(n x 2) + 4-M3 tap depth 5
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Model name Model name
A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) C n A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) C n
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) PFBR
HLND-100SW/RD 100 156.3 - 1 HLND-1500SW/RD 1,500 1,556.3 1,400 15 PFB2

LNSP
HLND-200SW/RD 200 256.3 100 2 HLND-1600SW/RD 1,600 1,656.3 1,500 16
Common for the transmission / reflection type
Convergent
Common for the transmission / reflection type
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
HLND-500SW/RD 500 556.3 400 5 HLND-1900SW/RD 1,900 1,956.3 1,800 19 LNSD
HLND-600SW/RD 600 656.3 500 6 HLND-2000SW/RD 2,000 2,056.3 1,900 20 LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND-700SW/RD 700 756.3 600 7 HLND-2100SW/RD 2,100 2,156.3 2,000 21 HLND
HLND-800SW/RD 800 856.3 700 8 HLND-2200SW/RD 2,200 2,256.3 2,100 22 LT

LNV/HLDN
LNDG
HLND-1000SW/RD 1,000 1,056.3 900 10 HLND-2400SW/RD 2,400 2,456.3 2,300 24
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
HLND-1100SW/RD 1,100 1,156.3 1,000 11 HLND-2500SW/RD 2,500 2,556.3 2,400 25
LNIS-FN
HLND-1200SW/RD 1,200 1,256.3 1,100 12 HLND-2600SW/RD 2,600 2,656.3 2,500 26 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
HLND-1300SW/RD 1,300 1,356.3 1,200 13 HLND-2700SW/RD 2,700 2,756.3 2,600 27 Macro Lens
HLND-1400SW/RD 1,400 1,456.3 1,300 14
Selection Products
Line Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LT Search your smartphone
LT series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light evenly using an original optical design

Line Lights
LED color
Size
LDR2 LT-300SW
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Fish eye inspection on clear film, scratch inspection on film sheets, inspection for cracks/damage on wafers,
Applications
HPR2 visual inspection for metal foil sheets, and shrinkage inspection for resin, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Provides optimal imaging with its unique illuminating mechanism Achieves both high uniformity and high brightness
LDL2
Lighting
By reducing the space between rolls, you can improve We achieved both high uniformity and high brightness through
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 inspection speed our unique optical system. It can perform highly-accurate
TH inspections depending on the scan rate, and supports a wide
LFL range of uses.
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Reduces slack Transmission imaging
LAV
PDM
Color acrylic sheet Detected a fish eye Detected shrinkage
LFX2
LFV3 Saves space
Conveyor direction
Conveyor direction
Other Light Units

Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU LT series
UV2
Allows for inspections where the light is installed
Ultraviolet
Lighting
The fish eye is captured accurately. The shrinkage line is captured clearly.
UV
at a narrow angle with the camera
LNSP-UV-FN
Compact structure
Imaging using
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 specular reflection

HLV2
LV Enables short Sheet metal Detected a slight dent
distance illumination
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Conveyor direction
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR The slight dent is accurately captured.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Inspection for fish eyes, scratches, and foreign materials By employing LT series
LNSD
on clear film a mechanism
LND2 where the emitting
Diffused
Lighting
HLND surface sticks out Camera

LT from the main
LNV/HLDN unit, it's possible
Workpiece
LNDG to illuminate with
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
the tip near the
LNIS-FN
inspected item, LED
Telecentric Lens
even in a narrow
Lenses
Macro Lens
space.

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
LT-300SW
Line Lights
100 100
90 90
80 80

70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
-150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in 100 mm illuminating distance. * The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
250,000 100
Lighting
HLDR-IP
90
200,000 80 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
70 LFR
Illuminance (lx)
150,000 60 LKR
50 FPR
100,000 40 FPQ2
30
LDL2
Lighting
50,000 20
Direct
LDLB
10
HLDL2
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 75 85 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235 255 TH
Illuminating distance (mm) Intensity scales (Steps) LFL
* Actual measurement values using the Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024. HPD2
Diffused Lighting
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity in each illuminating distance. Results for individual products may vary.
Results for individual products may vary. * Data obtained when output voltage range is 12 to 24 V. LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Custom order MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
E.g.: Widened emitting surface (Changed the standard product's 2.8 mm to 9.8 mm) Infrared
Lighting IR2
Result: Made it easier to align the line sensor camera axis and the illuminated range when using long Line Lights over 1,000 mm.
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
Standard product Wide type
HLV2-NR
(Emitting width of 2.8 mm) (Emitting width of 9.8 mm)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Position image of the camera axis and the illuminated range Position image of the camera axis and the illuminated range
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Camera axis Illuminated range Camera axis Illuminated range Macro Lens
Selection Products
Diffused
LT series CCS LT Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Line Lights
LT-100SW 15 W 500 g
LT-200SW 29 W 1,000 g
LT-300SW 43 W 1,500 g
LT-400SW 57 W 2,000 g
LT-500SW 71 W 2,500 g
LT-600SW 85 W 3,000 g
LT-700SW 99 W 3,500 g
LT-800SW 113 W 4,000 g
LT-900SW 128 W FCB-1.25SQ-ME7 4,500 g

LDR2 White 10,000 K PSB3-30024
LT-1000SW 142 W FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 5,000 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LT-1100SW 156 W 5,500 g
SQR
LT-1200SW 170 W 6,000 g
SQR-TP
LT-1300SW 184 W 6,500 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LT-1400SW 198 W 7,000 g
HPR2
LT-1500SW 212 W 7,500 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR LT-1600SW 226 W 8,000 g
FPR
LT-1700SW 240 W 8,500 g
FPQ2
LDL2 LT-1800SW 255 W 9,000 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 PSB3-30024 Product Page P.221
TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (red/blue/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
LED
LED properties
properties
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
100
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
60
White 10,000 K
HLV2 40
Light spectrum
LV 20
0
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
HFS/HFR
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Diffused
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
Cable length
Line Lights
FCB-2-1.25SQ-ME7 2m 430 g
Ø10.6
FCB-3-1.25SQ-ME7 3m 580 g
FCB-5-1.25SQ-ME7 5m 1,000 g
FCB-10-1.25SQ-ME7 10 m 2,000 g
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7
20,000
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 20 m 5,000 g LDR2
Direct Lighting
Ø10.6
Ø10.6
Ø11.7
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
Cable permitted bending radius: 63.6 mm HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
Dimensions (mm) FPR

FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
(Emitting surface)
B (Full length) (Not including the cable) HLDL2

Detailed figure C TH
2.8
(B-13) LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
5.4
8
LDM2
58
LAV
(27.6)
2 4.2
PDM
7
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
(6) 24 A (Emitting surface) 24 (23.8) (12.4) UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
(83)
(76)
IR2
HLV2
6
LV
Metal connector 7-pin
For installation (15) 14 14
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
5-M5 nut slots
HFS/HFR
→ Detailed figure C
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LT-100SW 100 178 LT-1000SW 1,000 1,078
LNSP-FN
LT-200SW 200 278 LT-1100SW 1,100 1,178
LN/LN-HK
LT-300SW 300 378 LT-1200SW 1,200 1,278 LNSD
LT-400SW 400 478 LT-1300SW 1,300 1,378 LND2
Diffused
Lighting
LT-500SW 500 578 LT-1400SW 1,400 1,478 HLND
LT-600SW 600 678 LT-1500SW 1,500 1,578 LT

LNV/HLDN
LT-700SW 700 778 LT-1600SW 1,600 1,678
LNDG
LT-800SW 800 878 LT-1700SW 1,700 1,778
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LT-900SW 900 978 LT-1800SW 1,800 1,878
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Line Coaxial Lights
Diffused
You can also use
CCS LNV Search your smartphone
LNV series
or cell phone.
Provides diffused light from the same axis as the camera

Line Coaxial Lights
LED color
LNV-300GR2
Size
Custom orders accepted LNV-300BL2
LDR2 LNV-300SW2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP LNV-300RD2
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for gaps between electronic parts on circuit boards, inspection for faults in lead frames,
Applications
HPR2 and inspection for stains attached to sheet metal, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LDL2
Lighting
Line coaxial illumination.

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 Allows for imaging with a line sensor camera.
TH Example configuration (LNV-300 series) Applications
LFL • Change to format
Inspection for dents on a metal bar • Increase brightness
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Camera • Change to wavelength, etc.

LDM2
LAV Half mirror
PDM
LED
LFX2
LFV3
Workpiece
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Lineup
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2 consumption temperature Control Units
LV LNV-300RD2 Red 24 V / 19 W 630 nm
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
LNV-300SW2 White 24 V / 13 W 5,500 K PD3*1 CC-ST-1024*
HFS/HFR - 550 g
LNV-300BL2 Blue 24 V / 13 W 470 nm PSB POD*2
HLV2-NR
LNV-300GR2 Green 24 V / 9.9 W 525 nm *Can only use green.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.242 Extension Cables P.230 Control Unit Selection Guide P.185 List of Control Unit Specifications P.187
PFB2 *1: Custom products with a PWM frequency of 500 kHz are available for Digital Control Unit PD3 series. Please contact your CCS sales representative for details.
LNSP *2: For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Dimensions (mm)
LNSD
321
LND2 LNV-300RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
301 (Emitting surface) 32
Diffused
Lighting
HLND 10
288
(1.2)
LT 16.5 3-M4 depth 5 (For installation)

300
LNV/HLDN
54
LNDG
40
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS 20
14
40.5 120 120

20
13
(Emitting surface)
LNIS-FN
You can change the
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
connectors of the LightUnit

(1.7)

Macro Lens cable. Choose between M12
16
connectors and flying leads.

40.5 120 120

Products
Examples of Custom
Ordered Products
Examples of Custom Ordered Products
Line High Power Dome Light
Line High Power

HLDN-600BLTN55ARELTK
Dome Light
Adding an air joint made it possible to increase
output using compressed air cooling.
Example 1 : Detecting stains on fibers
Diffused reflection on one side Diffused reflection on both sides Line High Power Dome Light
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Stain Stain Stain
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Sample movement Sample movement Sample movement
Convergent
direction direction direction
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Stain Stain Stain HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2
Unevenness in the base The effect from the base The base material
material stands out, and it is material unevenness is unevenness is reduced, LDL2
Lighting
difficult to differentiate from mitigated, but it is still difficult allowing for the stain to be
Direct
LDLB
the stain. to differentiate from the stain. easily detected.
HLDL2
TH
LFL
Example 2 : Exterior imaging of galvanized sheet steel

HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Line High Power Dome Light Working of exterior imaging of galvanized sheet
Line Sensor Light PDM
steel using a Line High Power Dome Light LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting IR2
Light Light Light Light
source source source source
HLV2
Glossy Glossy Glossy Matte Matte Matte
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Only the light illuminated from The matte section has a lower
near the roof of the reflective reflection rate compared to HFS/HFR
panel is reflected by the glossy the glossy section, but light HLV2-NR
It's difficult to differentiate between The diffused light from the Dome Light section of the inspected item illuminated from the whole HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
minute faults and surface differences. negates differences in surface tone, at nearly a specular reflection reflective panel is diffused and
PFBR
making it possible to notice faults. and is seen by the camera. is seen by the camera.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Dimensions (mm)
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
HLDN-600BLTN55ARELTK 4xAir joint
LNSD
(Applicable tube diameter: Ø4) 610
4 x M4 Air flow (minimum): 100 ml/min 5 600 4 x M4 LND2
Diffused
Lighting

300
HLND
LT
10 ±2
88.5
135
4 x M3 6
100
120
120
LNV/HLDN
(For installation)
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
62.5
Angled
(23)
7.5
7.5
17.5
2.5 605 LNIS

10 40
40 10 A LNIS-FN
A-A
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
55
Macro Lens
A
(627.8) 42.5 50
Selection Products
Oblique Angled
CCS LNDG Search
You can also use
your smartphone
LNDG series
or cell phone.
Achieves angled illumination using an original optical design

Bumps and subtle vertical wrinkles can be detected
Line Lights
LED color
Size
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LNDG-500SW-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Inspection for vertical wrinkles in paper, vertical striations in cardboard, vertical wrinkles and folding in non-woven fabric, and
Applications
HPR2 wrinkles in bonded sheets, etc
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Achieves angled illumination Bumps and subtle vertical wrinkles can be detected
LDL2
Lighting
The LNDG series enables detection of bumps and subtle Imaging samples
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 ver tical wrinkles, which were dif ficult to detect with Inspections for vertical wrinkles in paper labels
TH
conventional line sensor lights, in paper or non-woven
LFL
fabric that disperses light.
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Typical Line Lights LNDG series

LDM2 Conceptual image of angled illumination
LAV
Moving direction
Moving direction
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU Vertical wrinkles and Vertical wrinkles and bumps

UV2 bumps cannot be detected. and are clearly visible.
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Inspecting non-woven fabric for defects
Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Moving Typical Line Lights LNDG series

Workpiece direction
HLV2
Moving direction
Moving direction
LV
Other characteristics
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
1) Fan-less (Natural air cooling)
HFS/HFR
2) Error detection support
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
3) Emitting surface 300 to 3,000 mm long (can be made in units of 100 mm) Fiber fraying and kinks Fiber fraying and kinks are
PFBR
* Error detection is a function included with the PSCC(A) series, cannot be detected. clearly visible.
the recommended Control Units.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Inspections for vertical wrinkles in paper labels Achieves angled LNDG series
LNSD
illumination using
LND2
an original optical
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT design. This is a line
LNV/HLDN sensor light perfect
LNDG for detecting moving-
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
Workpiece
direction bumps
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
and subtle vertical
Lenses
Macro Lens wrinkles.

Products
Oblique Angled
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.219 P.243 P.249
▼
LNDG-500SW-LA Relative radiance distribution

Long side direction Short side direction
Line Lights
100 100
90 90
80 80

70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100
Long side position (mm) Short side position (mm)
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity. Results for individual products may vary. * The graph included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Change in illuminance Graph of the correlation between intensity and output LDR-LA1
120,000 100
SQR
90
SQR-TP
100,000
80
Convergent
Lighting
70 HLDR-IP
80,000
Illuminance (lx)
60
HPR2
60,000 50
Diffused Lighting
LFR
40
40,000 LKR
30
FPR
20
20,000
FPQ2
10
0 LDL2
0
Lighting
0 51 102 153 204 255
Direct
0 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LDLB
200 400 600 800 999
Illuminating distance (mm) Intensity scales (Steps) HLDL2
TH
* Actual measurement values at 100% intensity, in the center part of emission * Actual measurement values using the Analog Control Unit PSCC-30048(A).
in each illuminating distance. Results for individual products may vary. LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
Characteristic of the illumination distribution Illumination distribution characteristics: LDM2
short side
Measuring direction: long side Measuring direction: short side LAV
10 -10
20 -20
30 -30 PDM
1
40 -40 LFX2
50 -50 LFV3
60 -60
Collimated
0.5 MSU
Lighting
70 -70 MFU
80 -80 UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Angle (deg) UV
0
1 0.5 0 0.5 1 LNSP-UV-FN
Relative radiant intensity
Infrared
* These graphs are for reference only. Actual values may vary. Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
Select a Light Unit that is longer than the width of the workpiece.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
The LNDG-series Light Unit emits light at an angle to enable detecting "vertical wrinkles and bumps." When you select a HLV2-NR
Light Unit, select one that is at least 200 mm longer than the width of the workpiece to be inspected. We recommend a HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
illuminating distance of 50 mm to obtain sufficient illumination. PFBR

PFB2
LNSP
Camera Camera
Convergent
Front view LNDG series Side view

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LNDG series
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
m
HLND
W + 200 min.
g
50 m
atin
LT
e)
Workpiece (Emitting surface) Workpiece

min
anc
LNV/HLDN
(Illu
dist
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
(mm) LNIS-FN
W Moving direction
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
(160)
Macro Lens
Center of workpiece Emitting surface center
* The above illustration is an example of typical installation.
(along the long direction) Consider the application environment for actual applications.
Selection Products
Oblique Angled
LNDG series
Lighting You can also use
CCS LNDG Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
Lineup
Line Lights
LNDG-300SW-LA 39 W 1,600 g
LNDG-400SW-LA 52 W 2,000 g
LNDG-500SW-LA 65 W 2,400 g
LNDG-600SW-LA 78 W 2,800 g
LNDG-700SW-LA 91 W 3,200 g
LNDG-800SW-LA 104 W 3,600 g
LNDG-900SW-LA 117 W 4,000 g
LNDG-1000SW-LA 130 W 4,400 g
QCBM PSCC-30048(A)
LNDG-1100SW-LA 143 W 4,800 g
QCB PSCC-60048(A)
LNDG-1200SW-LA 156 W 5,200 g
LDR2
LNDG-1300SW-LA 169 W 5,500 g
LNDG-1400SW-LA 182 W 5,900 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LNDG-1500SW-LA 195 W 6,300 g
SQR
LNDG-1600SW-LA 208 W 6,700 g
SQR-TP White 7,000 K
LNDG-1700SW-LA 221 W 7,100 g
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
LNDG-1800SW-LA 234 W 7,500 g
HPR2 LNDG-1900SW-LA 247 W 7,900 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LNDG-2000SW-LA 260 W 8,300 g
LKR
LNDG-2100SW-LA 273 W 8,700 g
FPR
FPQ2
LNDG-2200SW-LA 286 W 9,100 g
LDL2 LNDG-2300SW-LA 299 W 9,500 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LNDG-2400SW-LA 312 W 9,900 g

HLDL2
LNDG-2500SW-LA 325 W QCB PSCC-60048(A) 10,300 g
TH
LNDG-2600SW-LA 338 W 10,700 g
LFL
HPD2 LNDG-2700SW-LA 351 W 11,100 g
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 LNDG-2800SW-LA 364 W 11,500 g

LAV
LNDG-2900SW-LA 377 W 11,900 g
PDM
LNDG-3000SW-LA 390 W 12,300 g
LFX2
LFV3 PSCC(A) Series Product Page P.219
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (red/blue/IR, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LED特性
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
LED properties
HLV2
100
LV
80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
White 7,000 K
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP 60
HFS/HFR 40
Light spectrum
20
HLV2-NR 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Wavelength (nm)
PFBR
PFB2 Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
LNSP The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Oblique Angled
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.219 P.243 P.249
▼
Extension cables * Necessary when connecting the Light Unit to the recommended Control Unit, the PSCC(A) Series.
（mm）
QCBM
Cable length
Line Lights
Applicable Control
Unit
(Ø12.6)
QCBM-2 2m 800 g
QCBM-3 3m 1,000 g
QCBM-5 5m 1,500 g PSCC-30048(A)
QCBM-10 10 m 2,700 g
QCB
Applicable Control
Unit Cable length
Ø16.5
QCB-2 2m 1,100 g
QCB-3 3m 1,500 g LDR2
QCB-5 5m 2,400 g PSCC-60048(A)
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
QCB-10 10 m 4,600 g LDR-LA1
QCB-20 20 m 8,900 g SQR
Cable permitted bending radius: 99 mm SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary. HLDR-IP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Dimensions (mm)
LFR
LKR
FPR
(Screw heads)
FPQ2
A (Emitting surface) (35) LDL2

(Screw heads)
Lighting
16.2 (Window)
Direct
LDLB
(2)
HLDL2
17
TH
31.2
34
LFL
17 (Center of the emitting surface)
13
(Screw heads)
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Mounting slots
(2)
3xM5 Nut slots LAV

→Detail Diagram C
(30) B PDM
LFX2
Illuminating direction LFV3
+0.4
+0.1
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
5.4
+ 035
0 MFU
30
UV2
(86.2)
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
(55)
LNSP-UV-FN
4.3 3
Infrared
Lighting IR2
Detail Diagram C
HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LNDG-300SW-LA 300 365 LNDG-1700SW-LA 1,700 1,765 PFBR
LNDG-400SW-LA 400 465 LNDG-1800SW-LA 1,800 1,865 PFB2
LNDG-500SW-LA 500 565 LNDG-1900SW-LA 1,900 1,965 LNSP

Convergent
Lighting
LNDG-600SW-LA 600 665 LNDG-2000SW-LA 2,000 2,065 CU-LNSP

LNSP-FN
LNDG-700SW-LA 700 765 LNDG-2100SW-LA 2,100 2,165
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
LNDG-1000SW-LA 1,000 1,065 LNDG-2400SW-LA 2,400 2,465 HLND

LNDG-1100SW-LA 1,100 1,165 LNDG-2500SW-LA 2,500 2,565 LT
LNDG-1200SW-LA 1,200 1,265 LNDG-2600SW-LA 2,600 2,665 LNV/HLDN
LNDG-1300SW-LA 1,300 1,365 LNDG-2700SW-LA 2,700 2,765 LNDG

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNDG-1400SW-LA 1,400 1,465 LNDG-2800SW-LA 2,800 2,865
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses

Macro Lens
Selection Products
Oblique Angled
CCS LNIS Search
You can also use
your smartphone
LNIS series
or cell phone.
Achieves bi-directional angled illumination using an original

optical design
Line Lights
LED color
Size
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LNIS-400SW
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Streak inspection for sheet surfaces, scratch inspection on clear film, scratch inspection on glass panels, and damage
Applications
HPR2 inspection for sheet metal, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Achieves bi-directional angled illumination Perfect for moving-direction scratches such as streaks
LDL2
Lighting
The LNIS series is a completely new concept product that Imaging of vertical scratches (moving-direction scratches) on film
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 was developed to detect "moving-direction scratches," which
LNIS series
TH
were difficult to detect with conventional line sensor lights. Line scan camera
LFL
Line sensor light
HPD2 Difference between bi-directional angled (LNIS-300SW)
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 illumination and conventional illumination

Moving direction
LAV Moving direction
PDM Cross angled illumination Conventional illumination

Vertical scratch
LFX2
LFV3 Imaging conditions: Intensity 100%
Emphasizes only the vertical scratch. Even if you increase the

Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU output, the background noise and brightness do not increase.

UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Conventional convergent light

LNSP-UV-FN Line sensor light LNSP series
Line scan camera

Infrared
Lighting
IR2 Line sensor light

(LNSP-300SW)
Moving direction
HLV2
Recommended illuminating range
LV Moving direction
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
Other characteristics Vertical scratch
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR 1) Fan-less (Natural air cooling) Imaging conditions:
Intensity 50%
Imaging conditions:
Intensity 100%
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 2) Compact design It's difficult to highlight only the vertical scratch. If you increase the output, the
PFBR 3) Emitting surface 100 to 1,000 mm long (can be made in units of 100 mm) background noise and brightness increase but the contrast ratio does not.
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Scratch inspection on transparent film Achieves bi- LNIS series
LNSD
directional angled
LND2
illumination using
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT an original optical
LNV/HLDN design. This is a line
LNDG sensor light perfect
Lighting
Oblique
Workpiece
Angled
LNIS
for detecting moving-
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
direction scratches.
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Oblique Angled
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
Recommended illumination range Light Unit in use: LNIS-500SW
Long side Graph of effective illumination range
Line Lights
Illuminating distance: 30 mm * The values are based on the simulation.
Example: Using the 500 mm size Long side
(LNIS-500SW) 100
90 Right
80
Relative illuminance (%)

70 Left
60
50
40
30
Recommended
20
illumination range 10
LWD:
400 mm 30 mm 0
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Lateral position (mm)

LWD: Actual values may vary.
LDR2
350 mm 50 mm Long side
Direct Lighting
100 LDR2-LA
90
LDR-LA1
80 Right
70 Left SQR
LWD: 60
SQR-TP
300 mm 70 mm 50
Convergent
40
Lighting
HLDR-IP
30
20
10 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
0 LFR
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Lateral position (mm) LKR
LWD: FPR
240 mm Illuminating distance: 70 mm
100 mm * The values are based on the simulation.
Actual values may vary. FPQ2
Right Left Long side LDL2
Lighting
Direct
100
Right LDLB
90
80 Left HLDL2
70
TH
60
50 LFL
40
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
30
20 LDM2
10
LAV
0
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
PDM
LFX2
Illuminating distance: 100 mm * The values are based on the simulation. LFV3
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
Long side
100 MFU
90
UV2
Ultraviolet
80
Lighting
70
Right UV
60 Left LNSP-UV-FN
50
Infrared
Lighting
40
IR2
30
20
10 HLV2
0 LV
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
The section on the graph where " Left " and " Right " overlap is the section where light from HFS/HFR
the left and right sides overlaps. The recommended illumination range is the range in this HLV2-NR
overlapping section where each illuminance is ensured for 80% or higher of the peak. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
* LWD is the distance from the Line Light to the workpiece. * These graphs are for reference only. Actual values may vary.
PFB2
LNSP
Table of the recommended illumination range (Where illuminance of the left/right beam is 80% of the peak value or more.)
Convergent
Lighting
(mm) CU-LNSP
LWD: Emitting surface length LNSP-FN

LN/LN-HK
Illuminating distance 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000
LNSD
10 40 140 240 340 440 540 640 740 840 940 LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
30 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 LT

LNV/HLDN
50 50 150 250 350 450 550 650 750 850 LNDG

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
70 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
100 40 140 240 340 440 540 640 740 Macro Lens
* These values are based on the simulation. Actual range of the effective illumination depends on your imaging environment.
Selection Products
Oblique Angled
LNIS series
CCS LNIS Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
LNIS-500SW
Change in illuminance Graph of the correlation between intensity and output
Output characteristics of each intensity range
Line Lights
using Analog Control Unit (constant voltage) PSB3-30024

500,000 100
90
400,000 80
Illuminance (lx)

70
300,000 60
50 18V to 24V
18V～24V
200,000 40
30 15V to 24V
15V～24V
100,000 20
12V to 24V
12V～24V
10
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 75 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235 255

LDR2
* Actual measurement values at the center of the emitting surface, 100% intensity. * Actual measurement values using Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024.
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA Results for individual products may vary. Results for individual products may vary.
LDR-LA1 * Measured in each voltage range because the Analog Control Unit PSB3-30024
SQR
LNIS-400SW has a switching function for the lower limit of output voltage.
SQR-TP Characteristics of the illumination distribution

Convergent
Measuring direction: long side Measuring direction: short side

Lighting
HLDR-IP
Illumination distribution chracteristics:
HPR2 short side
Diffused Lighting
LFR 10 -10
20 -20
LKR 30 -30
1
FPR 40 -40
FPQ2 50 -50
LDL2 60 -60
0.5
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
70 -70
HLDL2 Angle (deg)
TH
80 -80
LFL 0
HPD2 1 0.5 0 0.5 1
Diffused Lighting
* These graphs are for reference only. Actual values may vary. Relative radiant intensity
LDM2
LAV
PDM Lineup
LFX2
LFV3
Collimated
MSU consumption temperature Control Unit

Lighting
MFU
LNIS-100SW 24 V / 21 W 430 g
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNIS-200SW 24 V / 41 W 760 g
LNSP-UV-FN LNIS-300SW 24 V / 61 W 1,090 g
LNIS-400SW 24 V / 81 W 1,420 g
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
LNIS-500SW 24 V / 101 W PSB3-30024 1,740 g
HLV2 White 5,800 K FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7
LNIS-600SW 24 V / 121 W 2,070 g
LV
LNIS-700SW 24 V / 142 W 2,400 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR LNIS-800SW 24 V / 162 W 2,730 g
HLV2-NR LNIS-900SW 24 V / 182 W 3,050 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LNIS-1000SW 24 V / 202 W 3,380 g
PFBR
PFB2 PSB3-30024 Product Page P.221
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (red/blue/IR, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
LED properties
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT 100
LNV/HLDN 80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
White 5,800 K
60
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
40
Angled
LNIS Light spectrum

20
LNIS-FN 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Wavelength (nm)
Macro Lens

Products
Oblique Angled
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.221 P.243 P.249
▼
Cable length
Line Lights
FCB-2-1.25SQ-ME7 2m 430 g
Ø10.6
FCB-3-1.25SQ-ME7 3m 580 g
FCB-5-1.25SQ-ME7 5m 1,000 g
FCB-10-1.25SQ-ME7 10 m 2,000 g
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7
20,000
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 20 m 5,000 g LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Ø10.6
Ø10.6
Ø11.7
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP

HPR2
Diffused Lighting
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary. LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Dimensions (mm) TH
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
B (Full length) (Not including the cable) 7.5
LAV
1.5 4.2
8 A (Emitting surface) (18) PDM
LFX2
LFV3
5.4
8
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
42
MFU
Detailed figure C
UV2
10.5
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
5 32 Lighting IR2
HLV2
LV
42
(Ø6.9)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
24
70
55
HFS/HFR
25
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
For installation
300 PFBR
4, M5 nut slots
→ Detailed figure C PFB2
LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) LN/LN-HK
LNIS-100SW 100 126 LNIS-600SW 600 626 LNSD

LND2
LNIS-200SW 200 226 LNIS-700SW 700 726
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LNIS-300SW 300 326 LNIS-800SW 800 826
LT
LNIS-400SW 400 426 LNIS-900SW 900 926
LNV/HLDN
LNIS-500SW 500 526 LNIS-1000SW 1,000 1,026 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Oblique Angled
CCS LNIS-FN Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
LNIS-FN series
Achieves bi-directional angled illumination using an original optical design

High output type which adopts forced air (fan)
Line Lights
LED color
Size
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LNIS-400SW-FN
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Streak inspection for sheet surfaces, scratch inspection on clear film, scratch inspection on glass panels, and damage
Applications
HPR2 inspection for sheet metal, etc.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 Illuminance of 678,000 lx using forced air (fan) Avoid trouble with error detection
LDL2
Lighting
This is a high-output (fan-equipped) type of the LNIS series, 1) Error detection for cooling fans
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 developed to detect moving-direction scratches such as streaks. An error is detected should a fault occur, such as
TH
It meets the needs of customers who require even brighter lights. insufficient speed or a stop in the cooling fans.
LFL
Checks the speeds
HPD2 Comparison between the LNIS and LNIS-FN
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LNIS-FN series LNIS series
LAV (Fan-equipped) (Fan-less)
Illuminance
PDM • All fans are monitored.
1,000,000
2) Error detection for the LEDs
LFX2 900,000
Emitting surface Luminance 800,000
LFV3 uniformity 700,000 Detects dead LEDs due to an open in the Light Unit
Illuminance (lx)
600,000
circuit or a shorted LED.

Collimated
MSU 500,000
Lighting
400,000
MFU 300,000
200,000
Supported length Saving
UV2 Quickly avoid trouble!
space
Error
100,000
Ultraviolet
!
Lighting
UV
0 Stopped cooling fan
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Illuminating distance (mm)
160 180 200
detected!
Quietness
LNSP-UV-FN
Series name Brightness
! LED not lighting up
Infrared
Lighting
Transmits
IR2
PSCC-60048
LNIS-FN series 678,000 lx LWD = 50 mm the error

LNIS series 310,000 lx LWD = 50 mm
HLV2
Warning light lights up
LV Error displayed on
Other characteristics the digital screen * Conceptual image
* When connected to send the error
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP LED Light Control signal to the warning light and light
HFS/HFR 1) Emitting surface 100 to 1,500 mm long (can be made in units of 100 mm) Unit PSCC(A) series it up.
HLV2-NR 2) Due to the constant-current drive system, the emitting

* Error detection is a function included with the PSCC(A) series,
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
surface has uniformity higher than the LNIS series. the recommended Control Units.
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
Convergent

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Scratch inspection on plate glass Achieves bi- LNIS-FN series
LNSD
directional angled
LND2
illumination using
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
LT an original optical
LNV/HLDN design. This is a line
LNDG sensor light perfect Workpiece
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
for detecting moving-
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
direction scratches.
Lenses
Macro Lens (fan cooling type)

Products
Oblique Angled
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.219 P.243 P.249
▼
Recommended illumination range Light Unit in use: LNIS-500SW-FN
Long side Graph of effective illumination range
Line Lights
Example: Using the 500 mm size Long side
(LNIS-500SW-FN) 100
90 Right
80

70 Left
60
50
40
30
Recommended
20
illumination range 10
LWD:
400 mm 30 mm 0
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

LWD: Actual values may vary.
LDR2
350 mm 50 mm Long side
Direct Lighting
100 LDR2-LA
90
LDR-LA1
Right
80
70 Left SQR
LWD: 60
SQR-TP
300 mm 70 mm 50
Convergent
40
Lighting
HLDR-IP
30
20
10 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
0 LFR
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Lateral position (mm) LKR
LWD: FPR
240 mm
100 mm Illuminating distance: 70 mm * The values are based on the simulation.
Actual values may vary. FPQ2
Right Left Long side LDL2
Lighting
Direct
100
Right LDLB
90
80 Left HLDL2
70
TH
60
50 LFL
40
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
30
20 LDM2
10
LAV
0
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
PDM
LFX2

LFV3
Collimated
Actual values may vary. MSU
Lighting
Long side
100 MFU
90
UV2
Ultraviolet
80
Lighting
70
Right UV
60 Left LNSP-UV-FN
50
Infrared
Lighting
40
IR2
30
20
10 HLV2
0 LV
-350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Lateral position (mm) LSP
The section on the graph where " Left " and " Right " overlap is the section where light from HFS/HFR
the left and right sides overlaps. The recommended illumination range is the range in this HLV2-NR
overlapping section where each illuminance is ensured for 80% or higher of the peak. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
* LWD is the distance from the Line Light to the workpiece. * These graphs are for reference only. Actual values may vary.
PFB2
LNSP
Table of the recommended illumination range (Where illuminance of the left/right beam is 80% of the peak value or more.)
Convergent
Lighting
(mm) CU-LNSP
Emitting surface length LNSP-FN

LWD:
Illuminating LN/LN-HK
distance 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 LNSD
10 40 140 240 340 440 540 640 740 840 940 1,040 1,140 1,240 1,340 1,440 LND2
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
30 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 LT
LNV/HLDN
50 50 150 250 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1,050 1,150 1,250 1,350 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
70 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
100 40 140 240 340 440 540 640 740 840 940 1,040 1,140 1,240
* These values are based on the simulation. Actual range of the effective illumination depends on your imaging environment.
Selection Products
Oblique Angled
LNIS-FN series
CCS LNIS-FN Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
LNIS-400SW-FN LNIS-1500SW-FN
Change in illuminance Graph of the correlation between intensity and output
Line Lights
Output characteristics of
Analog Control Unit (constant current) PSCC-60048(A)
1,000,000 100
900,000 90
800,000 80

Illuminance (lx)
700,000 70
600,000 60
500,000 50
400,000 40
300,000 30
200,000 20
100,000 10
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 51 102 153 204 255
LDR2
Intensity scales (Steps)
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA Illuminating distance (mm)
LDR-LA1 * Actual measurement values at the center of the emitting surface, 100% intensity. * Actual measurement values using the Analog Control Unit PSCC-60048(A) .
Results for individual products may vary. Results for individual products may vary.
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2
Lineup
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Power
LKR Correlated color Recommended
Model name LED color consumption Extension cables Weight
FPR temperature Control Units
(including fans)
FPQ2
LNIS-100SW-FN 41 W 900 g
LDL2
LNIS-200SW-FN 81 W 1,400 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
PSCC-30048(A)
HLDL2
LNIS-300SW-FN 117 W 1,900 g
PSCC-60048(A)
TH LNIS-400SW-FN 157 W 2,400 g
LFL LNIS-500SW-FN 192 W 2,900 g
HPD2 LNIS-600SW-FN 233 W 3,400 g
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LNIS-700SW-FN 268 W 3,900 g
LAV QCBM
LNIS-800SW-FN White 309 W 5,800 K 4,400 g
PDM QCB
LNIS-900SW-FN 345 W 4,900 g
LFX2
LFV3 LNIS-1000SW-FN 384 W 5,500 g
PSCC-60048(A)
LNIS-1100SW-FN 425 W 6,000 g
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU LNIS-1200SW-FN 460 W 6,500 g

UV2 LNIS-1300SW-FN 501 W 7,000 g
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV
LNIS-1400SW-FN 536 W 7,500 g
LNSP-UV-FN
LNIS-1500SW-FN 576 W 8,000 g
Infrared
Lighting
IR2
HLV2
LV The emitting surface is available in sizes of 100 mm units. For details about other sizes, inquire with your CCS sales representative.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP In addition, we accept custom orders, such as changes to the LED color (red/blue/IR/UV, etc.) and size changes. Inquire at your CCS sales representative for details.
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
LNSP
LED properties
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP 100
LNSP-FN 80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
White 5,800 K
60
LN/LN-HK
40
LNSD Light spectrum
20
LND2 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Diffused
Lighting
HLND Wavelength (nm)
LT
LNV/HLDN
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Oblique Angled
Lighting
P.125 P.158 P.219 P.243 P.249
▼
Extension cables * Necessary when connecting the Light Unit to the recommended Control Unit, the PSCC(A) series.
QCBM （mm）
Line Lights
Control Unit
(Ø12.6)
QCBM-2 2m 800 g
QCBM-3 3m 1,000 g
QCBM-5 5m 1,500 g PSCC-30048(A)
QCBM-10 10 m 2,700 g
QCB
Applicable
Control Unit Cable length
QCB-2 2m 1,100 g
Ø16.5
QCB-3 3m 1,500 g
QCB-5 5m 2,400 g PSCC-60048(A)
QCB-10 10 m 4,600 g LDR2
Direct Lighting
QCB-20 20 m 8,900 g LDR2-LA
Cable permitted bending radius: 99 mm LDR-LA1
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary. SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
Dimensions (mm) HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2
B (Full length) (Not including the cable) 4
LDL2
1.5
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
(6.7) 34 A (Emitting surface)
HLDL2
TH
12
6
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
62
LDM2
Detailed figure C
19
LAV
PDM
LFX2
LFV3
14.5 32
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
41
0
56.5
UV
30
(101.3)
LNSP-UV-FN
Infrared
Lighting
16
IR2
(Ø13.6)
HLV2
Fan air inlets For installation LV
4, nut slots
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
2xM3 (For FG line installation, same for opposite side) → Detailed figure C
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR
PFB2
Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) Model name A (Emitting surface) B (Full length) LNSP
Convergent
Lighting
LNIS-100SW-FN 100 144 LNIS-900SW-FN 900 944 CU-LNSP

LNSP-FN
LNIS-200SW-FN 200 244 LNIS-1000SW-FN 1,000 1,044
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Diffused
Lighting
LNIS-500SW-FN 500 544 LNIS-1300SW-FN 1,300 1,344 HLND

LNIS-600SW-FN 600 644 LNIS-1400SW-FN 1,400 1,444 LT
LNIS-700SW-FN 700 744 LNIS-1500SW-FN 1,500 1,544 LNV/HLDN
LNIS-800SW-FN 800 844 LNDG

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Macro Lens
Selection Products
Area Specific Product Line-up
Light Units with
Intensity Control Unit triniti
IU series P.172 triniti-enabled P.174
LED Lights
IP67 High-Power
Compliant Products Spot Lights/ Bar Lights
IQ series P.178 HL series P.179
High-Power Spot Lights

HSL-PCL series P.180
Inquiry for above products

CCS America Inc. (USA)
5 Burlington Woods Suite 204, Burlington, MA 01803 USA
T E L : +1-781-272-6900
FA X : +1-781-272-6902
Email : info@ccsamerica.com
CCS Europe NV/SA (Belgium)

Bergensesteenweg 423, Bus 13, 1600 Sint-Pieters-Leeuw, Belgium
T E L : +32-(0)2-333-0080
FA X : +32-(0)2-333-0081
Email : info@ccseu.com
CCS Asia PTE LTD. (Singapore)

63 Hillview Avenue #07-10, Lam Soon Industrial Building, Singapore 669569
T E L : +65-6769-1669
FA X : +65-6769-3422
Email : sales@ccs-asia.com.sg
171
Light Units with Intensity Control Unit

IU series
You can change light intensity and perform light ON/OFF control without
an external controller.
HPR2-IU Series
The light intensity can be set to An M12 input connector,

any of 126 levels by adjusting the to which you can connect
Intensity Control Unit. Smart Cameras and
other devices to supply power.
Common specifications Dimensions (mm)

Lighting method Continuous lighting
Ø8.0
Drive method Constant-voltage system

19.5
Intensity control method PWM control

36.0
PWM frequency 125 kHz
70.0
Input voltage (rating) 24 VDC
12.0
Input voltage (range) 21.6 to 24 VDC
Input connector M12 (4 pins, male)
Cable length 670 mm (including the Intensity Control Unit) Pin No. Signal
4 3
1 24 VDC*1
2 2 NC
1
3 COMMON GND
Notch 4 ON/OFF input (+24 V)*2
*1 Voltage rating: 24 VDC, Voltage range: 21.6 to 24 VDC

Optional accessories • The brightness of the Light Unit will be lower when the input voltage
is less than 24 VDC.
• Use a stable power source with an output voltage that does not
■ Extension Cable fluctuate.
Model name: FRCB-n-M12-4M-4F (n=1, 2, 3) *2 Voltage rating: 24 VDC, Voltage range: 20 to 26.4 VDC
This robot cable is used to extend the Light Unit cable length.
Cable length: 1, 2, 3 m
■ Continuous Lighting Adapter

Model name: FRCB-0.5-M12-AL-4M4F
This Adapter is used to continuously turn ON the Light Unit. A robot
cable is used.
(Pins 1 and 4 are internally connected.)
Cable length: 0.5 m
172
IU-series Products
Ring Lights Dome Lights Back Lights

Model name Power consumption (typ.) Model name Power consumption (typ.) Model name Power consumption (typ.)
HPR2-50RD-IU 8.1 W HPD2-75RD-IU 11 W LFL-612RD2-P-IU 1.0 W
HPR2-50SW-IU 9.6 W HPD2-75SW-IU 11 W LFL-612SW2-P-IU 0.9 W
HPR2-75RD-IU 11 W HPD2-100RD-IU 11 W LFL-1012RD2-IU 1.0 W
HPD2
HPR2-75SW-IU 11 W HPD2-100SW-IU 11 W LFL-1012SW2-IU 1.3 W
HPR2
HPR2-100RD-IU 11 W HPD2-150RD-IU 11 W LFL-1012RD2-P-IU 1.0 W
HPR2-100SW-IU 11 W HPD2-150SW-IU 11 W LFL-1012SW2-P-IU 1.3 W
HPR2-150RD-IU 11 W LFL-3212RD2-IU 2.0 W
LFL
HPR2-150SW-IU 11 W LFL-3212SW2-IU 2.8 W
LDR2-32RD2-IU 2.0 W LFL-4012RD2-IU 2.5 W
LDR2-32SW2-IU 2.4 W LFL-4012SW2-IU 3.2 W

LDR2
LDR2-70RD2-IU 6.6 W
LDR2-70SW2-IU 8.1 W
LDR2-90RD2-IU 11 W
LDR2-90SW2-IU 11 W
LDR2-50RD2-WD-IU 3.6 W
LDR2-70RD2-WD-IU 6.6 W
LDR2-90RD2-WD-IU 11 W Coaxial Lights Square Lights

LFR-100RD2-IU 4.1 W Model name Power consumption (typ.) Model name Power consumption (typ.)
LFR-100SW2-IU 5.1 W LFV3-CP-13RD-IU 2.5 W FPQ2-32RD-IU 6.6 W

LFR
LFR-130RD2-IU 5.1 W LFV3-CP-13SW-IU 2.8 W FPQ2-32SW-IU 5.6 W

FPQ2
LFR-130SW2-IU 6.2 W LFV3-CP-18RD-IU 3.8 W FPQ2-48RD-IU 6.3 W
LKR-70RD2-IU 3.0 W LFV3-CP-18SW-IU 4.6 W FPQ2-48SW-IU 11 W

LKR
LKR-70SW2-IU 4.3 W LFV3-34RD-IU 4.2 W
LDR-75RD2-LA1-IU 3.0 W LFV3-34SW-IU 3.7 W
LDR-75SW2-LA1-IU 4.3 W LFV3-35RD-IU 3.6 W

LFV3

LDR-LA1
LDR-176RD2-LA1-IU 6.6 W LFV3-50SW-IU 11 W
LDR-176SW2-LA1-IU 8.1 W LFV3-70RD-IU 11 W
LDR-206RD2-LA1-IU 7.6 W LFV3-70SW-IU 11 W
LDR-206SW2-LA1-IU 9.6 W
LDR2-48RD2-LA-IU 2.5 W
LDR2-48SW2-LA-IU 3.6 W
LDR2-LA
LDR2-74SW2-LA-IU 6.2 W
LDR2-100SW2-LA-IU 11 W
LDR2-132RD2-LA-IU 11 W
LDR2-132SW2-LA-IU 11 W
173
trinitiTM technology
Expert control of Machine Vision lighting… made easy
trinitiTM is a new, enabling technology from Gardasoft, enables non-expert users to use expert Machine Vision
which provides expert control, operational intelligence lighting techniques
and full integration of Machine Vision Lighting — all
within a ‘plug-&-play’ environment.
revolutionises the integration of lighting parameters right
through to application level software
With triniti, Machine Vision systems with LED Lighting are
now much easier to create, configure and commission, while,
at the same time, offering increased functionality. addresses the industry’s identified need for a highly flexible
system that is also readily ‘plug-&-play’
This is because complex control techniques have now been
made very easy to implement. provides a stability of brightness, long-term, that helps to
enhance the reliability of Machine Vision systems, o
ver many
triniti delivers many benefits to users, including that it: years.
Interworking between Machine triniti™ comprises

Vision product manufacturers three key technological elements:
As a system-enabling technology, 1 Integration of Lights into software
triniti embraces a collaborative triniti-enabled LED lights
approach with leading are seamlessly integrated
manufacturers of LED Lighting into Machine Vision
and providers of Machine networks, providing diagnostic
Vision software. and configuration benefits
through imaging and application
processing software.
LED Lighting - CCS is one of the world’s most prominent 2 Expert Light Control
Machine Vision product manufacturers; triniti systems incorporate the
CCS is also one of the control functionality of Gardasoft
leading triniti partners Vision’s patented LED light
for LED Lighting. controller technology, in either
discrete or embedded form.
Machine Vision APIs - The triniti API is compatible
with Image Processing Software from leading suppliers 3 Light Identification and Operational Data
that include Cognex, Stemmer Imaging and triniti systems incorporate the
National Instruments. control functionality of Gardasoft
Vision’s patented LED light controller
technology, in either discrete
or embedded form.
* All trademarks acknowledged.
174
A Collaboration of Machine Vision manufacturers:

LED lighting; image processing software; expert light control
trinitiTM products and developments

As part of the collaborative development programme, triniti triniti also exploits standard Machine Vision networking
deliverables include core hardware and software elements and communication architectures such as GigE Vision and
that are integrated with, or embedded into, products from GenICam, in order to ensure that the resulting solutions are
leading LED Light hardware and Machine Vision software fully integrated as follows:
manufacturers.
a) triniti Machine Vision Software Interface (API) c) triniti Controller

triniti-enabled LED lights are seamlessly integrated into These are LED Light Controllers which inherit the patented
Machine Vision networks and provide diagnostic and Gardasoft functionality, and combine this with triniti
configuration benefits through Image Processing Software. communication and GigE Vision compatibility.
b) triniti Protocols d) triniti Chip

The GigE Vision protocol has been implemented in the The triniti chip has been built into partners’ lights or light
triniti Controllers so that intelligent cameras and applications cabling. It holds manufacturer’s data on the lights, stores
and libraries which support GigE Vision or GenICam can dynamic usage data and can return measurements from
interface directly to triniti Controllers. sensors within the light.
175
triniti™ provides APIs for integration
with Image Processing Software

triniti offers much closer integration of lighting to the By integrating camera and lighting configuration and
application level. This is done by providing links from the control at the application level, the operation of the system
applications to the light through industry-standard protocols as a whole can be more visible.
and software APIs for specific environments.
For example, a timing diagram (like the below example)
triniti API extensions are available for leading Machine Vision showing the timing of the trigger source, camera exposure
software for Image Processing and System configuration — time and lighting pulses, can be shown on-screen, to make
with the result that a full graphical interface is provided to it much easier for both development and diagnostics.
the user for configuration and synchronisation between GigE
Vision (and other cameras) and lighting.
triniti™ gives expert control ‘Plug-&-play’ customer benefits include:

Optimum application settings for lighting are easy to
With triniti-enabled lighting, users benefit from having expert configure, multiple light systems are easy to manage, and
control techniques for their lighting systems readily available automatic adjustment can maintain more stable brightness
— with an ease-of-use more typically associated with ‘plug- over many years of operation.
&-play’ products.
Expert customer benefits include:
Functional advantages include enhanced overdrive and pulse Machine Vision functionality is increased, as performance
control, and flexible light switching and synchronisation. is improved, and the potential of camera and lighting
(Note: refer to CCS – www.ccs-grp.com – for specific details.) equipment can be fully exploited. This means that system
reliability is maximised, and at the same time, services to
end users can be extended and enhanced.
176
triniti Products
Model Name Led Wavelenght/ Options Weight Model Name Led Wavelenght/ Options Weight
Color Correlated (g) Color Correlated (g)
Color temp. Color temp.
Ring Lights LDL2-119X16RD- Diffusion plate Protective plate

Red 635 nm 95
WD-TR Plorization plate Bracket
Diffusion plate Lens attachment
LDR2-32RD2-TR Red 630 nm 30
Plorization plate ring LDL2-119X16SW- Diffusion plate Protective plate
White 6.600 K 95
LDR2-32SW2-TR White 5.500 K 30
Plorization plate ring LDL2-74X30RD- Diffusion plate Protective plate
Red 635 nm 100
NR-TR Plorization plate Bracket
Diffusion plate
LDR2-42RD2-TR Red 630 nm Adapter 50
Plorization plate LDL2-74X30SW- Diffusion plate Protective plate
White 6.600 K 100
Diffusion plate
LDR2-42SW2-TR White 5.500 K Adapter 50
Plorization plate LDL2-74X30RD- Diffusion plate Protective plate
Red 635 nm 100
LDR2-50RD2-TR Red 630 nm 50
Plorization plate ring LDL2-74X30SW- Diffusion plate Protective plate
White 6.600 K 100
Plorization plate ring Flat Lights
LDR2-70RD2-TR Red 630 nm Diffusion plate Plorization plate 110 TH-27X27RD- Light control
Red 635 nm Bracket 30
TR film
Diffusion plate
Plorization plate TH-27X27SW- Light control
White 6.600 K Bracket 30
TR film
LDR2-74RD2-
Red 630 nm Diffusion plate 90
LA-TR TH-43X35RD- Light control
TR film
LDR2-74SW2-
White 5.500 K Diffusion plate 90
LA-TR TH-43X35SW- Light control
TR film
LDR2-100RD2-
TR film
LDR2-100SW2-
TR film
LDR2-132RD2-
TR film
LDR2-132SW2-
TR film
HPR2-50RD-TR Red 635 nm Bracket 46
TH-83X75RD- Light control
HPR2-50SW-TR White 6.000 K Bracket 46 TR film
HPR2-50BL-TR Blue 470 nm Bracket 46 TH-83X75SW- Light control

TR film
TH-100X100RD- Light control
HPR2-75SW-TR White 6.000 K Bracket 160 TR film
HPR2-75BL-TR Blue 470 nm Bracket 160 TH-100X100SW- Light control

TR film
Dome Lights
HPR2-100SW-TR White 6.000 K Bracket 170
HPD2-75RD-TR Red 635 nm Bracket 140
HPR2-100BL-TR Blue 470 nm Bracket 170
HPD2-75SW-TR White 6.500 K Bracket 140
Square Lights
HPD2-75BL-TR Blue 470 nm Bracket 140
FPQ2-32RD-TR Red 630 nm - 50
FPQ2-32SW-TR White 6.000 K - 50 HPD2-100RD-TR Red 635 nm Bracket 160
FPQ2-48RD-TR Red 630 nm - 85 HPD2-100SW-TR White 6.500 K Bracket 160
FPQ2-48SW-TR White 6.000 K - 85 HPD2-100BL-TR Blue 470 nm Bracket 160
Bar Light Coaxial Lights

Diffusion plate LFV3-CP-18RD-
LDL2-33X8RD-TR Red 635 nm Bracket 20 Red 635 nm - 80
Plorization plate TR
Diffusion plate LFV3-CP-18SW-

LDL2-33X8SW-TR White 6.600 K Bracket 20 White 6.000 K - 80
Plorization plate TR
LDL2-41X16RD- Diffusion plate Protective plate Diffusion plate Light control

Red 635 nm 50 LFV3-35RD-TR Red 635 nm 175
NR-TR Plorization plate Bracket Plorization plate film
LDL2-41X16SW- Diffusion plate Protective plate Diffusion plate Light control

White 6.600 K 50 LFV3-35SW-TR White 6.000 K 175
NR-TR Plorization plate Bracket Plorization plate film
Diffusion plate Light control

LDL2-41X16RD- Diffusion plate Protective plate LFV3-50RD-TR Red 635 nm 335
Red 635 nm 50 Plorization plate film
Diffusion plate Light control
LDL2-41X16SW- Diffusion plate Protective plate LFV3-50SW-TR White 6.000 K 335
White 6.600 K 50 Plorization plate film
LDL2-119X16RD- Diffusion plate Protective plate

Red 635 nm 95
LDL2-119X16SW- Diffusion plate Protective plate

White 6.600 K 95
177
IP67 Compliant Products

IQ series
IRL-092035-63-DF IRL-092035-SW-DF
IRL-092035-SW
IRL-092035-63
IBR-150030-63 IBR-150030-63-DF IBR-150030-SW IBR-150030-SW-DF
IBL-080080-SW-DF
IBL-080080-63-DF

Input voltage 24 VDC Ring Light
Cable length 0.5 m IRL-092035-63
Input connector M12 male 4 pins connector IRL-092035-63-DF
IRL-092035-SW e) 70
Polarity & signal 1: +(Brown), 2: NC(White), 3: - (Blue), 4: Signal(Black) ac
IRL-092035-SW-DF s urf 35
ON/OFF ON: 0V, OFF: 24V tt ing
0
mi
11
1(E
Ø
Wavelength(typ.) Red: 630 nm, White: 6,000 K Ø6

)
Ø92 g surface
tin
Operating temperature (Emit
Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 100% , IP67
70
and humidity
(132)
Ø35
35
Storage temperature Temperature: −20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH

77
and humidity (with no condensation) Diffuser

or
Cooling method Natural air cooling Clear plate
Photo-coupler input, Input current 5 mA or more, 50 20 4-M4x0.7 tapped depth 8

Cooling method
Over 20 µs pulse width, Rise/fall time 10 µs max. (for installation)
Delay time Max. 10 µs (Trigger input - Strobing)

M12 connector cable
(500 mm)
Bar Light
2-M4x0.7 tapped depth 6
IBR-150030-63 (Same for opposite side)
IBR-150030-63-DF
9.5 31(Emitting surface)
IBR-150030-SW Diffuser or Clear plate

IBR-150030-SW-DF
Model specifications
50
25
30.6 150(Emitting surface) 6

Type Power 189.5 22
Weight
Type Model name LED color of consumption
(max.) M12 connector cable
lighting (max.) (500 mm)
Flat Light
IRL-092035-63 Direct IBL-080080-63-DF
Red 6W
IRL-092035-63-DF Diffused IBL-080080-SW-DF
Ring Light 400 g
2-Ø4.5/Ø8 tapped depth 5.2
IRL-092035-SW Direct M12 connector cable
White 7W (for installation) (500 mm)
IRL-092035-SW-DF Diffused 10 77
IBR-150030-63 Direct
Red 6W
IBR-150030-63-DF Diffused
Bar Light 400 g
IBR-150030-SW Direct
(Emitting surface)
White 8W
IBR-150030-SW-DF Diffused
115
78.3
105
IBL-080080-63-DF Red 8W
Flat Light Diffused 420 g
IBL-080080-SW-DF White 12 W Diffuser
78.3 21
11.2
9.3 (Emitting surface)

97 178
High-Power Spot Lights / Bar Lights

HL series Characteristics
■ Controller and 3 m cable included
■ 24 V input power to controller
■ Controller drives continuous and
non-overdriven strobe illumination
■ Robust aluminum housing with superior
Spot Light Bar Light heat transfer properties
■ Efficient thermal management through
Applications heat fin design
■ Adjustable mounting M5 nuts via (2)
■ Robot guidance ■ General packaging nut channels on back face
■ Web inspections ■ Palletizing ■ RoHS compliant
■ Package sorting ■ CE certified

LED color Red, white, blue, green Length (A)
Peak wavelength Red: 635 nm, Blue: 470 nm, Green: 530 nm, Infrared: 850 nm
Lighted area length (B)
Power consumption 2.8 W max.
Polarity & signal 1: Light ID In, 2: LED +, 3: LED- , 4: Light ID Out
Cooling method Natural air cooling
Lighted area
Width (C)
Operating temperature Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH
width (D)
and humidity (with no condensation) Lighted area
Storage temperature Temperature: −20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH
and humidity (with no condensation)
Length Width
Power Weight (mm) (mm) Height Number of Cable entry centered
Model name
consumption (g) (mm) nuts(E) on length
(A) (B) (C) (D) Euro-fast M12
HBR-045063-RD Cable 500 mm 4 pin, reverse keyed, male
24 V / 1.5 W 317 44.5 38 1x2 rows
HBR-045063-SW/BL/GR/IR
HBR-165063-RD 24 V / 7.5 W
590 165 159 2x2 rows
HBR-165063-SW/BL/GR/IR 24 V / 8.5 W 8-32 nut type, N (E) places
HBR-317063-RD 24 V / 15 W (N depends upon overall length)
1,179 317 311 3x2 rows
HBR-317063-SW/BL/GR/IR 24 V / 17 W
63 38 32
HBR-470063-RD
24 V / 22.5 W 1,406 470 464
HBR-470063-SW/BL/GR/IR
4x2 rows
Nut channels
HBR-622063-RD 24 V / 30 W
2,495 622 616
HBR-622063-SW/BL/GR/IR 24 V / 34 W
50.8
HBR-991063-RD 24 V / 48 W
3,856 991 984 5x2 rows
HBR-991063-SW/BL/GR/IR 24 V / 53 W
HBR Controller
HLC series Characteristics
■ 24 VDC Input
■ Intensity control from 10% to 100% continuous or (non-overdriving) strobe mode operation
■ DIN rail mountable
■ Protective circuitry to prevent damage to light if connected to wrong controller
■ Recessed switches
■ Compact
* This Control Unit is bundled with the Light Unit above.

22.5
Supply voltage 24 VDC Mounting DIN Rail (35 mm)
Adjustable from 10% to 100% output Trigger response selectable between
Intensity on-board or via external 0-10V rising or falling edge of the trigger
Strobe mode
analog signal Output pulse width follows input
Connections 2 x 4 position screw type blocks pulse width
Trigger inputs CMOS / TTL compatible
Top +24 VDC, GND, Strobe, Ext Intensity
Minimum pulse
10 µs
width
99
Bottom White, black, brown, blue

Power - indicates DC power presence Trigger to pulse
Front 200 µs maximum
Fault - LED turns on when mismatched delay
panel
with light, no connection, or Rise and fall
indicators 1 µs
fault in light times
Operating 0°C to 45°C Humidity 0 to 90% Leave the trigger input open,
Continuous
temperature (non-condensing) place trigger switch in falling edge
mode
Storage -40°C to 100°C Humidity 0 to 90% (normally high) position. 114.5
temperature (non-condensing) 3 m, M12, 4-pin, reverse keyed
Extension cable
Dimensions 114.5 mm (L) x 22.5 mm (W) x 99 mm (H) female connector to flying leads
179
High-Power Spot Lights

HSL-PCL series
Characteristics
■ For replacement of halogen Model name LED color
■ Long lifetime HSL-58RD-D300PCL Red
■ Low power consumption HSL-58SW-D300PCL White
■ High uniformity HSL-58BL-D300PCL Blue
■ IP67 Compliant HSL-58GR-D300PCL Green

LED color Red, White, Blue, Green
Peak wavelength Red: 645 nm typ., Blue: 470 nm typ., Green: 520 nm typ.
Power consumption 2.8 W max.
Polarity & signal 1: (+), 2: no connection, 3: (-), 4: (R)
Housing material Aluminum (13 ) 110
Cooling method Natural air cooling (8) 40 62 56

Recommended LWD 2,000 mm or less
Operating temperature Temperature: 0 to 40°C,

and humidity Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Ø58
Storage temperature Temperature: -20 to 60°C,
and humidity Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Weight 400 g 2×2-M5x0.8 depth10

( For mounting, Same as the opposite side )
Recommended Controller HSL-PCL Cable

CC-PJ series
2m FCB-2-HSL-SM
5m FCB-5-HSL-SM
10 m FCB-10-HSL-SM
10 m FCB-EX10-HSL (Extension cable)
Dimensions (mm)
n=2, 5, 10
nx1000
Refer to P.183 for more details.

Ø6
Characteristics
■ Constant-current analog controller Extension cable
■ Compact & space-saving
10000
■ 1-channel light output
■ 100 different levels of light intensity
Ø6
■ 24 VDC input
■ CE certified
■ ON/OFF control and Strobe lighting via
External control
180
Telecentric Lenses Refer to our website for product details.
Lenses
You can also use
CCS telecentric lens Search your smartphone
SE-65/SE-110 series
or cell phone.
Object-side telecentric lenses supporting a wide variety of

Telecentric Lenses
applications beyond just dimension measuring

SE-65 series (WD 65 mm)
SE-110 series (WD 110 mm)
Straight type Coaxial type

LDR2 0.8x to 4x 0.8x to 4x
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2 0.8x to 4x 0.8x to 4x
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 SE-65/SE-110 series specifications
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Coaxial type
HLDL2
Model name SE-65VT08 SE-65VT10 SE-65VT15 SE-65VT20 SE-65VT40 SE-110VT08 SE-110VT10 SE-110VT15 SE-110VT20 SE-110VT40
TH
LFL Optical 0.8x±5% 1.0x±5% 1.5x±5% 2.0x±5% 4.0x±5% 0.8x±5% 1.0x±5% 1.5x±5% 2.0x±5% 4.0x±5%
magnification
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
WD 67.7±2 mm 65.2±2 mm 65.0±2 mm 65.1±2 mm 65.1±2 mm 110.4±3.3 mm 110.0±3.3 mm 114.1±3.4 mm 110.0±3.3 mm 110.0±3.3 mm
LDM2
LAV Depth of field *1 1.85 mm 1.33 mm 0.59 mm 0.33 mm 0.13 mm 2 mm 1.6 mm 0.86 mm 0.65 mm 0.2 mm
PDM Resolution *2 12.4 μm 11.2 μm 7.5 μm 5.6 μm 4.3 μm 13.4 μm 13.4 μm 10.8 μm 10.8 μm 6.6 μm
LFX2
NA 0.027 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.078 0.025 0.025 0.031 0.031 0.051
LFV3
Actual F-number 14.9 16.8 16.7 16.7 25.4 16.0 19.9 24.0 32.0 39.5
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
(Fe)
MFU
TV distortion -0.027% -0.010% -0.017% -0.013% +0.006% -0.05% -0.05% +0.01% -0.01% +0.01%
UV2
Ultraviolet
Lighting
UV Weight 50 g 54 g 37 g 38 g 40 g 54 g 56 g 48 g 50 g 50 g
LNSP-UV-FN Mount C mount C mount

Infrared
Lighting
Maximum appli-
IR2 1/1.8 inch 1/1.8 inch
cable image size
Physical
HLV2 164.6 mm 172.1 mm 133.3 mm 135.8 mm 147 mm 211 mm 213.9 mm 208 mm 216.1 mm 212.5 mm
distance (O/I)
LV
*1: The depth of field is a value calculated using 40 μm as the permissible circle of confusion.
*2: The resolution is a value calculated using a 550 nm wavelength. The specifications above are values based on the optical design. Differences between individual devices may occur due to assembly accuracy, etc.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR Straight type
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Model name SE-65ST08 SE-65ST10 SE-65ST15 SE-65ST20 SE-65ST40 SE-110ST08 SE-110ST10 SE-110ST15 SE-110ST20 SE-110ST40
PFBR
Optical
PFB2 0.8x±5% 1.0x±5% 1.5x±5% 2.0x±5% 4.0x±5% 0.8x±5% 1.0x±5% 1.5x±5% 2.0x±5% 4.0x±5%
magnification
LNSP
WD 67.7±2 mm 65.2±2 mm 65.0±2 mm 65.1±2 mm 65.1±2 mm 110.4±3.3 mm 110.0±3.3 mm 114.1±3.4 mm 110.0±3.3 mm 110.0±3.3 mm
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Depth of field *1 1.85 mm 1.33 mm 0.59 mm 0.33 mm 0.13 mm 2 mm 1.6 mm 0.86 mm 0.65 mm 0.2 mm
LN/LN-HK Resolution *2 12.4 μm 11.2 μm 7.5 μm 5.6 μm 4.3 μm 13.4 μm 13.4 μm 10.8 μm 10.8 μm 6.6 μm
LNSD
NA 0.027 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.078 0.025 0.025 0.031 0.031 0.051
LND2
Actual F-number
Diffused
Lighting
HLND 14.9 16.8 16.7 16.7 25.4 16.0 19.9 24.0 32.0 39.5
(Fe)
LT TV distortion -0.027% -0.010% -0.017% -0.013% +0.006% -0.05% -0.05% +0.01% -0.01% +0.01%
LNV/HLDN
Weight 45 g 49 g 32 g 33 g 35 g 49 g 51 g 43 g 45 g 45 g
LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Mount C mount C mount

LNIS-FN Maximum appli- 1/1.8 inch 1/1.8 inch
cable image size
Telecentric Lens
Lenses
Physical
Macro Lens 164.6 mm 172.1 mm 133.3 mm 135.8 mm 147 mm 211 mm 213.9 mm 208 mm 216.1 mm 212.5 mm
distance (O/I)

Products
Spot Light Light Unit Options Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Product Page Product Page
Lenses
P.109 P.11 - P.223 P.237 P.249
▼
Field of vision chart * These values are for reference.
Telecentric Lenses
Coaxial type
Optical Sensor size: 1/1.8 inch Sensor size: 1/2 inch Sensor size: 1/3 inch
Model name
magnification Length Width Diagonal Length Width Diagonal Length Width Diagonal
SE-65VT08 0.8x 6.65 8.98 11.16 6.00 8.00 10.00 4.50 6.00 7.50
SE-65VT10 1.0x 5.32 7.18 8.93 4.80 6.40 8.00 3.60 4.80 6.00
SE-65VT15 1.5x 3.55 4.78 5.95 3.20 4.27 5.33 2.40 3.20 4.00
SE-65VT20 2.0x 2.66 3.59 4.47 2.40 3.20 4.00 1.80 2.40 3.00
SE-65VT40 4.0x 1.33 1.80 2.23 1.20 1.60 2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50
SE-110VT08 0.8x 6.65 8.97 11.17 6.00 8.00 10.00 4.50 6.00 7.50
SE-110VT10 1.0x 5.32 7.18 8.93 4.80 6.40 8.00 3.60 4.80 6.00
SE-110VT15 1.5x 3.55 4.78 5.95 3.20 4.27 5.33 2.40 3.20 4.00
SE-110VT20 2.0x 2.66 3.59 4.47 2.40 3.20 4.00 1.80 2.40 3.00
SE-110VT40 4.0x 1.33 1.79 2.23 1.20 1.60 2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50
Straight type
Optical Sensor size: 1/1.8 inch Sensor size: 1/2 inch Sensor size: 1/3 inch
Model name
SE-65ST08 0.8x 6.65 8.98 11.16 6.00 8.00 10.00 4.50 6.00 7.50 LDR2
SE-65ST10 1.0x 5.32 7.18 8.93 4.80 6.40 8.00 3.60 4.80 6.00
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
SE-65ST15 1.5x 3.55 4.78 5.95 3.20 4.27 5.33 2.40 3.20 4.00
LDR-LA1
SE-65ST20 2.0x 2.66 3.59 4.47 2.40 3.20 4.00 1.80 2.40 3.00
SE-65ST40 4.0x 1.33 1.80 2.23 1.20 1.60 2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 SQR
SE-110ST08 0.8x 6.65 8.97 11.17 6.00 8.00 10.00 4.50 6.00 7.50 SQR-TP
Convergent
SE-110ST10 1.0x 5.32 7.18 8.93 4.80 6.40 8.00 3.60 4.80 6.00
Lighting
HLDR-IP
SE-110ST15 1.5x 3.55 4.78 5.95 3.20 4.27 5.33 2.40 3.20 4.00
SE-110ST20 2.0x 2.66 3.59 4.47 2.40 3.20 4.00 1.80 2.40 3.00
HPR2
SE-110ST40 4.0x 1.33 1.79 2.23 1.20 1.60 2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50
Diffused Lighting
LFR
For other fields of vision, refer to the field of vision chart in the Technical Guide. P.248
▼
LKR
FPR
Dimensions (mm) FPQ2

LDL2
Lighting
Direct
SE-65VT08/SE-65VT10 (Coaxial) SE-65VT15 (Coaxial) SE-65VT20/SE-65VT40 (Coaxial) LDLB
(A) (O/I=133.3) (A)
(B) C 17.526 (WD 65.1) B 17.526 HLDL2
(WD 65) 50.8 17.526
21 D 7.5 21 C 7.5 TH
C mount 21 3.8 7.5
42.6 4 C mount 4 C mount
(Ø16)
(Ø20)
(Ø16)
4 D
(Ø16)
29 LFL
HPD2
Ø29
Ø29
Diffused Lighting
Ø29
20
20
LDM2
20
Cannot be held Cannot be held

Cannot be held 8 (Lens part) 13 E
(Lens part) (Lens part)
3
3
3xM3 6 3xM3 6 LAV

3
3xM3 6 (Ø8)
2xM3 4 (Ø8) Hexagonal socket stopping (Ø8) 2xM3 4 Hexagonal socket stopping
2xM3 4 Hexagonal socket stopping
Hexagonal socket Ø15.5 screws for adjusting camera Hexagonal socket screws for adjusting camera Hexagonal socket Ø15.5 screws for adjusting camera PDM
stopping screws revolution Ø15.5 stopping screws revolution
stopping screws revolution
LFX2
SE-110VT08/SE-110VT10 (Coaxial) SE-110VT15 (Coaxial) SE-110VT20/SE-110VT40 (Coaxial)
(A) (A) LFV3
(O/I=208)
Collimated
(B) C 17.526 (WD 114.1) 76.4 17.526 MSU
Lighting
(WD 110) B 17.526
21 D 7.5 C mount 21 15.3 7.5 21 C 7.5
C mount
(Ø23)
50.6 4 C mount D 4 MFU

(Ø18)
(Ø16)
43.1 4
(Ø18)
(Ø16)
(Ø16)
UV2
Ultraviolet
Ø29
Lighting
Ø29
Ø29
UV
20
Cannot be held
20
Cannot be held Cannot be held

20
(Lens part) 8 (Lens part) 14 (Lens part) E LNSP-UV-FN

3xM3 6
3
3xM3 6 3xM3 6
3
3
2xM3 4 (Ø8) Hexagonal socket stopping 2xM3 4 (Ø8) Hexagonal socket stopping 2xM3 4 (Ø8) Hexagonal socket stopping Infrared
Lighting
Hexagonal socket screws for adjusting camera Hexagonal socket screws for adjusting camera Hexagonal socket screws for adjusting camera
Ø15.5 revolution Ø15.5 Ø15.5 IR2
stopping screws stopping screws revolution stopping screws revolution
SE-65VT08 SE-65VT10 SE-65VT20 SE-65VT40 SE-110VT08 SE-110VT10 SE-110VT20 SE-110VT40

HLV2
A O/I=164.6 O/I=172.1 O/I=135.8 O/I=147 O/I=211 O/I=213.9 O/I=216.1 O/I=212.5
Dimensions B WD 67.7 WD 65.2 53.2 64.4 WD 110.4 WD 110 88.6 84.9 LV
chart C 79.4 89.4 6.2 18.5 83.1 86.3 27.5 30.4
Spot Lighting, Etc.
D 18.8 28.8 29 27.9 14.5 17.7 43.1 36.5 LSP

E − − 13 11 − − 14 11
HFS/HFR
SE-65ST08/SE-65ST10 (Straight) SE-65ST15 (Straight) SE-65ST20/SE-65ST40 (Straight) HLV2-NR

(A) (O/I=133.3) (A) HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
(B) C 17.526 (WD 65.1) B 17.526
(WD 65) 50.8 17.526 PFBR
C mount C mount
(Ø20)
(Ø16)
(Ø16)
C mount
(Ø16)
PFB2
LNSP
Ø29
Ø29
Ø29
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
Cannot be held
Cannot be held 4 (Lens part) Cannot be held C
8 3xM3 6 13 3xM3 6 (Lens part) 4 3xM3 6 LNSP-FN
(Lens part) 4
21 D 7.5 Hexagonal socket Hexagonal socket Hexagonal socket
stopping screws for 21 7.5 stopping screws for 21 7.5 stopping screws for LN/LN-HK
adjusting camera adjusting camera adjusting camera
revolution 3.8 revolution D revolution
SE-110ST08/SE-110ST10 (Straight) SE-110ST15 (Straight) SE-110ST20/SE-110ST40 (Straight) LNSD
(A) (O/I=208) (A) LND2
Diffused
Lighting
(B) C 17.526 (WD 114.1) 76.4 17.526 (WD 110) B 17.526 HLND
(Ø23)
C mount
(Ø16)
C mount
(Ø16)
(Ø18)
(Ø18)
(Ø16)
C mount LT
LNV/HLDN
Ø29
Ø29
Ø29
LNDG
Cannot be held
Lighting
3xM3 6
Oblique
4 3xM3 6
Angled
Cannot be held 4 Cannot be held C 4 3xM3 6

8 14 (Lens part) LNIS
(Lens part) Hexagonal socket (Lens part) Hexagonal socket Hexagonal socket
21 D 7.5 stopping screws for 21 15.3 7.5 stopping screws for 21 D 7.5 stopping screws for
adjusting camera adjusting camera adjusting camera LNIS-FN
revolution revolution revolution
SE-65ST08 SE-65ST10 SE-65ST20 SE-65ST40 SE-110ST08 SE-110ST10 SE-110ST20 SE-110ST40 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
A O/I=164.6 O/I=172.1 O/I=135.8 O/I=147 O/I=211 O/I=213.9 O/I=216.1 O/I=212.5

Dimensions Macro Lens
B WD 67.7 WD 65.2 53.2 64.4 WD 110.4 WD 110 88.6 84.9
chart
C 79.4 89.4 13 11 83.1 86.3 14 11
D 18.8 28.8 6.2 18.5 14.5 17.7 27.5 30.4
Selection Products
Macro Lenses Refer to our website for product details.
Lenses
You can also use
CCS macro lens Search your smartphone
SE-16/SE-18 series
or cell phone.
Original macro lenses that achieve both "high performance"

Macro Lenses
and "low cost" Full set

Model: SE-16MS
SE-16 series Set details:

Straight mount
Coaxial mount
Lens unit
Lens tube (Short)
Lens tube (Long)

0.5x to 2x 0.5x to 2x Full set
Model: SE-18MS
Set details:
LDR2 Straight lens unit
SE-18 series Coaxial lens unit

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
C mounted ring
LDR-LA1 4x ring
SQR 6x ring
SQR-TP
Convergent
Lighting
HLDR-IP
HPR2 2x to 6x 2x to 6x
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ2 SE-16/SE-18 series specifications
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Coaxial type
HLDL2
TH
Model name SE-16VM05 SE-16VM1 SE-16VM2 SE-18VM2 SE-18VM4 SE-18VM6
LFL Optical magnification 0.5x 1.0x 2.0x 2.0x 4.0x 6.0x

HPD2
Diffused Lighting
WD 107 mm 67 mm 47 mm 114±1 mm 110±1 mm 109±1 mm

LDM2
LAV
Depth of field *1 1,900 μm 620 μm 230 μm 380 μm 190 μm 130 μm
PDM Resolution *2 8 μm 5.2 μm 3.9 μm 6.3 μm

LFX2
NA 0.042 0.065 0.087 0.053
LFV3
Actual F-number (Fe) 5.92 7.88 11.7 18.9 37.7 56.6
Collimated
MSU
Lighting
MFU TV distortion -0.026569% -0.014059% -0.005588% -0.058268% -0.073489% -0.031328%

UV2
Ultraviolet
Weight 41.9 g 46.3 g 55.8 g 50 g 60 g 65 g

Lighting
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Mount C mount C mount
Maximum applicable
Infrared
Lighting
1/2 inch 2/3 inch

IR2 image size
HLV2
Physical distance (O/I) 179.9 mm 160 mm 180.6 mm 201.4 mm 227.1 mm 256.7 mm
LV *1: The depth of field is a value calculated using 40 μm as the permissible circle of confusion.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
HFS/HFR
HLV2-NR
Straight type
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Model name SE-16SM05 SE-16SM1 SE-16SM2 SE-18SM2 SE-18SM4 SE-18SM6
PFBR
Optical magnification 0.5x 1.0x 2.0x 2.0x 4.0x 6.0x
PFB2
LNSP
WD 107 mm 67 mm 47 mm 114±1 mm 110±1 mm 109±1 mm
Convergent
Depth of field *1 1,900 μm 620 μm 230 μm 380 μm 190 μm 130 μm

Lighting
CU-LNSP
LNSP-FN
Resolution *2 8 μm 5.2 μm 3.9 μm 6.3 μm
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
NA 0.042 0.065 0.087 0.053
LND2 Actual F-number (Fe) 5.93 7.74 11.5 18.9 37.7 56.6
Diffused
Lighting
HLND
TV distortion -0.001335% -0.000957% -0.000232% -0.058268% -0.073489% -0.031328%
LT
LNV/HLDN
Weight 29.6 g 34 g 43.5 g 40 g 50 g 55 g
LNDG Mount C mount C mount

Lighting
Oblique
Angled
LNIS Maximum applicable

1/2 inch 2/3 inch
LNIS-FN image size
Telecentric Lens Physical distance (O/I) 179.9 mm 160 mm 180.6 mm 199.1 mm 224.8 mm 254.4 mm
Lenses
Macro Lens

Products
Spot Light Light Unit Options Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Product Page Product Page
Lenses
P.109 P.11 - P.223 P.237 P.249
▼
Field of vision chart * These values are for reference.
Coaxial type
Macro Lenses
Optical Sensor size: 2/3 inch Sensor size: 1/2 inch Sensor size: 1/3 inch
Model name
SE-16VM05 0.5x 13.20 17.60 22.00 9.60 12.80 16.00 7.20 9.60 12.00
SE-16VM1
1.0x 6.60 8.80 11.00 4.80 6.40 8.00 3.60 4.80 6.00
SE-16VM05+SE-EX2 (2x rear converter)
SE-16VM2
SE-18VM2 2.0x 3.30 4.40 5.50 2.40 3.20 4.00 1.80 2.40 3.00
SE-18VM4
SE-16VM2+SE-EX2 (2x rear converter) 4.0x 1.65 2.20 2.75 1.20 1.60 2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50
SE-18VM6 6.0x 1.10 1.47 1.83 0.80 1.07 1.33 0.60 0.80 1.00
LDR2
Straight type
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Optical Sensor size: 2/3 inch Sensor size: 1/2 inch Sensor size: 1/3 inch
Model name LDR-LA1
SQR
SE-16SM05 0.5x 13.20 17.60 22.00 9.60 12.80 16.00 7.20 9.60 12.00
SQR-TP
SE-16SM1
Convergent
1.0x 6.60 8.80 11.00 4.80 6.40 8.00 3.60 4.80 6.00
Lighting
SE-16SM05+SE-EX2 (2x rear converter) HLDR-IP
SE-16SM2
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
SE-18SM2 2.0x 3.30 4.40 5.50 2.40 3.20 4.00 1.80 2.40 3.00 LFR
SE-16SM1+SE-EX2 (2x rear converter) LKR
SE-18SM4 FPR
SE-16SM2+SE-EX2 (2x rear converter) 4.0x 1.65 2.20 2.75 1.20 1.60 2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 FPQ2
LDL2
SE-18SM2+SE-EX2 (2x rear converter)
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
SE-18SM6 6.0x 1.10 1.47 1.83 0.80 1.07 1.33 0.60 0.80 1.00
HLDL2
For other fields of vision, refer to the field of vision chart in the Technical Guide. P.248
▼
TH
LFL
HPD2
Dimensions (mm)
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
SE-16 (Coaxial) SE-18VM2 (Coaxial) SE-18VM4 (Coaxial) PDM
A (4) Ø14 Ø14 LFX2
37.3 Ø8 Ø8 C mount LFV3
C mount 55.42
7.5
Ø15.5
Collimated
25.77 C mount M3 MSU
Lighting
M3
MFU
Ø29
Ø16
17
28.8
UV2
28.8
Ultraviolet
Lighting
Ø18
Ø30
29.5
UV
Ø18
Ø30
LNSP-UV-FN
8.9 8.9 Infrared
Lighting
Ø8 3-M3X3
IR2
71.42 (4) 101.07 (4)
Ø14
20 75.42 105.07 HLV2
LV
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LSP
SE-16 (Straight) SE-18 (Straight) SE-18VM6 (Coaxial)
HFS/HFR
A (4) A (4) Ø14 HLV2-NR

C mount HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Ø8
8.9 7.5 85.08
C mount C mount M3
PFBR
PFB2
28.8
LNSP
Ø18
Ø30
Ø15.5
Ø30
Ø18
Ø16
Ø29
Convergent
Lighting
CU-LNSP
8.9
130.73 (4) LNSP-FN
134.73 LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Model name A Options
LND2
SE-EX2 (2x rear converter)
Diffused
Lighting
SE-16VM05 55.4 HLND

Coaxial
SE-16VM1 75.5 11.6 4

LT
SE-16VM2 116.1 C mount C mount LNV/HLDN
SE-16SM05 55.4 LNDG
Lighting
Oblique
Angled
SE-16SM1 75.5 LNIS

Ø31
Ø15
Ø30
Straight
SE-16SM2 116.1 LNIS-FN

* Mount between the lens and camera to
SE-18SM2 69.1 Telecentric Lens
Lenses
double the magnification. Be aware this

SE-18SM4 98.8 4.5 will reduce the brightness and resolution. Macro Lens
SE-18SM6 128.4
Selection Products
Control Unit
INDEX
Selection Guide
Guide to Selecting Control Units According to Functions

You can easily find and select the Control Unit you need.
Control Unit Selection Guide
* Excluding the PSCC(A) series and the PSB3-30024.
PD3 series PD2 series PSB series CC-ST-1024 POD series PTU2 series PB-2430-1 BB series
Refer to P. 189 for details. Refer to P. 195 for details. Refer to P. 199 for details. Refer to P. 209 for details. Refer to P. 201 for details. Refer to P. 205 for details. Refer to P. 207 for details. Refer to P. 211 for details.
Control Units recommended by CCS
► Search by power supply ► Search by output voltage
AC input DC input 24 V output 12 V output

PD3 series PD3 series PD3 series PD2 series
PD2 series CC-ST-1024 PD2 series PSB series
PSB series PB-2430-1 PSB series BB series
BB series CC-ST-1024
PB-2430-1
BB series
► Search by capacity ► Search by number of channels

* Actual capacity varies depending on the product. Refer to the corresponding product specifications for details.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ... 16 BB series
100 W PD3 series
50 W PD3 series 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PD3 series

PD2 series BB series
30 W PD3 series
PD2 series 1 2 3 4 PD3 series
PSB series PD2 series
PB-2430-1 BB series
BB series 1 CC-ST-1024
10 W CC-ST-1024 (No. of channels) PSB series
PD2 series PB-2430-1
PSB series BB series
5 W PSB series
(Capacity)
► Search by external control ► Search by intensity control method

If you want prompt control If you want to If you want to individually If you want to digitally set If you want to use with a high-
by receiving set values in a individually manage manage IP addresses from intensity control: speed shutter of 1/4,000 or
batch: multi-drop wiring: an upper level network:
higher:
Parallel Serial Ethernet Variable

communication communication communication PWM control voltage control
EIA-485 TCP/IP UDP/IP PD3 series
PD3 series PSB series
PD2 series PD3 series PD3 series PD2 series PB-2430-1
BB series CC-ST-1024
BB series
►Search by ON/OFF control

Use when continuously Use for emitting light Use for emitting light
emitting light: only when necessary: momentarily:
Continuous Strobe lighting
ON/OFF lighting If you want to emit light brighter than ON/OFF
lighting lighting or strobe lighting without overdrive:
PD3 series PD3 series
PD2 series PD2 series No overdrive Overdrive specifications
PSB series CC-ST-1024
Light emission is made even brighter by
CC-ST-1024 BB series PD3 series increasing the output to Light Units for a
PB-2430-1
BB series CC-ST-1024 short time.
POD series
BB series PTU2 series
(Continuous emitting type)
BB series
(Strobe emitting type)
185
Light Unit List of Control Unit Technical
Product Page Specifications Guide
P.11 - P.187 P.237
▼
Guide to Selecting Control Units for the Spot Light
HLV2 Series
Control Unit Selection Guide

PD3 series PJ series CC-PJ-0707
Refer to P. 189 for details. Refer to P. 215 for details. Refer to P. 217 for details.
Search by output voltage

Selection is not necessary.
Search by capacity
Selection is not necessary because the capacity of the matching Control Unit is not exceeded.
However, you cannot connect multiple Light Units using a branch cable.
* If you are connecting any Light Units of the PD3 series other than the Spot Light HLV2 series, be sure to check that the total power consumption of the Light Unit is
within the output power of the Control Unit before using.
Control Units recommended by CCS *1 The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to the Spot Light HLV2 series.
► Search by power supply ► Search by number of channels
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PD3 series*1
AC input DC input
PD3 series*1 PD3 series*1 1 2 3 PJ series
PJ series PJ series
CC-PJ-0707 1 CC-PJ-0707
(No. of channels)
► Search by external control ► Search by intensity control method

If you want to individually If you want prompt
manage IP addresses from control by receiving set
an upper level network: values in a batch: Variable-
current control
Ethernet Parallel PD3 series*1
communication communication
PJ series
TCP/IP UDP/IP
PD3 series*1 CC-PJ-0707
PD3 series*1
If you want to control If you want to individually

intensity by analog voltage: manage multi-drop wiring:
Analog input Serial

communication
PJ series EIA-485
PD3 series*1
►Search by ON/OFF control

Use when continuously Use for emitting light only Use for emitting light
emitting light: when necessary: momentarily:
Continuous Strobe lighting
ON/OFF lighting
lighting
PD3 series*1 PD3 series*1 CC-PJ-0707
PJ series PJ series
* No overdrive
CC-PJ-0707 CC-PJ-0707
Refer to the Technical Guide on P. 246 for details regarding the technical structure and meanings of terminology for
PWM, variable voltage and other types of control.
186
List of Control Unit
INDEX
Specifications
Digital Control Units Analog Control Units * Excluding the PJ Series, CC-PJ-0707, and STU-3000.
PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3- PD3-
Model name
3024-3-PI 3024-3-SI 3024-3-EI 5024-4-PI 5024-4-SI 5024-4-EI 10024-8-PI 10024-8-SI 10024-8-EI 3024-3-PT 3024-3-ET 5024-3-PT 5024-3-ET
List of Control Unit Specifications
Output voltage 24 V
Output power 28 W 46 W 95 W 28 W 48 W
No. of channels 3 4 8 3
Lighting method Continuous/Strobe lighting

Intensity control
PWM control/Lighting time control
method
Intensity value 256 steps
Input voltage 100 to 240 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60Hz -
Power
78 VA 70 VA 130 VA 32 W 52 W
consumption
Parallel
 - -  - -  - -  -  -
communication
EIA-485
-  - -  - -  - - - - -
communication
Ethernet - -  - -  - -  -  - 
Analog input - - - - - - - - - - - - -
External
            
intensity control
ON/OFF lighting             
Strobe lighting  (No overdrive)
Lighting time 40 μs / 80 μs / 120 μs / 200 μs / 600 μs / 1 ms / 4 ms / 10 ms / 20 ms / 40 ms
Lighting
10 μs max. 20 μs max. 10 μs max.
delay time
CE marking 
Weight 600 g 1.2 kg 1.5 kg 400 g
Cooling method Natural air cooling Forced air cooling Natural air cooling
Mounting method Bottom and DIN rail mounting
Page where described P.189
PD3- PD3- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2- PD2-
Model name
5024-4-PT 5024-4-ET 1024 1012 3024 3024-2 3024-4 3024-8 5024 3012 3012-2 3012-4 3012-8 5012
Output voltage 24 V 12 V 24 V 12 V
Output power 46 W 9W 9.5 W 28 W 27 W 25 W 46 W 28 W 27 W 25 W 46 W
No. of channels 4 1 2 4 8 1 2 4 8 1
Continuous/
Strobe lighting
Intensity control PWM control/
PWM control
method Lighting time control
PWM frequency 125 kHz 62.5 kHz
Intensity value 256 steps
Input voltage 24 VDC 100 to 120 VAC 100 to 240 VAC
Frequency - 50/60 Hz
Power
52 W 27 VA 78 VA 122 VA 78 VA 122 VA
consumption
Parallel
 -            
communication
EIA-485
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
communication
Ethernet -  - - - - - - - - - - - -
Analog input - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
External
             
intensity control
ON/OFF lighting              
Strobe lighting  (No overdrive) - - -
40 μs / 80 μs / 120 μs /
Lighting time 200 μs / 600 μs /1 ms / -
4 ms / 10 ms/ 20 ms / 40 ms
Lighting
20 μs max. -
delay time
CE marking  - (Not subject to CE) 
Weight 850 g 700 g 1.1 kg 1.2 kg 1.5 kg 1.3 kg 1.1 kg 1.2 kg 1.5 kg 1.3 kg
Forced air Forced air
Cooling method Forced air cooling Natural air cooling Natural air cooling Natural air cooling
cooling cooling
Bottom and DIN rail
Mounting method Bottom mounting Bottom and DIN rail mounting
mounting
Page where described P.189 P.195
187
Light Unit Control Unit Control Unit Technical
Product Page Selection Guide Product Page Guide
P.11 - P.185 P.189 P.237
▼
PB- PSB- PSB- PSB- PSB- PSB- PSB- PSB- PSB- PTU2- PTU2-
Model name POD-5024-2-PEI
2430-1 524V 1024VB 3024VB 1024V-WW 512V 1012VB 3012VB 1012V-WW 3012 3024
List of Control Unit Specifications

24 to 48 V
Output voltage 24 V 12 V 18 V 48 V
(Overdrive mode)
Refer to the specifications
Output power 24 W 5W 10 W 30 W 10 W 5W 10 W 30 W 10 W 27 W
table on p.203. *1
No. of channels 1 2
Lighting method Continuous lighting Strobe lighting/Continuous lighting Strobe lighting

Intensity control Variable voltage control/
Variable voltage control Lighting time control
method PWM control
PWM frequency - 125 kHz -
Intensity value Stepless 512 steps 10% to 100% (10% steps)
Input voltage 24 VDC 100 to 120 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 100 to 120 VAC 100 to 240 VAC
Power
30 W 15 VA 27 VA 78 VA 27 VA 15 VA 27 VA 78 VA 27 VA 65 VA 78 VA
consumption
Parallel
- - - - - - - - -   
communication
EIA-485
- - - - - - - - - - - -
communication
Ethernet - - - - - - - - -  - -
Analog input - - - - - - - - - - - -
External
- - - - - - - - -   
intensity control
ON/OFF lighting - - - - - - - - -  - -
Strobe lighting - - - - - - - - -  (With overdrive)

10 to 990 μs (10 μs steps) (Can only
Lighting time - 1 to 1,000 μs (1 μs steps)
be set by using the front switch.)
Lighting
- 0 to 1,000 μs (1 μs steps) 15 μs max.
delay time
CE marking  - (Not subject to CE)  - (Not subject to CE) 
Weight 270 g 420 g 470 g 700 g 470 g 420 g 470 g 700 g 470 g 1.5 kg 1.2 kg
Cooling method Natural air cooling Forced air cooling Natural air cooling
DIN rail
Mounting method Bottom mounting
mounting
Page where described P.207 P.199 P.201 P.205
CC- BB- BB- BB- BB- BB- BB- BB- BB- PSCC- PSCC- PSB3-
Model name
ST-1024 V24P30-M V24P30-S V12P30-M V12P30-S V12S30-M V12S30-S V24S30-M V24S30-S 30048(A) 60048(A) 30024
Output voltage 24 V 12 V 18 V 48 V 43 V 24 V
Output power 10 W 30 W 300 W 600 W 300 W
No. of channels 1
Lighting method Continuous/Strobe lighting Strobe lighting Continuous lighting

Intensity control Variable Variable
PWM control/Lighting time control Lighting time control
method current control voltage control
PWM frequency 100 kHz 62.5 kHz (initial value) -
Intensity value 100 steps 256 steps (initial value) - 256 or 1,000 steps 256 steps
Input voltage 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC
Power 16 W (average power consumption) 16 W (average power consumption)

11 W 42 W 360 VA 750 VA 410 VA
consumption 72 W (peak power consumption) 26 W (peak power consumption)
Parallel
-  (Using an interface unit)   
communication
EIA-485
- - - - - - - - -   
communication
Ethernet - - - - - - - - -   -
Analog input - - - - - - - - - - - 
External
-     - - - -   
intensity control
ON/OFF lighting      - - - -   
Strobe lighting  (No overdrive)  (With overdrive) -
50 μs/100 μs/
0.1 to 100 ms
250 μs/500 s/
Lighting time (Can only be set by using the button on the front of the 0.001 to 1 ms -
1 ms/4 ms/
master unit.)
10 ms/40 ms
Lighting
3 μs max. 1 μs to 1,000 μs -
delay time
CE marking 
Weight 80 g 350 g 400 g 350 g 400 g 3.1 kg 7.0 kg 2.3 kg
Cooling method Natural air cooling Forced air cooling
Mounting method DIN rail mounting Bottom mounting
Page where described P.209 P.211 P.219 P.221

* Options include a type for the PSB series where the intensity knob can be locked.
* For the BB series, you can select from the following lighting frequencies: 62.5 kHz (intensity values in 256 steps), 125 kHz (intensity values in 128 steps), 250 kHz (intensity values in 64 steps), and 500 kHz (intensity values in 32 steps). 188
Digital Control Units Refer to our website for product details.
Control
You can also use
Units
CCS PD3 Search your smartphone
PD3 series
or cell phone.
Select digital Control Units

matching your network

PWM
kHz
Ethernet DC Input Types
Enabled
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series Compliant
AC Input Types
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1 The supplied AC cord is for use with 100 to 120 VAC.
If you would like to use the Control Unit with 200 to
CC-ST-1024
240 VAC, you must procure another appropriate AC
BB series power cord.
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024 Characteristics
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 Each single unit is compatible with continuous, ON/OFF and strobe lighting.
Polarizing Plates
* Spot Light HLV2 series cannot emit strobe.
Options
Light Control Films  Digital display makes it easy to check settings. (Spot Light HLV2 series Product Page P. 109)
▼
Brackets
Other  Ethernet-compatible with a selection of three types of external controls.
Extension Cables
 DIN rail installation is standard. *1
*1 *2 *3 *3
 There are four types of capacity: 3 channels/28 W, 3 channels/48 W, 4 channels/46 W, and 8 channels/95 W.
*1: Can be connected only with 24 V Light. *2: Lineup includes only DC-input Control Units.
*3: Can be connected with both 24 V Light and Spot Light HLV2 series.
 The parallel type has the fastest switching for settings. Perform high-speed control through batch transmission.
 The Ethernet type supports standard protocols TCP/IP and UDP/IP. Pursuing even more convenience.
Example connection
 The EIA-485 type can individually manage units using multi-drop wiring. Can manage up to 4 units.
Example connection * Refer

Example to the “Instruction
of external Guide”connection
trigger signal for details.
Example connection of External circuit side PD3 (3 channels) unit side

external trigger signal Transistor (NPN type)
Open-collector
ON/OFF control input
L1
1
Transistor (NPN type)
Open-collector
2
L2

Open-collector
3
L3
10
COMMON+
24 VDC
Connection specifications
Rated input voltage Maximum input voltage ON voltage/ON current OFF voltage/OFF current Input impedance
Rated input voltage Maximum input voltage ON voltage/ON current OFF voltage/OFF current ON⇔OFF response time Input impedance
14.4 VDC or more/ 5 VDC max./
24 VDC 26.4 VDC 12 kΩ (per terminal)
24 VDC 26.4 VDC 14.4 VDC max./3 mA max. 35 mA VDCmax.
max./1 mA max. 1 mA
10 us max.
max. 12 kΩ (per terminal)
Trigger logical ON/OFF
Input signal Photocoupler Strobe mode
setting switch mode
Trigger logical HIGH OFF On/Off
LED ON LED is ON for the specified time.
HIGH Input signal Photocoupler Strobe mode
setting switch LOW ON mode
LED OFF No change
HIGH
HIGH OFF
OFF LEDLED
ONOFF LED is ON for the specified
No change time
LOW HIGH LOWLOW ON
ON LED ON
LED OFF LED
Noischange
ON for the specified time.
HIGH OFF LED OFF No change

LOW
LOW ON LED ON LED is ON for the specified time of
Examples
We have various PDF DXF Instruction Imaging Download here.
189 3D CAD Product Fliers Data Sheets Custom Ordered
materials. Drawings Drawings Guides Samples Products http://www.ccs-grp.com/dl/
Examples of external signal connections (Parallel types)
Trigger logical On/Off
Input signal Photocoupler Strobe mode
setting switch mode
Light Unit Spot Light Control Unit Control Unit Technical Regulations,
HIGH OFF LED ON LED is ON for the specified time
Product Page HIGHProduct Page Selection Guide Specifications List Guide Etc.
Control
LOW ON LED OFF No change
P.11 - P.109 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
HIGH HIGH OFF
OFF LED OFF LED OFF No change No change
LOW
LOW ON LED ON LED is ON for the specified time
Examples of external signal connections (Parallel types)
Example connections of Sink type

external signal (parallel type) External circuit side PD3 unit side

24 VDC COMMON
12
Intensity input
B0
1
Open-collector
Source type
External circuit side PD3 unit side
24 VDC COMMON
12
Intensity input
B0
1
Transistor (PNP type)
Open-collector
PD3 series
Connection
specifications PD2 series
Rated input voltage Maximum
Maximum input
Maximum
voltage ON
input voltage
input current
ON voltage/ON
voltage/ON current ON
OFF voltage/
voltage/OFF current
OFF voltage/OFF current OFF voltage/time
Response
Response time Input
Input impedance
impedance
Rated
Rated inputinput
voltage voltage Input impedance STU-3000
voltage ON current OFF current
24
24 VDC
VDC 26.4
26.4 VDC
VDC 14.4
14.4 VDC
VDC max./3
max./3 mA
mA max.
14.455 VDC
max. VDC max./1 mA max.
or more/
VDC max./1 mA max. 50 max./
5 VDC
50 us max.
us max. 12 kΩ
12 kΩ (per
(per terminal)
terminal) PSB series
24 VDC 26.4 VDC 12 kΩ (per terminal)
3 mA max. 1 mA max.
POD series
Control Units
Input signal Photocoupler Data PTU2 series
Signal HIGH OFF 1
Sink type Photocoupler
Photocoupler Data PB-2430-1
input LOW ON 0
CC-ST-1024
HIGH HIGHOFF 1 ON 0
Source
Sink type
type BB series
LOW LOW ON 0 OFF 1
ON PJ series
HIGH ON 0
Source type CC-PJ-0707
Example system configurationOFF LOW 1
PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024
Example: Refer to the Instruction Guide for details. Lens Filters
External control device External control cables Control Unit Extension cables LED Light Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
 Parallel type Light Control Films
Brackets
Other
Extension Cables
EXCB2-M20-3
External control (Parallel communication)
device FCB-3 LDR2-50RD2
(Intensity control)
(3 m) (Red)
(Parallel communication) PD3-3024-3-PI (Power consumption: 3.1 W)
(Trigger signal) (30 W capacity)
EXCB2-M10-3
(Parallel communication)
(Trigger signal input)
(ON/OFF control)
 Ethernet type
External control
(TCP/IP UDP/IP)
device
Commercially (Ethernet Commercially available
External control available LAN cable communication) LAN cable
(Ethernet communication) (Ethernet communication)
device EXCB2-M10-3
(Intensity control) (Intensity control)
(Trigger signal) (Trigger signal input) PD3-3024-3-EI PD3-3024-3-EI
(ON/OFF control) (30 W capacity) (30 W capacity)
(Ethernet communication) (Ethernet communication)
Connected with LED Light Connected with LED Light
 EIA-485 type ECNR-E3CN4

(Relay connector)
EXCB2-E3-3 EXCB2-E3-E3-0.2
External control (EIA-485 communication) (Relay cable)
device (Intensity control)
(EIA-485 PD3-3024-3-SI
(30 W capacity)
communication) EXCB2-M10-3 EXCB2-E3-E3-0.2
(EIA-485 communication)
(Trigger signal) (Trigger signal input) PD3-3024-3-SI (Relay cable) PD3-3024-3-SI
(ON/OFF control)
Connected with LED Light Connected with LED Light Connected with LED Light
* Refer to the material “Connecting EIA-485 Communications Cables” on our website for information on multi-drop wiring connections. You can download this information from the product website page.
http://www.ccs-grp.com/contact/ 190
our website. Selection Products Estimates a Catalog Inquiries Inquiries
PD3 series
Control
You can also use
Units
or cell phone.
Common specifications: Parallel types AC input: PD3-3024-3-PI/PD3-5024-4-PI/PD3-10024-8-PI

DC input: PD3-3024-3-PT/PD3-5024-3-PT/PD3-5024-4-PT
Model name PD3-3024-3-PI PD3-5024-4-PI PD3-10024-8-PI PD3-3024-3-PT PD3-5024-3-PT PD3-5024-4-PT

Input voltage 100 to 240 VAC (+10% -15%) 24 VDC (21.6 to 26.4 V)
24 V LIGHT: Constant-voltage system 24 V LIGHT: Constant-voltage system
Drive method Constant-voltage system Constant-voltage system
HLV LIGHT: Constant-current system HLV LIGHT: Constant-current system
24 V LIGHT: PWM control
PWM control 24 V LIGHT: PWM control and lighting time control PWM control and lighting time control
Intensity control method
and lighting time control HLV LIGHT: Variable-current control and lighting time control HLV LIGHT: Variable-current
control
No. of channels 3 channels 4 channels 8 channels 3 channels 4 channels
Light Units with 24 VDC input,
Light Units with 24 VDC input, Light Units with 24 VDC input,
Light Units with 24 VDC input HLV2 series (Spot Light) Light Units with 24 VDC input Light Units with 24 VDC input
Applicable Light Unit (rated) HLV2 series (Spot Light) HLV2 series (Spot Light)
Total for 3 channels: 28 W Total for 8 channels: 95 W Total for 3 channels: 28 W Total for 3 channels: 48 W
Total for 4 channels: 46 W Total for 4 channels: 46 W
(EL connector: one 95 W connector)
"OCP" displayed on front
"OCP" displayed on front digital display: Overcurrent error digital display: Overcurrent error
"OCP" displayed on front digital
Error detection display "EFN" display: Fan stop error "OCP" displayed on front digital display: Overcurrent error "EFN" display: Fan stop error
display: Overcurrent error
"EID" display: ID error (HLV2 series only) "EID" display: ID error (HLV2
series only)
Operates at 107% of the output current. Reset by pressing and holding the setting switch for 1 sec., or turning the power off and then on again.
Overcurrent protection
PD3 series * Do not create an intentional short circuit between the positive (+) and negative (-) outputs.
PD2 series Power consumption (typ.) 78 VA 70 VA 130 VA 32 W 52 W

Frequency 50/60 Hz -
STU-3000
Output voltage (rated) 24 VDC
PSB series
Manual: 256-step using the front setting switch
POD series Intensity setting
External: 8-bit input (B0 to B7), write pulse (BRTWR), and channel selection (CHSEL0 to CHSEL2)
Control Units
PTU2 series ON/OFF setting External trigger input

PB-2430-1 Manual: 11-step using the front setting switch
Lighting mode setting
CC-ST-1024 External: 4-bit input (M0 to M3), write pulse (TRGWR), and channel selection (CHSEL0 to CHSEL2)
NPN Transistor output between pins 19 (OC) and 20 (OE) of the external control connector
BB series Error detection output
Normal operation: Open, Overcurrent output detected: Closed
PJ series Trigger input: MIL connector, 10-pin
External control connector
CC-PJ-0707 Intensity/Lighting mode setting: MIL connector, 20-pin
PSCC(A) series Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
PSB3-30024 Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Lens Filters Cooling method Natural air cooling Forced air cooling Natural air cooling Forced air cooling
CE marking Safety standard: EN61010-1 compliant, EMC standard: EN61326-1 Class A compliant EMC standard: EN61326-1 Class A compliant
Diffusion Plates
Material/Surface processing Material: aluminum and resin, Surface processing: blue alumite
Polarizing Plates
Weight 600 g max. 1,200 g max. 1,500 g max. 400 g max. 850 g max.
Options
Light Control Films Accessories 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1, Instruction Guide x 1, Base Brackets x 1 set (PD3-5024-4-PI/10024-8-PI) Instruction Guide x 1, Base Brackets x 1 set (PD3-5024-4-PT)
Brackets
Other
Extension Cables
Common specifications: Ethernet type AC input: PD3-3024-3-EI/PD3-5024-4-EI/PD3-10024-8-EI

DC input: PD3-3024-3-ET/PD3-5024-3-ET/PD3-5024-4-ET
Model name PD3-3024-3-EI PD3-5024-4-EI PD3-10024-8-EI PD3-3024-3-ET PD3-5024-3-ET PD3-5024-4-ET

Input voltage (rated) 100 to 240 VAC (+10% -15%) 24 VDC (21.6 to 26.4 V)
24 V LIGHT: Constant-voltage system 24 V LIGHT: Constant-voltage system
Drive method Constant-voltage system Constant-voltage system
HLV LIGHT: Constant-current system HLV LIGHT: Constant-current system
24 V LIGHT: PWM control
PWM control 24 V LIGHT: PWM control and lighting time control PWM control and lighting time control
and lighting time control HLV LIGHT: Variable-current control and lighting time control HLV LIGHT: Variable-current
control
No. of channels 3 channels 4 channels 8 channels 3 channels 4 channels
Light Units with 24 VDC input, Light Units with 24 VDC input,
Light Units with 24 VDC input HLV2 series (Spot Light) Light Units with 24 VDC input Light Units with 24 VDC input
Applicable Light Unit (rated) HLV2 series (Spot Light) HLV2 series (Spot Light)
Total for 3 channels: 28 W Total for 8 channels: 95 W Total for 3 channels: 28 W Total for 3 channels: 48 W
"OCP" displayed on front digital display: Overcurrent error display: Overcurrent error
Error detection display "EFN" display: Fan stop error "OCP" displayed on front digital display: Overcurrent error "EFN" display: Fan stop error
display: Overcurrent error
"EID" display: ID error (HLV2 series only) "EID" display: ID error (HLV2
series only)
* Do not create an intentional short circuit between the positive (+) and negative (-) outputs.
Power consumption (typ.) 78 VA 70 VA 130 VA 32 W 52 W

Frequency 50/60 Hz -
Intensity setting
External: Command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communication
ON/OFF setting External trigger input or command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communication
Lighting mode setting
External: Command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communication
Error detection output Command sent when overcurrent output is detected.
Trigger input: MIL connector, 10-pin
Intensity/Lighting mode setting: RJ-45 connector
Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85% RH (with no condensation)
Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85% RH (with no condensation)
Cooling method Natural air cooling Forced air cooling Natural air cooling Forced air cooling
CE marking Safety standard: EN61010-1 compliant, EMC standard: EN61326-1 Class A compliant EMC standard: EN61326-1 Class A compliant
Material/Surface processing Material: Aluminum and resin, Surface processing: Blue alumite Material: Aluminum and resin, Surface processing: Blue alumite
Weight 600 g max. 1,200 g max. 1,500 g max. 400 g max. 850 g max.
Accessories 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1, Instruction Guide x 1, Base Brackets x 1 set (PD3-5024-4-EI/10024-8-EI) Instruction Guide x 1, Base Brackets x 1 set (PD3-5024-4-ET)

191 3D CAD Product Fliers Data Sheets
Product Page Product Page Selection Guide Specifications List Guide Etc.
Control
P.11 - P.109 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
Common specifications: EIA-485 types AC input: PD3-3024-3-SI/PD3-5024-4-SI/PD3-10024-8-SI

Model name PD3-3024-3-SI PD3-5024-4-SI PD3-10024-8-SI
Input voltage (rated) 100 to 240 VAC (+10% -15%)
24 V LIGHT: Constant-voltage system
HLV LIGHT: Constant-current system
PWM control 24 V LIGHT: PWM control and lighting time control
and lighting time control HLV LIGHT: Variable-current control
No. of channels 3 channels 4 channels 8 channels
Light Units with 24 VDC input HLV2 series (Spot Light)
Applicable Light Unit (rated) HLV2 series (Spot Light)
Total for 4 channels: 46 W
"OCP" displayed on front digital display: Overcurrent error
Error detection display "OCP" displayed on front digital display: Overcurrent error "EFN" display: Fan stop error
"EID" display: ID error (HLV2 series only)
* Do not create an intentional short circuit between the positive (+) and negative (-) outputs.
Power consumption (typ.) 78 VA 70 VA 130 VA
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Output voltage (rated) 24 VDC PD3 series
Manual: 256-step using the front setting switch PD2 series
Intensity setting
External: Command input via EIA-485 communication STU-3000
ON/OFF setting External trigger input or command input via EIA-485 communication PSB series
Lighting mode setting POD series
External: Command input via EIA-485 communication
Control Units
PTU2 series
Error detection output Command sent when overcurrent output is detected.
Trigger input: MIL connector, 10-pin PB-2430-1
Intensity/Lighting mode setting: e-CON connector, 3-pin CC-ST-1024
Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation) BB series
Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation) PJ series
Cooling method Natural air cooling Forced air cooling
CC-PJ-0707
CE marking Safety standard: EN61010-1 compliant, EMC standard: EN61326-1 Class A compliant
PSCC(A) series
Material/Surface processing Material: Aluminum and resin, Surface processing: Blue alumite
Weight 600 g max. 1,200 g max. 1,500 g max. PSB3-30024
Accessories 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1, Instruction Guide x 1, Base Brackets x 1 set (PD3-5024-4-SI/10024-8-SI) Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
A unit with a PWM frequency of 500 kHz can be made for custom orders. Please contact your CCS sales representative for details. Light Control Films
For the effect on brightness due to differences in PWM frequency, refer to P. 243. Brackets
Other
Extension Cables
Dimensions (mm) PD3-3024-3-PI/PD3-3024-3-EI/PD3-3024-3-SI/PD3-3024-3-PT/

PD3-3024-3-ET/PD3-5024-3-PT/PD3-5024-3-ET
Parallel type
84 (13) 82.6 (8)

Digital display
Setting display lamps Setting switch
Channel selection switch Channel display lamps DIN rail installation

area
Trigger logical setting switch
124
120
External control connector Manual/external mode selector
Output connectors External trigger input connector
For AC input: AC inlet

(1.8)
(6)
For DC input:
24 VDC input terminal block
10 59.3
Ethernet type EIA-485 type
(6)
External control reset switch

(Network settings reset)
56
4-M3
ID switch (Insertion depth 5 mm)
External control
connector External control
14
connector
(6)
* Ethernet/EIA-485 types have the same external dimensions as the parallel type.
PD3 series
Control
You can also use
Units
or cell phone.
Dimensions (mm) PD3-5024-4-PI/PD3-5024-4-EI/PD3-5024-4-SI/PD3-5024-4-PT/PD3-5024-4-ET

Parallel type
197
Digital display Setting switch

Setting display lamps
(13) 82.6 (8)
Channel display lamps
Channel selection switch Output connectors
(For Spot Light HLV)
Output connectors
(For 24 V Lights)
120
Manual/external mode selector
For AC input: AC inlet
(1.8)
(6)
For DC input:
24 VDC input terminal block External trigger input connector Functional ground terminal
Rubber legs
(6)
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
DIN rail installation
POD series Ethernet type EIA-485 type
area
Control Units
PTU2 series
169
PB-2430-1 External control reset switch
CC-ST-1024 (Network settings reset)
BB series
PJ series ID switch
External control
CC-PJ-0707 External control
connector
14
PSCC(A) series connector
(6)
PSB3-30024
10 59.3
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films * Ethernet/EIA-485 types have the same external dimensions as the parallel type.
Brackets
Other
Extension Cables
Dimensions (mm) PD3-10024-8-PI/PD3-10024-8-EI/PD3-10024-8-SI
Parallel type
220
Setting display lamps
Digital display Setting switch
Channel selection switch Channel display lamps (13) 82.6 (8)

Output connectors
(For Spot Light HLV)
External control connector Output connectors

(For 24 V Lights)
120
Manual/External mode selector

(1.8)
(6)
AC inlet
External trigger input connector Functional ground terminal Rubber legs

(6)

Ethernet type EIA-485 type area
External control reset switch

192
(Network settings reset)
ID switch
External control
connector External control
connector
14
(6)
10 59.3
* Ethernet/EIA-485 types have the same external dimensions as the parallel type.

Product Page Product Page Selection Guide Specifications List Guide Etc.
Control
P.11 - P.109 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
Options

External control cables Dimensions (mm)
Parallel communication cable Model name: EXCB2-M20-3

Used for performing
PIN No. Line color Marking PIN No. Line color Marking
external control via parallel 3,000
1 Orange Black1 11 Orange Black2
communication. You can select 2 Orange Red1 12 Orange Red2
1 2 1 2 3 Gray Black1 13 Gray Black2
the channel, intensity setting and 4 Gray Red1 14 Gray Red2
lighting mode (continuous, ON/ 5 White Black1 15 White Black2
6 White Red1 16 White Red2
OFF and strobe modes). Cut off on one end
Ø6.1
7 Yellow Black1 17 Yellow Black2
19 20 19 20 8 Yellow Red1 18 Yellow Red2
20-pin MIL connector 9 Pink Black1 19 Pink Black2
10 Pink Red1 20 Pink Red2
Trigger input cable

Cable through which external
Model name: EXCB2-M10-3
trigger signals are input by
parallel bit method. Used when
3,000 PIN No. Line color Marking PD3 series
performing ON/OFF or strobe
1 Orange Black1 PD2 series
lighting using an external trigger 1 2
1 2 2 Orange Red1
3 Gray Black1 STU-3000
4 Gray Red1
signal. 5 White Black1 PSB series
9 10 Cut off on one end
9 10 6 White Red1
Ø5
7 Yellow Black1 POD series
10-pin MIL connector 8 Yellow Red1
Control Units
9 Pink Black1 PTU2 series
10 Pink Red1
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
BB series
EIA-485 communication cable Model name: EXCB2-E3-3

PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
Used for performing
PSCC(A) series
external control via EIA-485
PSB3-30024
communication. You can select 3,000
Lens Filters
Embedded
the channel, intensity setting, PIN No. Line color line color Diffusion Plates
1 1
ON/OFF setting and lighting 2 2 1 Black None
Polarizing Plates
3
3 2 Black White
Options
Cut off on one end
mode (continuous, ON/OFF and
Ø3.9
3 (shielded) Drain wire None Light Control Films

e-CON connector, 3-pin
strobe modes). Brackets
Other
Extension Cables
EIA-485 communication relay cable Model name: EXCB2-E3-E3-0.2

* Refer to the material “Connecting
Relay cable necessary if using 200
EIA-485 Communications Cables” on
with two or more PD3 series the CCS website for information on
1 1 1 1
2 2 multi-drop wiring connections.
units connected for EIA-485 2 2
3
3 3 3
You can download this information
Ø3.9
communication. e-CON connector, 3-pin from the product website page.
EIA-485 communication Model name: ECNR-E3CN4 e-CON relay connector

relay connector 13.8 30 3-pin × 4
13
Parallel communication/Trigger input branch cable Model name: EXCB2-M10M20-3 20-pin MIL connector
PIN No. Line color Marking
Branch cable that combines 1 Orange Black2
2 Orange Red2
parallel communication and trigger 3000 3 Gray Black2
input cables into a single cable. 10-pin 100

4 Gray Red2
5 White Black2
MIL connector
6 White Red2
1 2
7 Yellow Black2
1 2 8 Yellow Red2
10-pin MIL connector
Ø7.2
9 Pink Black2
9 10 PIN No. Line color Marking 10 Pink Red2
20-pin 9 10 1 Orange Black1 11 Orange Black3
MIL connector 2 Orange Red1 12 Orange Red3
3 Gray Black1 13 Gray Black3
1 2
1 2 4 Gray Red1 14 Gray Red3
5 White Black1 15 White Black3
Cut off on one end 6 White Red1 16 White Red3
8 Yellow Red1 18 Yellow Red3
9 Pink Black1 19 Pink Black3
19 20 19 20
Base brackets
Bracket for securing PD3 series
Model name: BK-PD3
units to the floor, shelving and
similar locations.
70
(1)
4.5
2-Ø
* Base Brackets are included with PD3-
40
5024-4 and PD3-10024-8 models.
3.5
2-Ø
29
19
10
5
59.3 5 * 1 set (2 pieces)
Digital Control Units Refer to our website for product details.
Control
You can also use
Units
PD2 series
or cell phone.
Intensity control to 256-step

Compatible with a wide

range of uses
PD2-1012/PD2-1024 PD2-3012/PD2-3024 PD2-5012/PD2-5024
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series PD2-3012-2/PD2-3024-2 PD2-3012-4/PD2-3024-4 PD2-3012-8/PD2-3024-8
Control Units
PTU2 series
The supplied AC cord is for use with 100 to 120 VAC.
PB-2430-1 Compliant model(s) If you would like to use the Control Unit with 200 to
CC-ST-1024 PD2-3012/PD2-3024/PD2-5012/PD2-5024/PD2-3012-2/PD2-3024-2/ 240 VAC, you must procure another appropriate AC
BB series PD2-3012-4/PD2-3024-4/PD2-3012-8/PD2-3024-8 power cord.
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 You can select either 12 V or 24 V type according to the input voltage of the LED Light being used.
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films  You can select from 10 W, 30 W and 50 W types according to the power consumption of the LED
Brackets
Other Light being used.
Extension Cables
 You can select from 2, 4 and 8-channel types if you are using individual intensity settings for multiple
Light Units.
 You can select an optional external control cable if you are using external control (refer to P.197).
Example connection * Refer to the “Instruction Guide” for details.
Example connections of
external control signal
1, 2 channels PD2 Control Unit side

4, 8 channels PD2 Control Unit side
5V 5V
Signal
Signal 1 to 11
1 to 13 14 to 23
IN IN
13
15 25
GND GND
5V 5V
Signal
Signal 1 to 11
1 to 13 14 to 23
IN IN
13
15 25
GND GND
Drive using driver IC or NPN open-collector. Drive is possible if there is a device through which
flows an approximately 10 mA current from signal to ground.

Light Unit Control Unit Control Unit Technical Regulations,
Product Page Selection Guide Specifications List Guide Etc.
Control
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
Example system configuration

Example:
External control device External control cables Control Unit Extension cables LED Lights (two units connected)
E.g.: When two units are connected
EXCB2-B3 FCB-3
(Parallel communication) LDR2-50RD2
External control (3 m)
(Intensity control, (Red)
device (Power consumption: 3.1 W)
ON/OFF control)
(ON/OFF signal)
NFCB2-3
PD3 series
(ON/OFF signal input) FCB-3 PD2 series
PD2-3024-2 LDR2-50RD2
(ON/OFF control) (3 m) STU-3000
(30 W capacity) (Red) PSB series
(2 channels) (Power consumption: 3.1 W) POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
BB series
PJ series
Specifications CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024
Model name PD2-1012 PD2-1024 PD2-3012 PD2-3024 PD2-5012 PD2-5024 PD2-3012-2 PD2-3024-2 PD2-3012-4 PD2-3024-4 PD2-3012-8 PD2-3024-8
Lens Filters
Input voltage 100 to 120 VAC 100 to 240 VAC
Input current* 0.25 A typ. 0.78 A typ. 1.3 A typ. 0.78 A typ. Diffusion Plates
Frequency 50/60 Hz Polarizing Plates
Options
Inrush current 15 A typ. Light Control Films
No. of channels 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 2 channels 2 channels 4 channels 4 channels 8 channels 8 channels Brackets
DC output voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Other
Output voltage 9.5 W max. 9.0 W max. 28 W max. 28 W max. 46 W max. 46 W max. 28 W max. 28 W max. 27 W max. 27 W max. 25 W max. 25 W max.
Extension Cables
Intensity control method: 62.5 kHz PWM control
Intensity control Manual: 16-step intensity control using coarse and fine rotary switches on the front panel
External: Intensity control using 8-bit parallel signal
Input circuit: Pull-up of +5.0 V internally by use of resistor (4.7 kΩ) Input circuit: Pull-up of +5.0 V internally by use of resistor (2.2 kΩ)
External control input
HS-CMOS input: Low level of max. 1.0 V, high level of 3.5 V or more
External control
D-sub 15-pin (plug) D-sub 25-pin (plug)
connector
Lights ON/OFF ON/OFF control during manual intensity control: Ø3.5 mm microphone jack Manual/External: D-sub 25-pin ON signal
control ON/OFF control during external intensity control: D-sub 15-pin ON signal (not synchronized with writing sequence) (not synchronized with writing sequence)
Light ON/OFF
OFF→ON: 10 μs typ., ON→OFF: 10 μs typ.
response time
Startup time 0.5 sec typ.
Output overcurrent protection Operates at 107% of the output current. Reset by turning the power off and then on again.
Operating environment Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Storage environment Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Weight 0.7 kg max. 1.1 kg max. 1.3 kg max. 1.1 kg max. 1.2 kg max. 1.5 kg max.
Accessories 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1 (except for PD2-1012/1024), Instruction Guide x 1
* For 100 VAC
Dimensions (mm)
PD2-1012/PD2-1024 PD2-3012/PD2-3024
(8) 120 9 (7) 170 9

93 13.5 15 140
AC cable (2.3 m)
16
40
54
11
4-M3 (Bottom mounting screws)

16
External control connector 40 x 140 (Insertion depth: 5 mm max.)

4-M3 (Bottom mounting screws) D-sub 15-pin 15 140 15 62
54 x 93 (Insertion depth: 2 mm max.)
10
86 4-M3 depth 5
D-sub 15-pin
(Mounting screw holes)
90
110
4-M3 depth 5
54
40 x 140
10
12 62 12 13.5 93 13.5 16 54 16
5.5
11.5 40 10.5 20 130 20

5.5
4-M3 depth 2
54 x 93 (Mounting screw holes) 15 140 15
PD2 series
Control
You can also use
Units
or cell phone.
Dimensions (mm)
PD2-5012/PD2-5024 PD2-3012-2/PD2-3024-2
7 230 9 (7) 170 9

40 11
15 200 15 140
40
11
4-M3 (Bottom mounting screws) 4-M3 (Bottom mounting screws)
40 x 200 (Insertion depth: 5 mm max.) External control connector 40 x 140 (Insertion depth: 5 mm max.)
D-sub 15-pin 15 200 15 62 D-sub 15-pin 15 140 15 62
10
10.7
4-M3 depth 5
4-M3 depth 5
110
4-M3 depth 5
110
90
90
4-M3 depth 5 40 x 140

40 x 200 (Mounting screw holes) (Mounting screw holes)
9.3
10
PD3 series 11.5 40 10.5 20 190 20 11.5 40 10.5 20 130 20
5.5
5.5
PD2 series 15 200 15 15 140 15
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series PD2-3012-4/PD2-3024-4 PD2-3012-8/PD2-3024-8
Control Units
PTU2 series 15 140 9 170 (8)

15 140
12.5
PB-2430-1
12.5
CC-ST-1024
4-M3 (Mounting screw holes)
BB series
85 x 140
85
85
PJ series (Insertion depth: 5 mm max.)
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series External control
External control connector 4-M3 (Mounting screw holes) connector
PSB3-30024 D-sub 25-pin 110 85 x 140(Insertion depth: 5 mm max.) D-sub 25-pin
Lens Filters 9 170 (8) 110
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
122
Light Control Films 85 x 140 85 x 140

80
Brackets (Mounting screw holes) (Mounting screw holes)

Other
Extension Cables 20 130 20 15 140 15
5.5
5.5
12.5 85 12.5
15 140 15 12.5 85 12.5 20 130 20
Options
External control cable Dimensions (mm)
Corresponding Control Unit: PD2 (1 and 2 channels) series Corresponding Control Unit: PD2 (4 and 8 channels) series
EXCB2-B3 (3 m): D-sub 15-pin EXCB2-25-3 (3 m): D-sub 25-pin
3,000 No. Line color No. Line color 3,000

1 Black 9 Gray
Ø10.1
2 White 10 Pink
Ø8.1
3 Red 11 White/Black
54
40.5
4 Green 12 Red/Black
5 Yellow 13 Green/Black
6 Brown 14 Yellow/Black
D-sub 15-pin Shielded ground 7 Blue 15 Brown/Black D-sub 25-pin
8 Purple NC (Blue/Black) M2.6 Shielded ground
No. Line color No. Line color No. Line color No. Line color
1 Black 9 Gray 17 Purple/Black 25 Brown/White
External ON/OFF control cable 2 White 10 Pink 18 Grey/Black NC (Blue/White)
3 Red 11 White/Black 19 Pink/Black NC (Purple/White)
Corresponding Control Unit: PD2 (1 and 2 channels) series 4 Green 12 Red/Black 20 Light green/Black NC (Grey/White)
5 Yellow 13 Green/Black 21 Black/White NC (Pink/White)
NFCB2-3 (3 m) 6 Brown 14 Yellow/Black 22 Red/White NC (Light green/White)
7 Blue 15 Brown/Black 23 Green/White
40.5 3,000 White (center pole) Line color Signal 8 Purple 16 Blue/Black 24 Yellow/White
White ON/OFF
Black GND (-)
10
Black (peripheral pole)

Ø3.5 phone plug 50

Strobe Unit
Controllers
You can also use
CCS STU-3000 Search your smartphone
STU-3000
or cell phone.
Strobe function available by assembling with

Digital Control Unit PD2 series
Strobe Unit
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
Compliant PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
BB series
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Characteristics PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
 Enables use of continuous lighting as strobe lighting. Diffusion Plates

Polarizing Plates
 You can set strobe lighting time from 0.01 to 99.99 msec.
Options
Light Control Films
 External trigger signal provides ON/OFF control of power at the specified pulse width and strobe Brackets
lighting of LED Lights. Other

Extension Cables
Example connection * Refer to the “Instruction

Guide” for details. Example system configuration
Example:
External signal LED Light Extension cables Strobe Unit Control Unit (PD2 series)
Example connection
(1) Non-voltage contact drive (using the drive-side Control Unit) External control device
Contact signal 5-24 V TRIG +

Photocoupler TRIG - External control
Open-collector device
Emits at falling edge
Or LDR2-50RD2
(Trigger signal)
Driver IC (Red) (24 V)
(Power consumption: 3.1 W)
<Drive side> <This unit side> Trigger signal
(2) If driven by the high-pulse voltage output signal FG terminal
V1 TRIG +
Voltage signal ON/OFF signal cable
FCB-3
Buffer TRIG -
(3 m) STU-3000 (ON/OFF signal input)
HS-CMOS V2
(Strobe Unit) (ON/OFF control)
Driver IC PD2 Series
(Control Unit)
<Drive side> <This unit side> Control Unit connection cable
(For 24 V)
Specifications Dimensions (mm)

Pulse width setting switch Trigger input terminal
Model name STU-3000
SMP-04V-BC (12 or 24 VDC) 110 31
Input connector Light Unit output
M3 terminal block 3P (trigger inputs, FG connection terminals)
connector
SMP-02V-BC (12 VDC) (For 12 V: 2-pin)
Output connector SMP-03V-BC (24 VDC)
M3 jack (ON/OFF signal)
70
Photocoupler input, 5 to 24 VDC, current 5 mA max.

Trigger
Pulse width of 20 μs or more and rising edge of 10 μs max. Light Unit output
Connected with input jack on the PD2 Control Unit for light ON/OFF signal connector
ON/OFF signal (For 24 V: 3-pin)
Center: Signal line, Sleeve: GND Test button
Lighting time 0.01 to 99.99 ms
Control Unit input connector (4-pin) ON/OFF signal input jack
Lighting delay 10 μs max.
Accessories ON/OFF signal and Control Unit connection cables
Weight 400 g max.
Connectible
PD2-1012/1024/3012/3024/5012/5024/3012-2/3024-2
Control Units
Analog Control Units Refer to our website for product details.
Control
You can also use
Units
CCS PSB Search your smartphone
PSB series
or cell phone.
Popularly priced LED Light Control Units

* Use the PD3/PD2 Series Digital Control Unit if you require fine intensity settings, controllability, or reproducibility.
PSB-1012V-WW/PSB-1024V-WW
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
PSB-512V/PSB-524V PSB-1012VB/PSB-1024VB PSB-3012VB/PSB-3024VB
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024 Compliant model(s)
BB series PSB-1012V-WW/PSB-1024V-WW
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 Stepless intensity control is performed by varying the voltage.
Polarizing Plates
 Continuous illumination making it optimal for use with fast shutter speeds.
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
 There is a worldwide (WW) type of Control Unit that can be used with 100 to 240 VAC.
Extension Cables
 There is a type where the intensity knob can be fixed (special order product).
Side sectional drawing

● Locking intensity knob Intensity knob
Adjust the intensity using a flat-head screwdriver. Lock
To lock the knob, use a hexagonal wrench to turn the M3 set

screw on the knob body and lock it.
* Products with a model name ending with an "L" have a locking intensity knob. Flat-head screwdriver
Hexagonal wrench

Example:
Control Unit Extension cables LED Light
FCB-3
(3 m) LDR2-50RD2
(Red)
PSB-3024VB
(30 W capacity)

Control
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
Specifications

PSB-512V PSB-524V PSB-1012VB PSB-1024VB PSB-3012VB PSB-3024VB
Model name PSB-1012V-WW PSB-1024V-WW
PSB-512VL PSB-524VL PSB-1012VBL PSB-1024VBL PSB-3012VBL PSB-3024VBL
Intensity control method Variable voltage control
No. of channels 1 channel
Applicable Light
12 V 5W 24 V 5W 12 V 10 W 24 V 10 W 12 V 30 W 24 V 30 W 12 V 10 W 24 V 10 W
Unit (rated)
Intensity Intensity knob on the unit front panel
Operates at 105% of the rated current or
Overcurrent protection Operates at 125% of the rated current or higher. Resets automatically.
higher. Resets automatically.
Input voltage (rated) 100 to 120 VAC 100 to 240 VAC
Input voltage (range) 85 to 132 VAC 85 to 264 VAC
Power consumption (typ.) 15 VA 27 VA 78 VA 27 VA
Frequency 50/60 Hz
15 A (For 100 VAC)
Inrush current 15 A (For 100 VAC)
20 A (For 200 VAC)
(typ.) * From a cold start
* From a cold start
Ground leakage 3.5 mA max.
3.5 mA max.
current (264 VAC, 60 Hz, with no load)
Output voltage 8.3 (±1) VDC to 15 (±1) VDC to 8.3 (±1) VDC to 12 (±1) VDC to 8.3 (±1) VDC to 12 (±1) VDC to 8.3 (±1) VDC to 12 (±1) VDC to PD3 series
(rated) 12.05 (±0.15) VDC 24.05 (±0.25) VDC 12.05 (±0.15) VDC 24.05 (±0.25) VDC 12.05 (±0.15) VDC 24.05 (±0.25) VDC 12.05 (±0.15) VDC 24.05 (±0.25) VDC PD2 series
Output current STU-3000
0.41 A 0.21 A 0.83 A 0.41 A 2.5 A 1.25 A 0.83 A 0.41 A
(rated)
Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC 1-min. cutoff current 10 mA 1,500 VAC 1-min. cutoff current 10 mA PSB series
(Input - Output) 500 VDC 20 MΩ or more 500 VDC 20 MΩ or more POD series
Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC 1-min. cutoff current 10 mA 1,500 VAC 1-min. cutoff current 10 mA
Control Units
PTU2 series
(Input-FG) 500 VDC 20 MΩ or more 500 VDC 20 MΩ or more
Operating temperature PB-2430-1
and humidity CC-ST-1024
Storage temperature BB series
Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
and humidity
PJ series
Elevation 2,000 m max. CC-PJ-0707
Protective ground PSCC(A) series
Class 0 Class I
class
PSB3-30024
Degree of contamination Degree of contamination 2
Lens Filters
Overvoltage category Category II
Diffusion Plates
Safety standard: EN61010-1 compliant
CE marking Polarizing Plates
EMC standard: EN61326 compliant
Options
Environmental Light Control Films
RoHS compliant
regulations
Brackets
Material, coating,
Steel plate, Thickness: 1.0, N3, Matte finish Other
surface processing
Weight Approx. 420 g Approx. 470 g Approx. 700 g Approx. 470 g Extension Cables
Instruction Guide x 1
Accessories Instruction Guide x 1
AC cord (with ground wire) x 1
* Model names ending with an “L” have a locking intensity knob.
Dimensions (mm)
* For the VL model: (13) * For the VBL model: (13)
PSB-512V (VL) / 524V (VL) PSB-3012VB (VBL) / 3024VB (VBL)
65 Intensity knob (16) * 114 (8.5) 86 Intensity knob (16) * 149 (8.5)
Control Unit switch A Control Unit switch A
42
55
22.5 80 11.5
5
14.5 120 14.5

5
12.5 40 12.5 8 70 8
FG terminal
FG terminal Output connectors
Output connector
100 VAC 100 VAC

Arrow A view Arrow A view
(Mounting screw holes) AC cord (2.3 m) (Mounting screw holes) AC cord (2.3 m)
PSB-1012VB (VBL) / 1024VB (VBL) * For the VBL model: (13) PSB-1012V-WW / 1024V-WW
76 Intensity knob (16) 131 (8.5)
76 Intensity knob (16) * 118 (8.5)
Control Unit switch A
Control Unit switch A
50
45
15.5 100 15.5

5
10.5 93 14.5
5
11 54 11 11 54 11
FG terminal Output connector

Output connector AC inlet
FG terminal
100 VAC
Arrow A view Arrow A view

(Mounting screw holes) AC cord (2.3 m) (Mounting screw holes)
Strobe Overdrive Control Unit Refer to our website for product details.
Control
You can also use
Units
CCS POD Search your smartphone
POD series
or cell phone.
Multi-functional and fine-tunable Control Unit

Strobe Overdrive
Ethernet
Overdrive
Variable-voltage Control Enabled
Minimum
Strobe Time: 10 Scenes
Storable
1 μs
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
Compliant
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
BB series
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024 Features
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 Strobe lighting. Overdrive specifications.  The light intensity can be set to one of 512 levels.
Polarizing Plates
 Voltage control during overdrive operation. Output voltage: 24 to 48 VDC
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
 Ethernet and parallel communications  Strobe time: 1 to 1,000 μs (in steps of 1 μs)
Extension Cables
 Continuous lighting under PWM control  Strobe delay: 0 to 1,000 μs (in steps of 1 μs)
 Two channels
 Sets of parameters related to light control
can be registered.
Registering Scenes (sets of parameters)
Parameter list Parameters are set

for each channel. Quick scene change
Channel Channel via a trigger cable Parameter settings for
1 2 Scene registration Scene #2
different inspections
Up to 10 scenes Scene#9#10
Lighting modes Scene #10
Scene #9
Scene
Scene #8 Scene #1
Scene #7
Lighting patterns
Scene #6
Scene #5
Scene #4
Easy parameter
Scene #3
Scene #2
Scene #1 registration via
Light intensities Ethernet.
Strobe times
Light Unit for
Output voltages External control device channel 2
Lighting delays PC PLC

Light Unit for
or other device channel 1
You can register sets of parameters called scenes that consist of the light control settings for the two channels.
By just applying a scene to the channels, you can easily change the settings. Up to 10 scenes can be registered.
Refer to the Instruction Guide for details.

Control
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
What Is "Overdrive"?
Overdrive is used to emit brighter light by applying a high voltage to an LED Light Unit only for flashes shorter
than 1 ms. This voltage exceeds the voltage for continuous lighting.
Strobe Overdrive
Overdrive
48 V
ON
Continuous lighting
ON
24 V
(24 V)
OFF OFF
Example connections * Refer to the “Instruction Guide” for details.
Example connections Sinking (NPN) Sourcing (PNP)

of external trigger signal External circuit POD Control Unit External circuit POD Control Unit PD3 series
Pin 10 Pin 10 PD2 series

24 VDC 24 VDC
3 kΩ 3 kΩ STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Transistor (NPN) Pin 1 or 4.7 kΩ Transistor (PNP) Pin 1 or 4.7 kΩ
Control Units
open collector Pin 2 open collector Pin 2 PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
Connection specifications CC-ST-1024
Rated input Maximum Photocoupler Photocoupler
OFF voltage/ Response time BB series
voltage input voltage ON voltage/ OFF current
ON current
PJ series
21.6 VDC min./ 1.5 VDC max./ Refer to the sequence diagrams
24 VDC 26.4 VDC CC-PJ-0707
6 mA min. 1 mA max. on the Instruction Guide.
PSCC(A) series
Setting of the When lighting mode is set to O/D Mode, PSB3-30024

When lighting mode is set to PWM Mode and
LCG-TRG item on Photocoupler or when lighting mode is set to PWM Mode and Lens Filters
lighting pattern is set to Continuous Lighting Pattern
the COM Menu lighting pattern is set to Strobe Lighting Pattern
Diffusion Plates
ON No change Light Unit OFF
ACTIVE HI Polarizing Plates
OFF Light Unit flashes for the strobe time. Light Unit ON
Options
Light Control Films
ON Light Unit flashes for the strobe time. Light Unit ON
ACTIVE LO Brackets
OFF No change Light Unit OFF
Other
Extension Cables

of external trigger signal External circuit POD Control Unit External circuit POD Control Unit
(Applying scenes) 24 VDC Pin 10 24 VDC Pin 10
3 kΩ 3 kΩ
Transistor (NPN) One of the Pins 4.7 kΩ Transistor (PNP) One of the Pins 4.7 kΩ
open collector 5 to 9 open collector 5 to 9
Data Data
Scene number LCD
Photocoupler When the LGC-PAR When the LGC-PAR SC3 SC2 SC1 SC0
item on the COM Menu item on the COM Menu
is set to ACTIVE HI is set to ACTIVE LO 00 0 0 0 0 S01
ON 1 0 01 0 0 0 1 S02
OFF 0 1 02 0 0 1 0 S03
03 0 0 1 1 S04
04 0 1 0 0 S05
05 0 1 0 1 S06
06 0 1 1 0 S07
07 0 1 1 1 S08
08 1 0 0 0 S09
09 1 0 0 1 S10

of external signal External circuit POD Control Unit External circuit POD Control Unit
(Parallel communications) 24 VDC Pin 12 24 VDC Pin 12
3 kΩ 3 kΩ
Transistor (NPN) One of the Pins 4.7 kΩ Transistor (PNP) One of the Pins 4.7 kΩ
open collector 1 to 9, 13 to 17 open collector 1 to 9, 13 to 17
Data Connection specifications

When the LGC-PAR When the LGC-PAR
Photocoupler Rated input Maximum Photocoupler Photocoupler
item on the COM Menu item on the COM Menu ON voltage/ OFF voltage/ Response time
is set to ACTIVE HI is set to ACTIVE LO voltage input voltage ON current OFF current
ON 1 0 21.6 VDC min./ 1.5 VDC max./ Refer to the sequence diagrams
24 VDC 26.4 VDC
OFF 0 1 6 mA min. 1 mA max. on the Instruction Guide.
POD series
Control
You can also use
Units
CCS POD Search your smartphone
or cell phone.

Example:
Strobe Overdrive
External control device External control cable Control Unit Extension cables LED Light
EXCB2-M10-3
(Trigger signal input)
(Strobe time control)
(Applying scenes)
External control Commercially available LAN cable

FCB-3
device (Ethernet communication)
(3 m) LDR2-50RD2
PD3 series (Strobe time, light intensity setting)
PD2 series (Registering and applying scenes) (Red)
STU-3000
POD-5024-2-PEI
PSB series
(Overdrive specifications)
POD series
(Variable-voltage control)
Control Units
PTU2 series
EXCB2-M20-3
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
(Strobe time, light intensity setting)
BB series
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other Specifications
Extension Cables
Model name POD-5024-2-PEI

Lighting method Strobe lighting (Overdrive mode), continuous lighting (PWM mode)
Drive method Costant-voltage system
Intensity control method Variable-voltage control or PWM control
Number of channels 2 channels
When both channels are in O/D Mode Output current: 10 A max.
Output ratings
When both channels are in PWM Mode Output power: 45 W max.
(total for 2 channels)*
When the channels are used together with different lighting modes Output current: 6.3 A max. and Output power: 36 W max.
Manual Operation on the front panel
Light control settings Command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communications 512 levels
External
Signal input through parallel port
Strobe time settings Command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communications 1 to 1,000 μs (in steps of 1 μs)
External
Lighting delay settings Command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communications 0 to 1,000 μs (in steps of 1 μs)
External
Input power 100 to 240 VAC (+10%, -15%), 50/60 Hz
Inrush current (typ.) 15 A (at 100 VAC), 36 A (at 240 VAC) from a cold start
Ground leakage current 3.5 mA max. (264 VAC, 60 Hz, with no load)
Output voltage (ratings) Overdrive mode: 24 to 48 VDC, PWM mode: 24 VDC
Insulation withstand
1500 VAC for one minute, Cutoff current: 10 mA,
voltage (input-output,
500 VDC, 20 MΩ min.
input-FG)
Overvoltage category Category II
Operating Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85% (with no condensation)
environment Altitude: 2,000 m max., Protective ground class: Class I, Pollution degree: 2, Indoor use only
Storage environment Temperature: −20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85% (with no condensation)
Vibration resistance Acceleration: 19.6 m/s2, Frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, Cycles: 3 minutes, Sweep cycle: for 1 hour each in X, Y, and Z directions
Cooling method Forced air cooling
CE Marking Safety standard: Conforms to EN 61010-1, EMC standard: Conforms to EN61000-6-2, EN61000-6-4
Environmental regulations RoHS compliant
Material, coating, and
Steel sheet, Cover thickness: 1.6 mm, Chassis thickness: 1.0 mm, N3 (leather tone)
surface processing
Weight 1,500 g max.
Accessories One Instruction Guide, One 2-m-long 3-prong AC power cord with ground terminal
* Please use the Light Units within the output current and power shown above.
For information on the availability of your Light Units, refer to our website. http://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod

Control
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
Options
Dimensions (mm)
External control cables
Strobe Overdrive
Trigger input cable Model name: EXCB2-M10-3
Used to input a external
trigger signal of parallel 3,000 PIN No. Line color Marking
1 Orange Black1
bits. Used for performing 1 2 2 Orange Red1
1 2
3 Gray Black1
strobe lighting and scene 4 Gray Red1
5 White Black1
application. 9 10
9 10 Cut off on one end 6 White Red1
Ø5
7 Yellow Black1
10-pin MIL connector 8 Yellow Red1
9 Pink Black1
10 Pink Red1
Parallel communication cable Model name: EXCB2-M20-3

PD3 series
Used for performing
PIN No. Line color Marking PIN No. Line color Marking PD2 series
external control via parallel 3,000
1 Orange Black1 11 Orange Black2
STU-3000
communication. 2 Orange Red1 12 Orange Red2
1 2 1 2 3 Gray Black1 13 Gray Black2 PSB series
4 Gray Red1 14 Gray Red2 POD series
Control Units
6 White Red1 16 White Red2 PTU2 series
Cut off on one end
Ø6.1
7 Yellow Black1 17 Yellow Black2 PB-2430-1
19 20 19 20 8 Yellow Red1 18 Yellow Red2
20-pin MIL connector 9 Pink Black1 19 Pink Black2
CC-ST-1024
10 Pink Red1 20 Pink Red2 BB series
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Parallel communication/Trigger input branch cable Model name: EXCB2-M10M20-3
PIN No. Line color Marking
PSB3-30024
1 Orange Black2
Branch cable that combines 2 Orange Red2 Lens Filters
parallel communication and 3000 3 Gray Black2
10-pin 4 Gray Red2 Diffusion Plates
100 5 White Black2
trigger input cables into a MIL connector
6 White Red2 Polarizing Plates
Options
7 Yellow Black2
single cable. 1 2 1 2 8 Yellow Red2
Light Control Films
Ø7.2
9 Pink Black2 Brackets

9 10 PIN No. Line color Marking 10 Pink Red2
20-pin 9 10 1 Orange Black1 11 Orange Black3 Other
MIL connector 2 Orange Red1 12 Orange Red3
3 Gray Black1 13 Gray Black3 Extension Cables
1 2
1 2 4 Gray Red1 14 Gray Red3
Cut off on one end 6 White Red1 16 White Red3
8 Yellow Red1 18 Yellow Red3
9 Pink Black1 19 Pink Black3
19 20 19 20
Dimensions (mm)
79.2 199
LCD
Operating knob
110
116
Air inlets
Power switch
LAN connector
Fan exhaust outlet
Parallel Communication Output Connectors Bottom installation screw holes, 4xM3

Connector
53.6
(SM connector: SMP-03V-BC) (Insertion depth into the case

of the Control Unit: 4 mm)
AC inlet (Same holes are used to install
Trigger Input Connector
rubber feet.)
12
185 7
Strobe Overdrive Control Unit Refer to our website for product details.
Control
You can also use
Units
CCS PTU2 Search your smartphone
PTU2 series
or cell phone.
Overdrive specifications Strobe Control Unit

Strobe Overdrive
Enables even brighter emission of Light Units
Overdrive
Specifications
PD3 series
* The PTU2 series enables strobe
PD2 series
STU-3000
lighting with overdrive. Overdrive
PSB series Compliant refers to brighter than normal
POD series
emission of light by increasing
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1 If you would like to use the Control Unit with 200 to the voltage and current supplied
CC-ST-1024 240 VAC, you must procure another appropriate AC
power cord. to the Light Unit.
BB series
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 The PTU2 series enables the lights to emit several times brighter than using the ON/OFF control
Polarizing Plates
function of the conventional PSB and PD3/PD2 series, or by strobe lighting using STU-3000.
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
 The two independent channels allow for setting each channel to emit for 10 to 990 μs.
Extension Cables
1 +Viso 5 - 6 V
+5 - 24 V 2 TRIG IN1+
(1) Non-voltage contact drive 1 Contact signal
3 TRIG IN1- 5 mA
Photocoupler
(using drive-side power supply) Open-collector 4 TRIG IN2+
Emits at falling edge
Or 5 mA
5 TRIG IN2-
Driver IC
<Drive side>
6 GND iso
<Control Unit side>
1 +Viso 5 - 6 V
+5 - 24 V 2 TRIG IN1+
(2) Non-voltage contact drive 2 Contact signal

3 TRIG IN1-
5 mA
Photocoupler 4 TRIG IN2+
(using insulation power supply) Open-collector Emits at falling edge
5 mA
Or 5 TRIGIN2-
Driver IC
<Drive side> 6
GND iso
<Control Unit side>
+Viso 5 - 6 V
V1 2 TRIG IN1+
(3) If driven by the high-pulse Voltage signal
Buffer 5 mA
voltage output signal HS-CMOS
3 TRIG IN1-
V2 4 TRIG IN2+
Driver IC
<Drive side> 5 mA
5 TRIGIN2-
6
GND iso <Control Unit side>
Vcc (+5 V)
4.7 kΩ
14 Control 1 - 1
(4) External intensity input Contact signal
Photocoupler
Open-collector Control 2 - 8 HC14
21
Or 22 INT/EXT
Driver IC
25
<Drive side> GND <Control Unit side>
Low: 0 V or more 1.13 V max. High: 3.15 V or more 5 V max.

Control
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
Units
Overcurrent protection function
PTU2 Control Units forcibly stop the power output when the current consumption in the Light Unit exceeds the value shown below. The error lamp (red) on the front of the
Strobe Overdrive
unit also flashes. Stopping of output is not released until the Control Unit is restarted.
D-sub 25-pin 23
Model name PTU2-3012 PTU2-3024
Power consumption 8.5 A peak min 6.0 A peak min
* Use 24 VDC and 20 mA max. for the OCP OUT load in order to obtain a margin.
25
OCP OUT output circuit

Example:
External control device External control cable Control Unit Extension cables LED Light
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
External control FCB-3 PB-2430-1
device EXCB2-25-3
( 3 m) LDR2-50RD2 CC-ST-1024
(Trigger signal) (Trigger signal input) (Red) BB series
(Emitting time control) (Power consumption: 3.1 W) PJ series
PTU2-3024 CC-PJ-0707
(30 W capacity) PSCC(A) series
(Overdrive specifications) PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Specifications Dimensions (mm) Brackets

Other
Extension Cables
Model name PTU2-3012 PTU2-3024 PTU2-3012/3024
Input voltage
100 to 240 VAC (8) 170 (18)
(rated)
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Inrush current (typ.) 15 A (for 100 VAC) 30 A (for 240 VAC) * At cold start
PTU2-3012: 18 VDC 8.1 A max. (Peak value when connected to max. load)
Output
PTU2-3024: 48 VDC 4.3 A max. (Peak value when connected to max. load)
Applicable Light
Total for 2 channels: 27 W max. 4-M3 depth 5
Unit (rated)
110 85 x 145 (Mounting screw holes)
10 to 990 μs
Lighting time Lighting time = Pulse Width [x10 μs] x Control (10 to 100%)
Pulse Width: 0 to 99 x 10 μs Control: 10 to 100% (10% steps)
Lighting delay 15 μs max.
90
Output connector SMP-02V-BC (PTU2-3012)/SMP-03V-BC (PTU2-3024)

External control
D-sub 25-pin (plug), M2.6 screw
connector
22.5 125 22.5 15 80 15
Overcurrent Output shutdown: 120% min. of rated load
5.5
protection * Reset by clearing the cause, and then turning the power off and on again. 12.5 145 12.5 12.5 85 12.5
Weight 1.2 kg max.
3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1, external control connector x 1,
Accessories
Instruction Guide x 1
Options
EXCB2-25-3 (3 m): D-sub 25-pin
3,000 No. Line color No. Line color No. Line color No. Line color
1 Black 9 Gray 17 Purple/Black 25 Brown/White
Ø10.1
2 White 10 Pink 18 Grey/Black NC (Blue/White)

3 Red 11 White/Black 19 Pink/Black NC (Purple/White)
54
4 Green 12 Red/Black 20 Light green/Black NC (Grey/White)

5 Yellow 13 Green/Black 21 Black/White NC (Pink/White)
6 Brown 14 Yellow/Black 22 Red/White NC (Light green/White)
D-sub 25-pin 7 Blue 15 Brown/Black 23 Green/White
M2.6 Shielded ground 8 Purple 16 Blue/Black 24 Yellow/White
Controllers
Analog Controller Refer to our website for product details.
CCS PB-2430-1 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
PB-2430-1
or cell phone.
Low-price DC Input Controller

Analog Controller
contributing to cost reductions
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
Compliant
BB series
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 24 VDC input  DIN rail installation
Polarizing Plates
 24 V/24 W rating  Intensity control with variable voltage
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
 1-channel specification  Lightweight, compact design
Extension Cables
Output connector 24 VDC input terminal block
Intensity control for 24V Light DIN rail installation area

Example:
Controller Extension cables LED Light
Power supply
(24 VDC)
FCB-3
PB-2430-1 (3 m) LDR2-50RD2
(24 W capacity) (Red)
Power supply
(24 VDC)

Controllers
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.245
▼
Specifications
Analog Controller
Model PB-2430-1
Lighting method Constant lighting
Light control method Variable voltage control
No. of channels One channel
Applicable illumination (rating) 24 V 24 W
Over current protection Built in (input section, with poly-switch), 5.0 A, 20°C during continuous operation
Input voltage (rating) 24 VDC
Input voltage (range) 21.6 to 26.4 VDC
Power consumption (typ.) 30 W
Output voltage (range) 15.0 to 23.0 VDC (±10%) (for 24 VDC input)
Insulation resistance, dielectric strength 50 VDC, 20 MΩ min.
(Input/output - housing) 250 VAC for one minute 1 mA cutoff current
Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20 to 85% RH (No condensation)
PD3 series
Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20 to 85% RH (No condensation)
PD2 series
Cooling method Natural air cooling STU-3000
CE marking EMC standard: Complies with EN61000-6-2, EN61000-6-4 PSB series
Environmental regulation RoHS compliant POD series
Control Units
Input connector Input terminal block, use M3 screws with 7.62 mm pitch PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
Output connector SMP-03V-BC (JST)
CC-ST-1024
Material, coating, surface processing Steel plate, Thickness: 1.0, N3, Matt finish
BB series
Weight 270 g PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Dimensions (mm) Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Brackets
105 Other
Extension Cables
PB-2430-1 DC24V IN
OUTPUT
+ -
ADJUST
38
Front Side
M4 (bottom)
M4 (rear)*
Screw insertion depth: Screw insertion depth:
3 mm or less 3 mm or less
30
60
19
2-M3 (bottom)
Screw insertion depth:
52.5 3 mm or less
Rear 52.5
7.5 90
* Remove the DIN rail bracket to find the hole.
Bottom
Controllers
Compact Controller Refer to our website for product details.
CCS CC-ST-1024 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
CC-ST-1024
or cell phone.
Compact, lightweight LED Light-dedicated controller

Compact Controller
Install inside the device

• Install on compact device or single devices
Install inside a control panel to

centrally manage other instruments
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series Install next to the camera or near the
Control Units
PTU2 series light for a compact configuration

PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
Compliant
BB series * This is a conceptual image.
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 This LED Light-dedicated controller has the same size as a sensor amp.
Polarizing Plates
 DIN rail installation
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
 Can be installed in various locations such as inside a control panel or next to any type of sensor
Extension Cables
amp inside a device.
 Power supply is 24 VDC, optimal for on-site usage.
External signal
Example connections
Sink type Source type
<Signal output> <External signal input> <Signal output> <External signal input>
+24 V
+24 V
Input + 1
Input - 2
Or
NPN type
+24 V
PNP type
Or
Input + 1
Input - 2
Becomes HIGH when 24 V is applied to input+ and 0 V is applied to input-.

Apply a current using the open-collector circuit, high-speed photocoupler, semiconductor relay, and so on. (We recommend 10 mA or less.) The pulse
width must be 10 μs or more (Applied voltage 24 V±10%).
If using in an environment where noise is likely to occur, we recommend isolating the signal line and GND line from the drive device using a
photocoupler or semiconductor relay.

Controllers
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.245
▼
Compact Controller
Example:
External control device External control cable Controller Extension cables LED Light
Power supply
(24 VDC)
NFCB2-CC-3 With 1 m FCB-3

External control
LED Light cable (3 m)
device (Trigger signal input) LDR2-50RD2
PD3 series
(Trigger signal) (ON/OFF control) CC-ST-1024 (Red)
PD2 series
(10 W capacity) STU-3000
PSB series
With 2 m 24 VDC input cable
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
Power supply BB series
(24 VDC) PJ series

CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Specifications Dimensions (mm) Diffusion Plates

Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Model name CC-ST-1024 Brackets
Other
16
Intensity control
PWM control and lighting time control Extension Cables
method
24 V 10 W
(rated)
75 External signal connector
Input overcurrent
Overcurrent protection is provided by fuse interruption.
protection
70 9.4
Input voltage 24 VDC±10%
Power consumption (1,000) LED Light cable
11.0 W (with 10 W LED Light during max. intensity drive)
(typ.)
32.5

15.8
2.5
Operating environment
(indoors only)
5.7
Storage environment Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation) (2,000) (50) (13)
Acceleration: 19.6 m/sec2, Frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, Cycle: 3 min.,

Vibration resistance 24 VDC input cable
Sweep cycle: Each hour in the X, Y, and Z directions
Acceleration: 49.0 m/sec2, Operation time: 30 m sec,

Impact resistance
Repetitions: Three times for each of the six directions

CE marking EMC standard: EN61326 Class A compliant
Environmental
RoHS compliant
regulations
Material ABS
Weight 80 g
Accessories Instruction Guide x 1, flat-head screwdriver x 1
Options
External signal cable Dimensions (mm)
NFCB2-CC-3 (3 m)
1 2
This cable is for use with external signals.
(13) (50) 1: White (Input+)
It is used for intaking HIGH signals (during 2: Black (Input -)
(3,150)
ON/OFF mode) and trigger signals (during
strobe mode) into this product.
Housing: PAP-02V-K (JST)
Contact: BPHD-002T-P0.5 (JST)
Controllers
Building Block Types Refer to our website for product details.
CCS BB Search
You can also use
your smartphone
BB series
or cell phone.
Building blocks types allowing for connecting companion units

Overdrive
Specifications
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1 Master unit Slave unit Interface unit
CC-ST-1024
Compliant
BB series
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 You can select the master, slave and interface units, and combine them to configure various systems.
Polarizing Plates
 You can add and combine the necessary units easily to provide flexible Light Unit control (max. of
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets 18 units can be connected).
Other
Extension Cables
Additionally, power input is 24 VDC, which is optimal for on-site power supply environments. DIN rail
mounting is also applicable for these units.
Master units
Unit equipped with setting and management functions. Model name
Controls all linked units. Continuous 12 V BB-V12P30-M

emitting
There are continuous and strobe lighting types. 24 V BB-V24P30-M
You can select a 12 or 24 V output type according to
the connected Light Units. Strobe 12 V BB-V12S30-M
emitting 24 V BB-V24S30-M
* The strobe lighting type emits strobe with overdrive. Overdrive refers to brighter than normal emission of light by increasing the voltage and current supplied to the Light Unit.
Slave units
Unit for expansion. Model name
You can add and link according to the amount of Light Continuous 12 V BB-V12P30-S
Units being used. emitting 24 V BB-V24P30-S
There are continuous and strobe lighting types.
You can select a 12 or 24 V output type according to Strobe 12 V BB-V12S30-S
emitting 24 V BB-V24S30-S
the connected Light Units.
* The strobe lighting type emits strobe with overdrive. Overdrive refers to brighter than normal emission of light by increasing the voltage and current supplied to the Light Unit.
Interface units
This external control unit is equipped with a parallel Model name
communication function.
There are CMOS and photocoupler input type units. CMOS BB-CPC-S
Photocoupler BB-CPP-S

Controllers
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼

Master unit/ 3.3 V
Slave unit terminal block
Trigger input circuit
drawing TRIG+
TRIG−
OFF: 10 V or less, ON: 14 V or more
Interface unit
Input circuit drawing
• CMOS input type • Photocoupler input type PD3 series
5V PD2 series
+5 V
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
/OFF0+ PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
IN
CC-ST-1024
/OFF0- BB series
PJ series
Input voltage - Low: 1.5 V or less, High: 3.5 V or more Input voltage - OFF: 10 V or less, ON: 14 V or more CC-PJ-0707
Maximum permissible input voltage: 5.5 V Maximum permissible input voltage: 26.4 V PSCC(A) series
PSB3-30024
Control signal: CS0-CS2, WR, EXT, OFF0-OFF7, B0-B7 Drive the signal using driver IC, NPN open-collector, and so on. Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Brackets
Example: Light Unit cable Controller External control cables External control device Other
Extension Cables
(Accessory)
Extension cables Power supply

(24 VDC)
LED Light
Master unit Slave unit Interface unit

(30 W) (30 W per unit) (Parallel communication)
Light Unit cable

(Accessory)
External control
device
EXCB2-BBP-5 (Parallel
FCB-3
(Parallel communication) communication)
(3 m)
BB series (Intensity control)
(9 units connected) (ON/OFF control)
Power supply
(24 VDC)
Two units, three units...You can connect LED Lights to eight channels in all.
LDR2-50RD2 LDR2-50RD2
(Red) (Red)
(Power consumption: 3.1 W) (Power consumption: 3.1 W)
Controllers
BB series CCS BB Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
Specifications
Product name Master unit/Slave unit

Model Master units BB-V12P30-M BB-V24P30-M BB-V12S30-M BB-V24S30-M
name Slave units BB-V12P30-S BB-V24P30-S BB-V12S30-S BB-V24S30-S
Lighting method Continuous/Strobe lighting (No overdrive) Strobe lighting (With overdrive)
Intensity control method PWM control/Lighting time control Lighting time control
Applicable Light Unit (rated) 12 V/30 W 24 V/30 W 12 V/30 W 24 V/30 W
Input voltage (rated) 24 VDC
Input voltage (range) 21.6 to 26.4 VDC 21.6 to 25.3 VDC 21.6 to 26.4 VDC 21.6 to 26.4 VDC
Avg. power consumption: 16 W Avg. power consumption: 16 W
(When connected to 30 W load) (When connected to 30 W load)
42 W 42 W
Power consumption (typ.)
(When connected to 30 W load) (When connected to 30 W load) Peak power consumption: 72 W Peak power consumption: 26 W
(When connected to 30 W load and strobe (When connected to 30 W load and strobe
is being emitted) is being emitted)
Output voltage (rated) 12 VDC 24 VDC 18 VDC 48 VDC
Output current (rated) 2.5 A 1.25 A 8.0 A 4.3 A
Power cable length 5 m max.
PD3 series Terminal block control cable length 5 m max.
Light Unit cable length 5 m max.
PD2 series
Installation method Secured by DIN rail, bottom mounting holes, or optional independent stand
STU-3000
Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
PSB series
Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
POD series Weight 350 g max. 350 g max. 350 g max. 400 g max.
Control Units
PTU2 series Master unit: Terminal unit x 1, terminal block (cover x 1, installation screw x 1), Light Unit cable x 1, User Manual x 1
Accessories
PB-2430-1 Slave unit: Connection hardware (fixture x 2 , installation screw x 4), terminal block (cover x 1, installation screw x 1), Light Unit cable x 1, User Manual x 1
CC-ST-1024
BB series Product name Interface Unit (Parallel Communication Type)
PJ series Model name BB-CPC-S BB-CPP-S
CC-PJ-0707 Input voltage (rated) 24 VDC (supplied from connected connector)

Input voltage (range) 21.6 to 26.4 VDC (supplied from connected connector)
PSCC(A) series
Power consumption (typ.) 10 W (supplied from connected connector)
PSB3-30024
External control input/output Parallel bit method
Lens Filters Photocoupler insulation: 24 V input/output
Non-insulated C-MOS level input/output
Diffusion Plates External control input/output OFF: 10 V max. with OFF current of 4 mA max.
Low: 1.5 V max. High: 3.5 V max. 2.2 kΩ 5 V pull-up
specifications ON: 14 V or more with ON current of 5.8 mA or more
Polarizing Plates Input voltage range: 0 to 5.5 VDC
Input voltage range: 0 to 26.4 VDC
Options
Light Control Films External control cable length 5 m max.

Brackets Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Other Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Weight 300 g max.
Extension Cables
Accessories Connection hardware (fixture x 2 , installation screw x 4), User Manual x 1
Options
Stand
BB-FT
Independent stand attached to the unit.
Use this when securing the unit to a tabletop,
floor or similar location other than DIN rail.
External control cable

Color and segments BB-CPC-S BB-CPP-S Color and segments BB-CPC-S BB-CPP-S
No. Line color No. Line color
of broken line (CMOS input) (Photocoupler input) of broken line (CMOS input) (Photocoupler input)
EXCB2-BBP-5 (5 m)
1 Orange Black1 GND NC 26 Orange Red1 NC NC
Cable used to connect an interface unit (parallel communication 2 Gray Black1 GND NC 27 Gray Red1 NC NC
3 White Black1 GND NC 28 White Red1 NC NC
type) with an external device such as a PLC or image processor.
4 Yellow Black1 GND B7– 29 Yellow Red1 B7 B7+
(Connector: 50-pin half-pitch connector) 5 Pink Black1 GND B6– 30 Pink Red1 B6 B6+
6 Orange Black2 GND B5– 31 Orange Red2 B5 B5+
Dimensions (mm) 7 Gray Black2 GND B4– 32 Gray Red2 B4 B4+
8 White Black2 GND B3– 33 White Red2 B3 B3+
25 50
24 49 9 Yellow Black2 GND B2– 34 Yellow Red2 B2 B2+
23 48 10 Pink Black2 GND B1– 35 Pink Red2 B1 B1+
22 47 B0
11 Orange Black3 GND B0– 36 Orange Red3 B0+
21 46
20 45 Half pitch connector 50-pin 12 Gray Black3 GND OFF7– 37 Gray Red3 OFF7 OFF7+
19 44 13 White Black3 GND OFF6– 38 White Red3 OFF6 OFF6+
18 43
17 42 14 Yellow Black3 GND OFF5– 39 Yellow Red3 OFF5 OFF5+
16 41 15 Pink Black3 GND OFF4– 40 Pink Red3 OFF4 OFF4+
15 40
14 39 16 Orange Black4 GND OFF3– 41 Orange Red4 OFF3 OFF3+
13 38 17 Gray Black4 GND OFF2– 42 Gray Red4 OFF2 OFF2+
12 37
11 36 18 White Black4 GND OFF1– 43 White Red4 OFF1 OFF1+
(5,000)
10 35 19 Yellow Black4 GND OFF0– 44 Yellow Red4 OFF0 OFF0+
9 34
8 33 20 Pink Black4 GND ERROUT– 45 Pink Red4 ERROUT ERROUT+
7 32 21 Orange
Continuous
GND EXT– 46 Orange
Continuous
EXT EXT+
6 31 black line black line
5 30 Continuous Continuous
4 29 22 Gray GND WR– 47 Gray WR WR+
black line black line
3 28 Continuous Continuous
2 27 23 White black line GND CS2– 48 White
black line
CS2 CS2+
1 26
Continuous Continuous
24 Yellow black line GND CS1– 49 Yellow CS1 CS1+
black line
Continuous Continuous
25 Pink GND CS0– 50 Pink CS0 CS0+
black line black line

Controllers
P.11 - P.185 P.187 P.237 P.249
▼
Dimensions (mm)

Master unit
* Slave and interface units have the same external dimensions as the master unit.
115.5
40 12.5 3.5 34.5
22.7
52.6
148
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
28.1 6 PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
BB series
3-M3 depth 4 (Mounting screw holes)
PJ series
6.5
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
27
PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
26.5 26.5 26.5 36 Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Brackets
Other
Extension Cables

115.5 4 40
DIN rail
72
148
76
Top view Bottom view
Connected assembly
40 40 4 6.5 27 13 27 6.5
26.5
26.5
115.5
26.5
40 40
Spot Light Dedicated Refer to our website for product details.
Control
Units You can also use
CCS PJ Search your smartphone
PJ series
or cell phone.
Four types to match your use environment

AC Input Types
24 VDC Input Types
PD3 series
PD2 series
PJ-1505-2CA PJ-1505-3CA PJ-1505-2CD24 PJ-1505-3CD24
STU-3000
2 channels 3 channels 2 channels 3 channels
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024 Compliant model(s) If you would like to use the Control Unit with 200 to
BB series PJ-1505-2CA/PJ-1505-3CA/PJ-1505-2CD24/PJ-1505-3CD24
power cord.
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 Dedicated Analog Control Units for the Spot Light HLV2 series. (Spot Light HLV2 series Product Page P. 109)
▼
Polarizing Plates
 Stepless intensity control is performed by varying the current.
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
 There are 2 and 3-channel Light Unit output types.
Extension Cables
 You can select AC or DC power supply types.
Example connection * Refer to the “Instruction Guide” for details.
PJ series
Example connection Remote Control
14 +5.5 V
5.5 V output +5.5 V
1,3,5
OFF control input
ON: 0 V, OFF: +5 V
+5.5 V
1 0,7,6 Remote
Remote intensity control analog input 0 to 5 V
Manual Panel
Control
Control Unit for external VR 13

+2.5 V
External VR input 9,4,12
GND 2,8,11,15
External VR
PJ Control Unit
* Remote intensity control or external VR can be used. (Cannot be used at same time.)

Spot Light Control Unit Technical Regulations,
Product Page Selection Guide Guide Etc.
Control
Units
P.109 - P.185 P.237 P.249
▼

Example:
External control device External control cable Control Unit Extension cables LED Light (Spot Light)
External control
device
(Analog output)
EXCB2-B3 FCB-3
(0 to 5 V output) HLV2-22SW
(Intensity analog input) (3 m)
PJ-1505-2CA * Branch cables cannot be used. (White)
(OFF control)
(AC input)
(2 channels) PD3 series
(Spot Light dedicated) PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
Specifications
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
Model name PJ-1505-2CA PJ-1505-3CA PJ-1505-2CD24 PJ-1505-3CD24 CC-ST-1024

BB series
Input voltage (rated) 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC
PJ series
Input voltage (range) 85 to 264 VAC 10 to 24 VDC
CC-PJ-0707
Power consumption 27 VA typ. 37 VA typ. 10 W typ. 14.5 W typ.
PSCC(A) series
No. of channels 2 3 2 3 PSB3-30024
Output voltage (max. rating) 5.5 VDC Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Manual: Intensity control on front of unit
Intensity Polarizing Plates
Remote: Analog input voltage of 0 to 5 V (5.25 V max.)
Options
Light Control Films
ON/OFF control OFF: 2.5 to 5.0 V (24 V max.), ON: 0.8 to 0 V (pull-down with 4.7 kΩ resistance)
Brackets
External control connector D-sub 15-pin (plug) *Optional external control cable: EXCB2-B3 (3 m) Other
Weight 640 g 660 g 380 g Extension Cables
Accessories AC cord with ground wire (2 m), Instruction Guide x 1 Rubber feet x 4, Instruction Guide x 1
Dimensions (mm)
PJ-1505-2CA (PJ-1505-3CA is also the same size.) PJ-1505-2CD24 (PJ-1505-3CD24 is also the same size.)
Intensity controls Operation lamps Output connectors Control Unit input terminal
142 (8) 75
L1 range switch
A
62
A
38
12 108 12
16 54 (16) External control connector
5
132 Operation
lamps External/Manual switch
External/Manual switch Control Unit switch
Intensity controls L1 range switch
(16)
AC inlet External control connector

42.5 55
37.5
2-M3 depth 3
54
86

8 20
37.5
16
DIN rail bracket

Case-grounding screw Output connectors (16) 100 16
Arrow A view 4-M3 burring mounting screw holes (bottom) 11 120 11 Arrow A view
Options
3,000 No. Line color No. Line color
1 Black 9 Gray
EXCB2-B3 (3 m) 2 White 10 Pink
Ø8.1
3 Red 11 White/Black
40.5
4 Green 12 Red/Black
5 Yellow 13 Green/Black
6 Brown 14 Yellow/Black
D-sub 15-pin Shielded ground 7 Blue 15 Brown/Black
8 Purple NC (Blue/Black)
Controllers
Spot Light Dedicated Refer to our website for product details.
CCS CC-PJ-0707 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
CC-PJ-0707
or cell phone.
A single unit compatible with continuous, ON/OFF and

Compact Controller
strobe lighting
Perfect for narrow spaces,

used together with a Spot Light
to save space.
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Spot Light
Control Units
PTU2 series
HLV2-14
PB-2430-1 Series
CC-ST-1024
Compliant
BB series * This is a conceptual image.
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 Dedicated Control Units for the Spot Light HLV2 series. (Spot Light HLV2 series Product Page P. 109)
▼
Polarizing Plates
 Compact size makes them optimal for installation in narrow spaces and for saving space.
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
 Intensity value can be adjusted in 100 steps.
Extension Cables
 Power supply is 24 VDC, optimal for on-site usage.
External signal
Example connections
Sink type Source type
<Signal output> <External signal input> <Signal output> <External signal input>
+24 V
+24 V
Input + 1
Input - 2
Or
NPN type
+24 V
PNP type
Or
Input + 1
Input - 2
Becomes HIGH when 24 V is applied to input + and 0 V is applied to input - (applied voltage is 24 V±10%).
Apply a current using the open-collector circuit, high-speed photocoupler, semiconductor relay, and so on. (We recommend 10 mA or less.)
If using in an environment where noise is likely to occur, we recommend isolating the signal line and GND line from the drive device using
a photocoupler or semiconductor relay.

Spot Light Control Unit Technical Regulations,
Controllers
Product Page Selection Guide Guide Etc.
P.109 - P.185 P.237 P.249
▼
Compact Controller
Example:
External control device External control cable Controller Extension cables LED Light (Spot Light)
Power supply
(24 VDC)
External control NFCB2-CC-3 With 1 m FCB-3

PD3 series
LED Light cable (3 m) HLV2-22SW
device (Trigger signal input) PD2 series
CC-PJ-0707 * Branch cables cannot be used. (White)
(Trigger signal) (ON/OFF control)
STU-3000
(10 W capacity) PSB series
(Spot Light dedicated) POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
With 2 m
PB-2430-1
24 VDC input cable
CC-ST-1024
BB series
PJ series
Power supply CC-PJ-0707
(24 VDC) PSCC(A) series

PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Specifications Dimensions (mm) Brackets

Other
Extension Cables
Model name CC-PJ-0707
Drive method Constant-current system
16
Intensity control
Variable-current control method and lighting time control
method
Input overcurrent
Overcurrent protection is provided by fuse interruption.
protection
Input voltage 24 VDC±10% 75
External signal connector
Power consumption
7 W (with 3 W Spot Light during max. intensity drive) 70
(typ.) 9.4
Output voltage
7 VDC
(1,000) LED Light cable
(max.)
Output current
700 mA
32.5
(rated)
15.8
2.5
Operating environment
Temperature: 0 to 40ºC, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
(indoors only)
Storage environment Temperature: -20 to 60ºC, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
24 VDC input cable
5.7
(2,000) (50) (13)

Acceleration: 19.6 m/sec2, Frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, Cycle: 3 min., Sweep cycle:
Vibration resistance
each hour in the X, Y, and Z directions
Acceleration: 49.0 m/sec2, Operation time: 30 m sec,
Impact resistance
Repetitions: three times for each of the six directions
CE marking EMC standard: EN61000-6-2/6-4 compliant

Material ABS
Weight 100 g
Accessories Instruction Guide x 1, flat-head screwdriver x 1
Options
External signal cable Dimensions (mm)
NFCB2-CC-3 (3 m)
1 2
This cable is for use with external signals.
(13) (50) 1: White (Input+)
It is used for intaking HIGH signals (during 2: Black (Input -)
(3,150)
ON/OFF mode) and trigger signals (during
strobe mode) into this product.
Housing: PAP-02V-K (JST)
Contact: BPHD-002T-P0.5 (JST)
Analog Control Units (Constant Current) Refer to our website for product details.
Control
CCS PSCC(A) Search your smartphone
PSCC(A) series
or cell phone.
High-capacity constant current Analog Control Units

With error detection function

(Common for PSCC(A) series) Renewal
• Stopped cooling fan
• LED not lighting up New fucntions
were added.
Ethernet Adjust
light intensity to
Enabled
1,000
levels
Detect
errors
· LED failure to light.
· Light Unit cooling fan stop, etc.
PSCC-30048(A)
PD3 series
(300 W capacity)
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series PSCC-60048(A)
POD series Compliant (600 W capacity)
Control Units
PTU2 series
With key-lock function
PB-2430-1 The supplied AC cord is for use with 100 to 120 VAC.
CC-ST-1024 If you would like to use the Control Unit with 200 to (PSCC-60048(A) only)
BB series
power cord.
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates  These are high-capacity constant current Analog Control Units. There are 300 W and 600 W types.
Polarizing Plates
 The light intensity can be set to any of 256 or 1,000 different levels. * Parallel communications: Adjustment to 256 levels only
Options
NEW
Light Control Films
Brackets
Other
NEW
 You can adjust the light intensity separately for each Light Unit circuit. * With Ethernet or EIA-485 communication
Extension Cables  External control compatible with parallel, EIA-485 and Ethernet communication using a single unit.
 The error detection function is able to detect insufficient speed or stopping of the Light Unit cooling
fan and bulb burn-out errors by disconnected or shorted LED circuit.
Parallel communication ON/OFF input

Example connections of external signal Example connections of external signal
* You can reverse the operation logic.
Sink type Sink type
External circuit side PSCC unit side External circuit side PSCC unit side
24 VDC 12-pin 24 VDC 10-pin
Transistor (NPN type) Transistor (NPN type) 1-pin

Either the 1-8, 13-pin
Open-collector (PSCC-30048) Open-collector
or 1-8, 13, 14-pin
(PSCC-60048)
Source type Source type

External circuit side PSCC unit side External circuit side PSCC unit side
24 VDC 12-pin 24 VDC 10-pin
Transistor (PNP type) 1-pin

Transistor (PNP type) Either the 1-8, 13-pin
Open-collector Open-collector
(PSCC-30048)
or 1-8, 13, 14-pin
(PSCC-60048)
If an off (on) signal is set from any of the following, the Light Unit will be off (on)
Photocoupler Data Photocoupler Light Unit status
regardless of the status of the other signals: ON/OFF input connector, EIA-
ON 0 485 communication, and Ethernet communication. ON Not lit. (Lit.)
* The descriptions in the parentheses indicate the operation in the reversed logic. OFF Lit. (Not lit.)
OFF 1
Connection specifications Connection specifications

Rated input voltage Maximum input voltage ON voltage/ON current OFF voltage/OFF current Response time Input impedance Rated input voltage Maximum input voltage ON voltage/ON current OFF voltage/OFF current Response time Input impedance
24 VDC 26.4 VDC 20 VDC min./6 mA min. 3 VDC max./1 mA max. Approx. 100 ms 6.8 kΩ (per terminal) 24 VDC 26.4 VDC 20 VDC min./6 mA min. 3 VDC max./1 mA max. Approx. 100 ms 6.8 kΩ (per terminal)

Line Light Line Light Technical Regulations,
List Product Page Guide Etc.
Control
Units
P.125 P.127 - P.237 P.249
▼
Specifications

Model PSCC-30048(A)/PSCC-60048(A) Burnt-out LED detection
"E01" is displayed on the front-panel digital display.
(open circuit)
Burnt-out LED detection
Drive method Constant-current system (short circuit)
"F01 to F07" is displayed on the front-panel digital
Intensity control method Variable-current control Light Unit fan speed display (PSCC-30048(A)).
No. of channels 1 channel decrease/stop detection "F01 to F15" is displayed on the front-panel digital
Error detection display display(PSCC-60048(A)).
PSCC-30048(A): 7 circuits max. (Light intensity can be adjusted for each Light Unit circuit.)
Number of circuits Control Unit fan speed
PSCC-60048(A): 15 circuits max. (Light intensity can be adjusted for each Light Unit circuit.) decrease/stop detection
PSCC-30048: 43 VDC or less and 272 W max. (15 W max. of which is for the fan) Light Unit communication
Applicable Light Unit "E04" is displayed on the front-panel digital display.
error detection
(rated) PSCC-60048: 43 VDC or less and 582 W max. (30 W max. of which is for the fan)
Connector disconnection detection "E04" is displayed on the front-panel digital display.
Manual and external Front manual/external switch (MODE)
Intensity control Internal Control Unit "E05" is displayed on the front-panel digital display
intensity
error detection (PSCC-60048(A) only).
Set any of 256 or 1,000 steps via the setting switch. Press and hold the switch
Manual Parallel Output at pins 19 and 20: Photocoupler insulation, open collector output,
for 2 seconds to lock the intensity value.
communication short circuit at alert (load current of 10 mA or less)
Parallel 8-bit intensity value setting (B0 to B7) and write signal
EIA-485 Checked by using a status command through EIA-485
communication (WR) Error detection output
communication communication
EIA-485
Command input via EIA-485 communication Ethernet Checked by using a status command through TCP/IP or
communication
External communication UDP/IP communication
Ethernet
Command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communication Input power supply 100 to 240 VAC (+10% - 15%), 50/60 Hz PD3 series
communication
External control mode can be selected by pushing the setting switch while Power consumption (typ.) PSCC-30048(A): 360 VA, PSCC-60048(A): 750 VA PD2 series
turning on the power.
Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation) STU-3000
Parallel bit input OFF signal (ON/OFF)
Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation) PSB series
EIA-485
Command input via EIA-485 communication Cooling method Forced air cooling POD series
communication
Control Units
ON/OFF control Ethernet CE marking Safety standard: EN61010-1 compliant, EMC standard: EN61326-1 Class A compliant PTU2 series
Command input via TCP/IP or UDP/IP communication
communication PB-2430-1
ON/OFF logic can be selected by pushing the setting switch while turning
ON the power to the Control Unit. Material, coating, surface Steel plate, Thickness of cover: 1.0, Thickness of chassis: 1.6 (PSCC-30048(A)), CC-ST-1024
25H or 99H: Normal logic (default) 25L or 99L: Reversed logic processing 2.0 (PSCC-60048(A)), N3 leather tone finish BB series
ID Set via the front ID switch (00 to 03). Maximum of 4 connected units. PJ series
EIA-485 communication Weight PSCC-30048(A): 3,100 g max., PSCC-60048(A): 7,000 g max.
settings Terminating Set via the front ID switch (terminating resistance is CC-PJ-0707
resistance ON only when the ID is 00). PSCC-30048(A): 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1, Instruction Guide x 1
Accessories PSCC(A) series
PSCC-60048(A): 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1, Instruction Guide x 1, key x 2
* Parallel communications: Adjustment to 256 levels only
PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Dimensions (mm) Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Brackets
PSCC-30048(A) PSCC-60048(A)
Parallel communication Ethernet connector Parallel communication Other
Ethernet connector
connector 97 270 connector Extension Cables
225 371
Air inlets
110
131
Air inlets
EIA-485 communication Key lock

ON/OFF input connector Air inlets
connector
ON/OFF input connector EIA-485 communication connector
Bottom mounting screw holes 4-M3 Output connector

Output connector Fan exhaust (Insertion depth 5 mm) (37-pin metal connector)
(19-pin metal connector) outlets 15.8 238.4 15.8 Fan exhaust outlets
16
Bottom mounting screw holes 4-M4

Air inlets (Insertion depth 5 mm)
192
65
AC inlet Control Unit switch Control Unit switch

16.5
AC inlet
18 335
Options These are cables for parallel and EIA-485 communication. Select yours to match your control method.
Parallel communication cable ON/OFF input cable EIA-485 communication cable Dimensions (mm)
EXCB2-M20-3 (3 m) EXCB2-M10-3 (3 m) EXCB2-E3-3 (3 m)

3,000 3,000 3,000
1 2
1 2 1
2
3
Ø3.9
Cut off on one end 9 10 Cut off on one end Cut off on one end
Ø6.1
Ø5
19 20
20-pin MIL connector 10-pin MIL connector e-CON connector, 3-pin
EIA-485 communication relay cable 200 Parallel communication / ON/OFF input shared cable 3,000
EXCB2-E3-E3-0.2 (0.2 m) 1 1 EXCB2-M10M20-3 (3 m) 10-pin MIL connector 100
2 2
3 3 1 2
Ø3.9
Ø7.2
9
e-CON connector, 3-pin 10
2
13.8 30 1
Relay connector e-CON relay connector Cut off on one end
3-pin × 4
13
ECNR-E3CN4
19 20
* Refer to the material “Connecting EIA-485 Communications Cables” on the CCS website for information on multi-drop wiring connections. You can download this information from the product website page.
Analog Control Units (Constant Voltage) Refer to our website for product details.
Control
CCS PSB3-30024 Search your smartphone
PSB3-30024
or cell phone.
High-capacity 300 W constant voltage

Analog Control Units adjustable

in 256-step intensity settings
PD3 series
PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series Compliant
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
If you would like to use the Control Unit with 200 to
CC-ST-1024
BB series
power cord.
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
 Light Unit output is compatible with 1 channel/4 connectors (metal connector x 2, EL connector x 2).
Polarizing Plates
 Each single unit is equipped with parallel, serial and analog control for external control.
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets  You can select the optimal output according to the Light Unit and optimize the intensity setting by
Other
switching the intensity range.
Extension Cables
Example connections
Parallel communication ON/OFF input
Example connections of external signal Example connections of external signal
Sink type Source type Sink type Source type
External circuit side PSB3 unit side External circuit side PSB3 unit side External circuit side PSB3 unit side External circuit side PSB3 Unit side
24 VDC COMMON 24 VDC COMMON 24 VDC COMMON 24 VDC COMMON

12 12 10 5.6 kΩ 10 5.6 kΩ
Intensity input Intensity input ON/OFF input
ON/OFF input
B0 B0
1 1 1 1
Transistor (NPN type) Transistor (PNP type) Transistor (NPN type) 680 Ω Transistor (PNP type) 680 Ω
Open-collector Open-collector Open-collector Open-collector
Connection specifications Connection specifications

Rated input voltage Maximum input voltage ON voltage/ON current OFF voltage/OFF current Response time Input impedance Rated input voltage Maximum input voltage ON voltage/ON current OFF voltage/OFF current Response time Input impedance
24 VDC 26.4 VDC 20 VDC min./6 mA min. 3 VDC max./1 mA max. Approx. 100 ms 5.6 kΩ (per terminal) 24 VDC 26.4 VDC 20 VDC min./6 mA min. 3 VDC max./1 mA max. Approx. 100 ms 5.6 kΩ (per terminal)
Input signal Photocoupler Data Input signal Photocoupler Light Unit status
HIGH OFF 1 HIGH OFF On
Sink type Sink type
LOW ON 0 LOW ON Off
HIGH ON 0 HIGH ON Off
Source type Source type
LOW OFF 1 LOW OFF On

Example:
External control devices External control cables Control Unit Extension cable LED Light
Parallel
communication EXCB2-M20-3 (Parallel communication) (Intensity control)
Trigger signal EXCB2-M10-3 (Trigger signal input) (ON/OFF control)
EIA-485 EXCB2-E6SR-3 FCB-3-1.25SQ-ME7 LNSP-600SW

communication (EIA-485 communication) (Intensity control)
(3 m) (600 mm size)
PSB3-30024
(Power consumption: 121 W)
(300 W capacity)
Analog input EXCB2-E6AN-3
(Analog input) (Intensity control)

Line Light Line Light Light Unit Technical Regulations,
List Product Page Product Page Guide Etc.
Control
Units
P.125 P.127 - P.11 - P.237 P.249
▼
Specifications

Model PSB3-30024 Operates at 105% of the rated current or higher. Resets by cycling the
Lighting method Continuous lighting Control Unit.
Drive method Constant-voltage system Operates at 120% to 155% of the rated voltage. Resets by cycling the
Overvoltage protection
Control Unit.
Intensity control method Variable voltage control
Input voltage (rated) 100 to 240 VAC (±10% - 15%), 50/60 Hz
Applicable Light Unit (rated) 24 V 300 W
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Manual and
Manual/External switch (MODE) 20 A/40 A (for primary/secondary values and 100 VAC), 40 A/40 A (for primary/
external intensity Inrush current (typ.)
Intensity control secondary values and 240 VAC) *At cold start
Variable output Select between 3 steps by using the intensity range
voltage range selector (RANGE). Ground leakage current 3.5 mA max. (264 VAC, 60 Hz, with no load)
Set any of 256 steps via the setting switch. Press and hold the switch for 2 Select between 3 steps by using the intensity range selector.
Manual
seconds to lock the intensity value. Output voltage variation 12 V to 24 V *With no load
Parallel 8-bit intensity value setting (B0 to B7) and write signal range (typ.) 15 V to 24 V *With no load
communication (WR) 18 V to 24 V *With no load
Serial Operating temperature
Command input via EIA-485 communication Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
External communication and humidity
Analog input Analog voltage (0 V to +5 V) Storage temperature
Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
External control mode can be selected by pushing the setting switch while and humidity
turning ON the power. Acceleration: 19.6 m/sec2, Frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, Cycle: 3 min., Sweep cycle:
Vibration resistance
Parallel bit input Lighting signal (OFF) each hour in the X, Y, and Z directions
ON/OFF control Serial Cooling method Forced air cooling PD3 series
Command input via EIA-485 communication
communication CE marking Safety standard: EN61010-1 compliant, EMC standard: EN61326-1 Class A compliant PD2 series
Set by using the ID switch (00 to 03) Environmental
ID RoHS compliant STU-3000
EIA-485 communication Connect up to four units regulations
settings Terminating Set by using the ID switch Material, coating, Steel plate, Thickness of cover: 1.0, Thickness of chassis: 1.6, N3 leather PSB series
resistance (Terminating resistance is ON only when ID = 00) surface processing tone finish
POD series
Lighting delay (typ.) 0.1 s Weight 2,300 g max.
Control Units
PTU2 series
Error detection display "Err" is displayed on the digital display. Accessories 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1, Instruction Guide x 1
Errors are output and light output is stopped for an internal AC power error. PB-2430-1
Error detection output Error output terminal (OC, OE), photocoupler insulation, CC-ST-1024
External control
open-collector output, alert open (load current of 10 mA
Connector BB series
or less), and error status (serial communication)
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
Dimensions (mm) Intensity Range PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Parallel communication connector Diffusion Plates
Optimize your intensity setting with the intensity lower
97 245 Polarizing Plates
limit selection function.
Options
Intensity range Light Control Films
selector
Fan exhaust outlets You can choose an intensity range to match the Light Unit. Brackets
Other
110
Fan air inlets (V)

24 Extension Cables
Intensity range
18 to 24 V
ON/OFF input Analog input/EIA-485
Output voltage
connector communication connector 4-M3 bottom mounting screw holes Intensity range
18
(Insertion depth of 5 mm) 15 to 24 V
Output connectors Output connectors 7 196 7 15 Intensity range
(EL connector) (Metal connector) 17.5
12 to 24 V
Fan exhaust 12
16
outlets 0 64 128 192 255

Intensity setting (steps)
AC inlet
65
Control Unit 0 1.25 2.5 3.75 5

switch Intensity setting by analog input (V)
* The graph is a conceptual image.
Options These are cables for parallel communication, EIA-485 communication, and analog input. Select yours to match your
control method.
Parallel communication cable ON/OFF input cable Parallel communication / ON/OFF input shared cable Analog input cable Dimensions (mm)
EXCB2-M20-3 (3 m) EXCB2-M10-3 (3 m) EXCB2-M10M20-3 (3 m) EXCB2-E6AN-3 (3 m)

3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000
1 2 100
1 2
1 2
Ø7.2
Cut off on one end 9 10 Cut off on one end

Ø6.1
Ø5
19 20 9 10
Ø4.6
Cut off on one end

1 2
20-pin MIL connector 10-pin MIL connector

Cut off on one end
19 20

EIA-485 communication cable EIA-485 communication relay cable
EXCB2-E6SR-3 (3 m) EXCB2-E6SR-E3-3 (3 m) EXCB2-E3-3 (3 m)
This cable is used to connect two This cable is used to connect to an
3,000 3,000 or more units together. 3,000 external device when connecting two
or more Control Units together.
(Unit to relay connector)
Cut off on one end Cut off on one end
Ø4.6
Ø3.9
Ø4.6
EXCB2-E3-E3-0.2 (0.2 m) Relay connector
200 ECNR-E3CN4
13.8 30
e-CON relay connector
(Between relay connectors) 3-pin × 4
13
Ø3.9
*Refer to the material “Connecting EIA-485 Communications Cables” on the CCS website for information on multi-drop wiring connections. You can download this information from the product website page.
Options
You can also use
CCS filters Search your smartphone
Lens Filters
or cell phone.
Lens Filters
Sharp-cut filter Blue filter Polarizing filter Ultraviolet cutting filter Ultraviolet transmission filter
Sharp-cut filters
Mounted in front of a lens, the R60 series blocks light of 600 nm max., and the R64 series blocks light of 640 nm max.,
and both transmit the light in a wavelength longer than these.
R60 series Characteristics of R60 series
Notes Dimensions Notes Dimensions ● Dimensions (mm) 100
Model Model
Relative energy (%)

80
name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C
Red 630 nm
60
R60-16 M16.0 Ø18 Ø12 R60-40 M40.5 P0.5 Ø42 Ø36.5 (RD2)
7 B 40
R60-25 M25.5 Ø27.5 Ø21 R60-46 M46.0 P0.75 Ø48 Ø41.5
PD3 series P0.5 7 20
R60-27 M27.0 Ø28.5 Ø23 R60-C For C-mount attachment Ø30 9 Ø20.1
PD2 series R60-30 M30.5 Ø32 Ø27 0
Screw hole
550 600 650 700
STU-3000
C
Wavelength (nm)
dia.
A
PSB series Characteristics of R64 series
R64 series 100
POD series
Model Notes Dimensions Model Notes Dimensions
Relative energy (%)

80
Screw pitch
Control Units
PTU2 series Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C Red 660 nm
name name 60
(RD)
PB-2430-1 R64-16 M16.0 Ø18 Ø12 R64-40 M40.5 P0.5 Ø42 Ø36.5 40
7
CC-ST-1024 R64-25 M25.5 Ø27.5 Ø21 R64-46 M46.0 P0.75 Ø48 Ø41.5 20
P0.5 7
BB series R64-27 M27.0 Ø28.5 Ø23 R64-C For C-mount attachment Ø30 9 Ø20.1 0
R64-30 M30.5 Ø32 Ø27 600 650 700 750
PJ series Wavelength (nm)
CC-PJ-0707 * Light is transmitted in the white range.

PSCC(A) series
Blue filters
PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Mounted in front of a lens, the V44 series transmits the light in a band centered on 440 nm in a blue wavelength range
Polarizing Plates
from 350 to 520 nm.
Options
Light Control Films

● Dimensions (mm) Characteristics of V44 series
Brackets V44 series B
100
Blue
Relative energy (%)

Other Model Notes Dimensions Model Notes Dimensions 80
470 nm
Extension Cables name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C 60
Screw hole
40
V44-25 M25.5 Ø27.5 Ø21 V44-40 M40.5 P0.5 Ø42 Ø36.5
7
C
dia.
V44-27 M27.0 P0.5 Ø28.5 7 Ø23 V44-46 M46.0 P0.75 Ø48 Ø41.5 20
A
V44-30 M30.5 Ø32 Ø27 V44-C For C-mount attachment Ø30 9 Ø20.1 0
300 350 400 450 500 550 600
* With the V44 series, you cannot attach any other filters or lens attachment rings (MR series) on the workpiece side. Wavelength (nm)
Screw pitch
* Light is transmitted in the white range.
Polarizing filters
These filters attach to the threading for lens filters. They eliminate reflections and glare from the surface in combination with a
polarizing plate installed on the Light Unit.
PL series ● Dimensions (mm)
Model Notes Dimensions Model Notes Dimensions B
name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B C
PL-25 M25.5 Ø27.4 9.3 PL-30-NL M30.5 Ø32.0 12 Ø35.5
Ø27.0
Screw hole
Screw hole
PL-25-NL M25.5 Ø30.5 12 PL-40 M40.5 P0.5 Ø42.4 9.3 Ø42.0

diam.
dia.
PL-27 M27.0 P0.5 Ø29.4 9.3 PL-40-NL M40.5 Ø42.0 12 Ø45.0

C
A
Ø28.5
PL-27-NL M27.0 Ø32 12 PL-46 M46.0 P0.75 Ø48.5 9.5 Ø48.0
PL-30 M30.5 Ø32.4 9.3 Ø32.0 * "-NL" models have a lock.
Ultraviolet cutting filters Ultraviolet transmission filters

The L42 series blocks light of 420 nm max. and transmits the The U-340 series transmits light in a wavelength range from
light in a wavelength longer than this. approximately 280 to 380 nm centered on 340 nm.
L42 series ● Dimensions (mm) U-340 series ● Dimensions (mm)
Model Notes Dimensions B Model Notes Dimensions B
name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B name Screw hole diam. Screw pitch A B
L42-25 M25.5 Ø27.5 U340-25 M25.5 Ø27.5
Screw hole
L42-27 M27.0 Ø28.5

Screw hole
U340-27 M27.0 Ø28.5

P0.5 6.5 P0.5 6.5
dia.
L42-30 M30.5 Ø32 U340-30 M30.5 Ø32

dia.
A
L42-40 M40.5 Ø42 U340-40 M40.5 Ø42

U340-46 M46.0 P0.75 Ø48 7.2
L42-46 M46.0 P0.75 Ø48 7.2
Screw pitch Screw pitch
Example of usage Example installation

Comparison of characteristics of ultraviolet cutting Comparison of characteristics of ultraviolet transmission
External imaging of candy box filter and light spectrum of ultraviolet LED filter and light spectrum of ultraviolet LED
Camera
100 100 Ultraviolet 365 nm
Transmittance rate (%)
Transmittance rate (%)
Ultraviolet 365 nm
80 80
60 60 U-340 filter
40 L-42 filter 40
Lens 20 20
0 0
300 400 500 200 300 400 500
Filter Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
Sharp cut Sharp cut
223 No filter Using filter
Options
You can also use
CCS diffusion plates Search your smartphone
Diffusion Plates
or cell phone.
Can prevent glare, which is a problem when making images of glossy workpieces.
Diffusion Plates
For the Ring Lights For the Low-angle Ring Lights For the Bar Lights For the Bar Lights For the Coaxial Lights For the Coaxial Lights
LDR2 series LDR2-LA series LDL2-19X4 series LDL2 series LFV3 series LFV3 series
LDL2-33X8 series (End of the model name: -UF)
For the Ring Lights LDR2 / SQR series

Applicable Light Unit Dimensions  Dimensions (mm)
Model name
(Common for all colors) A B Thickness
DF-LDR- □□ DF-SQR-56
DF-LDR-32* LDR2-32 Ø32 Ø9
DF-LDR-42* LDR2-42 Ø42 Ø14 54
DF-LDR-50* LDR2-50 Ø50 Ø25 B
DF-LDR-70 LDR2-70 Ø66 Ø35 2
DF-LDR-90* LDR2-90 Ø90 Ø40
30
54
Ø
DF-LDR-120-45* LDR2-120 Ø120 Ø45 A PD3 series
DF-SQR-56 SQR-56 Refer to the drawing PD2 series
* An AD series adapter is needed when installing Light Units. (Product Page P. 229)
▼
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
For the Low-angle Ring Lights LDR2-LA series PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
Applicable Light Unit Dimensions BB series
Model name  Dimensions (mm)
(Common for all colors) A B C D
PJ series
DF-LDR-48LA LDR2-48-LA Ø22 Ø13 18.5 Ø21.77
CC-PJ-0707
DF-LDR-74LA LDR2-74-LA Ø48 Ø40 24 Ø50
DF-LDR-100LA LDR2-100-LA Ø70 Ø56 Ø66 PSCC(A) series
D
A
B
DF-LDR-132LA LDR2-132-LA Ø98 Ø82 26 Ø92 PSB3-30024
DF-LDR-170LA LDR2-170-LA Ø133.5 Ø120 Ø130 Lens Filters
DF-LDR-208LA LDR2-208-LA Ø173.5 Ø152 32 Ø174.3
Diffusion Plates
C Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Brackets
Other
For the Bar Lights LDL2 series Extension Cables
Applicable Light Unit Dimensions Applicable Light Unit Dimensions  Dimensions (mm)
(Common for all colors) A B (Common for all colors) A B B
DF-LDL2-33X8 LDL2-33X8 10.4 44 DF-LDL2-74X30 LDL2-74X30 79
DF-LDL2-41X16 LDL2-41X16 46 DF-LDL2-146X30 LDL2-146X30 150.7
37.2
DF-LDL2-80X16 LDL2-80X16 23.2 84.7 DF-LDL2-218X30 LDL2-218X30 222.7
(A)
DF-LDL2-119X16 LDL2-119X16 123.7 DF-LDL2-266X30 LDL2-266X30 270.7
For the Coaxial Lights LFV3 series

Transmit- Applicable Light Unit Dimensions Transmit- Applicable Light Unit Dimensions  Dimensions (mm)
tance rate (Common for all colors) A B Thickness tance rate (Common for all colors) A B Thickness B
DF-LFV3-35 High DF-LFV3-100 High
LFV3-35 34 42 LFV3-100 100 106
DF-LFV3-35-UF Low DF-LFV3-100-UF Low
DF-LFV3-50 High DF-LFV3-130 High
LFV3-50 56 LFV3-130 130 138 2
DF-LFV3-50-UF Low DF-LFV3-130-UF Low
52 2
A
DF-LFV3-50X100 High DF-LFV3-200 High

LFV3-50X100 106 LFV3-200 202 222
DF-LFV3-50X100-UF Low DF-LFV3-200-UF Low
DF-LFV3-70 High
LFV3-70 73 80
DF-LFV3-70-UF Low
Transmittance rate: High...Standard for red and white

There are two types of diffusion plates for the Coaxial Lights LFV3 series. Select
Transmittance rate: Low (End of the model name: -UF)....Standard for blue
one to match your work environment as they have different transmittance rate.
E.g.: If changing from a low E.g.: If changing from a high
Example of usage Example installation transmittance rate diffusion transmittance rate diffusion
plate to a high one: plate to a low one:
Imaging of can from above Example: Attachment of Ring Lights LDR2 series
Intensity value 70% Intensity value 75%
Mounting adapter
Diffusion plate
LED Light
Bright even though Brightness decreases as

No diffusion plate Using diffusion plate uniformity is low. uniformity is increased.
Diffusion plates are consumables. Heat may cause deformation or discoloring depending on the use environment.
Caution Make sure that countermeasures against overheating are implemented and that the temperature does not exceed the operating limit. 224
Options
You can also use
CCS polarizing plates Search your smartphone
Polarizing Plates
or cell phone.
They eliminate reflections from the surface in combination with a polarizing filter.
Polarizing Plates
For the Ring Lights For the Bar Lights For the Bar Lights For the Coaxial Lights For the Spot Lights
LDR2 series LDL2-19X4 series LDL2 series LFV3 series LSP series
LDL2-33X8 series
For the Ring Lights LDR2 / SQR series For the Spot Lights LSP series
Applicable Light Unit Dimensions  Dimensions (mm) Applicable Light Unit
Model name (0.8)
Model name
(Common for all colors) A B Thickness PL-LDR- □□ PL-SQR-56 (Common for all colors)
54 PL-LSP-41 LSP-41
PL-LDR-32* LDR2-32 Ø32 Ø9
PL-LDR-42* LDR2-42 Ø42 Ø14 B
PL-LDR-50* LDR2-50 Ø50 Ø26
PL-LDR2-70 LDR2-70 Ø76 Ø35 0.8
30
54
Ø
PL-LDR-90* LDR2-90 Ø90 Ø40 A
PD3 series PL-LDR-120-40* LDR2-120 Ø120 Ø40 4.5
Ø3
PD2 series PL-SQR-56 SQR-56 Refer to the drawing
* An AD series adapter is needed when installing Light Units. (Product Page P. 229)
▼
STU-3000
PSB series
POD series
For the Bar Lights LDL2 series

Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024 Dimensions Dimensions  Dimensions (mm)
Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
BB series (Common for all colors) A B (Common for all colors) A B
B
PJ series PL-LDL2-33X8-HO PL-LDL2-74X30
LDL2-33X8 10.4 44 LDL2-74X30 79
CC-PJ-0707 PL-LDL2-33X8-VE PL-LDL2-74X30-VE
PL-LDL2-41X16 PL-LDL2-146X30
PSCC(A) series LDL2-41X16 46 LDL2-146X30 150.7
(A)
PL-LDL2-41X16-VE PL-LDL2-146X30-VE
PSB3-30024 37.2
PL-LDL2-80X16 PL-LDL2-218X30
LDL2-80X16 23.2 84.7 LDL2-218X30 222.7
Lens Filters PL-LDL2-80X16-VE PL-LDL2-218X30-VE
Diffusion Plates PL-LDL2-119X16 PL-LDL2-266X30
LDL2-119X16 123.7 LDL2-266X30 270.7
PL-LDL2-119X16-VE PL-LDL2-266X30-VE
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
There are two types of polarizing plates for the Bar Lights LDL2 series. They are used together as shown below.
Other
Extension Cables
Mounted to illuminate from all four directions: ● Distinguishing paired polarizing plates
PL-LDL2-41X16 Paired Not paired
Example: (PL-LDL2-33X8-HO)
Four LDL2-41X16 units
There are two types and
they should be combined
so that they are paired.
Appears to Does not appear to

be black be black
PL-LDL2-41X16-VE
Placing paired polarizing plates over
(PL-LDL2-33X8-VE) each other in a cross shape makes them
appear black.
Polarization direction is 90° different. They do not appear black when placed
over each other in a parallel manner.

Dimensions  Dimensions (mm)
Model name
B
PL-LFV3-35 LFV3-35 34 42
PL-LFV3-50 LFV3-50 52 56
PL-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100 52 106
PL-LFV3-70 LFV3-70 73 80 0.8
PL-LFV3-100 LFV3-100 100 106
A
PL-LFV3-130 LFV3-130 130 138

PL-LFV3-200 LFV3-200 202 222

Imaging of QR code Example: Attachment of Ring Lights ● The polarizing filters and plates are used together.
LDR2 series (Example)
Mounting adapter
Polarizing filter Adjustment procedures for polarizing

Polarizing plate plates and polarizing filters
Polarization direction Specular reflective components are cut

out and the effects can be observed when
the polarization direction of the polarizing
No polarizing plate Using a polarizing Polarizing plate plate installed on the Light Unit and the
plate LED Light
polarization direction of the filter attached to
the camera are at a right angle (90°) to each
other.
Polarization direction
Polarizing plates are consumables. Heat may cause deformation or discoloring depending on the use environment.
225 Caution Make sure that countermeasures against overheating are implemented and that the temperature does not exceed the operating limit.
Options
You can also use
CCS LC film Search your smartphone
Light Control (LC) Film

or cell phone.
Light Control Film

For the Flat Lights For the Coaxial Lights
TH series LFV3 series
For the Flat Lights TH series

The parallelism of light is improved to reduce light diffraction for performing external inspection of workpieces, and provide sharp
imaging of profiles.
Applicable Light Unit Dimensions Applicable Light Unit Dimensions
(Common for all colors) A B Thickness (Common for all colors) A B Thickness
LC-TH-27X27-HO LC-TH-140X105-HO
TH-27X27 39 29 TH-140X105 117 152
LC-TH-27X27-VE LC-TH-140X105-VE
TH-43X35 47 45 TH-160X120 132 172 PD3 series
LC-TH-51X51-HO LC-TH-200X150-HO PD2 series
TH-51X51 63 53 TH-200X150 162 212 0.63
LC-TH-51X51-VE LC-TH-200X150-VE STU-3000
0.63
TH-63X60 72 75 TH-211X200 212 223 PSB series
LC-TH-83X75-HO LC-TH-224X170-HO POD series
TH-83X75 87 95 TH-224X170 182 236
Control Units
LC-TH-83X75-VE LC-TH-224X170-VE PTU2 series
LC-TH-100X100-HO PB-2430-1
TH-100X100 112 112
LC-TH-100X100-VE
CC-ST-1024
BB series
The Flat Lights TH series offers a selection of long or short louver directions.  Dimensions (mm)
PJ series
B CC-PJ-0707
For HO For VE
Model names ending with HO: PSCC(A) series
The direction of louvers is horizontal when attaching with the Louver direction PSB3-30024
cable outlet facing downwards as shown in the drawing.
Lens Filters
Louver direction
A
Diffusion Plates
Model names ending with VE:
The direction of louvers is vertical when attaching with the Polarizing Plates
Options
cable outlet facing downwards as shown in the drawing. Light Control Films
Brackets
Other
Extension Cables
For the Flat Lights LFL series

The parallelism of light is improved to reduce light diffraction for performing external inspection of workpieces, and provide sharp
imaging of profiles.
 Dimensions (mm)
Applicable Light Unit Dimensions
Model name B
LC-LFL-100 LFL-100 120 132
LC-LFL-180 LFL-180 176.8 213.8 0.63
LC-LFL-200 LFL-200 222 234
A

The parallelism of light is improved and the particularities of a workpiece can be effectively imaged.
Model name
(Common for all colors) A B Thickness B
LC-LFV3-35 LFV3-35 34 42
LC-LFV3-50 LFV3-50 52 56
LC-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100 52 106
LC-LFV3-70 LFV3-70 73 80 0.63
A
LC-LFV3-100 LFV3-100 100 106

LC-LFV3-130 LFV3-130 130 138
LC-LFV3-200 LFV3-200 202 222

External imaging of a metal rod Example: Attachment of the Flat Lights TH series
Light control film
No light control film Using light control film LED Light
LC film is a consumable. Heat may cause deformation or discoloring depending on the use environment.
Caution Make sure that countermeasures against overheating are implemented and that the temperature does not exceed the operating limit. 226
Options
You can also use
CCS brackets Search your smartphone
Brackets
or cell phone.
Brackets
For the Bar Lights For the Bar Lights For the Bar Lights For the Flat Lights Light joint bracket
LDL2 series LDL2-33X8 LDL2 series TH series
For the Bar Lights LDL2 series

The angle of illuminating can be adjusted as you desire when securing the Light Unit.
L-model bracket  Dimensions (mm)
Model name BK-LDL2 5 10 s)
(Common for all colors) (hole
3.5
2xØ
BK-LDL2 For the LDL2 series
6
Ø
PD3 series 3. 10
2 20
Four-way mounting brackets
PD2 series
STU-3000 Model name
(Common for all colors)
32
28
R
°
9
PSB series
BK-LDQ2-33X8 For LDL2-33X8 (Two brackets are included.)
90
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
Applicable Light Unit Dimensions
PB-2430-1 Model name
(Common for all colors/Four-unit use) A B
CC-ST-1024 BK-LDQ2-33X8 BK-LDQ2
BK-LDQ2-41X16 LDL2-41X16 series 108 60 36.5
BB series
BK-LDQ2-80X16 LDL2-80X16 series 148 100 86 21 A
PJ series 90
BK-LDQ2-119X16 LDL2-119X16 series 186 138 °
CC-PJ-0707 BK-LDQ2-74X30 LDL2-74X30 series 150 100
PSCC(A) series BK-LDQ2-146X30 LDL2-146X30 series 222 172
36
86
36
B
PSB3-30024 BK-LDQ2-218X30 LDL2-218X30 series 294 244
A
Lens Filters BK-LDQ2-266X30 LDL2-266X30 series 342 292 B
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films

Brackets
Other
Extension Cables For the Flat Lights TH series
This is a dedicated bracket for securing the TH Series Light Units. You can secure TH Series Light Units at four points.
Applicable Light Unit  Dimensions (mm)
Model name
(Common for all colors)
BK-TH-LE12
e)
ol
BK-TH-LE12 For the TH series 5 12

(H
5
3.
Ø
12
7.5
e)
ol
7.5
(H
5
3.
Ø
5
(Four brackets are included.)
Light joint brackets

You can combine Dome and Ring Lights. Imaging can be performed by lighting switching or simultaneous lighting.
Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2
Model name
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) A B C Thickness BK-75-JO C
Used for all HPR2-75 colors BK-100-JO
BK-75-JO HPD2-75 series Used for all LDR2-100-LA colors 84 91 35 BK-150-JO
Used for all LDR-96-LA1 colors
BK-200-JO
Used for all HPR2-100 colors
BK-250-JO
BK-100-JO HPD2-100 series Used for all LDR2-132-LA colors 106 116 32
A

Used for all HPR2-150 colors 4
Used for all HPR2-200 colors
(B)
Used for all LDR-206-LA1 colors (With Light Unit installed)
BK-250-JO HPD2-250 series Used for all HPR2-250 colors 210 266 56
227 Caution Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
Options
You can also use
CCS brackets Search your smartphone
Brackets
or cell phone.
Brackets
Coaxial Light joint bracket Expansion mounting bracket
Coaxial Light joint brackets

You can combine Dome and Coaxial Lights. Uniform illumination can be provided from all directions.
Irregular illuminating is eliminated.
Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2 Dimensions
Model name
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) A B C
BK-HPD2-75-LFV HPD2-75 series LFV3-35 series 95 66 33
BK-HPD2-100-LFV HPD2-100 series 113 84 45.5
LFV3-50 series
BK-HPD2-150-LFV HPD2-150 series 129.5 119 70.5 PD3 series
LFV3-70 series PD2 series
STU-3000
PSB series
 Dimensions (mm)
POD series
BK-HPD2-75-LFV
Control Units
PTU2 series
BK-HPD2-100-LFV
PB-2430-1
BK-HPD2-150-LFV
CC-ST-1024
BK-HPD2-200-LFV
A
BB series
BK-HPD2-250-LFV
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
PSCC(A) series
B C PSB3-30024
Lens Filters
Diffusion Plates
Polarizing Plates
Options
Light Control Films
Brackets
Other
Extension Cables
Expansion mounting brackets

These brackets are for expanding the mounting methods of Light Units. You can mount on horizontal as well as vertical surfaces.
Applicable Light Unit 1 Dimensions ● Example of the expansion mounting bracket in use
Model name
(Common for all colors) A B C D
BK-50-CI HPR2-50 series 40 50 13 5
HPD2-75 series
BK-75-CI 70 91 22
HPR2-75 series
HPD2-100 series
BK-100-CI 90 116 25
HPR2-100 series
HPD2-150 series
BK-150-CI 122 166 33 6
HPR2-150 series
HPD2-200 series
BK-200-CI 160 216 40
HPR2-200 series
HPD2-250 series
BK-250-CI 210 266 60
HPR2-250 series Ring Light: Image of usage with the HPR2-200RD
 Dimensions (mm)
● Example of the expansion mounting bracket in use
C D
BK-50-CI
BK-75-CI
BK-100-CI
BK-150-CI
BK-200-CI
A
BK-250-CI
(B)
(With Light Unit installed)
Dome Light: Image of usage with the HPD2-250SW
Caution Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information. 228
Options
You can also use
CCS options Search your smartphone
Other
or cell phone.
Other
Protective plate Adapter Lens attachment rings FA series JP-LDL2

CV series AD series MR series Fixtures
Protective plates
Protects the emitting part of the Light Unit. * It is not intended to protect against dust or water.
CV series  Dimensions (mm)
Applicable Light Unit Dimensions B

Model name
(Common for all colors) A B
CV-LDL2-41X16 LDL2-41X16 46
CV-LDL2-80X16 LDL2-80X16 23.2 84.7
(A)
PD3 series
CV-LDL2-119X16 LDL2-119X16 123.7
PD2 series CV-LDL2-74X30 LDL2-74X30 79
STU-3000 CV-LDL2-146X30 LDL2-146X30 150.7
37.2
PSB series CV-LDL2-218X30 LDL2-218X30 222.7
CV-LDL2-266X30 LDL2-266X30 270.7
POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
BB series
Adapters
PJ series
CC-PJ-0707
Use when installing a diffusion plate or polarizing plate to the Light Unit.  Dimensions (mm)
PSCC(A) series AD series C

PSB3-30024 Applicable Light Unit Dimensions
Model name
Lens Filters (Common for all colors) A B C D
Diffusion Plates AD-LDR-32 Common for LDR2-32 Ø32.2 Ø28 Ø36

7
AD-LDR-42 Common for LDR2-42 Ø42.2 Ø38 Ø46
D
A
B
Polarizing Plates
AD-LDR-50 Common for LDR2-50 Ø54 Ø50.2 Ø48
Options
Light Control Films 8

AD-LDR-90 Common for LDR2-90 Ø96 Ø90.2 Ø84
Brackets AD-LDR-120 Common for LDR2-120 Ø126 Ø120 Ø114
Other
Extension Cables
Lens attachment rings

You can directly install the Light Unit to the screw section for the lens filter.  Dimensions (mm)
Perfect for environments with narrow installation spots. B
MR series
Notes Dimensions
Screw-hole
Model name
(Common for all colors) Screw hole Screw
A B C
dia.
dia. pitch
A
MR-LDR-32-M25 M25.5
MR-LDR-32-M27 Common for LDR2-32 M27 Ø36 10 Ø12
MR-LDR-32-M30 M30.5 Screw pitch
P0.5
MR-LDR-50-M25 M25.5 Ø22
MR-LDR-50-M27 Common for LDR2-50 M27 Ø48 5 Ø24
MR-LDR-50-M30 M30.5 Ø27
Fixtures
These fixtures are optimal for workpiece testing and temporary setting.
FA series ● Dimensions (mm)
Model name Notes FA-10/12 JP-LDL2
FA-10 Rod part Ø10 mm

FA-12 Rod part Ø12 mm
A
80
JP-LDL2 series B
80
Dimensions 100
20
Model name Notes C

A B C 90
JP-LDL2-LE70WT20 20 71 171
2
JP-LDL2-LE100WT30 Rod part Ø12 mm 30 101 201

10
JP-LDL2-LE150WT30 30 151 251
229 Caution Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
Options
You can also use
CCS cables Search your smartphone
Extension Cables
or cell phone.
FCB series FRCB series CB series RCB series FCB-EL2

(Robot cable) (Robot cable) series
Extension Cables
Control Light Control Light Control Light Control Light Control Light
Unit side Unit side Unit side Unit side Unit side Unit side Unit side Unit side Unit side Unit side
For 24 V For 12 V For 24 V
SM connectors SM connectors EL connectors
SM
Connector
Type Note: The cable permitted bending radii shown below are for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Straight cables
This extension cable connects an LED Light and Control Unit.  Dimensions (mm)
For 24 V/HLV series For 12 V Cable length

Model name Cable length Notes Model name Cable length Notes PD3 series
FCB-1 1m Used for 24 V input CB-1 1m Used for 12 V PD2 series
FCB-2 2m LED Lights or the CB-2 2m input LED Lights
HLV2 series Spot STU-3000
FCB-3 3m Lights, and 24 V CB-3 3m and 12 V output
output Control Units. Control Units. 24 V/HLV series cable permitted bending radius: 28.8 mm PSB series
FCB-5 5m CB-5 5m
12 V cable permitted bending radius: 27.6 mm POD series
Control Units
PTU2 series
2-branch cables * Spot Light HLV2 series cannot be used. PB-2430-1
CC-ST-1024
This 2-branch cable connects two LED Lights and a Control Unit.  Dimensions (mm) BB series
Cable length 200 PJ series
For 24 V For 12 V
CC-PJ-0707
Model name Cable length Notes Model name Cable length Notes
FCB-W-1 1m CB-W-1 1m PSCC(A) series
Used for 24 V Used for 12 V
FCB-W-2 2m input LED Lights CB-W-2 2m input LED Lights PSB3-30024
FCB-W-3 3m and 24 V output CB-W-3 3m and 12 V output Lens Filters
FCB-W-5 5m Control Units. CB-W-5 5m Control Units. 24 V cable permitted bending radius: 27.6 mm
Diffusion Plates
12 V cable permitted bending radius: 27.6 mm
Polarizing Plates
Options
4-branch cables
Light Control Films
* Spot Light HLV2 series cannot be used.
Brackets
 Dimensions (mm) Other

This 4-branch cable connects four LED Lights and a Control Unit. Cable length 200 Extension Cables
For 24 V For 12 V
FCB-F-1 1m Used for 24 V CB-F-1 1m Used for 12 V
FCB-F-2 2m input LED Lights CB-F-2 2m input LED Lights
FCB-F-3 3m and 24 V output CB-F-3 3m and 12 V output
FCB-F-5 5m Control Units. CB-F-5 5m Control Units.
* Total power consumption of the connected Light Units must not exceed the output of the Control Unit. CCS 24 V cable permitted bending radius: 27.6 mm
recommends using a multi-channel Control Unit if you wish to set intensity separately for each Light Unit. 12 V cable permitted bending radius: 27.6 mm
Robot cables
These robot cables have excellent flexibility and durability.  Dimensions (mm)
For 24 V/HLV series For 12 V Cable length

FRCB-1 1m Used for 24 V input RCB-1 1m Used for 12 V
FRCB-2 2m LED Lights or the RCB-2 2m input LED Lights
HLV2 series Spot
FRCB-3 3m Lights, and 24 V RCB-3 3m and 12 V output
FRCB-5 5m output Control Units. RCB-5 5m Control Units. 24 V/HLV series cable permitted bending radius: 28.8 mm
* If using robot cables, affix the cable section on the Light Unit side (including the connector section). 12 V cable permitted bending radius: 27.6 mm
EL
Connector
Type Note: The cable permitted bending radii shown below are for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Straight cables 2-branch cables

This extension cable connects an LED Light and Control Unit. This 2-branch cable connects two LED Lights and a Control Unit.
For 24 V For 24 V
Model name Cable length Model name Cable length Notes Model name Cable length Model name Cable length Notes
FCB-1-EL2 1m FCB-5-EL2 5m FCB-W-1-EL2 1m FCB-W-5-EL2 5m
Use for LED Lights and Control Use for LED Lights and Control
FCB-2-EL2 2m FCB-10-EL2 10 m FCB-W-2-EL2 2m FCB-W-10-EL2 10 m
Units that have an EL connector. Units that have an EL connector.
FCB-3-EL2 3m FCB-15-EL2 15 m FCB-W-3-EL2 3m FCB-W-15-EL2 15 m
● Dimensions (mm) Cable length 200

Cable length
Cable permitted bending radius: 29.6 mm Cable permitted bending radius: 29.6 mm
Caution The light intensity might be unstable if you join cables for a length over 5 m. 230
Examples of Custom Ordered Products
Recommended Custom Ordered Products

Change to
Size Change Shape Change Increased Brightness
Examples of Custom
Illuminating Angle
Ordered Products
Please feel free to consult with us about anything else.
LFX2-150X75SW
LFL-75BL-SQ20
LFV2-35RD-RA24
LKR-70A-BL-TK LFL-200RD-H30
With a standard product, there are no

Light Units with a length or thickness that When the size is good but you want to
CASE.1 CASE.2
is suitable for the workpiece or device illuminate at a different angle
Standard Light Unit: Standard Light Unit: Custom Ordered Light Unit:
Custom Ordered Light Unit:
LFV3 series LDL2 series Change of illuminating angle
Change of size of emitting surface
Standard Light Unit: Custom Ordered Light Unit: Standard Light Unit: Custom Ordered Light Unit:
TH series Change of size of emitting surface LDR2-LA series Change of illuminating angle
With a standard product, light is

Examples of other custom
CASE.3 irradiated up to the unnecessary CASE.4
part and contrast drops ordered items
Standard Light Unit: Custom Ordered Light Unit:

FPQ2 series Change of shape
Custom Ordered Light Unit:

Standard Light Unit: Change of shape
HPR2 series
231
We suggest Light Units that are optimal for your inspection
procedures and environment
Light Units for External Inspection of Light Units for External Inspection of
Electronic Parts on Circuit Boards Minute Electronic Parts
Examples of Custom
The Light Unit design is optimized to match your desired camera position Creating a hole in the center of a Flat Light provides a passage for the
Ordered Products
or split imaging. Changing the position of the irradiation port of Coaxial operating section of a suction nozzle. This can be used for external
Lights and distributed control of the emitting surface are achieved. inspection of electronic parts held by suction at the tip.
Missing part Defect

Imaging figure Imaging figure
Light Units for Damage Inspection of Light Units for External Inspection of
Metal Rods Metal Parts
You can combine Coaxial and Dome Lights to create an optimal Light Unit design is optimized to match your camera installation
configuration for imaging using line sensor cameras. They can be used for requirements.
damage inspection of metal rods with glossy surfaces. Allows for the combining of a mirror with a low-angle Ring Light.
Imperfection
Imperfection
Imaging figure Imaging figure
Examples of Items That Can be Custom Ordered

Size Illuminating mechanism Cable length Changes in specifications
Width and Wavelength and color Connector of Control Unit
Light thickness temperature format
Other Changes in cable
Unit Brightness Mounting position and products specifications
Optional products can also
securing method
be custom ordered.
* Please feel free to inquire about anything else that is not mentioned above.
Flow of Custom Orders

Proposal of Production, inspection
Specifications study Design procedures specifications and costs and shipping
Verification of required
Delivery
specifications
Inquiry
Order
Specifications fixed Dimensions Production procedures

Verification of product
Drawing creation Specifications Inspection performed
realization
Proposal of Estimate Shipping procedures
approximate costs
232
Information about the UV Curing
High-Output UV-LED Lights

Information about the
UV Curing
Example of line-type product Example of area-type product
Example of spot-type product
New Solutions Provided by Area Cures (Wide Range)

You can use area and line lights to efficiently illuminate wide-range areas that are difficult to illuminate using spot lights.
The area cure serves to reduce man-hours as well as the number of Light Unit.
Spot Light Unit
Line Light Unit Area Light Unit Spot Light Unit
Area Light Unit

Line Light Unit
A spot cure requires more than

one Light Unit
A spot cure takes a lot of time
An area cure provides illuminating An area cure provides illuminating

all at once all at once
Custom Orders
Based on the technology we have accumulated producing Light Units for image processing, we can provide high-output UV-LED Lights
that meet a wide variety of requirements.
To meet those requirements, we have our standard line and area type lights, and can provide any other shape or format by custom order.
Illuminating example
Illuminating all four

sides at once
Illuminating to match a roll shape
Range Covered by CCS's UV-LED Lights

A beam of a 100 to 400 nm wavelength is a short ray of ultraviolet light with extremely strong energy.
CCS's UV-LED Lights can provide ultraviolet irradiation in the range of ultraviolet ray known as UV-A.
Ultraviolet ray 365 nm type 385 nm type

100 100
X rays Visible light
UV-C UV-B UV-A rays 80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
60 60
40 40
20 20
We offer 365 nm and 385 nm lights in the UV-A wavelength range. 0

200 250 300 350 400 450 500
0
200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
233
Examples of Use of Ultraviolet Curing
You can use area and line lights to efficiently illuminate wide-range areas that are difficult to illuminate using spot lights.
The area cure serves to reduce man-hours as well as the number of Light Unit.
Information about the

Curing of Label and Sticker Ink Curing of Electronic Parts Printing Curing of Label and Sticker Ink
UV ink curing Printing ink drying UV ink curing and surface coating
UV Curing
Line type Line type Area type
Expanded-view
of printed area
Labels and stickers Electronic part (relays) CD and DVD discs
Camera Lens Adhering Adhering and Sealing Panels Electronic Parts Adhering
Curing adhesive Gluing together of panels Adhering of liquid crystals and

substrates
Spot type Line type Line type
Lens units Panels Liquid crystal substrates
Merits of Ultraviolet Irradiation Using LEDs

Reduce system size
Our LED systems consist only of LED Lights and Control Units, allowing you to create a compact system.
Reduced running costs

Due to the long service life of LEDs, lamp replacement costs and replacement labor times are reduced, as well as management man-hours.
Great responsiveness and stability

The excellent ON/OFF responsiveness of LED Lights allow for illuminating control that matches the given medium.
234
Information about the Natural Light
High Color Rendering (Natural-Light) LED Lights

Color determining inspection Colorimetric inspection Color evaluation inspection
Information About the
and other applications

Natural Light
Dome type
Ring type Bar type
Flat type Flat type Spot type
What are High Color Rendering (Natural-light) LED Lights?

Achievement of the Industry's Highest General Color Rendering Index at Ra 98
*1
CCS's high color rendering (natural-light) LED Lights use our specially developed LEDs that reproduce natural-light colors that are close to
standard light sources (such as sunlight or white light bulbs). At Ra 98, we have achieved one of the LED field's highest general color rendering
index (CRI), demonstrating just how close the light is to sunlight. Additionally, even when the light color is changed, our unique technology
makes it possible to maintain a CRI of Ra 95 or more. In addition to the high general CRI, CCS has also achieved high special CRI values, such as
those for primary colors and flesh tones. Specifically for red (R9), yellow (R10) and blue (R12), you can see colors rendered to a level that was not
possible for previous light sources.* 2
Example of high color rendering (natural-light) LED Example of regular white LED Example of three-wavelength fluorescent light
[correlated color temperature: 5,000 K] [correlated color temperature: 5,000 K] (daylight) [Correlated color temperature: 5,000 K]
98 97 99 99 98 98 98 99 98 97 99 97 96 97 98 98
100 100 100 91
82 89 90 89 88 91
82 85 82
78 81 75
75 72 73 70
70
71 74 86 72
68 67
63
58 56
50 50 46 45 50 44
14
0 0 -10 0
Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15
*1: Current as of our in-house inspection in January 2016.

*2: A color rendering index is used to evaluate the ability to render each of 15 colors against a standard value of 100.
General color rendering index Ra: Avg. value of R1 to R8
Special color rendering index Ri: Individual evaluation of colors R1 to R15 (evaluation gives precedence to R9 to R15). (According to JIS Z 8726, "Method of Specifying Colour
Rendering Properties of Light Sources".)
Light Spectrum Characteristics Close to Sunlight

High color rendering (natural-light) LEDs produce a smooth continuous light spectrum characteristics across all wavelengths that is similar
to the light spectrum of sunlight. While normal white LEDs and fluorescent lights have some wavelength regions that are very strong or
even missing, CCS's high color rendering LEDs cover almost the entire range of visible light.
Example of light spectrum of high color rendering

Example of light spectrum of sunlight
(natural-light) LEDs
Light spectrum close to sunlight
Visible light Infrared

Ultraviolet
radiation
radiation
380 480 580 680 780 380 480 580 680 780
235
Light spectrum of other light sources
Example of light spectrum of Example of light spectrum of Example of light spectrum of

halogen bulb regular white LED light three-wavelength fluorescent light
Blue is extremely strong and Specific wavelengths are
Information About the

Wavelengths from extremely strong.
red components are weak.
infrared radiation results
in a great amount of
Infrared
radiant heat. radiation
Natural Light
380 480 580 680 780 380 480 580 680 780 380 480 580 680 780
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
What are Color Rendering Properties? Comparison of color rendering properties

"Color rendering" refers to how the way the colors of an object are affected
when a light or other light source illuminates said object, and "color rendering
properties" are the light source properties that determine how the colors of the
object will appear.
In general, a "good light source of color rendering properties" refers to a
light source that can faithfully reproduce the color tint when illuminated by a
standard light source* with the same correlated color temperature.
In Japan, the color rendering indices (Ri and Ra) are defined according to High color rendering Standard white LED
JIS standards and the way objects appear are expressed numerically with a (natural-light) LED Light
maximum of 100. The higher the value is, the closer the colors of the object
appear to the natural colors.
* Refers to sunlight (CIE daylight), white light bulb light and similar types of light.
Tuning the Correlated Color Temperature and Light Spectrum

With CCS's high color rendering (natural-light) LED Lights, the correlated color temperature and light spectrum can be tuned to fit customer
needs. We can provide the ideal LED Lights with our completely integrated manufacturing system from LED device development through
final product manufacturing.
Tuning Examples Our specially developed high color rendering

(natural-light) LED devices
Correlated color temperature close to illuminant A (2,856 K)
Correlated color temperature close to illuminant D65 (6,504 K)
Correlated color temperature of 5,500 K
Correlated color temperature of 2,700 or 5,000 K
Light spectrum with few green wavelength components
Products to prevent variations in chromaticity
Example of tuning the correlated color temperature and light spectrum
0.5 Correlated color temperature: 2,800 K, Correlated color temperature: 4,000 K,

General color rendering index: Ra 97 General color rendering index: Ra 97
xy chromaticity diagram
0.4
380 480 580 680 780 380 480 580 680 780
y
Correlated color temperature: 4,700 K, Correlated color temperature: 6,500 K,
General color rendering index: Ra 97 General color rendering index: Ra 97
0.3
380 480 580 680 780 380 480 580 680 780
0.2 Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
x Y axis: Relative radiant intensity
CIE1931
236
Technical Guide
LED Characteristics
High degree of freedom in lighting design
Long service life
Fast response
Technical Guide
Selectable color
Low total running cost
Comparison of Light Sources for Image Processing

LED
Service life The characteristics of LED Lights are that they are
Radiation Degree
output of freedom compact, save energy, and have a long service life
and a high degree of design freedom. Using LED
Lights allows for lighting design that is optimal for
Cost Heat
performance generation various workpieces (samples).
Response speed
Other main light sources

Fluorescent lamp Halogen bulb Xenon lamp Metal halide
Service life Service life Service life Service life
Radiation Degree Radiation Degree Radiation Degree Radiation Degree

output of freedom output of freedom output of freedom output of freedom
Cost Heat Cost Heat Cost Heat Cost Heat

performance generation performance generation performance generation performance generation
Response speed Response speed Response speed Response speed
LED Type
Although the emitting principles are basically the same, they are available in the following
types of shapes. Cannonball shape (low-watt)
Surface-mounted (high-watt)
Light Spectrum (representative sample of the products in this catalog)
100
Relative radiant intensity(%)
Blue 470 nm Green 525 nm IR 850 nm

80 Red 630 nm
60 UV 365 nm
IR 940 nm
40
White 5,500 K
20
0
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100
Wavelength (nm)
237
Skillful Use of LED Lights
The service life of LED Lights is shorter at high temperatures
Using LEDs at high temperatures for an extended period of time will cause them to deteriorate and the radiation output will decline. (The normal
radiation output will not return even after they cool down.)
Technical Guide
How to prevent LED deterioration and reduction in radiation output
due to heat generated by LEDs
Avoid using at the maximum intensity
When used with a low Control Unit intensity value, the Light Unit is supplied with a lower amount of current, which therefore reduces the heat
given off as well as LED deterioration. As a guideline, we recommend that you set the intensity value low at first and then turn it up gradually as
the radiant output of the Light Unit decreases.
Turn on the light only when capturing images

LED Lights can withstand being turned on and off frequently. Turning on the Light Unit only when taking images using a strobe emitting or
external signal input will reduce heat generation, provide a more stable radiation output, and increase the service life of the Light Unit.
Important Points of LED Lights

LED service life
Unlike a light bulb, an LED Light does not burn out suddenly but rather gradually deteriorates. Replace when captured images are dark and
increasing the intensity value does not improve the conditions.
LED variations
LED Lights have different individual radiant quantities. There are also differences in the emitted color.
Wavelength shift
The LED emission spectrum varies due to ambient temperature and heat generated when energized. Temperature rising causes a shift
towards the long-wavelength side.
Items You Must Check when Selecting a Light Unit

 Workpiece (sample) shape, conditions,  Applications
color and related items
External inspection Part count inspection
Character recognition Liquid volume inspection
Foreign material inspection Detection inspection
Dimension measurement Code recognition
Etc.
 Large field of view (resolution)  Installation conditions and ambient

environment
• Production line
conveyor speed
• Types of surrounding
devices and similar • Separation of Light
items Units and workpiece
238
Technical Guide
Changes in Brightness Due to Camera and the Human Eye

By only slightly shifting the wavelength of blue or red, the value for the human eye (illuminance and
luminance) changes greatly.
General camera sensitivity properties Human eye (Standard spectral luminous efficiency curve)
[Before the wavelength shift] [Before the wavelength shift]
1.0 1.0
Camera sensitivity properties
Technical Guide
0.8 0.8
luminous efficiency
Standard spectral
Blue Red
0.6 0.6
Blue
0.4 Red 0.4
0.2 0.2
0 0
400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
General camera sensitivity properties Human eye (Standard spectral luminous efficiency curve)
[After the wavelength shift] [After the wavelength shift]
1.0 1.0
Camera sensitivity properties
luminous efficiency
0.8 0.8
Standard spectral
Blue Red
0.6 0.6
Blue
0.4 0.4
Red
0.2 0.2
0 0
400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Determining the Field of View of Coaxial Lighting

Figure 1 shows a cross-section of a Coaxial Light. Light from the LED is reflected using a half-mirror, so that the position of the emitting surface
can be treated as if it were directly behind the mirror (See “Virtual emitting surface” in the figure). In this case, the distance from the emitting sur-
face to the workpiece is LWD'.
The effective field of view of a Coaxial Light is determined by 1) the LWD (distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece) and 2) the WD (distance from
the workpiece to the camera). Figure 2 shows how to determine the field of view "V" when the WD is held constant and the LWD (distance to the Light
Unit) is varied. The following is an explanation of what the effective field of view will be when the virtual emitting surface is at positions A and B.
In the case of position A, if we assume that the workpiece is a reflecting surface, we can say that there is an emitting surface at A opposite to the
workpiece (position A' of the LWD'a distance). Therefore, when the workpiece is viewed through the camera, it appears as if the emitting surface is
at A', and thus the effective field of view is Va.
In the same way, in the case of B, the emitting surface is at B' and the effective field of view is Vb. Comparing Va to Vb, we find that Va, which has
a shorter LWD, has a greater effective field of view. In this way, the effective field of view grows larger as the LWD becomes smaller.
What is the effective field of view?

For example, when reading characters engraved on a shiny piece of metal, if we assume that the virtual emitting surface is at position B, the
effective field of view of Vb will be determined, in regards to the camera field of view V as shown in Figure 3 below, by the virtual emitting surface
position B'. For this reason, only the letters CDEFG will be visible as dark letters against a light background, and the letters AB and HI, which
appear dark against a dark background, will not be discernible. In this way, the effective field of view Vb is smaller than the field of view V.
Figure 1. Cross-section of Figure 2. Determining the field Figure 3. Field of view and
Coaxial Light of view by LWD effective field of view
Camera Camera
Field of view V (Fields of vision A to I of camera WD)
Virtual emitting
surface
Effective field of view Vb
Transmitted
light (1/2)
Virtual emitting
Diffusion plate surface position B
WD
Virtual emitting
LED
LWD'b
surface position A
Half mirror
LWD'
LWD'a
Va
Reflected light (1/2)

Vb
ABCDEFG HI
LWD
Workpiece
LWD'a
LWD'b
False image emitting

surface position A'
False image emitting
surface position B'
239
Objects Appear Differently Depending on the Emitted Color of a Light Unit
 Imaged sample workpiece (printed card)  Light spectrum of colored LEDs
(representative sample)
Background Orange 100
Green 525 nm
80
Left-side C Red
Technical Guide
Blue 470 nm
Relative radiant
Red 630 nm
intensity (%)
60
Center C Green 40
White 5,500 K
S Blue 20
Shadow and kana/ Black 0

350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
kanji characters Wavelength (nm)
■ Imaging with Blue

When using blue lighting, parts that are the same color as the lighting become white and other
colors become black.
■ Imaging with Green

Although, when using green lighting, there are some variations in color strength, green (same
color as the lighting), as well as orange, yellow and blue all become white. The remaining
red-colored area become black.
■ Imaging with White

As white lighting covers all three primary colors (red, blue and green), color brightness is
even resulting in all colors appearing as gray with the same brightness. By comparing with
other imaging, it is apparent that there is little strength of color. If using white lighting when
imaging with a color camera or when imaging a multicolored workpiece, it is possible to
perceive the particularities of the workpiece as their are no effects from color.
■ Imaging with Red

When using red lighting, parts that are the same color as the light (red) as well as orange
and yellow become white and other colors (green and blue) become black. This is due to the
property of the light expressed as, "Color reflects light of similar colors and absorbs light of
complementary colors."
(Using a monochrome camera)
Example of workpieces which don't relate to the emitted color
■ Imaged sample ■ Imaging with Blue ■ Imaging with Green ■ Imaging with White ■ Imaging with Red
workpiece
Metal (bearing)
240
Technical Guide
Imaging Differs Depending on the Combination of the

Light Unit and Workpiece
Metal part (automotive part) Circuit board (electronic part) Can (food) PET bottle (drink)
Imaged
workpiece
Light Unit in use

Technical Guide
Ring Lights
LDR2
series
P.11
▼
LDR2-LA
series
P.15
▼
LDR-LA1
series
P.19
▼
High-angle
HPR2 series
P.29
▼
Low-angle
HPR2 series
P.29
▼
Coaxial Lights
LFV3
series
P.83
▼
Dome Lights
HPD2
series
P. 71
▼
Flat-Dome Lights
LFX2
series
P. 79
▼
Flat Lights
TH
series
P. 63
▼
Bar Lights
LDL2
series
P.43
▼
There are great differences in imaging results depending on the shape of the Light Unit, emitted color,
illuminating method and similar conditions.
Please inquire with CCS so that we can use our vast knowledge and experience to help you with imaging.
241
LED Properties: Light Spectrum
(part not described on each product page)
SQR series Product Page P. 23 SQR-TP series Product Page P. 24
▼
100 100
80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm Red 638 nm
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
Technical Guide
60 Green 525 nm 60
40 40
White 5,500 K
20 20
0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LFR series Product Page P. 33 TH series Product Page P. 63

▼
▼
100 100
80 Green 525 nm 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm Blue 470 nm Red 635 nm
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
60 60
40 40
White 5,500 K White 6,600 K
20 20
0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LFL series Product Page P. 67 LAV series Product Page P. 77

▼
▼
100 100
80 Green 525 nm 80 Green 525 nm
Relative radiant
Relative radiant

intensity (%)
intensity (%)
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
MSU series Product Page P. 89
▼
PDM series Product Page P. 78
▼
100
100
80
Relative radiant
Blue 470 nm Green 525 nm Red 630 nm

intensity (%)
80 Green 525 nm
Relative radiant
Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm 60

intensity (%)
60
40
40 White 5,500 K
White 5,500 K 20
20
0
0 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
Wavelength (nm)
UV2 series Product Page P. 93 HLV2-22-NR-3W series Product Page P. 117

▼
100 100
Blue 465 nm Green 520 nm
80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Ultraviolet Red 645 nm

intensity (%)
intensity (%)
60 365 nm 60
40 40
White 5,300 K
20 20
0 0
325 335 345 355 365 375 385 395 405 415 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W PFB2 series Product Page P. 121

▼
Product Page P. 118

▼
100 100
Blue 465 nm Green 520 nm 80
80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
Red 645 nm
intensity (%)
60 60
40 White 6,000 K
40
20 20
0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LV series Product Page P. 113 LN series Product Page P. 137

▼
▼
100 100
80 Green 525 nm 80 Green 525 nm
Relative radiant
Relative radiant

intensity (%)
intensity (%)
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LN-HK series Product Page P. 138 LNV series Product Page P. 157
▼
100 100
80 80 Green 525 nm
Relative radiant
Relative radiant

intensity (%)
intensity (%)
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
242
Technical Guide
Basic line sensor camera knowledge

■
1 Differences between area sensor cameras and line sensor cameras
Area sensor camera Line sensor camera Imaging methods for the area sensor camera
and the line sensor camera (Conceptual image)
Technical Guide
Shape of imaging Area

element sensor
camera
Make an image of the whole field of

Lens mount C mount, F mount, etc. F mount, M72 mount, etc. vision all at once.
Pixel expression 2M (1,600 × 1,200 pix) 8 K (8,192 pix)

Line
Shutter speed Charge storage time sensor
Capture expression 1/4,000 (250 μsec) 4,000 Hz (250 μsec) camera
1/60 (16.67 msec) 1,000 Hz (1 msec)
Takes images in lines and makes them
■
one picture.
2 Pixel count for line cameras
Ratio of receiving
Pixel count Pixel size surface area Note: Brightness varies based on the wavelength
2K (2,048) 14×14 μm 16 of the light source and the receiving
4K (4,096) 10×10 μm 8 sensitivity of the image sensor. Brightness
8K (8,192) 7×7 μm 4 does not necessarily correspond to the
12K (12,228) 5×5 μm 2 receiving surface area ratio.
16K (16,384) 3.5×3.5 μm 1
■
3 How to find the required emitting surface when selecting a line sensor Light
Setup examples Information required when selecting the length of your Light Unit
(1) WD (Working distance):
Distance from the camera to the surface of the inspected item
(2) LWD (Light working distance):
Distance from the Light Unit to the surface of the inspected item
(3) FOV (Field of vision)
Surface of the WD
Calculate the require emitting surface using the items above
inspected item
FOV
Solve Use the trigonometric ratio and calculate using the following procedure.
WD : FOV = (WD + LWD) : Required emitting surface
Required FOV × (WD + LWD)

Required =
emitting surface LWD emitting surface WD
Note: The above is only valid for applications using direct light transmission or direct light reflection.
The emitting surface must be uniform. Select a Light Unit longer than the emitting surface you calculated.
When selecting a Digital Control Unit, be sure to consider high-frequency types as well. A Control Unit with a PWM
frequency of 500 kHz can be made for custom orders. Please contact your CCS sales representative for details.
Introduction of the high-frequency Digital ● Effect on brightness due (Conceptual image)

Control Unit (custom order) to differences in PWM Exposure time for an area sensor camera
frequency
Generally, a line sensor camera
PD3-10024-8 series Exposure time for a line sensor camera has a shorter exposure time
Conceptual image for than an area sensor camera.
PWM intensity control (500 kHz) PD3-10024-8-SI-500 125 kHz
(EIA-485 type)
95 W capacity (EL connector: 1 channel) PWM Timing 1) is 33% brighter
AC input timing 1) than Timing 2).
3 types of external control PWM

timing 2)
• Parallel communication
• Ethernet communication Exposure time for a line sensor camera
Conceptual image for The higher frequency has less effect
• EIA-485 communication 500 kHz on brightness due to exposure timing.
Timing 1) is
PD3-10024-8-PI-500 PD3-10024-8-EI-500 High frequency 6% brighter than
(Parallel type) (Ethernet communication) PWM timing 1) Little effect Timing 2).
(TCP/IP UDP/IP) on brightness
High frequency
See the PD3 series (standard) product page P.189
▼
PWM timing 2)
243 For details about PWM, refer to P.246 in the technical guide.
Setting optical and lighting conditions
■
1 How to find the working distance (WD) * Reference value
Optical system for the line sensor camera (Wide-side resolution) Method for testing line sensor image input
Technical Guide
It is necessary to calculate the working distance in advance. When using a line sensor camera, calculate the working
distance (WD), carrying speed, and scan rate before
Seen from upstream Seen from the side starting the test.
Example calculation with the following camera
specs and conditoins
Line sensor camera
Pixel size: 7 μm × 7 μm (Pixel count: 8,192)
The scan rate and working distance when performing an
Estimated working distance image input test with the following conditions for a lens where
m 1
focus distance f = 55 mm is calculated as follows:
WD f
Cond. 1 Carrying speed: 200 mm/sec
Cond. 2 Resolution: 30 μm (Moving direction) ×
WD m 30 μm (Lateral direction)
Scan rate = 0.03 mm ÷ 200 mm/sec = 0.00015 sec

You can calculate an estimate WD just by putting the receiving element length/field of vision or the
element size/width-side resolution, and the lens focus distance, into the WD equation as the scaling factor m. = 150 μsec
Working distance = {(7/30 + 1) / (7/30)} × 55 mm
= Aprox. 291 mm
■
2 Relationship between the lens' effective diameter and the Light Unit's installation distance * Reference value
What is the effective diameter for the lens in the conditions on the left?
D = Lens focus distance ÷ F-stop = 55 ÷ 5.6 = 9.8
Lens conditions
Lens in use What is the longest distance where the most efficient brightness
Nikon can be achieved for the emitting width (short side) of each Light Unit?
Ai Micro-Nikkor
Find it using similar relationships
55 mm f/2.8S
F-Stop 1) If using the LT series
F-5.6
9. 8: 291 = 2. 8 : X
X = (291 x 2. 8) ÷ 9. 8 = Approx. 83 mm
Effective
diameter D
9.8：291 = 7.6：Y
2) If using the HLND series
Distance to the surface of the inspected item: 9. 8: 291 = 7. 6 : Y
Approx. 291 mm
Y = (291 x 7. 6) ÷ 9. 8 = Approx. 225 mm
For both the above Light Units, if the Light Unit is farther than
the distance above, it will be darker, but if the Light Unit is closer
X　Distance of the LT than the distance above, there will be virtually no change in the
series to the surface
of the inspected item: Y Distance of the HLND brightness. (However, this assumes that the inspected item is limited
series to the surface
Approx. 83 mm to something transparent where the illuminated light can be observed
of the inspected item:
Approx. 225 mm directly. This cannot be applied to an inspected item with a possibility
for diffusion.)
LT series (Emitting surface width: 2.8 mm) Also, if the lens in use or the F-stop changes, various conditions
HLND series (Emitting surface width: 7.6 mm)
such as the effective diameter and WD change. Therefore, please
consider this only as a reference value under certain conditions.
Furthermore, the camera's pixel size is a large factor regarding
brightness.
■
3 Comparison of the images for the area sensor camera and the line sensor camera
Imaging sample (Metal bar) Imaging with the area sensor camera Imaging with the line sensor camera
Image of scratches on a metal bar

○ Sample size: Length 150 mm, Ø20 mm
Resolution: 100 μm
○ Resolution: 100 μm
○ Pixels of the camera in use
• Line camera: 8,192 pixels
• Area camera: 300,000 pixels
(Image of revolving metal bar)
244
Technical Guide
Maintenance and Inspection

LED Lights (Be careful not to touch the casing during or after use as the temperature is high and can cause burns.)
Use a dry soft cloth to wipe away any dust, grime or other foreign material from the emitting surface. If there is any oil or similar substance
adhering, use a soft cloth that has been dampened with a neutral cleaner to wipe it off. Do not use thinner, benzene or any similar liquids. Doing
Technical Guide
so could result in discoloration and deformation.
Control Units for LED Lights (Always be sure that the Control Unit is turned off before cleaning.)
Use a dry soft cloth to wipe away any dust, grime or other foreign material from the electrodes. If there is any oil or similar substance adhering,
use a soft cloth that has been dampened with a neutral cleaner to wipe it off. Do not use thinner, benzene or any similar liquids. Doing so could
result in discoloration and deformation.
Options
Periodically inspect option parts such as polarizing and diffusion plates as all of these are consumables. Replace any parts that show discoloration
or deformation during inspection. CCS recommends maintaining extra option parts on-hand in order to be prepared for replacement.
Always be sure to consult the “Instruction Guide” when performing maintenance and inspection.
Operating and Storage Environments

These products are LED Lights that are mainly used for image processing and industrial inspection. Do not use these for other
purposes. Always be sure to obey the following precautions.
Absolutely never use under the following conditions.
● Use under conditions or in an environment not described in the “Instruction Guide”

● Use for nuclear power control, railroads, aircraft, automobiles, combustion devices, medical equipment, home
entertainment equipment, safety equipment. or any similar devices or equipment
● Use where it is thought that human life or property will be greatly affected, especially application where safety is required
Install in a location that satisfies the following conditions. An improper installation location can
result in product malfunction.
● Low vibration and stable

● Water, oil, liquid, chemicals, steam or similar substances cannot contact or otherwise affect the product*
● Low level of dust and good ventilation
● No corrosive or flammable gases
● No sudden changes in temperature
● Far away from water lines, water heaters, humidifiers, air conditioners, heaters and similar equipment
* Install IP-compatible products in a range that permits performance.
Use in the following environments.

An improper operating environment can result in product malfunction.
● Operating temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)

● Storage temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
Operating and storage environments of products that are different from these are described on the corresponding product page.
245
Explanation of Terminology
No. Classification Term Explanation of Terminology
This is a method of intensity control of the PD series.

Digital control Intensity control is performed by varying the duty of the pulse on (proportion of time it is on (lit up) during a single
1 Control Unit
Technical Guide
(Duty control) pulse). With 8-bit control, you can perform 256-step linear intensity control. If using a high-speed shutter, you
must be careful of frequency interference.
PWM: An abbreviation of pulse width modulation, one pulse modulation method in which the
period and amplitude are maintained at a constant, and only the pulse width is changed.
Duty ratio: Expresses the amount of time a pulse wave is ON during a cycle as a ratio.
Relational expression: Duty ratio = ON time/Period
PWM
kHz Products with this mark at the top of their product introduction page can be customized for a PWM
frequency of 500 kHz.
ON time
2 Control Unit PWM control
One cycle
E.g.: Duty ratio = 50/100 = 0.5 = 50%
(Contorol signal)
External ON/OFF ON
3 Control Unit control Light Unit
(ON/OFF emitting) OFF
A method for emitting light for the time during which

the ON signal of an ON/OFF signal is received.
"Strobe" refers to light being emitted for a specified amount of time in synchronization with a trigger signal.
This additionally includes emitting light for a fixed amount of time after a delay has been applied for a fixed
amount of time.
(Trigger)
4 Control Unit Strobe emitting ON
Light Unit
OFF
ms
“Overdrive” is a use method for emitting brighter light by applying a large current to an LED Light for a fixed
amount of time. This current exceeds the current during continuous ON/OFF emitting.
Overdrive Products with this mark at the top of their product introduction page support overdrive.
Specifications
(Trigger)
5 Control Unit Overdrive
ON
(overdriving)
Light Unit ON
(continuous emitting)
OFF
µs
is the overdrive section
246
Technical Guide
Explanation of Terminology
No. Classification Term Explanation of Terminology
This filter sharply cuts off light of wavelengths that are less (or more) than the specified wavelength.
6 Options Sharp cut filter
At CCS, we mainly use these attached to the lens.
Technical Guide
This plastic film is arranged as a minute louver with extremely small gaps. It functions to reduce the diffusion of
light in a specific direction and improves parallelism.
Cannot see
Louver pitch
Visibility
Can see
angle
7 Options Light control film
Louver angle
Louver Reverse maintenance film

Front maintenance film film layer
Adhesion layer Adhesion layer
Basic structure of light controller film (cross-section)
The distance from the tip of the light source to the surface of the workpiece (sample).
Abbreviation for light-work-distance.
8 Other LWD * Although this term is used in our website, catalogs and other materials with the above meaning, care must
be paid if it is used for other publications as it is not a term that is officially defined by standards or a similar
document.
Supplement
Category Description
The cable end has the wiring cut off. This does not
Cut off on one end
have loose wires.
Cable end
This has loose wires.

About the cable condition Loose wires
(Flying lead)
Cable end
Conductor exposure This has loose wires with exposed conductors.
Cable end
247
Camera Image Sensor Size
These are examples of image sensor sizes for use with a camera of an image processing inspection system.
1 inch
2/3 inch
Technical Guide
1/1.8 inch
m 9.6 mm
m
16
m 6.6 mm
m 5.4 mm
11 m
m
9
12.8 mm 8.8 mm 7.2 mm
1/2 inch
1/3 inch
1/4 inch
m 4.8 mm
m m 3.6 mm
8 m m 2.7 mm
6 m
5
4.
6.4 mm 4.8 mm 3.6 mm
Field of Vision Chart * These values are for reference. (Units: mm)
Refer to the field of vision chart for telecentric lenses (SE-65/SE-110): Refer to the field of vision chart for macro lenses (SE-16/SE-18):
P.181 P.183
▼
Camera Image Sensor Size

Optical
magnification 2/3 inch 1/1.8 inch 1/2 inch 1/3 inch
Length Width Diagonal Length Width Diagonal Length Width Diagonal Length Width Diagonal
0.1x 66.00 88.00 110.00 53.20 71.80 89.30 48.00 64.00 80.00 36.00 48.00 60.00
0.2x 33.00 44.00 55.00 26.60 35.90 44.65 24.00 32.00 40.00 18.00 24.00 30.00
0.3x 22.00 29.33 36.67 17.73 23.93 29.77 16.00 21.33 26.67 12.00 16.00 20.00
0.4x 16.50 22.00 27.50 13.30 17.95 22.33 12.00 16.00 20.00 9.00 12.00 15.00
0.5x 13.20 17.60 22.00 10.64 14.36 17.86 9.60 12.80 16.00 7.20 9.60 12.00
0.6x 11.00 14.67 18.33 8.87 11.97 14.88 8.00 10.67 13.33 6.00 8.00 10.00
0.7x 9.43 12.57 15.71 7.60 10.26 12.76 6.86 9.14 11.43 5.14 6.86 8.57
0.8x 8.25 11.00 13.75 6.65 8.98 11.16 6.00 8.00 10.00 4.50 6.00 7.50
0.9x 7.33 9.78 12.22 5.91 7.98 9.92 5.33 7.11 8.89 4.00 5.33 6.67
1x 6.60 8.80 11.00 5.32 7.18 8.93 4.80 6.40 8.00 3.60 4.80 6.00
1.5x 4.40 5.87 7.33 3.55 4.79 5.95 3.20 4.27 5.33 2.40 3.20 4.00
2x 3.30 4.40 5.50 2.66 3.59 4.47 2.40 3.20 4.00 1.80 2.40 3.00
3x 2.20 2.93 3.67 1.77 2.39 2.98 1.60 2.13 2.67 1.20 1.60 2.00
4x 1.65 2.20 2.75 1.33 1.80 2.23 1.20 1.60 2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50
5x 1.32 1.76 2.20 1.06 1.44 1.79 0.96 1.28 1.60 0.72 0.96 1.20
6x 1.10 1.47 1.83 0.89 1.20 1.49 0.80 1.07 1.33 0.60 0.80 1.00
7x 0.94 1.26 1.57 0.76 1.03 1.28 0.69 0.91 1.14 0.51 0.69 0.86
8x 0.83 1.10 1.38 0.67 0.90 1.12 0.60 0.80 1.00 0.45 0.60 0.75
9x 0.73 0.98 1.22 0.59 0.80 0.99 0.53 0.71 0.89 0.40 0.53 0.67
10x 0.66 0.88 1.10 0.53 0.72 0.89 0.48 0.64 0.80 0.36 0.48 0.60
12x 0.55 0.73 0.92 0.44 0.60 0.74 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.30 0.40 0.50
248
Regulations, Etc.
Regulations
Photobiological safety evaluation of LED Lights for image processing
In order to ensure the safe usage of LED Lights, CCS has categorized the risks related to each Light Unit.
Regulations, Etc.
When you are considering the purchase of LED Lights or are checking risk information of a product you have purchased,
please refer to the specifications section of the product information page of our website.
List of products conforming to EU standard

The following CCS products comply with the corresponding standard.
EMC standard
Series name Safety standard
EMS EMI
LDR2, LDR2-LA, LDR-LA-1, SQR, HLDR-IP, HPR2, LFR, LKR, FPR, FPQ2, LDL2, HLDL2,
Light Units
TH, LFL, HPD2, LDM2, LAV, PDM, LFX2, LFV3, MSU, MFU, UV2, UV, IR2, HLV2-14, EN62471 - -
HLV2-22, HLV2-22-3W, HLV2-22-NR-3W, HLV2-3M-RGB-3W, LV, LNSP, LN, LN-HK,
LNSD, LND2, HLND, LT, LNV, LNIS
LDLB, LNSP-FN, LNSP-UV-FN, LNIS-FN, LNDG EN62471 EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4

Units for Light Units
PFBR-150SW-MN EN61010-1 EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4

Integrated Control
PFB2-20SW-F-AJT, PJT, SJT - EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4
PFB2-20SW-F-JT - EN61326-1 ClassA
PD2-1012, PD2-1024 -
PD2-3012, PD2-3024, PD2-5012, PD2-5024 EN61010-1 EN61326-1 ClassA

POD-5024-2-PEI EN61010-1 EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4
PTU2 EN61010-1 EN61326-1 ClassA
STU-3000 - EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4
PSB-512, PSB-524, PSB-1012, PSB-1024, PSB-3012, PSB-3024 -
Control Units
PSB-1012V-WW, PSB-1024V-WW EN61010-1 EN61326-1 ClassA

PJ (AC input types) EN61010-1 EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4
PJ (DC input types) - EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4
CC-PJ-0707, PB-2430-1 - EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-4
BB, CC-ST-1024 - EN61326-1 Class A
PD3 (AC input types) EN61010-1 EN61326-1 Class A
PD3 (DC input types) - EN61326-1 Class A
PSCC(A), PSB3-3-30024 EN61010-1 EN61326-1 Class A
Note: Our Light Units that were designed and developed in September 2011 or later comply with the EU standard and bear the CE marking.
LED Lights of CCS have label tags as shown below attached to their cables or case bodies. These labels are color-
Examples of label tags coded according to the emitted light of the corresponding Light Unit. The model, serial number, CE marking and related
information are shown on the rear of the label.
LED RADIATION
Front DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
LDR2-32RD2
0123456789
Rear 24V=1.6W
MADE IN JAPAN
* These label tags are attached to the case bodies for the LED Lights which do not have cables.
* Not applicable to custom ordered lighting.
Red lighting White lighting Blue lighting Green lighting Ultraviolet lighting Infrared lighting
LED RADIATION LED RADIATION LED RADIATION LED RADIATION UV-LED RADIATION IR-LED RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
249
Environmental Regulations
EU RoHS Directive
The products described in this catalog are compliant with the RoHS Directive.
Refer to our website or the “Instruction Guide” included with the product for details regarding the RoHS Directive.
Chinese RoHS Directive
The products described in this catalog are compliant with the RoHS Directive.
Regulations, Etc.
Refer to our website or the “Instruction Guide” included with the product for details regarding the RoHS Directive.
REACH Regulations
To perform appropriate risk management for the chemical materials included in the products listed in this catalog, we have established efforts related to
reducing the burden on the environment from procured parts, and we strive to select more environmentally-friendly procured parts. Also, as a response to
REACH regulations, we have newly constructed an assessment/information transmission system for the chemical materials included in our products, and we are
performing autonomous management.
Inquire with your CCS sales representative regarding products and each product’s use of materials designated as SVHC (substances of very high concern) under
REACH regulations.
Warranty Information
Warranty Period: Two years* from the date the product is shipped
from CCS. (However, radiant quantity warranty is one year)
* Excluding optional products.
EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS DOCUMENT, CCS MAKES NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED,
OR STATUTORY, AS TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER. IN PARTICULAR, ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, CCS MAKES NO WARRANTIES WITH
RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS.
WARRANTY PERIOD: TWO YEARS (ONE YEAR FOR RADIANT QUANTITY), STARTING FROM CCS Inc. SHIPPING DATE.
CCS Inc. WILL REPAIR OR REPLACE THE PRODUCT FREE OF CHARGE IF IT SHOULD FAIL TO FUNCTION OR IF THE RADIANT QUANTITY OF
THE PRODUCT SHOULD DROP TO 50% OR LESS OF ITS INITIAL RADIANT QUANTITY WITHIN THE SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD.
IF EITHER OF THESE CONDITIONS OCCURS, PLEASE TAKE THE PRODUCT TO YOUR CCS SALES REPRESENTATIVE.
WARRANTY TERMS
1. CCS Inc. WILL REPAIR OR REPLACE THE PRODUCT FREE OF CHARGE IF IT SHOULD FAIL TO FUNCTION UNDER USE ON OUR SPECIFIED
CONDITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTION GUIDE AND OTHER WRITTEN CAUTIONS DURING THE INDICATED WARRANTY
PERIOD OF TWO YEARS.
2. CCS Inc. WILL REPAIR OR REPLACE THE PRODUCT FREE OF CHARGE IF ITS RADIANT QUANTITY SHOULD DROP TO 50% OR LESS OF ITS
INITIAL RADIANT QUANTITY UNDER USE ON OUR SPECIFIED CONDITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTION GUIDE AND OTHER
WRITTEN CAUTIONS DURING THE INDICATED WARRANTY PERIOD OF ONE YEAR.
3. CCS Inc. WILL CHARGE A REPAIR FEE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
1) IF THE PRODUCT HAS BEEN SUBJECTED TO MISUSE, UNAUTHORIZED REPAIRS, OR MODIFICATION FROM ITS ORIGINAL DESIGN.
2) IF THE PRODUCT HAS BEEN DAMAGED FROM IMPACTS DUE TO INAPPROPRIATE HANDLING.
3) IF DAMAGE TO THE PRODUCT RESULTS FROM EXTERNAL CAUSES INCLUDING ACCIDENTS, FIRE, POLLUTION, RIOTS,
COMMUNICATION FAILURES, EARTHQUAKES, THUNDERSTORMS, WIND AND FLOOD DAMAGE, OR ANY OTHER ACT OF PROVIDENCE,
OR FROM ANY EXTRAORDINARY CONDITIONS SUCH AS ELECTRICAL SURGES, WATER LEAKAGE, CONDENSATION, OR THE USE OF
CHEMICALS.
4) IF THE DAMAGE RESULTS FROM CONNECTION TO ANY POWER SUPPLY OR TO ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH CCS Inc. DOES NOT
MANUFACTURE OR DOES NOT SPECIFY FOR USE.
4. CCS ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY PURCHASER’S SECONDARY DAMAGE (DAMAGE OF EQUIPMENT, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS
OF PROFITS, ETC.) OR ANY OTHER DAMAGE RESULTING FROM A FAILURE OF OUR PRODUCT.
THIS WARRANTY INFORMATION PROVIDES THE SCOPE OF CCS’S PRODUCT WARRANTY WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIOD, AND DOES NOT
INDICATE OR IMPLY ANY FURTHER GUARANTEE BEYOND THE WARRANTY TERMS.
CONTACT CCS FOR INQUIRIES OR INFORMATION ON REPAIRS TO THE PRODUCT AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE WARRANTY.
NOTE: THE RADIANT QUANTITY REFERS TO THE WATTAGE OF PHYSICAL ENERGY RADIATED FROM AN LED. IT REFERS TO THE
RADIATION LUMINOSITY OF THE LED MEASURED UNDER CONDITIONS SPECIFIED BY CCS OR THE RADIATION ILLUMINATION OF THE
LED UNDER SPECIFIED IRRADIATION CONDITIONS. CCS SPECIFIES THE RADIANT QUANTITY FOR EACH LED LIGHT BECAUSE THE
MEASUREMENT AND IRRADIATION CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE FORM, THE APPLICATION AND THE IRRADIATION WAVELENGTH.
Repairs and Returns

Inquire at your CCS sales representative about repairs and returns.
Notes
• To ensure proper and safe use of the product, please read the “Instruction Guide” completely before using the product.
• The design and specifications of this product are subject to change without notification for product improvement.
• The workpiece imaging examples included in this catalog are intended to serve only as references to help you select a suitable Light Unit. Please verify the
functionality and conditions required for your particular application before you make a final selection. The sample workpieces used in this catalog have been
processed specifically for sample imaging. They are not intended to represent product quality and performance.
“CCS” and “LIGHTING SOLUTION” are registered trademarks or trademarks of CCS Inc.
250
Model Index
* □ = Letter ■ = Number
A Page FECB-0.6-M12-5M-5F Link cable for the LDLB 58
AD-LDR- ■ Ring Light LDR2 mounting adapter 229 FPQ2-20□
AD-PFBR-150-MO FPQ2-32□
Light guide adapters for the LED light source
AD-PFBR-150-HY 120 FPQ2-48□ Low-angle Square Light
PFBR series 39
AD-PFBR-150-SU FPQ2-75□ FPQ2 series
ADP2460-PFB-JTLV6 Power supply adapter for the LED light source PFB2 122 FPQ2-96□
B Page FPQ2-120□
BB-CPC-S FPR-100□2
LED Light Control Unit BB series 211 Low-angle Ring Light
BB-CPP-S FPR-136□2 37
FPR series
BB-FT BB series stand 213 FPR-180□2
Model Index
BB-V12P30-M FRCB-■ Extension robot cable (For 24V Light Unit) 230
BB-V12P30-S H Page
BB-V12S30-M HBR-045063-□
BB-V12S30-S HBR-165063-□
LED Light Control Unit BB series 211
BB-V24P30-M HBR-317063-□ High-Power Spot Light/Bar Lights
179
BB-V24P30-S HBR-470063-□ HL series
BB-V24S30-M HBR-622063-□
BB-V24S30-S HBR-991063-□
■
BK- -CI Expansion mounting bracket 228 HD-HFR-25-1618 Micro fiber head
■
BK- -JO Light joint bracket 227 HD-HFR-25-1640 HFR series lens holder
116
■
BK-HPD2- -LFV Coaxial Light joint bracket 228 HFR-25- ■ Micro fiber head
Mounting bracket for the Bar Light HFR-40-20 HFR series (ring type)
BK-LDL2
LDL2 series HFS-14-500 Micro fiber head (straight type) 115
227
Four-way mounting bracket for the Bar Light
BK-LDQ2- ×■■ LDL2 series
HL-24-21
Spot Light HLV2 convergent lens 112
HL-30
BK-PD3 PD3 Control Unit base bracket 194
BK-TH-LE12 Mounting bracket for the Flat Light TH series 227
□
HLDL2-150×45 -DF-N
HLDL2-150×45□-DF-W
C Page
HLDL2-300×45□-DF-N
CB-■ Extension cable (For 12 V Light Unit)
HLDL2-300×45□-DF-W
■
CB-F- 4-branch extension cable (For 12 V Light Unit) 230
HLDL2-450×45□-DF-N
CB-W-■ 2-branch extension cable (For 12 V Light Unit)
HLDL2-450×45□-DF-W
CC-PJ-0707 217
LED Light Control Unit CC series HLDL2-600×45□-DF-N
CC-ST-1024 209
HLDL2-600×45□-DF-W
■
CU-LNSP- -GL Coaxial unit for the Line Light LNSP series 131 Bar Light HLDL2 series 59
HLDL2-750×45□-DF-N
CV-LDL2-■×■ Protective plate for the Bar Light LDL2 series 229
HLDL2-750×45□-DF-W
D Page
HLDL2-900×45□-DF-N
■■
DF-LDL2- × Diffusion plate for the Bar Light LDL2 series
HLDL2-900×45□-DF-W
DF-LDR-■ Diffusion plate for the Ring Light LDR2 series
HLDL2-1050×45□-DF-N
Diffusion plate for the low-angle Ring Light
DF-LDR-■LA HLDL2-1050×45□-DF-W
LDR2-LA series
DF-LFV3-■ 224 HLDL2-1200×45□-DF-N
DF-LFV3-■×■ HLDL2-1200×45□-DF-W
Diffusion plate for the Coaxial Light LFV3 series
DF-LFV3-■-UF HLDR-IP67-100□
Ring Light HLDR-IP series 25
DF-LFV3-■×■-UF HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365
DF-SQR-56 Diffusion plate for the Ring Light SRQ-56 ■
HLND- RD-RR
E Page ■
HLND- RD-TT
Line Light HLND series 147
ECNR-E3CN4 Relay connector
194, 220, HLND-■SW2-RR
222
HLND-■SW2-TT
EXCB2-25-3 D-sub 25-pin external control cable 197, 206
HLV2-14□
EXCB2-25M-3 LED light source PFBR external control cable 120
EXCB2-9-9-3-ST LED light source PFB2 external control cable 122 HLV2-14□-HU
EXCB2-9M-9F-3-CR LED light source PFBR external control cable 120 HLV2-22□ Spot Light HLV2 series 109
EXCB2-B3 D-sub 15-pin external control cable 197, 216 HLV2-22□-3W
EXCB2-BBP-5 Half-pitch 50-pin cable 213 HLV2-22□-1220-3W
EXCB2-E3-3 EIA-485 communication cable 194, 220, HLV2-22□-NR-3W Micro fiber head dedicated light source 117
EXCB2-E3-E3-0.2 EIA-485 communication relay cable 222
HLV2-24UV2-365 Ultraviolet Light spot type 93
EXCB2-E6AN-3 Analog input cable HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Micro fiber head dedicated light source 118
EXCB2-E6SR-3 EIA-485 communication cable 222 HPD2-75□
EXCB2-E6SR-E3-3 EIA-485 communication relay cable
□
HPD2-75 SQ20
EXCB2-M10-3 ON/OFF input cable
194, HPD2-100□
Parallel communication / ON/OFF input shared
EXCB2-M10M20-3
cable
220, HPD2-100□SQ30
222
EXCB2-M20-3 Parallel communication cable HPD2-150□
F Page HPD2-150□SQ40
Dome Light HPD2 series 71
■
FA- Light mounting jig 229 HPD2-200□
FCB-■ Extension cable (For 24 V Light Unit) HPD2-200□SQ50
Extension cable 230 HPD2-250□
FCB-■-EL2
HPD2-250□SQ60
(For 24 V Light Unit EL connector)
FCB-■-HSL-SM
HSL-PCL connection cable 180 HPD2-400□
FCB-EX10-HSL-SM
HPD2-400□SQ80
■
FCB- -M12 HLDR-IP connection cable 28
HPR2-50□
■
FCB- -1.25SQ-ME7 130, 152, HPR2-75□
Line Light LNSP/HLND/LT/LNIS connection cable
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 156, 166
HPR2-100□
■
FCB-F- 4-branch extension cable (For 24 V Light Unit)
HPR2-150□ Ring Light HPR2 series 29
FCB-W-■ 2-branch extension cable (For 24 V Light Unit)
230 HPR2-200□
FCB-W-■-EL2
2-branch extension cable HPR2-250□
(For 24 V Light Unit EL connector)
HPR2-400□-FT
FECB-■-M12-5F Input cable for the LDLB 58
HSL-58□-D300PCL High-Power Spot Light HSL-PCL series 180
251
I Page Low-angle Ring Light
□
LDR-206 2-LA1
LDR-LA1 series
19
IBL-080080-63-DF
IBL-080080-SW-DF LDR-206UV365-LA-1 Ultraviolet Light low-angle ring type 97
IBR-150030-63 □
LDR2-32 2 Ring Light LDR2 series 11
IBR-150030-63-DF LDR2-32UV365 Ultraviolet Light ring type 97
IBR-150030-SW IP67 Compliant Products
178
□
LDR2-42 2 Ring Light LDR2 series 11
IBR-150030-SW-DF IQ series
LDR2-42UV365 Ultraviolet Light ring type 97
IRL-092035-63
Low-angle Ring Light
IRL-092035-63-DF
□
LDR2-48 2-LA
LDR2-LA series
15
IRL-092035-SW LDR2-50□2
Model Index
Ring Light LDR2 series 11
IRL-092035-SW-DF LDR2-50RD2-WD
L Page
LDR2-50IR2-850
L42- ■ Ultraviolet cutting filter 223
LDR2-50IR2-940
Infrared Light ring type 103
□
LAV-80 2 Dome Light LAV series 77
LDR2-50UV365 97
LC-LFL-■ Light control film for the Flat Light LFL series Ultraviolet Light ring type
LDR2-60UV2-365-W 93
LC-LFV3-■ Light control film for the Coaxial Light LFV3 □
LDR2-70 2
LC-LFV3-■×■ series 226 Ring Light LDR2 series 11
LDR2-70RD2-WD
LC-TH-■×■-HO
Light control film for the Flat Light TH series LDR2-70IR2-850
LC-TH-■×■-VE Infrared Light ring type 103
LDR2-70IR2-940
LDL-■×■IR2-850
Infrared Light flat type LDR2-70UV365 Ultraviolet Light ring type 97
LDL-■×■IR2-940
LDL-■×■IR2-850
103 □
LDR2-74 2-LA
LDR2-LA series
15
Infrared Light bar type
LDL-■×■IR2-940 LDR2-74IR2-850-LA
Infrared Light low-angle ring type 103
LDL-■×■UV365 97 LDR2-74IR2-940-LA
Ultraviolet Light bar type
LDL-■×■UV2-365 93 LDR2-74UV365-LA Ultraviolet Light low-angle Ring Light 97
LDL2-19 × 4□ □
LDR2-90 2
LDL2-26 × 30□ LDR2-90RD2-WD
Bar Light LDL2 series
LDL2-26 × 30□-WD LDR2-90IR2-850
Infrared Light ring type 103
LDL2-33×8□ LDR2-90IR2-940
LDL2-33×8IR850 Infrared Light bar type LDR2-90UV365 Ultraviolet Light ring type 97
LDL2-41×16 □ LDR2-90-30 2□ Ring Light LDR2 series 11
LDL2-41×16□-WD LDR2-90-30UV365 Ultraviolet Light ring type 97
LDL2-50 × 30□ □
LDR2-100 2-LA
15
LDR2-LA series
LDL2-50 × 30□-WD
LDR2-100UV365-LA Ultraviolet Light low-angle ring type 97
LDL2-74×30□
LDR2-100UV2-365-W Ultraviolet Light ring type 93
LDL2-74×30□-WD
□
LDR2-120 2
LDL2-80×16□ LDR2-120RD2-WD
LDL2-80×16□-WD LDR2-120UV365 Ultraviolet Light ring type 97

LDL2-98 × 30□ 43 Low-angle Ring Light
□
LDR2-132 2-LA 15
LDL2-98 × 30□-WD LDR2-LA series
LDR2-132IR2-850-LA
LDL2-119×16□ Infrared Light low-angle ring type 103
Bar Light LDL2 series LDR2-132IR2-940-LA
LDL2-119×16□-WD
LDL2-122 × 30□
LDL2-122 × 30□-WD
□
LDR2-170 2-LA
LDR2-LA series
15
LDL2-146×30□ LDR2-170UV365-LA Ultraviolet Light low-angle ring type 97
LDL2-146×30□-WD □
LDR2-208 2-LA
15
LDR2-LA series
LDL2-158 × 16□
LDL2-158 × 16□-WD
LDL2-218×30□
□
LFL-100 2 Flat Light LFL series 67
LDL2-218×30□-WD
LFL-100IR2-850
Infrared Light flat type 103
LDL2-266×30□ LFL-100IR2-940
LDL2-266×30□-WD □
LFL-50 2
LDLB-300□-N □
LFL-180 2
Bar Light LDLB series 55
LDLB-IP-300□-N LFL-200□2
LDM2-50□2 LFL-360□2
Dome Light LDM2 series 75
LDM2-90□2
LFL-612□2
LDQ-60-25UV365 Ultraviolet Light square variable type 97 Flat Light LFL series 67
LFL-612□2-P
■
LDQ- IR2-850
Infrared Light square variable type 103 LFL-1012□2
LDQ-■IR2-940
LFL-1012□2-P
LDQ-■UV365 Ultraviolet Light square variable type 97
LFL-3212□2
□
LDR-75 2-LA1
LDR-LA1 series
19
LFL-4012□2
LDR-75UV365-LA-1 Ultraviolet Light low-angle ring type 97 LFR-100□2
□
LDR-96 2-LA1
LDR-LA1 series
19 LFR-100□2-K
LDR-96UV365-LA-1 Ultraviolet Light low-angle ring type 97 LFR-100KSW2
□
LDR-146 2-LA1
19 □
LFR-130 2 Ring Light LFR series 33
LDR-LA1 series
LDR-146UV365-LA-1 Ultraviolet Light low-angle ring type 97
□
FR-130 2-K
Low-angle Ring Light LFR-130KSW2

□
LDR-176 2-LA1 19
LDR-LA1 series □
LFR-200 2
LDR-176UV365-LA-1 Ultraviolet Light low-angle ring type 97
252
Model Index
LFR-250 2 □ N Page
Ring Light LFR series 33
LFR-330RD2 NFCB2-3 External ON/OFF control cable for Control Unit 197
LFV3-34□ NFCB2-CC-3 External signal cable for the Compact Controller 210,
218
LFV3-35□
P Page
LFV3-40□
PB-2430-1 LED Light Control Unit PB-2430-1 207
LFV3-50×100 □ PD2-1012
LFV3-50□ PD2-1024
LFV3-70□ Coaxial Light LFV3 series 83
PD2-3012
LFV3-100□
PD2-3012-2
LFV3-130□
Model Index
PD2-3012-4
LFV3-200□
PD2-3012-8
LFV3-CP-13□ PD2-3024
LED Light Control Unit PD2 series 195
LFV3-CP-18□
PD2-3024-2
LFV3-■IR2-850
PD2-3024-4
LFV3-■IR2-940
Infrared Light coaxial type 103 PD2-3024-8
LFV3-CP18IR2-860
PD2-5012
LFV3-CP18IR2-950
PD2-5024
LFX2-50 □ Flat-Dome Light LFX2 series
PD3-3024-3-EI
LFX2-50IR850 Infrared Light flat-dome type
PD3-3024-3-ET
PD3-3024-3-PI
PD3-3024-3-PT
79 PD3-3024-3-SI
PD3-5024-3-ET
PD3-5024-3-PT
PD3-5024-4-EI LED Light Control Unit PD3 series 189
PD3-5024-4-ET
PD3-5024-4-PI
□
LKR-70 2
PD3-5024-4-PT
□
LKR-70-8 2 Ring Light LKR series 35
PD3-5024-4-SI
LKR-125□2
PD3-10024-8-EI
LN-60□2 Line Light LN series 137
PD3-10024-8-PI
LN-60SW2-HK-STK Line Light LN-HK series 138
PD3-10024-8-SI
LN-61UV2-365
LN-128UV2-365 Ultraviolet Light line type 93
PDM-150-15 2 □ Dome Light PDM series 78
PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-CS1
LN-195UV2-365
LN-200 2□ Line Light LN series 137
PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-DJ1
PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-DJ2
LN-200SW2-HK-STK Line Light LN-HK series 138
PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-DJ3
LN-200UV365 Ultraviolet Light line type 97
LND2-100□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-DJ4
LND2-200□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-HY
LND2-300□
PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-IT
LND2-400□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-MI
LND2-500□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-MO
LND2-600□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-NP
Line Light LND2 series 143
LND2-700□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-SH1
LED light source PFB2 series 121
LND2-800□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-SH2
LND2-900□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-SU
LND2-1000□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-TE
LND2-1100□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-TF
LND2-1200□ PFB2-20SW-F-AJT-VL
LNDG- ■SW-LA Oblique angled lights for line sensor LNDG series 159 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-CS1
LNIS-■SW Oblique angled lights for line sensor LNIS series 163 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-DJ1
LNIS-■SW-FN Oblique angled lights for line sensor LNIS-FN series 167 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-DJ2
LNSD-■□ Line Light LNSD seris 139 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-DJ3
LNSP-■SW Line Light LNSP series 127 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-DJ4
LNSP-■SW-FN Line Light LNSP-FN series 133 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-HY
LNSP-■UV365-FN PFB2-20SW-F-JT-IT
Ultraviolet Light line type 99
LNSP-■UV365-FNNR PFB2-20SW-F-JT-MI
LNV-300□2 Line Coaxial Light LNV series 157 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-MO
LSP-41RD Spot Light LSP series 114 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-NP
LSP-41UV365 Ultraviolet Light spot type 97 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-SH1
■
LT- SW Line Light LT series 153 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-SH2
LV-27 2 □ Spot Light LV series 113 PFB2-20SW-F-JT-SU
M Page PFB2-20SW-F-JT-TE
MFU-34×30-BL PFB2-20SW-F-JT-TF
Coaxial Light MFU series 91
MFU-54×40-BL PFB2-20SW-F-JT-VL LED light source PFB2 series 121
■
MR-LDR- -M25 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-CS1
Lens attachment ring for the Ring Light LDR2
MR-LDR-■-M27 229 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-DJ1
series
MR-LDR-■-M30 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-DJ2
MSU-10□2 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-DJ3
MSU-30□2 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-DJ4
MSU-30×20□2 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-HY
Coaxial Light MSU series 89
MSU-100 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-IT
MSU-130 PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-MI
MSU-130SW2-CL PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-MO
253
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-NP SE-65ST■
Telecentric lens SE-65 series
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-SH1 SE-65VT■
181
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-SH2 SE-110ST■
Telecentric lens SE-110 series
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-SU SE-110VT■
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-TE SE-EX2 2x Rear converter 184
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-TF SQR-56 2 □
Ring Light SQR-56 23
PFB2-20SW-F-PJT-VL SQR-56RD2-WD
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-CS1 SQR-56UV365 Ultraviolet Light ring type 97
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-DJ1 SQR-TP-28RD
Ring Light SQR-TP series 24
Model Index
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-DJ2 SQR-TP-34RD
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-DJ3 STU-3000 Strobe Unit 198
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-DJ4 LED light source PFB2 series 121 T Page
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-HY TH-27×27□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-IT TH-43×35□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-MI TH-51×51□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-MO TH-63×60□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-NP TH-83×75□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-SH1 TH-100×100□ Flat Light TH series 63
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-SH2 TH-140×105□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-SU TH-160×120□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-TE TH-200×150□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-TF TH-211×200□
PFB2-20SW-F-SJT-VL TH-224×170□
PFBR-150SW-MN LED light source PFBR series 119 U Page
PJ-1505-2CA U340- ■ Ultraviolet transmission filter 223
PJ-1505-2CD24 V Page
LED Light Control Unit PJ series 215
PJ-1505-3CA V44-■
Blue filter 223
PJ-1505-3CD24 V44-C
PL-■
Polarizing filter 223
PL-■-NL
■■
PL-LDL2- ×
PL-LDL2-■×■-HO Polarizing plate for the Bar Light LDL2 series
PL-LDL2-■×■-VE
PL-LDR-■ Polarizing plate for the Ring Light LDR2 series 225
PL-LFV3-■ Polarizing plate for the Coaxial Light
PL-LFV3-■×■ LFV3 series
PL-SQR-56 Polarizing plate for the Ring Light SQR series
POD-5024-2-PEI LED Light Control Unit POD series 201
PSB-512V
PSB-512VL
PSB-524V
PSB-524VL
PSB-1012VB
PSB-1012VBL
PSB-1012V-WW
LED Light Control Unit PSB series 199
PSB-1024VB
PSB-1024VBL
PSB-1024V-WW
PSB-3012VB
PSB-3012VBL
PSB-3024VB
PSB-3024VBL
PSB3-30024 LED Light Control Unit PSB3-30024 221
PSCC-30048(A)
LED Light Control Unit PSCC(A) series 219
PSCC-60048(A)
PTU2-3012 LED Light Control Unit
205
PTU2-3024 PTU2 series
Q Page
QCB- ■ PSCC-60048(A) connection cable 102,
136,
QCBM- ■ PSCC-30048(A) connection cable 170
R Page
R60- ■
R60-C
Sharp-cut filter 223
R64- ■
R64-C
RCB- ■ Extension robot cable (For 12 V Light Unit) 230
S Page
SE-16MS
SE-16SM ■ Macro lens SE-16 series
SE-16VM ■
183
SE-18MS
SE-18SM ■ Macro lens SE-18 series
SE-18VM ■
254
Discontinued Products Information
Discontinued products Successor
Series Note Series
FPQ series Obsolete FPQ2 series P.39
FPR series RD type(Red) FPR series RD2 type(Red)
F SW type(White) SW2 type(White)

Obsolete P.37
BL type(Blue) BL2 type(Blue)
GR type(Green) GR2 type(Green)
HLND series T type Obsolete HLND series TT type

P.147
R type Obsolete RR type
HLV series Obsolete HLV2 series P.109

H
HPD series Obsolete HPD2 series P.71
HPR series Obsolete HPR2 series P.29
HSL series Obsolete HSL-PCL series P.180
I IR series Obsolete IR2 series P.103
LDL series Obsolete LDL2 series P.43
LDL series (Flat type) Obsolete TH series P.63
LDL-TP series Obsolete P.63
LDM2 series RD type(Red) LDM2 series RD2 type(Red)
SW type(White) SW2 type(White)

Obsolete P.75
LDQ series Obsolete LDL2 series P.43
LDR-LA-1 series RD type(Red) LDR-LA1 series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.19
LDR2 series RD type(Red) LDR2 series RD2 type(Red)

L Obsolete P.11
LDR2-LA series RD type(Red) LDR2-LA series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.15
LFL series RD type(Red) LFL series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.67
LFR series RD type(Red) LFR series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.33
255
* For details about the discontinued products and the schedule, refer to “Discontinued Products” on our website.
Discontinued products Successor

Series Note Series

LFV series Obsolete LFV3 series P.83
LFV-34-M series Obsolete - -
LFV2 series Obsolete LFV3 series P.83
LFX series Obsolete LFX2 series P.79
LKR series RD type(Red) LKR series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.35
LN series RD type(Red) LN series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.137
L
LN-HK series SW type(White) Obsolete LN-HK series SW2 type(White) P.138
LND series Obsolete LND2 series P.143
LNV series RD type(Red) LNV series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.157
LV series RD type(Red) LV series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.113
MSU series RD type(Red) MSU series RD2 type(Red)

M Obsolete P.89
PFB series Obsolete PFB2 series P.121
P PHL-0508-CD24 Obsolete CC-PJ-0707 P.180
PSB2 series Obsolete PSB3-30024 P.221
SQR series RD type(Red) SQR series RD2 type(Red)

Obsolete P.23
S
SQR-TP-28-OR Obsolete SQR-TP-28-RD P.24
SQR-TP-34-OR Obsolete SQR-TP-34-RD P.24
256
Company Information
Motto
The Spirit of Love and Appreciation for Customers

Philosophy
Company Information
Advancing Society with the Science of Light

Company
Overview
Company name : CCS Inc.

Established : Oct. 6, 1993
Capital : 462.15 million yen (as of July 2015)
Listed exchange : Tokyo Stock Exchange JASDAQ
Business operations : Development, manufacturing and sales of LED Lights and control equipment for image processing.
Development, manufacturing and sales of other LED Lights for applications such as microscope light
sources, plant cultivation, medical use, and art and other museums.
Provide Services Appropriate to All of Our Customers' Needs

Customers in the field of LED Light for image processing choose CCS because of our lighting solutions and product development capabilities.
Customers who are thinking, "I want to capture this image" or "I need to solve this problem," can select the optimal Light Unit from
our product lineup that is replete with over 1,500 models of Light Units. Additionally, we can create prototypes, and perform design and
development of custom ordered products to match your exact needs.
Since we established our company in 1993, we have become a leading company in the industry by accumulating over 50,000 captured
workpiece images, and providing design, development and manufacturing of over 10,000 models of custom ordered Light Units. The
optical, heat, control, evaluation and other similar technology and know-how that we have accumulated from these results allow us to
provide "Optimal Images" to our customers.
Based on the know-how and skills we have accumulated since our founding, CCS combines various elements, such as light wavelength, illuminating distance, and illuminating angle, to
provide a "lighting solution" environment that is perfect for our customers.
We Believe Strongly in Our Promise of Product Quality

Under the key words of "Quality First", we create products that thoroughly meet our exacting standards of product quality. In order to
maintain and improve that product quality, we have introduced ISO 9001 and are developing products based on a design review system.
We conduct internal examination throughout all process of product planning, design and production, and also perform our own rigorous
quality control from LED selection up until manufacturing, inspection and shipping. Additionally, we secure traceability of the components,
assembly, measurement results, shipping and other aspects of each individual product to create a system that can provide support to our
customers even after the product is delivered.
At the time CCS was established, we focused on the great potential of LEDs that were only used for display devices and have continuously
developed products since then in order to provide reliable product quality that only CCS, with our vast knowledge of LED Lights, can offer.
257
Achievements Leading company in the field of LED Lights for image processing
Largest standard products lineup in the industry with more

than 1,500 models of Light Units
Design, development and manufacturing of over 10,000
Company Information
models of custom ordered Light Units
More than 50,000 captured workpiece images
More than 18,000 free loan products
8 locations in Japan, 10 locations outside of Japan, for Standard products Custom ordered Light Units
offering service & support
 Flexible circuit board  Cross-section of LFR series
LED mounted on circuit board Reflective film
LED array form
Light-guiding
Reflective film Light-guiding
diffusion plate
diffusion plate
LED mounted
on circuit board
High-densiy
LED mounting
Consulting Pursuing precision lighting Development Design without compromises

We provide consulting regarding our top world class lighting CCS carries out design and development of Light Units by applying
technology. Each of our bases of operation have a testing room for optical, heat, control, evaluation and other technology such as optical,
performing imaging testing and renting out Light Units. We suggest heat and other simulation. We give form to lighting technology by
Light Units that are optimal for all of your needs. using our unique development capabilities.
Production High-quality domestic manufacturing Application Discovering new lighting

All of our products are manufactured in Japan. We produce small We are also applying the technology and know-how accumulated
quantities of a large variety of products in order to develop products in the field of LED Light for image processing in order to advance
that match a wide range of needs. Each of our workers have their own into new fields such as the development of UV-LED Lights used in
individual work station where they take responsibility for all aspects manufacturing processes such as panel affixing, and the development
from mounting and assembly to inspection using our own unique of an original "natural light LED" with characteristics near to those of
inspection equipment. sunlight.
258
Business Locations
CCS America, Inc. (USA)
Cam
Ba r
bar
5 Burlington Woods, Suite 204,
brid
a
ge S
Ci
r
Burlington, MA 01803, U.S.A. Rd
t
d
re
i ld United
M 3A
Dr
TEL : +1-781-272-6900 Cart Park
le
he
Bu
Mic
95
rlin
FAX : +1-781-272-6902
gt
on
SD
Ma
ll Rd W 128
URL : http://www.ccsamerica.com/
n
to
S
ng
Be
rli
Bu
df
Business Locations
Email : info@ccsamerica.com
or
St
d
e
Av
El Paso Texas Testing Room (USA) Ku
nb
all
95 e
Rd
sid
Lahey Clinic ay
5959 Gateway Blvd. West, Suite 554, Medical Center
W
El Paso, TX 79925, U.S.A.
San Jose Testing Room (USA)

6120 Hellyer Ave., Suite175,
San Jose, CA 95138, U.S.A.
CCS Europe N.V. (Belgium)

Bergensesteenweg 423, Bus 13,
1600 Sint-Pieters-Leeuw, Belgium ZUUN
TEL : +32-(0)2-333-0080
FAX : +32-(0)2-333-0081 Ruisbroeksesteenweg
g
we
RUISBROEK
en
Email : info@ccseu.com
ste
se
at
eg
en
tra
rw
rg
ks
ee
ie
Be
r
M
Fab
E19/A7
IN
CCS Asia PTE. LTD. (Singapore)

TA
N CHANTILLY
TU
RISE
BA
63 Hillview Avenue #07-10, Lam Soon HILLBROOKS
HU
ME
Industrial Bldg Singapore 669569

GU
MIL HILLVIEW
AN GREEN
G
TEL : +65-6769-1669 CENTURY

MANSIONS
JLN
FAX : +65-6769-3422 RE
M
HILLVIEW
HOUSE
LAM SOON
AJ IND BLDG
Email : sales@ccs-asia.com.sg
A
KEWALRAM
HILLVIEW
CCS Asia Bangkok Representative Office AVE
1 Ladprao Road Jompol Sub-District, Jatujak District GLENSPRINGS
Level 7 Unit 700 Promphan Building 2 Bangkok 10900 Thailand HILLVIEW

HILLVIEW CARS
TEL : +66-2938-4297-8 PLAYGROUND APARTMENTS
FAX : +66-2938-4498
Shanghai Office (China) Huang

Pu Ji
ang
Name: CCS Inc. Shanghai Office (China) g Rj.

Pu Don
Room 308B-309, CIMIC Tower No.1090
Dong Chang Lu(Subwey)
Century Avenue, Pu Dong New Area,
Shanghai, 200120, P.R. China CIMIC Tower
Yang
Rd.
Zhang
TEL : +86-21-5835-8728
FAX : +86-21-5835-8928
Email : ccschina@ccs-inc.co.jp
.
.Rd
.
.
Rd
Rd
nE
S.
ng
Sha
ng
Fo
Do
ng
Lao
Do
Pu
Shenzhen Office (China)

Name: CCS Inc. Shenzhen Office
17B, China Economic Trade Building, 7Rd Zizhu,
Zhuzilin, Futian District,
Shenzhen, 518040, P.R. China
TEL : +86-755-8279-0477
FAX : +86-755-8279-0478
Email : ccschina@ccs-inc.co.jp
Taiwan Office Rsee Lighting Technology Co., Ltd (China)

Name: CCS Inc. Taiwan Office Name: Rsee Lighting Technology Co., Ltd
5F-7.No. 229, Fùxing 2nd Rd, Zhubei City, No.333 Zhushan Zhenxing Road, Dongcheng District,
Hsinchu County, 30271, Taiwan Dongguan, Guangdong Prov., China
TEL : +886-3-550-3530 A Building, Dongcheng Creative Industry Park
FAX : +886-3-550-3530
259
San Jose (USA) Shanghai (China)
Brussels (Belgium)
Boston (USA)
Business Locations
Shenzhen (China)
Dongguan (China)
Kyoto (Japan)
Hsinchu (Taiwan)
El Paso (USA)
Bangkok (Thailand)
Singapore
Kyoto Head Office / Seibu Sales Office / Testing Room Tokyo Sales Office / Testing Room Nagoya Sales Office / Testing Room
374 Okakuencho, Shimodachiuri-agaru, Karasuma-dori, 11F Asahi Mutual Life Insurance Co. Ebisu Building, 6F Horiuchi Building Part 3, 4-6-23 Meieki, Nakamura-ku,
Kamigyo-ku, Kyoto 602-8011, Japan 1-3-1 Ebisu, Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 150-0013, Japan Nagoya, Aichi 450-0002, Japan
TEL : +81-75-415-8277 (Sales) FAX : +81-75-415-8278 (Sales) TEL : +81-3-5791-3701 FAX : +81-3-5791-3704 TEL : +81-52-541-6550 FAX : +81-52-541-6050
< Access Information> < Access Information> < Access Information>
From JR Kyoto Station, take the Karasuma Subway Line to Get off the train at the Ebisu Station of the JR Yamanote Line 3 minutes walk from JR Nagoya Station
Marutamachi Station. 5 minutes walk and exit through the East exit. (Right outside exit 5 of the underground Unimall)
to left (North) from exit 2. 3 minutes walk from the exit.
Get off the Hibiya Subway Fully-equipped
Line at Ebisu Station and line sensor
exit through the Exit 1. testing room
Fully-equipped
line sensor
5 minutes walk from the exit. Fully-equipped
line sensor
testing room
JR
JR
Me
testing room
Tok
itets
Shin
Hotel Sunroute Plaza Nagoya

aid
uN
kan
oM
Koromonotana-dori
Karasuma-
ago
Mercure Nagoya Cypress

sen
To Shibuya
ain
ori Nagoya Central

ya
Meiji
a-d -dori
Lin
Post Office
Yam
Ma
dori
N w
za
e
ma
in L
Karasuma Subway Line
ano
Shimochojamachi-dori Ko Bus terminal

Goou Shrine
ine
Subway Ebisu
te L
East P Matsuzakaya 6F Horiuchi Building Part 3

Hibiya Line ark
ine
Kyoto EBIS
Sub
Entran
ce
JR
JR
Ebisu Station Line

way
Prefectural Q PLAZA 11F Asahi Mutual Life

Ce
Subway
Na
Meitetsu
a-dori
ntra
Kyoto-gyoen
Nag
Office Insurance Co. Ebisu Sakur

goy
The Palace New Grand

l To
West exit
oya
Side Hotel Building Hotel

aS
we
Stati
JR
Bic Camera
rs
tati
St. Agnes
on
Eb
on
Shimotachiuri-dori Cathedral Meitetsu Department Store

isu
Karasuma Subway Line Police box Kintetsu Nagoya Station Meitetsu Nagoya Station
Sta
Marutamachi Station exit 2

To Horikawa To Kawara-machi
tion
Marutamachi-dori McDonalds Karasumamaruta-machi To Shinagawa
Kanazawa (Ishikawa) Testing Room

JR Kyoto Station
#301 Royal Park Plaza, 1-13-38 Kitayasue,
Kanazawa, Ishikawa 920-0022, Japan
TEL: +81-52-541-6550 FAX: +81-52-541-6050
(Contact: Nagoya Sales Office)
Moriyama (Shiga) Testing Room Honatsugi (Kanagawa) Testing Room <Access Information>
5 minutes walk from Nanatsuya Station on Newly built
3F Umeda Sky Building, 10-1 Umeda-cho, Room #602 Pureru Honatsugi 2-Bankan, 2-24 the Asanogawa Line of the Hokuriku Railroad Sep. 1, 2014
Moriyama, Shiga 524-0037, Japan Tamura-cho, Atsugi, Kanagawa 243-0016, Japan /9 minutes walk from Kanazawa Station
(Above the FamilyMart) TEL: +81-3-5791-3701 FAX: +81-3-5791-3704
TEL: +81-75-415-8277 FAX: +81-75-415-8278 (Contact: Tokyo Sales Office)
(Contact: Seibu Sales Office) < Access Information>
Newly built Newly built
<Access Information> 700 m from north exit of Honatsugi
Sep. 1, 2014 Nov. 15, 2015 Production Center (Kyoto)
500 m from JR Moriyama Station Station on the Odakyu Electric Railway
Odawara Line (8 minutes walk) Kyoto King bldg., 2-1 Higashi Shiokouji Takakura-cho,
(7 minutes walk)
Simogyo-ku, Kyoto 600-8214, Japan (1F: front counter)
TEL : +81-75-691-5600 FAX : +81-75-691-5601
< Access Information>
3 minutes walk from JR Tokaido Main Line Kyoto Station by Hachijo East exit
/3 minutes walk from Kintetsu Kyoto Station by Hachijo exit
Yodoyabashi (Osaka) Testing Room Sendai (Miyagi) Testing Room /10 minutes from Meishin Expressway Kyoto South IC
R o o m # 11 0 1 E x e To w e r D o s h o m a c h i , 3 - 3 - 8 13F Mitsui-seimei sendai-honcho Building (Azur Sendai),

Doshomachi, Chuo-ku, Osaka 541-0045, Japan 1-1-1 Honcho, Aoba-ku, Sendai, Miyagi 980-0014, Japan Lighting Technology Institute (Kyoto)
TEL: +81-75-415-8277 FAX: +81-75-415-8278 TEL : +81-22-224-9101 FAX : +81-22-224-9102 33 Konoemachi, Demizu-Agaru, Muromachi-dori,
(Contact: Seibu Sales Office) < Access Information> Kamigyo-ku, Kyoto 602-8019, Japan
TEL : +81-75-415-2101 FAX : +81-75-432-0101
<Access Information> 3 minutes walk from the West exit of JR Sendai Station
Newly built < Access Information>
300 m from the #13 exit at the Yodoyabashi /3 minutes walk from subway Sendai Station From JR Kyoto Station, take the Karasuma Subway Line to
Nov. 15, 2015
Station from the subway Midosuji Line /3 minutes walk from subway Hirose-dori Station Marutamachi Station.
(3 minutes walk) 9 minutes walk to left (North) from exit 2.
260
Service and Support
I want to verify some I need to

various Light Units but
change the wavelength
our company doesn't have and size of the Light Unit
Service and Support
a proper environment. for defect testing of electronic parts...
Resolve by free loan products Resolve by custom ordering
These worries can be resolved.
I'm not sure that the Light Units Can the shiny lettering on
mounted on my existing testing the surface of a workpiece
equipment are okay...
be clearly read?
I want to make them more stable.
Resolve by free consulting Resolve by free testing
We can do it because CCS is number one in the industry.
Light Unit design

is the key to success in
Image Processing!
Technical Internet
support support
Custom Free loan

Orders Customer products
Workshops,
seminars and Global
in-house support
exhibitions
We provide a variety of services and support so that you can select the optimal
lighting for your needs. Please feel free to inquire.
261
Testing Room Information
We can satisfy all of your requirements with our rich product assortment.
Testing Rooms
Testing Room Information

CCS has fully-equipped testing rooms where you can perform workpiece tests directly for yourself using our LED Lights. Please feel free to
make an appointment. We are looking forward to helping you.
Line-Sensor Testing Rooms

We have testing rooms especially for Line Sensor Light.
We perform tests that nearly recreate your imaging

environment. We suggest the lighting solution for getting
optimal images using our LED Lights, Control Units, and
options.
• For customers without line-sensor testing equipment who

are concerned about workpiece testing
• Customers who want to bring in line cameras
It is also applicable to various other imaging environments.
Cylindrical sample test bench Flat sample test bench
Installation example Installation example

Nikon Ai Micro-Nikkor 55mm f/2.8S Nikon Ai Micro-Nikkor 55mm f/2.8S
Optical system (Lens) Optical system (Lens)
Large format lens x 0.7 Large format lens x 0.7
Camera 8,192 pixel line sensor camera Camera 8,192 pixel line sensor camera
Test bench Image processing Hardware image processing board
Hardware image processing board
(Roller rotation test bench)
Stepping motor
Revolution speed Ø30 mm → 314 mm/s (5,000 Hz) max. Uniaxial table
Stroke: 600 mm max, 50 mm/sec to 400 mm/sec
(circumferential speed) Ø40 mm → 418 mm/s (5,000 Hz) max.
Resolution 10 μm x 10 μm to 100 μm x 100 μm
Loading range 6 kg max.
Direct light setup, diffused light setup,
Resolution 10 μm to 100 μm Variety of setups
transmitted light setup
In addition to the above, we have a wide variety of lenses and cameras. Please feel free to inquire.
262
2016 General Catalog of LED Lighting for Machine Vision Applications
Many of our products are protected by intellectual property rights

(patents, industrial designs, and trademarks).
Be warned against imitations of the CCS brand.
374 Okakuencho, Shimodachiuri-agaru, Karasuma-dori,Kamigyo-ku, Copyright(c) 2016 CCS Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Kyoto, 602-8011, Japan Descriptions in this catalog are based on information available as of February 2016.
Phone: +81-75-415-8277 / Fax: +81-75-415-8278 02001- 02-1408

Ccs Led Catalog 2016

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Ccs Led Catalog 2016

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ccs Led Catalog 2016

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2016

What We Can Do,

Strobe Overdrive Control Unit POD series

for various applications

PWM control For details, refer to

Inspections for vertical wrinkles in paper labels

Inspecting non-woven fabric for defects

For details, refer to

Analog Control Units (constant-current) PSCC(A) series

Ethernet, EIA-485, and parallel

LNDG series, LNIS-FN series,

For details, refer to

P.11 Ring Lights

inspection for damage or stains, and reading

Area Specific Product Line-up P.171

P.181 Low-angle Ring Lights

Extension Cables P.230 LDR-LA1 series

For edge extraction, inspection for engraving, damage

Service and Support P.261 • LED color: ●

Testing Room Information P.262

* LED color: Red, white, blue, green, UV, IR

Ring Lights (waterproof type) Low-angle Square Lights

HLDR-IP series FPQ2 series

Ring Lights Bar Lights

HPR2 series LDL2 series

Ring Lights Bar Lights

LFR series LDLB series

<Lineup with waterproof types>

Ring Lights Bar Lights

LKR series HLDL2 series

Low-angle Ring Lights Flat Lights

FPR series TH series

* LED color: Red, white, blue, green, UV, IR

Flat Lights Flat-Dome Lights

LFL series LFX2 series

stain inspection, etc. mixed foreign materials inspection for food

HPD2 series LFV3 series

Dome Lights Coaxial Lights

LDM2 series MSU series

• LED colors: ●○●●

Dome Lights Coaxial Lights

LAV series MFU series

Dome Lights Ultraviolet Lights

PDM series UV2 series

* LED color: Red, white, blue, green, UV, IR

Ultraviolet Lights Micro Fiber Heads

UV series HFS series

• LED color: • 1 model

• LED color: ● HLV2-22-NR-3W series

Allows for easy installation and removal

Micro Fiber Head

* LED color: Red, white, blue, green, UV, IR

LED Light Sources Line Lights

PFB2 series LN-HK series

Line Lights Line Lights

LNSP series LNSD series

• LED color: ○ • LED colors: ●○●

LNSP Dedicated Coaxial Unit Line Lights

CU-LNSP series LND2 series